BSBRES801 Initiate and Lead Applied Research Assignment Sample

Question

Coffee Rome is a reputational coffee brand that operates 21,000 stores across the world. Along with the coffee stores, the business also has a wholesale business of whole bean and ground coffee.

Business Model

Coffee Rome operated as Franchise model. The company is known for its replicated consistency across the globe. Franchising helps this company to access capital easily as well as reduces risks that would tarnish its brand image.

Focus and Branding

Coffee Rome’s primarily brands itself as a provider of beverages offering a more typical coffee house dining experience. The firm’s locations are designed with their customer’s comfort in mind. Inviting décor and free internet provides a more enticing option for people who looks for a place to speak with friends, relax or read. All these attract customers who are willing to pay more for quality services.

Coffee Rome compared to its competitors has tighter margins as it operates its own stores. Also, the company offers an extensive menu while maintaining its quality which attracts more customers and makes more profits.

Coffee Rome, especially in its supply chain, has no room for inefficiency and waste.

Global Challenges Coffee Rome Faces in The Supply Chain

The company had exponential growth over the past few decades. But over the period of the last three years, the company has faced issues relating to increase in the operational cost coffee production. The supply chain has contributed to a great extent to the operational cost.

This is because there is a high degree of risk and uncertainty in supply chain, namely the threat of disease, significant rain or changing temperatures meaning coffee yields vary substantially from year to year.

The Global Challenges Coffee Rome Faces in The Supply Chain:

• First and foremost is climate change. Coffee is one of the agricultural products which fell victim to climate change impacts. Disproportional high rains, extreme temperature and severe hurricanes have enabled high-cost pests and disease onslaught that directly impacts the coffee farms as well as the coffee yields.

• Logistics is the largest global challenge that faces Coffee Rome. Logistically issues of this firm are only the starting point. The uncertainty of especially when working with numerous suppliers across the world is endless.

• Another challenge that the company faced is the rising prices of coffee beans. This has resulted partly by the increasing demand for coffee beans. The Coffee Rome margins are affected by price hikes of the coffee beans and the shortage in supply. 

Supply Chain Risks That The Coffee Rome Faces

The company identified the following major risks to the coffee supply chain:

• Production risks

• Drought
• Pest and disease outbreaks
• Erratic rainfall

• Market risks

• Coffee price volatility risk
• Steep and prolonged price fall
• Counterparty risk
• Exchange rate & Interest rate volatility

• Enabling environment risks

• Reputational risk
• Theft

Considering the challenges and the risks that the company faces management has decided to change its strategic direction and develop strategies to introduce in Coffee Rome’s global supply-chain management with a view to cost reduction by developing a sustainable coffee supply chain management.

The main factors for sustainable supply chain network are:

• A centralised system to manage its logistics networks and its supply chain across the continents.

• Digital technologies to ensure the Coffee Rome supply chain is efficient and that the company can cope with the high-quality growing demand globally.

• Monitor the demand in real-time. Production, distribution, and schedules may be modified and developed in the time of need giving the supply chain of the company an added flexibility and allows Coffee Rome to address agility peaks of demand.

• Supply chain management: the innovation of supply chain and logistics management to reduce energy consumption and control the pollution levels from transportation and the production process.

• Reverse logistics: the recycling of containers, packaging materials and the use of environmentally friendly materials

• Corporate social responsibility towards farmers and the environment.

Task:

You are working as a Research and Development (R&D) Manager at Coffee Rome. The management
has asked you to initiate and lead applied research.

To do so, you need to complete the following project activities:

a) Formulate a research proposal or plan
b) Design an applied research project.
c) Compile a research report.
d) Present research findings.

Instructions This assignment help requires you to design an applied research project using applied research tools and techniques. Write case study report for me that must include:

A description of the review and evaluation of the applied research methods and techniques, including at least two methods and at least three techniques. You need to select the methods and techniques which will optimise the collection of useful data for your specific research. Justify the methods and techniques selected. Design three (3) data collection tools for your research project, which are examples of the techniques selected. Include the required specifications for participants, supporting documents and instructions and the proposed analysis procedures. Collect data using the selected data collection techniques. Provide evidence of how the selected research tools, resources and techniques were appropriate for the context. Provide a reference for the research tools, resources and techniques used. Conduct a review of the tools used with your trainer/assessor. Document any modifications made and why these were made.

Appendices

Appendix 1

Researcher’s Name(s):

Consent to take part in research

Project Title: STUDY ON STRATEGIC WAYS TO INCREASE THE DISTRIBUTION NETWORK OF COFFEE ROME

 I……………………………………… voluntarily agree to participate in this research study.

 I understand that even if I agree to participate now, I can withdraw at any time or refuse to answer any question without any consequences of any kind.

 I understand that I can withdraw permission to use data from my interview within two weeks after the interview, in which case the material will be deleted.

 I have had the purpose and nature of the study explained to me in writing and I have had the opportunity to ask questions about the study.

 I understand that participation involves…[outline briefly in simple terms what participation in your research will involve].

 I understand that I will not benefit directly from participating in this research

 I agree to my interview being audio-recorded if necessary.

 I understand that all information I provide for this study will be treated confidentially.

 I understand that in any report on the results of this research my identity will remain anonymous. This will be done by changing my name and disguising any details of my interview which may reveal my identity or the identity of people I speak about.

 I understand that disguised extracts from my interview may be quoted in…[list all forum in which you plan to use the data from the interview: dissertation, conference presentation, published papers, etc.].

 I understand that if I inform the researcher that I or someone else is at risk of harm they may have to report this to the relevant authorities - they will discuss this with me first but may be required to report with or without my permission.

 I understand that signed consent forms and original audio recordings will be retained in [specify the location, security arrangements, and who has access to data] until [specific relevant period – for students this will be until the exam board confirms the results of their dissertation].

 I understand that a transcript of my interview in which all identifying information has been removed will be retained for [specific relevant period – for students this will be two years from the date of the exam board].

 I understand that under freedom of information legalization I am entitled to access the information I have provided at any time while it is in storage as specified above.

 I understand that I am free to contact any of the people involved in the research to seek further clarification and information.

Names, degrees, affiliations, and contact details of researchers (and academic supervisors when relevant).

----------------------------------------- ----------------

Signature of participant                                                     Date

I believe the participant is giving informed consent to participate in this study

------------------------------------------ ----------------------

Signature of researcher                                                       Date

Appendix 2

SURVEY FORM

1. What is your gender?

• Male
• Female
• Others

2. How long are you employed in your company?

3. Do you think that the companies need to have more effective strategies for protecting the crops from diseases?

• Yes
• No
• Maybe

4. How does your company tackle the problems caused by climatic changes?

5. Do you face any issues in the supply chain of your firm?

• Yes
• No
• Maybe

6. Do you think the supply chain has any impact on the revenues of the employees?

• Yes
• No
• Maybe

7. Do you think that employing experienced farmers will lead to more revenue generation?

• Yes
• No
• Maybe

8. How does your company plan to optimize its profits by bringing in changes?

References

Snyder, H. (2019). Literature review as a research methodology: An overview and guidelines. Journal of Business Research, 104, 333-339.

Benti, T., Gebre, E., Tesfaye, K., Berecha, G., Lashermes, P., Kyallo, M., & Kouadio Yao, N. (2020). Genetic diversity among commercial arabica coffee (Coffea arabica L.) varieties in Ethiopia using simple sequence repeat markers. Journal of Crop Improvement, 1-22.

Wang, E. S. T., & Yu, J. R. (2016). Effect of product attribute beliefs of ready-to-drink coffee beverages on consumer-perceived value and repurchase intention. British Food Journal.

Paradis, E., O'Brien, B., Nimmon, L., Bandiera, G., & Martimianakis, M. A. T. (2016). Design: Selection of data collection methods. Journal of graduate medical education, 8(2), 263.

MBA600 Capstone Strategy Assessment Sample

Question

Assessment Instructions

Again, assuming the role of an organisational consultant, you are to write a report that clearly articulates the organisation’s strategy and business model and outlines a detailed approach to Competition Strategy (Week 3), how the chosen organisation’s performance is/can be measured against their strategies (Week 4). You will also be required to prepare a Balanced Scorecard for their chosen organisation (Week 7). Attention should be paid to the use of secondary research and insights (Week 8).

Areas covered should include:

• An executive summary.
• An introduction that summarises the purpose of the report.
• A summary of the organisation’s strategy.
• A specific outline of the organisation’s approach to competition strategy, performance measurement and the balanced scorecard.
• A summary of recommendations that identify areas of focus and opportunity to enhance the organisation’s performance in the future.
• A conclusion.
• Reference list.

You are encouraged to use a wide variety of information sources that include, where possible, primary research such as interviews with staff or executive members within their chosen organisation as well as the use of an appropriate mix of strategic and business analysis tools and references. These references should be presented as in-text citations and a reference list at the end of your business report.

Answer

Executive Summary:

Changing business scenario has been forcing the brands to analyse their internal and external business performance. These analyses aid the firm to have better performance to achieve sustainability. Through the analysis, organisational strategy has been analysed considering the business model canvas and their organisational approach towards competition strategy, performance measurement and balance scorecard for the firm has been made. Underpinning the finding of the analysis, recommendations are also provided to enable the brand enhance its performance. For the purpose of the analysis, here case of the Transurban group has been considered. As per the above analysis, it can be seen that the brand as the method of business strategy focus on the key partners, society and innovation. Through the development of tools and apps dedicated to provide road safety information and toll information, the brand aids their consumer to have a safe travel. As the key partners of the business as per the business model, consumers, investors, community and government has been found and these are the main value creators as well for the brand too. Underpinning the competition scenario, it can be seen that the brand has limited competition and as per the porter five force model, the brand has high bargaining power. To enhance the business performance of the brand following recommendations has been made:

• Enhancing communication with consumers
• Enhancing road safety
• Having board approved CEO
• Increasing financial reserves

Introduction:

During 21st century there has been lot of change in the business scenario ranging from change in business process to consumer behaviour. In order to keep up pace with the fast-changing business world, firms are now not only focusing on the innovation and sustainability factors, rather considering the internal retrospective analysis as well. These analyses aiding the firms to determine their organisational strategy backed by company values (Delerv & Roumpi 2017, p4). Moreover, through these analyses, firms are been able to check their organisational approach to competition strategy, performance measurement to internal controls, based on which future recommendations is also made for performance improvement. For the present study, here analysis has been made considering one of the largest toll road operators, known as Transurban Group. Through the analysis, organisational strategy has been analysed considering the business model canvas and their organisational approach towards competition strategy, performance measurement and balance scorecard for the firm has been made. Underpinning the finding of the analysis, recommendations are also provided to enable the brand enhance its performance.

Organisational strategy:

Strategic approach of organisation:

Transurban group is an Australia based toll road operation who has their existence in Melbourne, Brisbane, Sydney in Australia. Apart from these location, Transurban group operates in Washington of US and Montreal of Canada. In total it operates with 17 motorways in Australia, four in North America and one in Canada (Transurban.com 2021). The brand focused on the app and tool development to make travel easier. Besides, with special focus on climate change, Transurban is aimed to produce new solution as well as management road operation. With intuitive focus on the partnership and grant providing for the social cause and engaging with the local communities, Transurban group operate in a socialist approach(Transurban.com 2021). The brand creates its values through providing safe and accessible transportation system the to the people, engaging with the local communities through employment generation, providing education and training to the people for making them skilled employee. As the strategy for growth, the brand focus on enabling the consumer to have easy toll payment option, providing focused choice based on preference of paid and non-paid motorway. Thus, the brand presently considers as lenient socialist approach, where it not only focuses on making consumer lives better, rather focus on environment and community that aids the brand to create their success path smooth(Transurban.com 2021).

Figure 1: Business strategy of Transurban group
Source: (Transurban.com 2021)

Business model of organisation:

Organisational approach:

Competition strategy:

To determine the competition strategy of the Transurban group, porter five force model analysis along with SWOT has been done here. It demonstrates the market rivalry situation underpinning the bargaining powers of the supplier and consumer and threats from substitute and new entrant. On the other hand, SWOT demonstrates the specific business internal strengths and weaknesses (Block et al. 2015, p38).

Porter five force analysis of organisation: 

SWOT Analysis of organisation:

Performance measurement:

Transurban group considers financial and sustainability approach to analyse the performance of the firm. When it comes to the financial performance measurement, the firm depends on the asset performance analysis, long term value creation, average daily traffic value, proportional EBITDA and free cash. As per the Transurban.com (2021), proportional results of the business are considered as the best business performance indicator. Through the proportional results, ownership of individual assets, contribution to the group performance by them and core business development scope is determined.

Financial performance measurement – As per the Transurban.com (2021)proportional EBITDA is the best available performance measure tool as it is the collection of the outcomes from every resource induced by Transurban's rate proprietorship just as the commitment from focal Group capacities. Besides, proportional EBITDA reflects the commitment from individual resources for the group's working exhibition and spotlights on components of the outcome that administration can influence to drive enhancements in momentary profit. Apart from this, using the free cash, the firm can determine their cash performance and demonstrates the scope of cash distribution to the security holders (Delery & Roumpi 2017, p4). Hence, it is actually return on investment portfolio for the firm that aids it to check its performance. With the help of the daily traffic value, asset performance analysis the firm determines its cash flow and ability to produce return on asset. Hence, these measures, also help the firm to analyse its performance.

Social performance measurement – When it comes to the social value analysis, then the firm depends on its Social Development Goal (SDGs) achievement analysis. As per the SDGs, of the firm it is aimed to provide good health and wellbeing, gender equality, affordable and clean energy, decent work and economic growth, industry innovation and infrastructure, sustainable cities and responsible consumption of sustainable value creation for the investors(Transurban.com 2021). With the continuous stakeholder engagement and community engagement, the firm has achieved most of their SDGs and is aimed to achieve further in coming years ((Transurban.com 2021). The difference between the expectation and achievement in case of the SDGs, aids the firm to determine its performance.

Balance scorecard:

Balance scorecard approach is a crucial tool for the firms that enable them to understand its objectives, measure the same, determine future target and establish initiatives to achieve the target (Yacobet al. 2016l, p785). For the Transurban group, balance scorecard can be formed as below:

Recommendation:

Underpinning the above analysis, following recommendations can be made for the Transurban group:

Enhancing communication with consumers: Transurban has dedicated channel for the consumer communication. However, it has been alleged that the support team of the Transurban is not very responsive(Transurban.com 2021). This hampers the interest of the consumer and to enhance the business performance, firm should focus on this. To enhance consumer engagement, firms should consider social media, conventional media and digital media channel; as well as considering direct interaction with the riders through dedicated on road team to assess the consumer need and feedback.

Enhancing road safety: Transurban group provides good quality road safety to its consumers, however, in recent time there has been much amount of fall in road maintenance due to plummeted transportation owing to Covid19. This has made negative image for the road construction giant in Australia. The firm need to focus on providing better roads and good safety to its riders so that the users can feel encouraged to use the same.
Having board approved CEO: Present CEO of Scott Charlton has been with the Transurban since 2012 and he has generated significant growth to company. However, in recent time, he has faced fall in the CEO credibility due to poor performance of the firm during Covid19. Board members are not fully backing the CEO and it is hampering the brand image. As per the SWOT analysis, it has been found that brand image is a crucial factor for the Transurban company; thus, having poor reputation on CEO is not good for the brand.

Increasing financial reserves: As per the annual report of the Transurban, it was found that the firm has faced high loss during 2021 due to the Covid19. To, absorb future shock like this and to maintain a healthy dividend policy for the employees, Transurban need to maintain a high financial reserve. This will not only aid to achieve better performance and trust on the brand, additionally it will fetch higher investment to the firm as well.

Conclusion:

As per the above analysis, it can be seen that Transurban is one of the largest toll road service providers in Australia with its presence in US and Canada. The brand as the method of business strategy focus on the key partners, society and innovation. Through the development of tools and apps dedicated to provide road safety information and toll information, the brand aids their consumer to have a safe travel. As the key partners of the business as per the business model, consumers, investors, community and government has been found and these are the main value creators as well for the brand too. Underpinning the competition scenario, it can be seen that the brand has limited competition and as per the porter five force model, the brand has high bargaining power. Although the brand has strengths in its business due to brand value and name, yet it lacks in business due to missing communication with the consumer and falling CEO preference. To overcome the situation of the business post Covid19 and enhance the business performance, recommendations has been made that asks the Transurban to focus on consumer engagement, road safety enhancement and community engagement.

Reference:

Block, JH, Kohn, K, Miller, D & Ullrich, K, 2015, Necessity entrepreneurship and competitive strategy, Small Business Economics, 44(1), pp.37-54.

Delery, JE & Roumpi, D, 2017, Strategic human resource management, human capital and competitive advantage: is the field going in circles? Human Resource Management Journal, 27(1), pp.1-21.

Evans, S., Vladimirova, D, Holgado, M, Van Fossen, K, Yang, M, Silva, EA & Barlow, CY, 2017, Business model innovation for sustainability: Towards a unified perspective for creation of sustainable business models. Business Strategy and the Environment, 26(5), pp.597-608.

Geissdoerfer, M, Vladimirova, D & Evans, S, 2018, Sustainable business model innovation: A review, Journal of cleaner production, 198, pp.401-416.

Hornibrook, S, May, C & Fearne, A 2015, Sustainable development and the consumer: Exploring the role of carbon labelling in retail supply chains, Business Strategy and the Environment, 24(4), pp.266-276.

Jack, L, Florez-Lopez, R & Ramon-Jeronimo, JM, 2018, Accounting, performance measurement and fairness in UK fresh produce supply networks, Accounting, Organizations and Society, 64, pp.17-30.

Stott, RN, Stone, M & Fae, J 2016, Business models in the business-to-business and business-to-consumer worlds–what can each world learn from the other? Journal of Business & Industrial Marketing, 31(8), pp. 943-954.

Transurban.com 2021. Annual report.https://www.transurban.com/content/dam/investor-centre/04/2020-Corporate-Report.pdf

Transurban.com 2021. Community and sustainability | Transurban Group. https://www.transurban.com/community-and-sustainability

Yacob, S, Sucherly, DS & Mulyana, A 2016, Do really competitive strategy and strategic alliances effect on retail business performance? International Journal of Economics, Management and Commerce, 4(2), pp.783-796.

MGT602 Business Decision Analytics Assignment Sample

Question

Context: Fast changing workplaces call for greater flexibility in the ways individuals and work teams make and implement decisions. Alongside the increasing rate of change are the demands for better decision making through understanding and mitigating personal preferences and biases.

This MBA Essay Help Has Been Designed To:

? Appraise your ability to research academic literature on decision making. You are expected to utilise the literature provided in Modules 1 and 2 as a foundation that guides your further academic research.

? Select and evaluate the usefulness of a range of decision-making tools and reflect on levels of rationality and intuition utilised during the decision-making process.

? Compare, contrast and critically evaluate sources of data as influences in the decision-making context

? Identify the relevant sources of influence and limitations in your decision-decision making process

MGT602 Assessment 1 Writing Online Custom Essay Help:

This assessment draws on learning activities and resources from Modules 1 and 2. It is designed for you to engage in the decision-making process and then reflectively analyse your decision-making process using only theories and concepts from the Business Decision Analytics course (MGT602).

You should include in your reflective report:

? The decision-making problem detailed by your learning facilitator

? Analysis of your decision-making preferences (see activity Module 1)

? Analysis and influence of your personality traits and the impact on your decision-making

? Details of the sources of data collected during the decision-making process and how this data was evaluated/analysed

? Analysis of the decision-making process using any of the models discussed in Modules 1 and 2 plus any of your further relevant readings

? Analysis of written feedback from at least 2 other people on your decision-making process in the topic nominated by your Learning Facilitator

? Visual interpretation of data / trends/ patterns

? As a reflective analysis you will present your analysis in the first person.

Submission Format

Cover Sheet: Every assessment must have a Torrens University Coversheet. (The Assignment Cover Sheet found in: https://www.torrens.edu.au/policies-and-forms)

1. Introduction: 100 words maximum. The introduction will present the reader with a clear and concise understanding of the following:

1. What is the submission about
2. What theories will be used
3 Your concise conclusion
4 The structure of the submission

2. Analysis and evaluation: 1300 words maximum. In this section you will analyse and evaluate your decision-making process using selected theories and concepts from the various Modules offered in Blackboard for this subject. You must include any blind spots or biases that you have identified in making this evaluative decision based on your research and formal feedback from others.

3. Conclusion: 100 words maximum. In this section you will provide a concise summation of your analysis and conclusion(s).

4. References: A minimum of 4 academic references are required from seminal sources and books. Referencing must be APA style. For referencing information refer to: http://library.laureate.net.au/research_skills/referencing

5. Appendix: If required.

6. NOTE: This submission is to be presented as a report. Any tables prepared must be identified and discussed in the text/body and included in an appendix.

Answers

Executive summary

Immense flexibility and team approach are considered as core variants in order to attain success in present competitive scenario. Present report provides my reflective assessment in context with my learning’s and acknowledgement. I assessed that one could make prominent decision through considering available information and insights i.e. making rational decision. Even I got opportunity to assess decision making as one of the comprehensive processes as it does require having the appropriate facts and information for taking the sound decisions. I acknowledged that in order to make decision with respect to selection of company for accounting job, I require collecting significant amount of data and information that will aid me in analysis of the issues thoroughly. I also learned about data management and analysis which would assist in evaluating data of company of which I would be part in future.

Introduction

In the current rapid changing scenario, there is requirement for higher flexibility in the manner in which individual and team works and applies decisions. In addition to this, the enhancing rate of change is the demands for better decision making by recognizing and removing personal preferences as well as prejudice. In this aspect, the primary aim of prevailing study is to evaluate the decision making procedure and then reflectively evaluate my decision making procedure by application of the theories and concepts learned from the Business Decision Analytics course (MGT 602).

Analysis and Evaluation

Discussion of Decision Making Model and Its Application

Bounded rationality model and dual processing model are some of the best model of decision making process. In order to evaluate and analyze my decision making process, I would like to apply Bounded Rationality Model. The reason behind the same is that, dual process model has restrictions in exclusive use of rational form of information process, decision making were illuminated through the acceptance of bounded rationality.Bounded rationality model runs under a supposition that decision taker should carry activities under three inevitable limitations. These being the accessibility of restricted or false information, process of significant amount of information, and the limited time (Zhang et al, 2020).Therefore, in the present case of decision making related to obtained position of accountant in MNCs, Bounded rationality model would be more appropriate. It is because of limitation constraints such as time, information, and other factors.

After the completion of my post-graduation I would like to engage in work of accounting in the multinational company and probably outside from my home nation. The reason behind the same is that, from the beginning I was very interested to experience the environment, work culture, and some other aspects of foreign country and even I think that it would be one of the unique experiences for me. Therefore the probable issue that would be confronted by me in living foreign nationconsists of bank arrangements, acceptance of new surroundings, accommodations, and many more. If such issues are not addressed in proper way then it leads towards adverse impact on my work performance as well as overall career. In this aspect, it is required by me to evaluate different companies and identify in which company I can perform by considering the salary, perks and benefits, working environment model, other employee’s benefits. At such point of time, I had taken some decision in irrational manner and some decisions by conducting significant examination and researches. It should be noted that, I have to take decision under the time constraints as when I completed the post-graduation; I have to find job in in earliest possible manner, and therefore dual process model would not supportive in my decision making. Further, there is also existence of limited information regarding my decision of working of accountant in overseas nation because currently I am not very much aware about who is working in overseas nation so that I can gain some useful information. Moreover, my decision would be limited to the type of the amount of data available to me that may be boundedly rational. However, such model would definitely assist towards satisfactory choices (Evans, Evans, & Cough, 2022).

Analysis of Personality Traits and Impact in Decision Making

By going through from my personality traits as given in appendix, it can be noticed that, my score was high with respect to logic score and balance score, and it comparatively it was less in context of intuition score. Because of such personality traits, I take the decision making process through holistic analysis of data and consideration of the values of others and interests could permit decisions to be taken that consider the impact of such decisions of others. It can be said that, because of my intuitive quality and rationality, I will make the balanced decision during this stage. Data refers to facts which does exist in any form and are not relating to other things but knowledge refers to collection of information which is meaningful and represented as patterns in specific heads. During my learning journey I got opportunity to assess data appropriately in order to transform into information. As I wanted to be at senior position of accounting department, these learning would assist me in data handling and management in better manner. Bounded rationality model relates to cognitive limitation of consumers i.e. the decision making procedure of consumer is dependent on cognitive ability, time constraint and imperfect information (Andrade and CarinhanaJr, 2021).

Details of Data Sources

The main aim of data processing is to develop information which could be applied to making prominent decision through human intervention. The transition from data assessment to knowledge management was one of main learning experience which I gained during this course.. The fact cannot be denied that complex external environment have increased pressure, thus it is necessary to evaluate different dimension while making final decision so that it could be rational rather than being dependent on individual insights (Chitpin, 2020). Thus, in order to make appropriate decision one has to consider internal environment data i.e. information available at workplace as well as external data so that changing scenarios and environment could be dealt in better manner.

Visual Interpretation of Data

I learned from specified approach that with adequate information one could make prominent decision in better manner. I did not realize my blind spot of not providing significance to visual interpretation of data which included assessment of trend and patterns. In order to evaluate performance, visual interpretation of data does play vital role as through same one could present actual position and desired goal easily. Further, as in future I wanted to be part of accounting department in multi-national organization, I would have to interpret data and make visual interpretations and I would not be able to do so as I only focus of reports and data rather than trends and patterns.

During one of academic test I got to know about my strength i.e. making decision and analyzing problems on the basis of logical thinking. Previously, I was habitual of making decision on the basis of emotional sentiments or by being influenced with the person or specific situation which can be specified as one of my blind spots. However, being at an executive position one needs to deal with data of large quantum along with ambiguous information as well as impact of external environmental risk on specified data.But learning’s attained during this journey made me realize that one could manage data and implement rational processing on order to ensure that emotions and feelings are not considered while decision making. I assessed that subjective approach is also considered to make decision which includes understanding other’s interest as well as insights; however rational approach does prevail over same as it is not biased (Sedevich-Fons, 2018).Subjective approach is also considered to make decision which includes understanding other’s interest as well as insights; however rational approach does prevail over same as it is not biased (Sedevich-Fons, 2018).

Analysis of Feedback

During the course, I came to know that, decision making is one of the comprehensive processes and one requires having the appropriate facts and information for taking the sound decisions. In order to make decision with respect to selection of company for accounting job, I require collecting significant amount of data and information that will aid me in analysis of the issues thoroughly. For this purpose, i perform the data analysis by primary and secondary method. In this aspect, primary sources included feedbacks from my friend, who is already doing the job of accountant in the multinational companies. He told me about salary consideration and working environment of the company. Though, in the current scenario of Covid-19, he told me that, company has taken adequate security measures for the safety of employees. This conversation with my friend accelerates my eagerness to work in this company. Further, i also obtained feedback from my cousin who is just obtained the job in MNCs. I make discussion with respect to preparation for interviews, how to respond on questions, how I should become more presentable, and some other aspects. She explained such things me in proper ways. Being an indecisive, I find very difficult to take most of decisions. However, obtaining feedback from friend and cousin, my anxiety was reduced and I become confident that, I can perform accounting work in the MNCs in well manner in my future career.

Conclusion

In nut shell it can be concluded that my whole learning journey was enthusiastic as I got an opportunity to assess various perspective of decision making. Further, the Bounded Rationality model changed my perception of decision making and provided insights through which I could make prominent decision in future. Lastly, as my main goal is to attain executive position in accounting department in a multinational organization, these learning would assist me in making adequate decision and accomplishing obligations relating to my role in best possible way.

References

Andrade, M. and CarinhanaJr, D. (2021) “Decision-Making Approach for Complex Problems Management in a Scarce Human Resources Environment,” Journal of Modelling in Management, 16(4), pp. 1302–1327.doi: 10.1108/JM2-11-2020-0289. https://lesa.on.worldcat.org/search/detail/9365468970?queryString=decision%20making%20in%20accounting%20and%20management&clusterResults=true&stickyFacetsChecked=true&groupVariantRecords=false&year=2018..2022&subformat=Artchap%3A%3Aartchap_artcl&changedFacet=format

Chitpin, S. (2020) “Decision Making, Distributed Leadership and the Objective Knowledge Growth Framework,” The International Journal of Educational Management, 34(2), pp. 217–231. https://lesa.on.worldcat.org/search/detail/8136669861?queryString=decision%20making%20in%20accounting%20and%20management&clusterResults=true&stickyFacetsChecked=true&groupVariantRecords=false&year=2018..2022&subformat=Artchap%3A%3Aartchap_artcl&changedFacet=format

Evans, D., Evans, G. W., &McGough, B. (2022).Bounded rationality and unemployment dynamics.Economics Letters, 210.https://lesa.on.worldcat.org/search/detail/9339464431?queryString=bounded%20rationality%20model&clusterResults=true&stickyFacetsChecked=true&groupVariantRecords=false&year=2018..2022

Sedevich-Fons, L. (2018) “Linking Strategic Management Accounting and Quality Management Systems,” Business Process Management Journal, 24(6), pp. 1302–1320. Sedevich-Fons, L. (2018) “Linking Strategic Management Accounting and Quality Management Systems,” Business Process Management Journal, 24(6), pp. 1302–1320. https://lesa.on.worldcat.org/search/detail/9056218662?queryString=decision%20making%20in%20accounting%20and%20management&clusterResults=true&stickyFacetsChecked=true&groupVariantRecords=false&year=2018..2022&subformat=Artchap%3A%3Aartchap_artcl&changedFacet=format.

Zhang, M., Wang, G., Xu, J., &Qu, C. (2020).Dynamic contest model with bounded rationality.Applied Mathematics and Computation, 370.https://lesa.on.worldcat.org/search/detail/8440159171?queryString=bounded%20rationality%20model&clusterResults=true&stickyFacetsChecked=true&groupVariantRecords=false&year=2018..2022

PROJ6000 Principles of Project Management Assignment Sample

Assessment 1 - Project Management Lifecycle (PML) Opinion Post

Context: The project management lifecycle (PML) is an important component of project management methodology. It incorporates several areas of knowledge from the Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBoK) and it affects and interacts with the application of PMBoK in a project. Different stages of the PML may require focussing on different areas of the PMBoK, and project managers need to assess the PML for their project to identify possible risks, plan for resourcing and commence communicating with stakeholders.

This Online Assignment Help Requires That You Answer The Following Question: “What areas of the PMBoK are affected by the Project Management Lifecycle the most and how do we ensure alignment between the lifecycle of the project and the implementation of PMBoK in projects?”.

To Answer This Question, You Will Need To: (a) Post a 600 word response to this question, based on your opinion, to the Discussion Forum on the learning portal. (b) Respond to one other student post by critiquing their opinion and comparing it with yours in 200 words. The online custom essay help requires that you critically read and interpret both the Project Management Lifecycle and the PMBoK.

Instructions: 1. Read about the PMBoK and the Project Management Lifecycle to familiarise yourself with their fundamental concepts. Critically reflect on your readings to form an opinion of both. Commence writing your opinion to answer the question and support that opinion by using at least six (6) references from academic or industry literature. Cite these references in your opinion of 600 words both in-text and as a reference list at the end of your opinion piece. The word count does not include the reference list and is +/-10%. 

 Solution

1. INTRODUCTION

The outcome of this work is to discuss and analyze the Project Management Lifecycle, project management knowledge areas, and their relationship in terms of project management. The project management includes a code of conduct that helps the team members and project managers to successfully umbilicus the responsibilities and ethics. Furthermore, the works also include the application of the project selection methods through and by the use of real-life project case in point [ Hartley,2018].

2. PROJECT MANAGEMENT KNOWLEDGE AREAS AND PROJECT MANAGEMENT LIFECYCLE

Project management is a technique of accomplishing the goal line as per the needs of a business by applying techniques, skills, tools, and methodologies to project activities to achieve the goal.Project management holds project management tools, software, and a body of knowledge.[Wells, 2015]

PMBOK framework consists of 10 knowledge areas, 5 process groups, and 47 PM (project management) processes. Initiating, Planning, Executing, Managing and Controlling, and Closing are the 5 process group. In other words, the project management lifecycle is the cycle of managing a project.While Unification, Time, Quality, Acquisition, Human resources, Communications, the scope of work, Cost, Management of risks, Management of Stakeholders are the 10 knowledge areas of Project Management. The understandings of all these knowledge areas by the project managers crucial role, and thus proper management is required. Also, play will provide him complete familiarity with the project as every single knowledge area dealing with either a part or all of the processes [Marion, 2019].

Knowledge Areas:

? Time: Here, attention to planning the time required to complete the project or a part of the project the overall sequence of work, and the duration of the project.

? Cost: Here, the overall expenditures to complete the project calculate. The estimation of the total project cost calculates to simplify the task.

? Management of Stakeholders: The identification of the stakeholders with their requirements and role in the project performance. The edition of the standard will be ensured.

? Management of Risk: Here, The quantitative or qualitative risk is associated with project management.

? Communication: Here, the project plans by the project manager make followed by the establishment of effective communication of it to the team members perform.

? Scope of Work: Here, the proper outlines about the project with the purpose and what will include in the project. On that basis, only preparation of all the requirements and basic structure of the project [Project Management Institute, 2017].

? Human Resources: Here, to complete the project firstly, gathering of all available resources and group them to perform. For smooth and correct workflows proper management of the additional skills of our team members.

? Quality: Here, using the quality control and management stages of the project quality performs. That will confirm the expectations of the customer.

? Unification: The first step is gathering all information about PMBOK to manage the project.

? Acquisition: Here, for access requirements of all for acquiring the process work, obtaining, and managing perform. That makes it easy to finish the project at the mentioned time.

3. STEPS TO ENSURE ALIGNMENT:

Project alignment helps us to ensure that all the resources are assigned properly to stakeholders. Few steps are:

1. Evaluating The Project:

An organization needs to understand the overall strategy and goals for the smooth running of a project by understanding the overall strategy of the project by team members.

2. Consulting Stakeholders:

The project is implemented only after considering the ideas and opinions of stakeholders. This will help us in better understanding the project according to the current situation and to make strategies accordingly.

3. Making The Decisions:

Decision-makers should be able to decide in "Yes" or "No" with confidence.

4. Priorities are Given Accordingly.

Part B

The mathematical calculations method was adopted by him. Because in the study he is comparing three comparisons between Canada visa, Australia Visa, and finding jobs in India. As per the output, I would agree on migration to Australia because spouses can go with us, and the payment rate is also higher than Canada, and it is a diverse country. But as many risks are there which cannot be neglected like strict rules are there, chances of successfulness of project is low, getting of Permanent residence nowadays is getting harder. Therefore, I disagree with this methodology used by him. I would like to select PRINCE 2 methodology because of the flexibility of working at any location, size, scale, and sector. It defines the roles and responsibilities of each member of the team clearly which makes it easier to work with. It is available at low prices so that students can easily avail themselves of it. In short, it saves both time and energy [Davidson, J. 2019].

This approach has adaptability, consistency, good communication with stakeholders, and above all, it has a business emphasis approach. Therefore, it is the best methodology to work with by overcoming its demerits easily. It can better manage and easily overcome all the challenges and issues regarding time and money.

REFERENCES

Davidson, J. (2019). Everyday project management. Berrett-Koehler Publishers, Incorporated.

Hartley, S. (2018). Project management: a practical guide to planning and managing projects (Fourth). Allen & Unwin.

Kerzner, H. (2019). Using the project management maturity model: strategic planning for project management (Third). John Wiley & Sons.

Marion, J. W. (2019). Project management: a common sense guide to the pmbok (Vol. Part two, plan and execution /, Ser. Industrial and systems engineering collection). Momentum Press.

Project Management Institute. (2017). A guide to the project management body of knowledge (pmbok guide) (Sixth, Ser. Pmbok guide). Project Management Institute.

Wells, K., & Kloppenborg, T. J. (2015). Project management essentials (Ser. Portfolio and project management collection). Business Expert Press.

BMG872 Global Strategy, Development & Implementation Assignment Sample

RATIONALE

The strategic management process helps organisations identify what they intend to achieve and how they will accomplish valued outcomes. The magnitude of this challenge is greater today than ever before. A new competitive landscape is developing as a result of the increasing globalisation. When students take this module, they will already have considered the global environment in which organisations have to operate and survive. This module focuses on how firms’ sizes can become or remain international in scope. It analyses how organisations can use the strategic management process to understand those international competitive forces and develop competitive advantage systematically and consistently. This module links the internationalisation process examined in Semester one to focusing on multinational management of the firm.

AIMS

The primary aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the strategic management of an enterprise engaged in international business. This includes understanding how the competitive position of a firm is devised based on analysing structure, country-based sources of advantage and their distinctive competencies. Further, translating strategy into organisation action requires understanding the advantages and disadvantages of the many organisational forms and processes that may be used to attain the desired competitive position. The secondary aims are to (1) develop an understanding of the international business that integrates specific functional activities comprising the firm and (2) provide the opportunity to further develop analytical skills and decision-making in situations characterised by uncertainty and complexity.

OBJECTIVES

On successful completion of this module students will be able to:

• Understand the catalysts for international expansion, including country, industry, and firm influences;

• Understand unique management issues that confront international business units;

• Analyse different competitive strategies in globalising industries;

• Understand the process of international expansion generically;

• Examine how changes in strategy create organisational tension, especially in headquarter-subsidiary relations;

• Analyse historical globalisation patterns in strategic industries;

• Assess strategies needed to compete internationally.

LEARNING OUTCOMES

Successful Students Will Be Able To:

1 Demonstrate knowledge and thorough understanding of the fundamental concepts, principles, theories, practices and legislative frameworks underlying international business as an academic discipline and as a tool for improved management of international businesses.

2 Apply critical evaluation to complex arguments and evidence in the field of international business.

3 Formulate strategies to support successful international operations in diverse contexts.

4 Assess the implications, risks, security, integrity and confidentiality aspects of applying innovative solutions across multi-national and trans-national companies.

Solutions

The main concern of performing the present study is to develop an understanding of the strategic management of an enterprise engaged in international business. For developing such understandings the Volkswagen is selected as a brand, which belongs to the automobile industry. Company is presently running business activities in 153 nations, which wants to expand its business in international market of Indonesia. The turnover of company for the year 2020 was €222.884 billion, and it employed a total of 662575 (Volkswagen, 2021).

This study contains several models such as PEST, Porter’s five forces, diamond model, for analyzing the country of expansion. Additionally, potential managerial issues and their solutions also provided.

Main Analysis

Reasons behind international expansion-

In 1937 Volkswagen was established by Deutsche Arbeitsfront in Berlin (Volkswagen, 2021). Additionally it was reported that Volkswagen has faced highest increase in its market share between 2019-2020 as the % jumped from 24.3% to 26.2 % and with the revised strategy of the company, it aims at increasing such share to 5% by 2025 (Volkswagen, 2021). Thereby after such an amazing performance in around 153 countries the Volkswagen is planning to expand further its business in Indonesia. The company noticed potential growth in term of economy in Indonesia. Further, such international expansion would help them to achieve their target of attaining market share by +5% by 2025 (VW plans to build car factory in Indonesia, 2018).

Possible strategic choices available to the company

Also the economy of the country is growing vastly along with the need for the automobile companies (Global Strategic Choices, 2020). As per few reports it is estimated that around 80 vehicles per 1000 individuals in Indonesia which is even higher than in US. Further the reason behind Indonesia as a strategic choice is given through-

Figure 1 Porter's diamond model
(Source: Porter’s diamond model, 2018).

Factor Conditions:

The factor condition includes resources, climate, demographics and geographical locations. The Automotive industrial sector in Indonesia holds 10.16% of share in the market. As per 2020 reports the automotive sector had around 532 thousand of sales of motor vehicles in Indonesia. It could be said that the country is the primarily location for the manufacturing of innovative and luxury cars. Also the country is best performing care seller for brands like Toyota, Honda, and Brio etc. Further the flow of workforce within the country is also impressive as it provides with the more skilled, talented employees (Butt, Katuse, and Namada, 2019).

Demand Conditions:

These demand conditions states about the nature of the home market for demand for the particular industry’s goods and services. The demand for automotive sector is Indonesia is notably rising. It holds around 10% of share in the market and the sale of motor vehicle is seemed to be increasing year by year (Waluya, Iqbal, and Indradewa, 2019). Therefore it would be any fair and reasonable decision of Volkswagen to invest in Indonesia as this market would definitely provide them with lucrative returns on such investments.

Firm’s Strategy, Structure and Rivals:

This section reveal about the nature of rivalry created operational, management structure of companies, there vision and mission for success etc. The Volkswagen faces high competition in the market such as through its competitors BMW, Audi, Mercedes etc. The Indonesian market has the competence to adapt itself as per new technologies, new environmental conditions and protect its existing companies from new entrants.

Related and Supporting Industries:

This section includes the availability of the suppliers or supporting industries in the nation. Volkswagen is a high quality automotive brand and has a wide network of its suppliers around all over the globe (Wu, and Ang, 2020). Indonesia has also wide availability of supporting industries which could support the growth of Volkswagen in the region.

Strategies for Internationalization

Internationalization strategy is referred as strategies by which company sells its products and services exterior to its domestic market. Some of the internationalization strategies could be adopted by the cited organization is as follows –

Transnational: In this strategy, company is operating from its headquarter in its nation of origin, although, it also permit the organization to increase with full-scale operations in overseas market. Transnational organizations sell their goods and services in several nations in all over globe. The difference lies in the manner in which goods is marketed in every nation. Some of the main feature of the cited strategy consists of companies have distinct marketing, research and development department to address the local consumers, similar goods and services sold in distinct market, and some others (Bretos, Diaz-Foncea, and Marcuello, 2020).

Multi-domestic: The cited strategy makes investment in establishment of existence in overseas nation and tailoring its goods to the local market. This strategy can be adopted their goods and offering and reposition their marketing planning to participate in foreign audience. It considers foreign tradition, custom, and culture norms. In this strategy, usually headquarter is operated in the country of origin. However, company could set up localized headquarter in foreign nation from which they could manage the connection with foreign consumers (Kresnawan, et al. 2021). Some of the main features of the cited strategy consist of emphasis on establishment of existence and tailoring goods to suit in the new market, competitive benefits ascertained distinctively in every nation, and others.

Global: When the organization adopts global business strategies, the entire world is treated as one market and leverage economies of scale to increase revenue and reach. In this strategy, company has minimum local variations, like products and services are homogenized for reduction of cost while reaching as several individuals as possible. Usually, headquarter is established in the country of origin, while also setting up operations in the foreign market. Some of the main features of this strategy include integrated mechanism in all over distinct nations, homogenized goods for minimization costs, and fewer adjustments required to break into globalized market.

International: It is considered as one of the most common strategy, which emphasizes on exporting goods and services to overseas nations while keeping manufacturing headquarter at home. This suggests that, organizations avoid the requirement to invest in employees and facilities in foreign nation. Business goals are primarily in the direction of the home nation, but with some connecting to the international market.

Based on above strategies, translation strategy would be appropriate for the Volkswagen as it has combine factors of global and multi-domestic strategies. By adoption of the same, Volkswagen could increase full-scale operations in Indonesia. In this strategy, company’s international business activities are coordinated by cooperation and interdependence between its head office, operational department, and globalized situated subsidiaries. Volkswagen can gain several benefits due to transnational strategy inclusive of better market penetration, lower cost, better understanding of culture, and more efficiency.
Country analysis

Reasons behind choosing Indonesia as subsidiary company’s location

PEST analysis

Porter five forces

Table 2- Porter five forces model

The market is seemed to be safe and the Volkswagen already have and existing brand image which would help it to grow even more lucratively (Oh, Kim, and Shin, 2019).
Strategic methods of entry and possible consequences

Licensing

It is a type of business arrangement under which the one company provides permission to other company for the purpose of manufacturing its products against specific payments. The international licensing allow the firms to manufacture in the region for the specific period of time either exclusively or non- exclusively (Micek, et al, 2021). This way the firms could also take the advantage of the existing firm’s pipeline and generate revenue. This mode of entry comes with various benefit such as opportunity for passive income, new business creation opportunities in international markets, involvement of risk is very much less from both the sides.

Consequences

The chances of getting IP theft increasing generally in licensing type of mode of entry, the misuse of intellectually properties, exposure, privacy theft and other issues comes with it.

Joint Venture

This is the most preferred mode of entry as it creates the company with another partner especially in the emerging markets. Under this the company could take advantage of the partner company’s infrastructure, reputation and local knowledge. This also comes with the opportunity to get new capacity and expertise (Guzik, Doma?ski, and Gwosdz, 2020). The risk is also shared equally among the partners and enables the company to work comfortably in the new environment as well.

Consequences

The imbalance is created in the level of investment, expertise, assets and liabilities bought by both the parties in the venture.

Mergers and acquisitions

This mode of entry is solely based on the fundamental decisions made by the firms in order to enter in a new market. The merger and acquisition strategy wishes to expand the business of brand in term of geographical areas as well as the area of capabilities. This way the brand could also achieve the economies of scale. This mode of entry provides with the power and control over the market (Bretos, Diaz-Foncea, and Marcuello, 2020). Further the biggest and foremost advantage of such entry is that it benefits in tax.

Consequences

As a result of such merging and acquisition entry the workforce of small firms might get exhaustive re- skilling. Also the risk of getting over employed department could also be raised under such entry type. Due to the acquisition or merger process the loss of business understanding and loss of experienced workers could also be seen.

Based on above three modes of entry, it can be said that, joint venture would be appropriate mode of entry for the Volkswagen. The reason behind the same is that, it assists towards reduction of political risk that is reflected in the PEST analysis. Along with, it also enables transfer of technologies, knowledge of overseas market among the partnering firm. Since, Porter’s diamond model reflected that, in Indonesia, there is several related and supporting companies, and therefore by entering into joint venture with local firm, company can access success in that market.

The Potential Organizational and Managerial Problems in New International Environment

Organizational co-ordination

One of the major problems the company would face in the new international environment is the coordination in the organization. An inadequate coordination in the company could assists towards reduction in productivity, complicated procedures and significant time for completion of activities. One of the main reasons behind this issue is duplication and unclear departmental priorities (Dwijendra, 2020). In this aspect, planning of new projects would require to take into account content of information that distinct divisions would need by keeping their activities proper, along with the time when the information is needed. Therefore, if the Volkswagen’s management does not do proper planning and strategies for the international expansion, then they will suffer from issue of organizational co-ordination.

Culture Issue (Hofstede)

In this aspect, Hofstede proposed six culture dimension that reflects the cultural differences among distinct nations, and same is explained as follows –

Power distance: The greater power distance in Indonesia in comparison to Germany suggests a more acceptance of unequal power distribution, differences in hierarchy, and significant differences in pay.

Individualism v collectivism: The lesser individualism in Indonesia in comparison to Germany reflects that measures tending to emphasis or reward individual like performance related payment, individual appraisal system, does not observe fertile basis, or at least might be less successful as compared in Germany.

Masculinity v femininity: The lower masculinity in Indonesia in comparison to Germany suggests that the tendency of the Germans to desire to get the job done, notwithstanding of the emotional or relationship expenses that might be included, creates the Germans observe rude, while more femininity mechanism of Asian partners looks to the Germans like neglecting the issue (Stehle, and Erwee, 2007).

Uncertainty avoidance: In this aspect, uncertainty avoidance is high in Germany and low in Indonesia, which reflects that Germans have advanced wide formal system of rules, standards, or quality to control their environment purposely.

Long term orientation: Both Indonesia and Germany has low long term orientation, which reflects about culture of saving and planning for the future.

Table 1 Hofstede’s cultural dimension

Organizational Structure (Centralization v Decentralization)

Organizational structure reflects the number of layers for management and the manner of interaction with one another. In case of centralized organizational structure, business decisions are taken at the top of business and commands are given to subordinates (Nindito, et al, 2020). However, centralized management system usually is slow in responding to changes in business environment or domestic changes near their branches. Further, in case of decentralized organizational structure, authorities of decisions are shifted from senior management to the lower level employees, by which employees possess more decision making responsibilities (Witiastuti, et al, 2017). Therefore, management of Volkswagen at the time of international expansion may face the issue for ascertainment of which type of organizational structure should be implemented.

Recommendations to overcome potential problems

In order to overcomes the above confronted issues the management of Volkswagen is recommended to-
Harness local market expertise-

The local knowledge of the market is must when setting up business internationally (Braun, and Van Erp, 2021). With help of these local experts the business could easily operate and even expand its operation in the new international environment. These experts would help in providing the valuable insights to management which would help them to hire the talent as per the market required and would also help in reducing the burden of HR team. The local experts further would help the management to create their reputation in new location by demonstrating their commitment in regards of the local culture and community.

Navigating New Legislation

There are number of legislations and jurisdictions at the new global market which are to be fulfilled by the management (Bai, 2021). Understanding of these laws and regulations and applying them in the daily operational practices would help the business to achieve success in the new international market. This could be done by hiring a local lawyer for the firm which would advise regarding the local legislations and provide the best possible guidance to the company (Nindito, et al, 2020).

Cross Border Knowledge

Sharing of knowledge could also help the business to overcome the international business related problems as this would help the business to establish regional structure cross the market. Regular share of insights and best operational tips who help to motivate the employees as well as would increase the productivity and efficiency of the business by providing best possible services to the international market (Witiastuti, et al 2017).

Democratic Management Style

It is recommended that, company should implement democratic management style that encourage more collaborative manner of working. The reason behind selection of this management style by Volkswagen is that, in motivates creativity and involvement in decision taking procedure. Such involvement also assists towards commitment of teams for achieving outcomes, assisting towards greater productivity level. Some of the factors of successful management include planning, effective communication, integration, motivation, management of workload, and evaluation.

Conclusion

From the above analysis made for the purpose of international expansion of Volkswagen in Indonesia, it could be said that the new location selected by the company is worth to invest in. The rising demand for automotive sector in Indonesia makes it an appropriate choice by the Volkswagen brand to invest in such region as this would provide it with lucrative returns. Lastly some of the potential problems like cultural issue and organizational structure identified in the process of internationalization. In order to address such issues the recommendation of hiring local expert, democratic management style and cross border knowledge is provided to company.

References

Bai, Y., (2021).Analysis of Overseas Management Strategy of the Volkswagen Group. In 6th International Conference on Financial Innovation and Economic Development (ICFIED 2021) (pp. 229-234). Available from: https://www.atlantis-press.com/article/125954257.pdf [Accessed on 20th November].

Braun, C. and Van Erp, J., (2021). International regime complexes and corporate crime: a research agenda based on the Volkswagen diesel fraud case. Crime, Law and Social Change, pp.1-22.Available from: https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s10611-021-09980-z[Accessed on 20th November].

Bretos, I., Diaz-Foncea, M. and Marcuello, C., (2020). International expansion of social enterprises as a catalyst for scaling up social impact across borders. Sustainability, 12(8), p.3262.Available from: https://www.mdpi.com/693348[Accessed on 20th November].

Butt, M.A., Katuse, P. and Namada, J., (2019). Government’s role as moderator in relationship of porter’s diamond factor conditions and firm’s performance. International Journal of Research in Business and Social Science (2147-4478), 8(6), pp.40-48.Available from: http://www.ssbfnet.com/ojs/index.php/ijrbs/article/view/510[Accessed on 20th November].

Dwijendra, N.K.A., (2020). Identity Struggle Perspective in Car-Shaped Shrine in Paluang Temple, Nusa Penida Bali, Indonesia. International Journal of Psychosocial Rehabilitation, 24(4).Available from: https://www.academia.edu/download/62926501/PR201653_copy20200412-45691-e6r5cy.pdf[Accessed on 20th November].

Global Strategic Choices, (2020), (online), Available through <https://saylordotorg.github.io/text_international-business/s12-01-global-strategic-choices.html> [Accessed on 18th November].

Guzik, R., Doma?ski, B. and Gwosdz, K., (2020). Automotive industry dynamics in Central Europe. In New Frontiers of the Automobile Industry (pp. 377-397). Available from: https://link.springer.com/chapter/10.1007/978-3-030-18881-8_15[Accessed on 20th November].

Kresnawan, M.R., Yurnaidi, Z., Bilqis, A., Natasha, T. and Wijaya, B.S., (2021). Electric Vehicle Readiness in Southeast Asia: A PEST Policy Review. Perceptions of Energy Resources Efficiency for Sustainable Development in the Developing Context of Nigeria: Implications for Enterprise Development in the Energy Sector, p.105.Available from: https://www.researchgate.net/profile/Lukman[Accessed on 20th November].

Micek, G., Guzik, R., Gwosdz, K. and Doma?ski, B., (2021). Newcomers from the Periphery: The International Expansion of Polish Automotive Companies. Energies, 14(9), p.2617.https://www.mdpi.com/1996-1073/14/9/2617[Accessed on 20th November].

Nindito, H., Soeparno, H., Santoso, C.B. and Napitupulu, T.A., (2020). November. Technology Adoption of Smart Tourism in Indonesia: Systematic Literature Review. In 2020 International Conference on Informatics, Multimedia, Cyber and Information System (ICIMCIS) (pp. 13-17).Available from: https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/abstract/document/9354280/[Accessed on 20th November].

Nurhadi, H.Q.A., Nurcahyo, R. and Gabriel, D.S., (2021). Strategic Development for A Filter Automotive Component Company in Facing the Electric Vehicles Era in Indonesia. In 11th Annual International Conference on Industrial Engineering and Operations Management, IEOM 2021 (pp. 758-766). Available from: http://www.ieomsociety.org/singapore2021/papers/144.pdf[Accessed on 20th November].

Oh, C.H., Kim, M. and Shin, J.,( 2019). Paths and geographic scope of international expansion across industries. International Business Review, 28(3), pp.560-574.Available from: https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0969593117306340[Accessed on 20th November].
Porter’s diamond model (2018). (Online). Available through<https://expertprogrammanagement.com/2018/04/porter-diamond-model/>[Accessed on 20th November]

Sijabat, R., (2019). Macro-environment analysis of the tourism industry in Indonesia: findings from the PEST analysis. Innovative issues and approaches in social sciences, 12(3), pp.96-118.Available from: https://pdfs.semanticscholar.org/e06f/97c91de33529ccce4a4a07344e647e7b0e80.pdf#page=96[Accessed on 20th November].

Susilo, D., (2018). Macro environment analysis of automotive industry in Indonesia. BISE: Jurnal Pendidikan Bisnis dan Ekonomi, 4(2), pp.65-73.Available from: https://jurnal.uns.ac.id/bise/article/view/25342[Accessed on 20th November].

Volkswagen, 2021, (online), Available through <https://www.volkswagenag.com/> [Accessed on 18th November].
VW plans to build car factory in Indonesia, (2018), (online), Available through <https://en.antaranews.com/news/121433/vw-plans-to-build-car-factory-in-indonesia> [Accessed on 18th November].

Waluya, A.I., Iqbal, M.A. and Indradewa, R., (2019). How product quality, brand image, and customer satisfaction affect the purchase decisions of Indonesian automotive customers. International Journal of Services, Economics and Management, 10(2), pp.177-193.Available from: https://www.inderscienceonline.com/doi/abs/10.1504/IJSEM.2019.100944[Accessed on 20th November].

Witiastuti, R.S., Putri, V.W., Wijayanto, A. and Sudarma, K., (2017). Improvement Efforts in Marketing Value Drivers through E-Marketing for Small and Medium-Sized Enterprises (SMEs) in Superior Processed Products in Semarang Regency, Indonesia. International Journal of the Computer, the Internet and Management, 25(1), pp.21-24.Available from: http://www.ijcim.th.org/past_editions/2017V25N1/25n1Page21.pdf[Accessed on 20th November].

Wu, J. and Ang, S.H., (2020). Network complementaries in the international expansion of emerging market firms. Journal of World Business, 55(2), p.101045.Available from: https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S1090951618302979[Accessed on 20th November].

Stehle, W. and Erwee, R., (2007). Cultural differences influencing German HR policies in Asia. Journal of Asia Business Studies.

MIS606 Professional Practice Assignment Sample

Assignment Brief

Individual/Group Individual - Length 5,000 words (+/- 10%)

Learning Outcomes

a) Reflect on the role of a Business Analyst in the contemporary business environment and society more broadly.

b) Cultivate an understanding of who the student is as a professional and what their impact should be to the enterprise.

c) Deliver a substantial project that synthesises and integrates knowledge and practice gained from all other MBIS subjects.

Submission

This assessment brief will be made available from Monday, 12 noon (AEST) of Module 1.1. This assessment will close on Sunday 11.55pm (AEST) of Module 6.1.

For intensive class: This assessment will close on Sunday 11.55pm (AEST) of Module 6.1 (Week 6).

Weighting - 50%

Total Marks - 50 marks

Context

Remember that this subject is the culminating and integrating experience for the MBIS. It is assumed that you have kept a reflective diary from during your study in all other subjects and then put your knowledge to practice in a custom setting negotiated with the learning facilitator. This project enables you to demonstrate your ability to think strategically and apply the concepts and tools learned in the subject to an organisation of your choice. You combine a range of research methodologies to real business problems to demonstrate how the rigour and application of research processes can underpin the justification for change. In other words, you will experience what it means to be an IT professional. 

Instructions

To start this assessment, you need to first choose an organization of your choice. After discussing it with your learning facilitator, you have to then find the business problems and needs that your knowledge obtained in all the subjects can address them. Remember that you need to use research methodologies to justify the changes and solutions that you proposed for the problems.

There is no specific format for the assessment. You are expected to cite all the academic references that you used in the body of the report conforming to the APA referencing style. In preparing for the assessment, remember that the activities included in the modules are specifically designed to scaffold your understanding. If you have attended class and engaged in the activities, this assessment will be very easy to write.

Submission Instructions:

Be sure to keep several drafts of your work as well as your notes and any sources you used to draw on in preparing your report. For assignment help, Extensions will be considered only in extenuating circumstances where the student has applied before the due date. At that point, students are required to provide the latest draft, in case the extension is not granted and to demonstrate they have earnestly done everything to avoid lateness. If you use any resource, you have to cite them in your report using the APA referencing style.

You are responsible for keeping appropriate back-ups and drafts of their assignments and to submit the correct version.

Torrens University Australia policies apply to the preparation and submission of this assignment.

Solution

THE SUPPLY CHAIN ISSUES FACED BY AMAZON DUE TO COVID-19 PANDEMIC

Introduction

Jeff Bezos is the founder of Amazon and in Washington, the company has its headquarters. In the world, the company is running its business on a digital platform and provides a different range of services. At the initial stage, the company deals in selling books in the online market but slowly its expanding product portfolio includes electronics, households, software, home appliances and many more. In the year 2018 Amazon overtook Microsoft and became one of the most popular brands in the online world. The main purpose of the report is to understand the major issues Amazon faces due to covid-19 pandemic issues in supply chain management. The report analyzes amazon different aspects in the context of the supply chain which gets affected and faces huge loss during covid-19. Although, different strategies are identified for overcoming the issues identified related to supply chain management. Lastly, the report provides brief recommendations on improving the supply chain for continuous growth and success.

Background

In the e-commerce market amazon not only just provides services as a third party but it also focuses on producing their own brand’s products. In addition, in the growth and success of the company amazon web services are considered as an essential role. In 2018 the company’s founder achieved the award of the world’s richest man. Many horizons are crossed by the company and every year the company focuses on adding new products to its products and services portfolio (Hobbs, 2020). Amazon online website, amazon fresh, amazon pantry, amazon web services, amazon TV and many more are different products and services of amazon which are produced as in-house brands of the company. Amazon web services work as a protective technique that is adopted by many large companies, individuals and different countries' governments for protecting their data. However, many physical store networks are built by the company and it includes delivery stations, distribution networks for fresh food, fulfilment centre and so on.

In the supply chain section, new operations are operated and invested by the company and give a name to the venture as Global supply chain by Amazon. This venture helps in providing the different features related to logistics all over the world. Supply chain systems are automated and revolutionized by this. It also helps in managing the document and freight booking and many other services (Sharma et al., 2020). Due to this, amazon gets help in emitting the requirement of middleman and booking can be done by suppliers directly with amazon which helps in developing effective transparency and increase competitive advantages in the online market.

With customers, difficulties arise in e-commerce at the time of setting safe web-based and developing effective online communication. Over the orders, the real-time visibility required to set and just provide tracking numbers to customers to track their ordered products is not sufficient. The expectations of customers are high, as per the specification the deliveries must be done which includes time span and quality. As per the report of Forrester Research Inc on an average of 4.5 digital devices the customers own and expect the company to deliver the products smoothly. It helps in delivering a consistent shopping experience and builds loyalty and trust between the company and customers (Tseng et al., 2019). Customer service teams developed by the company are under skilled and it leads to increased missteps and frustration. In e-commerce lack of expertise and technology costs force companies to outsource and run business with the help of third-party service providers. Due to the covid-19 situation, Amazon faces huge issues in managing the supply chain. It also creates a huge gap between the company and customers. It is essential for Amazon to revive its supply chain management for smooth functioning and overcome these challenges the company faced during covid-19 situations.

Aims and Objectives

Aim

The main aim of the research is to understand the supply chain issues faced by Amazon due to covid-19 pandemic situations. It also identifies the strategies which need to be developed for overcoming those challenges.

Objectives

To understand the covid-19 affect the supply chain of amazon face and its impacts on the amazon business performance in the market.

To identify the employed strategies for improving the supply chain and understand the way the company tackles business during covid-19.

To evaluate the market reach and business success of amazon for improving the business future by using IoT and digital technologies in SC management.

Research Questions

1. How did covid-19 affect the supply chain of amazon and its impact on the performance of amazon in the market?

2. Has currently employed any strategies to improve the supply chain and tackle the impact of a pandemic by using specific strategies?

3. How can the market reach and business success of Amazon be improved in future by using IoT and digital technologies to strategically optimise their SC management?

Research Motivation

The COVID-19 pandemic has caused huge disruptions to the supply chain of companies across the world. This resulted from the nationwide lockdown that was implemented by a large number of organizations to keep the spread of the virus in check (Nagurney, 2021). Thus, it has become increasingly important for organizations to revive from the losses suffered due to the pandemic. This paper shall enlist ways in which Amazon may revive its supply chain to ensure its smooth functioning in the market despite all the challenges faced by it.

Problem Statement

Although Amazon is the world’s most valuable brand that has achieved global recognition, the 2020 pandemic has adversely affected the company. Therefore, it is very important to study the supply chain management of the company in order to identify the potential threats and opportunities of the company (Sodhi & Tang, 2020). The detailed analysis and assessment of the supply chain management of the company shall help in providing solutions that could be beneficial for reviving the company in the present scenario

Research Gap

The current pandemic situation has opened the door of the online market for various players in the country that has significantly affected the sales and profitability of the company. However, experts have not been able to provide many options to revive from the disruptions caused to the supply chain. This paper will throw light on this subject so that technology may be incorporated in the plan of reviving the supply chain of Amazon to ensure its sustained success in the market.

Effect of Covid-19 on Supply Chain of Amazon and Its Impact on the Business

The coronavirus outbreak is wreaking havoc on Amazon's distribution networks, affecting all of the company's suppliers, retail outlets, and dealers (Craighead, Ketchen & Darby, 2020). The business is struggling to ensure a healthy supply of needed products and services since the world continues to manoeuvre through this tough period. The company will have to keep a strong check on maintaining the quality of their service along with maintaining all the safety measures that are being ordered by the government. There are several challenges that the company faced during Covid-19:

Increase in the shipping cost-Amazon Prime was founded in 2007 and offers its customers a one-day shipping loyalty service. Prime subscribers have a strong connection to higher freight prices, along with high delivery charges. By 2018, the Prime users surpassed over 100 million, resulting in a surge in customers' demands. Amazon shipping charges have indeed been increasing around the world and are likely to persist as the outbreak progresses, posing a significant challenge for end users. Due to the extreme effect of coronavirus, Amazon's distribution costs have gone up to more than $8 billion (Ivanov, 2021). The rise in delivery costs could minimize the economic utility, giving Amazon inventory a brief pessimistic outlook. The boom in electronic commerce adoption has fuelled recent increases in transportation costs, resulting in a major demand and supply gap and courier resource limitations. Consumers need quick and free delivery, but retailers are finding it difficult to meet this demand, especially because they are harmed by prolonged lockdown during the Covid-19 infection. As a result, people from all over the world are significantly dependent on the Amazon, which consequently creates a rise in demand. Thus, the supply chain is challenged by a crunch of time.

Disruption of timely delivery-Amazon provides its customers with the benefit of delivery within a day and this is possible only because of its strong supply chain. However, due to the coronavirus outbreak, Amazon is unable to deliver the product on the promised date. Critical goods such as kitchen objects, medicines, and emergency aid along with masks and hand sanitizer are in high demand on Amazon (Rajeev et al., 2017). Although it helps in generating a lot of money for Amazon, the rapid growth in the demand for these necessities is putting a strain on the supply chain of the company. Amazon is reorganizing the logistics to fulfil the demand for important things first. As a result, they are unable to satisfy demand for non-essential items such as appliances, sports equipment, and kitchen tools. The shortage of all such products is leading to the delay of delivery. Amazon's policy of prioritizing important products affects many of these suppliers. This action has a significant impact on sellers who depend exclusively on Amazon to transport their goods to consumers. Amazon's supply chain has become very inflexible. Good flows must be reconsidered because they lack a tradition of demand and sales are more impetuous than sensible. Furthermore, during incarceration, purchasing patterns have changed, as well as the duration that the buyer receives their purchased goods (Koberg & Longoni, 2019). Vast numbers of consumers are being forced to change their buying habits, and, as a result, their relationships with the company and the distribution network are being impacted.

The disruption of Amazon’s supply chain has caused some serious issues with the smooth functioning of the business. The global epidemic of COVID-19 has raised huge problems for Amazon's market. Numerous worldwide shutdowns threaten to stifle, if not completely halt, the distribution of commodities and services, causing Amazon to suffer. The growing number of cases is causing strike action, confusion, and an unparalleled problem for Amazon's software sector, which is at the epicenter of the coronavirus disease outbreak (Ardito et al., 2019). The infections and staff discontent come under scrutiny when Amazon wants all employees on board more than ever. Within a week after the virus made its way into the world, the company had seen a sharp increase in orders. Many orders have been postponed, and Amazon new customers in the United States have been unable to place orders. The staff in Amazon storehouses, on the other hand, are faced with tough choices and issues on their own. Workers at a variety of Amazon’s fulfillment centers are staging work stoppages in protest of the company's decision to partially shutter the premises for maintenance. It's a stance sponsored by company employees. The protests by the workers are causing a threat to the sales and functioning of the company. Due to a major supply deficit, COVID-19 is the most pressing problem for all suppliers around the world (Polacco & Backes, 2018). Furthermore, Chinese resources have ceased to satisfy goods that have a strong market for supplies. The shortage of raw materials and resources has created a huge threat to Amazon's business as it is failing to meet the demand of its customers.

The company tried to implement many new logistics to fight the negative impact of the virus. However, it is evident that since the company is incorporating something new into the business, the chances of failing at it are greater. The lack of support from the employees was also causing a problem because the employees did not want to risk their lives. As a huge number of people were using Amazon to fulfil their needs for basic amenities, the company was unable to meet the demand for so many goods. Ultimately, it was leaving a bad impression on the customers (Wieland, 2021). Furthermore, many states were in complete lockdown, causing the delivery person to be unable to deliver the product to the buyers or to be delayed. The employees of the company were losing their interest in their job and their confidence in the business was fluctuating. This might give rise to employee turnover in the future and the company will have to invest more to fulfill its demand for human resources. The increase in spending will force the company to sacrifice quality of work, such as product packaging and a fast delivery carrier option. Hence, the customers will not be satisfied with the service that the company will provide and choose another platform for their next purchase.

Strategies used by Amazon to improve the supply chain management and understand the way it tackled the business during Covid-19.

The typical ways of handling Amazon's distribution network have completely altered, owing to COVID-19's comprehensive sense of its vulnerability. All suppliers, transporters, and general staff recognize that future procurement and resource management may need a major paradigm change. COVID-19 has shifted the emphasis to a more proactive and protective material stock procurement plan, while timely shipping distribution and tight current assets metrics were the targets for reducing transport cost and quality. Shipping companies and logistics administrators have mitigated some of the threats that Amazon could face as a result of the COVID-19 crisis by proper preparation (Ketchen, & Craighead, 2020). During the eruption of COVID-19, Amazon's freight transport suppliers discovered that their vessels could easily become unstable, and that the distribution chain's reliance on freight movements from some nations could place it at risk. Container supply is now being seen as among the most significant threats to COVID-19's improving economy. Amazon's sellers and vendors are also planning for sufficient backup, including excess product procurement and network credibility. To maintain corporate competitiveness and ensure business stability over the next deadly virus, certain distributors and wholesalers may increase the warehouse inventory level. Amazon is extensively evaluating the issues to minimize risk, even though preparation, procurement, concept development, and logistics are all part of one integrated business framework. Any logistics challenge can be overcome with the aid of a solid supply chain network (Zhang & Golpayegani, 2018). This disease has appeared as one of the most important forces behind Amazon's global expansion. Consumers will now get a wide range of goods shipped to their home without putting their wellbeing in jeopardy. Suppliers have indeed been capable of keeping their businesses running while complying with safety measures and other health precautions.

Amazon is attempting to reflect the evolving customer requirements in order to sustain and improve revenue and traffic movement of customers on their websites in terms of maintaining a large number of regular active customers and customer retention. This necessitates major changes in a variety of ways, along with more personalized and immersive user models, new features, redesigning, and repositioning. Amazon is now dependent on robotics to significantly increase the performance of services, due to information technology (Yu et al., 2017). To facilitate the prompt and efficient fulfilment of a large volume of orders passing across the whole distribution chain network, the logistics division employs an insightful and systematic method of order processing, warehouse control, processing, and terminal allocation. Amazon also found the right balance between minimizing inventory and having enough room to satisfy consumer demands. Vulnerabilities with supply shortages are considered by the company long ahead of time, before they occur. The company's logistics network serves as the operating pivot point for the supply networking scheme. Anything, like pricing planning and distribution monitoring, is affected by distribution. Mostly with support of a group view or a systemic solution, Owing to the epidemic, Amazon is strengthening the logistics network by making it the primary goal (Koberg & Longoni, 2019). The corporation is examining the critical components of their delivery network and determining if they interact. They're still studying the ordering programme to examine how it interacts with the distribution system and to understand the factory director and development foreman's coordination system. When it isn't as effective as the company would want, it identifies the places where improvements can be made.

The cluster perspective integrates graphs, graphics, and certain other details to make it easy to take the necessary steps of a specific business's function. The process for supplier management must have a successful distribution plan. It improves the consumer experience while reducing product degradation. Amazon's long-term economic security is aided by the wider scope of distribution channel management. Creating a successful framework for selling goods and services aids in ensuring competitive advantages, especially if Amazon's executives consider expense, sales, and operating efficiency economically (Sharma et al., 2020). Amazon should keep track of concerns like manufacturing plants, bridges, factories, and, most of all, consumers, as well as the amount, venue, and interaction between the service providers during the Covid-19 while developing its logistics plan. They established a clear delivery target and then implemented strategies that were in alignment with the main supply chain plan. If the management plan calls for product creativity, superior support, or pricing strategy, Amazon consistently maintains that perhaps the supply chain is involved in delivering the method's important elements. They bring together executives from all areas of their company on a single forum to define an organizational structure that can function with the organisation in the context of a pandemic. Amazon ensures that the data which the enterprise requires is produced to comprehend market demand. The marketing segment will reveal whatever the organization's most significant clients want and how their preferences differ (Silvestre et al., 2018). Consumers who validate the expense of the best experience, which can be highly appreciated using a more streamlined strategy, should be identified by the company's functional departments.

The company gains useful information on distributor procurement and payment arrangements. There are a few other factors to remember, such as how to prevent purchasing excess inventory, minimizing costs associated with orders and supply corrections, and improving payment terms behaviour. Many automated systems are usually used in supplier collaborations, which are closely studied and streamlined by Amazon. On the financial side of things, businesses like Amazon have a lot of room for improvement. Invalid stocks may be due to a variety of factors. Rather than simply reviewing the appropriate order, Amazon looks for the specific step in the cycle where the anomaly occurred in an effort to stop repeating the same error (Polacco & Backes, 2018). The practice of managing the supply chain in spatial locations is outdated. Because of advanced data analytics, Amazon now manages distribution networks from start to finish. The business is certain that the supply-chain structure combines business performance with good analytical capabilities and statistics, multipurpose strategic thinking. It created innovative groups to aid judgment and uncover secret possibilities and challenges in unstructured information (Min, Zacharia & Smith, 2019). Amazon constantly assures that the information security department backs them up with software and apps that make teamwork and strategic decision-making easier. It's critical to calculate order delivery and optimize transaction receipt while enhancing the quality of relationships with clients and purchases. Amazon monitors when the correct commodity is shipped to the correct location in the correct amount as requested by the customer.

Impact of IoT and digital technologies on the future success of Amazon's market reach and business.

Many consumers were afraid to use the Amazon website when it was launched initially because they couldn't see or experience the items they were purchasing. They had to spend huge amounts and go through a lengthy and inconvenient digital payment method. Amazon has dramatically improved for the better as a part of the digital revolution and IoT, which now promises faster cash registers and secure online purchases (Morais & Silvestre, 2018). Amazon's information technology remains at the heart of the company, and it has been used to enable sellers to communicate with their consumers with the help of desktop and mobile applications. The adoption and implementation of digital technologies and systems in Amazon's corporate practices to meet competitive business priorities is known as digital transformation. It is a multidimensional mechanism that is capable of causing a significant cultural and operational change in the company. Digital technological advancements have aided in acknowledging the effectiveness of reach, whether geological or textual. This has made it easier to find brands, adapt customer tastes to products, and check consistency and credibility. The Amazon websites have grown in popularity in the lives of consumers as a result of this association (Esper, 2021). Those very effects will not be possible without the use of modern and advanced digital technologies. Quick, safe, and flexible payment solutions are critical for the Amazon Company’s rapid development. According to studies, shoppers quit 69 percent of their shopping baskets on a firm's website. One of several causes is a time-consuming and complex payment process.

As a result, Amazon websites must have a quick and simple payment process. Payment methods vary by region; for example, debit cards are common in Western Canada, but electronic payments and credit cards are common in other countries. Despite the fact that emerging countries are predominantly cash-based, they are increasingly moving toward digital transformation. Amazon's main mission is to have a greater consumer service, which can be accomplished by customization. This is where information technology comes into play. Amazon websites may use AI to sell items that a buyer is most likely to purchase depending on an insightful review of their browsing background (Hu et al., 2019). It provides insights which could be utilized to improve consumer relationships with the support of text or voicemail messages. Shoppers and the Amazon businesses get connected more than ever before due to social networking sites. Users can browse e-commerce items via photos and have references that guide them to the Amazon website with a tap on platforms such as Instagram, Google, and Facebook. Customers may also use the brand profiles of different brands to read product recommendations and assess the product's benefits and disadvantages, allowing them to make a more educated decision. Digital devices such as tablets and laptops are now an essential component of a company's day-to-day activities as their use has grown. According to research, nearly half of the smartphone owners have them under close reach at all times. As a result, Amazon's success will be supported by optimizing these smart devices (Gao et al., 2018). Given the popularity of fast broadband systems, the online platform has experienced tremendous growth, and the global mobile e-commerce market is thriving.

Customers have the freedom to buy wherever and wherever they choose. Amazon sites now have the potential to have a hassle-free market reach and revenue owing to digital transformation. Amazon information systems and speedy product distribution are critical factors in its business success. As a result, transforming the overall market distribution channel under high demand and digitizing data analytics are critical. Looker and Google analytics are examples of data processing tools that offer a digital interface for efficiently managing all manufacturing details (Polacco & Backes, 2018). This is critical since a comprehensive analysis of consumer data allows for more educated management decisions and contributes to the organization's growth. Instinctive delivery is among the most fascinating aspects that new technology has shaped Amazon around the world. This is a one-of-a-kind strategy in which an e-commerce company anticipates a user's future wishlist derived from past purchases and has the goods shipped to the closest supply chain collaborator until the order is placed. As a result, anticipatory delivery saves both shoppers and Amazon websites a great deal of effort and time. Scenario planning often aids the business in inventory control, ensuring that there is still sufficient supply to meet consumers' needs. Promotional activities that were screened out by advanced spam scanners or actually missed are gone for good. Amazon has introduced the ability to capture the interest of consumers straight on their main screen. Buyers are notified about forthcoming sales and promotions through push notifications from Amazon (Garrido-Hidalgo et al., 2019). These push alerts appear on consumers' portable apps or on the firm's site, which are an excellent way to keep customers' attention.

Amazon has been able to compete internationally as never before, attributable to technological and networking advancements. Communication used to take hours, if not weeks; today, all company activities can be completed in minutes. As the new technologies and IoT are becoming involved day by day, Amazon saves a lot of money on running expenses. The organization saves money by not having to maintain everything manually, and it saves time by providing quick results. Moreover, the chances of numerical mistakes are reduced with accurate and advanced technologies. Since the company saves lots of time, money and effort, it can work more on the quality of services. The company can strategize ways to attract more customers and then convert them into loyal clients (Ruel et al., 2021). These customers can help Amazon to promote itself to other people, which will ultimately help the company to generate more revenue. Hence, digital technology is essential for the development of the company and it also helps in improving the competitiveness of the company. The management of the business operations will not need detailed scrutiny that will help the employees to put their efforts in other work departments. Furthermore, the introduction of modern technologies will enhance the creativity of the workforce. Consequently, the company will experience improved sales and profitability. The youth nowadays are well aware of social media because of the evolving technologies. This makes it easier for Amazon to gain the attention of potential buyers (Sodhi & Tang, 2020). The company can classify the products properly on their website for the easy use of visitors by adding advanced features (Gao et al., 2020).

Research Methodology

The report is done based on the secondary research methodology. In this paper the data collected with the help of qualitative data technique and analysis information in theoretical format. Also, secondary data methods help in providing adequate information related to the subject. In this method, different sources are used like Google scholar, articles, journals, and books. All the collected data are analyzed by using the inductive approach and ensure to provide the relevant information in the paper (Abdirad & Krishnan, 2020). The major issue of the subject is to identify problems faced by amazon in supply chain management during a covid-19 pandemic. Due to this, the complete report is focusing on this particular topic and collecting the data. Also, the keywords are used while researching the article on the given topic. The keywords used in the paper are supply chain management, covid-19 pandemic, Amazon supply chain, and so on. This helps in providing the correct data on the topic and maintaining the flow of the information in the paper. Lastly, it can be said that secondary data methods help in providing the data in the form of the storyline which help in increasing the knowledge of readers regarding the subject.

Recommendation

Offering consumers the option of picking up their orders from a predetermined custom clearance location or imposing delivery charges are two potential immediate alternatives to generate more profit. Implementing shipping fees on goods would aid in the reduction of high freight costs. If the buyer wishes to collect the package, a coupon could be given. Customers will be more likely to use this product if they get a discount, and they will be able to put their money into buying more goods (Wen, Choi & Chung, 2019). These approaches have a positive effect on the business's import duties, which would potentially result in a high number of sales. It also eliminates reliance on numerous party logistics firms. Besides that, by providing a single collection location for shoppers, Amazon lowers its shipping costs by eliminating the need to sell to each individual household. The distribution centre just needs to ship the packages to one spot, lowering the chances of the order being sent to the wrong address. Instead of sending delivery to distribution centre, suppliers or retailers will deliver them straight to the collection site. This would improve the distribution facility's workforce quality and competitiveness. Since implementing distribution costs will only necessitate minor programme improvements and no maintenance, this approach is relatively simple to execute. Establishing a single picking point, on the other hand, would necessitate route improvements and the involvement of another distributor or suppliers (Abdirad & Krishnan, 2020). Alliances with local retailers or the construction of a collection point will be used to create such pick-up stations. The method of satisfying consumers by demonstrating genuine goods is inextricably linked to the range of suppliers. Quality of the product and out-of-stock supplies are also issues. Amazon must implement strict standards for selecting suppliers in order to improve the supply chain operations.

For each commodity, each supplier has a different price. Furthermore, the supply procurement process must be strengthened regarding product consistency along with inventory availability. To create a long-term partnership, the aim ought to be to please the consumer by meeting their requirement for certified goods. Distributors have fake and pretentious goods, so Amazon must use multiple authentication methods based on machinery algorithms. The approach to a better supplier procurement mechanism has a number of advantages, including increased customer loyalty and less returns. Amazon can actively adopt initiatives such as smart features and power tools to accomplish its moderate targets (Ivanov, 2021). At the time of the COVID-19 epidemic, interest in Amazon distribution techniques from its digital platform and food or groceries has nearly doubled as people looked for ways to get merchandise without having to leave their homes. It expanded the market over last shipping, allowing Amazon to begin implementing its standard size strategy sooner. Amazon should set a moderate target of delivering goods to consumers' homes in order to gain long-term sustainability. Amazon must concentrate on getting the goods from the factory to the buyer. Easy and quick delivery methods are the best fit for this reducing operational cost. Customers that do not have Amazon Prime are good candidates for Amazon's conventional distribution programme. The Amazon Prime subscriber has paid for multiple shipping, which should have been delivered as promised. As a result, improving the market model or implementing a new approach is critical for increasing customer loyalty and minimizing the difficulty of last-mile distribution (Zhao, Zuo & Blackhurst, 2019). Amazon could adopt a method of delivering goods from local retailers to customers' homes. Rather than major supermarkets, Amazon must concentrate on local outlets, warehouse shops, and niche stores. The design should be implemented as a stand-alone system or as a niche Amazon Prime program. It could prove to be economically beneficial to Amazon if they divided their memberships as per the shipping date.

Conclusion

From the above study, it can be concluded that excessive freight costs, growing reliance on certain freight forwarders, instability in last-mile distribution, low priority on Amazon digital chain outlets relative to Amazon websites, and lack of supply owing to the Covid-19 disease outbreak are among the concerns found. Furthermore, several prospects have been reported for possible improvements, including booming online retail purchases, Amazon Prime Fly distribution center, and grocery channel expansion to become multitasking shops. Delays in deliveries, increased freight costs, decreased customer loyalty, and lower operating earnings are all significant consequences of these perceived opportunities and challenges. The goal here is to strengthen the distribution network by reducing the effect that reduces Amazon's economic output. To resolve problems and increase opportunities, supply customers with a collection spot, enhance the distributor procurement process, and strengthen last-mile distribution. The introduction of the proposed devices and hybrid cars, in order to boost the climate pillar, increases Amazon's emissions emission forecast. The social cornerstone should be implemented by inspiring workers and promoting their creativity, so that the company's success can be accelerated in the coronavirus scenario. Additionally, to address the quick problem, the financial review and its progress have been described by the construction of collection points in separate areas, namely retail shopping malls.

Amazon is expanding its distribution network in response to the demands of its clients by providing packages on time. Amazon is now working to make the industry more competitive for its consumers and the environment by combating climate change by 2040. At the time of the COVID-19 crisis, Amazon created several new employment opportunities to meet the need for essential products from customers. Amazon is now assisting the Health Organization by offering outstanding technology platforms and scientific resources in order to track down the outbreak, recognize the disease, and effectively contain its spread. Amazon will cut construction and acquisition costs even more by forming a joint alliance with retail outlets or other department stores, which would boost traffic congestion to the supermarkets where another collection spot will be installed. By introducing the short-term approach of customers collecting their orders from the specified address, Amazon would be allowed to conserve a significant amount of revenue. It will also work with governments to implement collection booths at subway stations and bus stops, which would make it easier for people to pick up their belongings and minimize carbon emissions, demonstrating local communities' contribution to the atmosphere. 

MGT602 Business Decision Analytics Assignment 2 Sample

Assignment Brief

Individual/Group - Individual
Length - Up to 2,000 words

Learning Outcomes

a) Select and evaluate the usefulness of a range of decision making tools and reflect on your decision-making styles and contrast with other styles to determine the respective levels of rationality and intuition utilized

b) Compare, contrast and critically evaluate sources of data as influences for decision-making in arrange of business contexts

c) Examine and evaluate decision making systems and techniques to engage group decisions and
analyse how these can enhance sustainable outcomes

d) Critically examine emerging tools and technologies for decision making

Submission: 12-week class: By 11:55pm AEST/AEDT Friday of Module 6.1 (Week 11)
Intensive 6-week class. By 11.55pm AEST Friday of module 6.1 (week 6)

Weighting - 40%
Total Marks - 40 marks

Context:

Workplaces today are changing rapidly in parallel with rapid advances in technology and means of communication with teams separated in terms of space and time, that is different geographic locations and time zones, not only within countries, but also across continents. This is something that we in Torrens adapt to on a daily basis as part of a global organization. We need to take into account not only time and space, but other elements of diversity to collaborate effectively for organizational outcomes.

Task:

This assignment is designed for you to critically reflect on key themes for this subject: individual and group decision-making processes; sources of data and analysis, including usage of data analytics for organizational decision-making, and the influence of bias in effective decision-making.
In doing so, you should consider a meaningful work challenge – a project that requires many
decisions to be made- that is relevant for you- in your current, or recent workplace.
[NOTE: Torrens University is a workplace and you have a special role in it.].

CHECKPOINT:

Submit a draft of your outline and discuss your report proposal with your Learning Facilitator by WEEK 9.

Your task is to analyse the project from the perspective of decision-making points/stages. In the analysis, for assignment help you are to consider:

1. The sources of data, and the use of data analytics to identify trends/ patterns that form the evidence for decision-making;

2. Show visualizations of the decision-making process, and analytics to support the decision making;

3. Select at least three decision-making tools and technologies from within the subject modules and show their application for your project. Consider if the decision would be the same/ different by using multiple methods.

4. Present the findings of your results in a business style report that includes clear headings to guide the reader and visualization of the data sources/trends/ patterns, and is underpinned with evidence from relevant contemporary literature, including major resources from within the subject modules.

5. Reference according to the APA 6th. Ed. reference style guide, available at Student Hub@ Torrens.

Submission Instructions:

1. Submit your report to Turn-It-In.
2. Submit your report and TII report via the Assessment link in MGT602 Business Decision
Analytics on the Student Portal.
3. The Learning Facilitator will provide feedback via Grade Centre in the Student Portal.
Feedback can be viewed in My Grades.

Solution

Introduction

Selection of university is one of the prime procedures through which students enter into the field of tertiary education. The selection often becomes a major challenge on part of the students involved. This is mainly owing to the presence of a wide range of educational institutions all at the same time making the procedure more complicated in turn. The fact that almost all students prefer to get into universities providing educational guidance of good standards backed by prevalence of adequate placement facilities as well as exposure to a good faculty throughout the course period makes the university selection process an ever-exhausting dilemma. In this particular paper, I have related my entire experience of finally undertaking admission into Torrens University only after consideration of a number of decision-making models such as the Market Examination Model, Rational decision-making Model and Intuitive Decision-making Model. Thus, this paper portrays the means by which the tools related to decision-making have played a vital role on my end to overcome the challenges and successfully select the university of my choice for further studies.

Scope of auxiliary decisions and associated challenges

Identification of related challenge

It is a largely known fact that almost every student all around the world find university selection to be an ambiguous, time-consuming job involving a greater number of challenges owing to a great deal of factors associated with it thus imposing psychological stress on their end. Like many other countries, in Australia too, there exists a number of modern universities well-known within the concerned educational field for their high brand image and excellent job placement record. Maintaining such a record year after year can be seen to have managed to play a vital role on their end to acquire a number of positive reviews from their students’ end thus enhancing their popularity or winning over confidence of the students showing interest to take admission in such universities from time to time (Su & Chang, 2018). Without any doubt, there remains a great deal of pressure on the students’ end to give more effort than actually necessary in the process of Australian university selection. This is because it is the very selection that somewhat helps pave their way towards success. For instance, in case a wrong institute is selected, it automatically becomes a concern for both the student concerned as well as the university as a whole. This can be supported by drawing reference to the fact that a wrong selection directly bears a high probability to hamper future of the student concerned in negative terms hurting the personal level of growth in the process. On the other hand, from the point of view of the university, in case of wrong selection of students, it is most likely to show a direct impact upon its overall academic level of performance and influence its enrolment process in future as a result (Amani & Kim, 2018). Taking all these factors into consideration, I initially made up my mind to enrol myself into the Torrens University of Australia mainly being influenced by its eye-catching services in actual terms.

Auxiliary decisions for future action source

At the time of making selection about university, identifying my source of action in the near future seemed to hold immense importance for me. This acted as a kind of guidance on my end to decide the subject combinations that are likely to work best for me and enable me to acquire better exposure to the external environment of working. Such exposure often tends to put students like us in a challenging position in case we fail to attain enough expertise or subject knowledge in our preferred area of interest.

Analysis of Data

Following adoption of an approach to rational decision-making, an initiative has been undertaken to analyse the existing challenging scenario through initiation of a decision-making approach which is qualitative by nature. The prime factors that have duly been involved within the adopted decision-making approach include scope of placement, ranking placed by authorities or brand image of the university, associated feedback of students, overall details of the faculty, total cost of the course as well as fees structure of the targeted university (Zhang, Liu & Gao, 2019). In subsequent terms, each of these factors have duly been marked out of a total of 10 thus managing to produce an overall score for each of the universities targeted at large. A detailed analysis of the scores obtained in the form of a matrix made it quite clear for me to undertake admission in Torrens University. While making score it has been taken care that no biasness is there in making score matrix. However, some blind spots were there regarding information of future exposure to students regarding each university. On this note, the scores obtained managed to give me a rough idea or rather indication of the high level of exposure that I am likely to acquire as well as the better-quality knowledge of my preferred area of education following admission into it in comparison to the other alternative universities otherwise available.

Reflect upon the decisions with help of decision-making models

It is the decision-making procedure duly based on multiple criteria that has grown out to be a major part of the study of operation in order to support performance standards of decision-makers like us. In this regard, it has been a largely observed fact that students belonging to Torrens University in Australia manage to acquire heights from job opportunities coming from some of the popular brands of the world thus enjoying admittance to technology that seems to be cutting-edge through ages. Besides this, a number of graduates often seem to secure placement with organisations they have already been associated with at time of learning through the counselling department of the university concerned mainly to enhance opportunities to socialise. Such decision-making measures thus has contributed to shift the entire academic procedure into the one driven by data through implementation of appropriate statistical techniques for analysis (Azizan et al. 2017).

For instance, from the university point of view, a number of factors hold responsibility at the time of selecting students for their desired course and handle the international based students. This often involves consideration of a number of variables such as ability to pay the course fees, grades obtained, parental support, level of seriousness and dedication of the students concerned. Similar to the way students usually select their desired colleges, application of sufficient statistical techniques upon the estimated values of the factors taken into consideration is likely to enable management of the college concerned to come to certain decisions. This involves improvisation of its performance criteria as well as the related scope and making amendments in fee or course structure as per necessity.

The three major models that have been considered in order to determine the best possible solution and the Torrens University to obtain its desired outcome are as follows:

Market examination Model

This particular model plays a vital role with regard to conducting a wide range of market research prior to actual application of e-marketing measures (Sharma et al. 2019). In this regard, universities are observed to utilise various e-marketing techniques guided by the sole motive of promoting their business operations through providing awareness of the services offered on its end all around the globe. Such detailed research work is largely a proactive means helpful in undertaking expected decisions such as the kind of students who would be joining the specific universities. In the current context, the adopted market research within Australia has been based upon 12 universities who have initiated research on various students and gathered sufficient data in order to arrive at finalised decisions. Adherence to such analytical measures automatically contributes to optimal management of time, upgradation of branding of the university thus streamlining the entire procedure from beforehand (Marchau et al. 2019).

Such an initiation of market examination strategy on part of the universities to understand needs of the students involved on one hand and students determining the best possible universities for them on the other initiates determination of the best one irrespective of the fact that this is associated with a number of geographical challenges and is time consuming by nature. Thus, such an in-depth analysis of the market has enabled me to come up with the solution that Torrens University is the best choice for me.

Rational decision-making Model

This particular model as portrayed in Appendix 1 often takes into regard a number of associated limitations and objectives. This holds applicable at times when some employee accepts a new job offer in a different country (Amani & Kim, 2018). The prime issue on this note might involve the problem of commuting to office thus creating a need to avail public transport options or purchase a new car. This might also involve consideration of some other factors such as understanding the budget available, identification of preferred model or brand. Consideration of some other alternative options such as public transport or car sharing backed by implementation of statistical measures might lead to undertaking rational decisions.

The rational decision-making model for this particular case of selection of university is discussed as follows:
Identification of existing problem: Out of all the universities operating in Australia, identify the university best applicable for further studies and place judgement whether Torrens University is a suitable one or not.
Establishment of decision criteria: Taking universities that provide adequate exposure to students and possess sufficient facilities into consideration.

Weighing of decision criteria: Understand whether the students considered are likely to avail suitable teaching options as well as exposure to proper managerial faculty.

Finding out alternatives: A detailed analysis of all major alternatives available in hand such as scope of placement, kind of course or faculty offered and course fee structure.

Evaluation of available alternatives: Following in-depth consideration of all alternate options available, formulation of personalised mean score of all available universities on basis of selected criteria.
Selection of the best one: Finally, announcing the university that fulfilled all the focused criteria as the best one.

Intuitive decision-making Model

The intuitive decision-making model involves adoption of really quick actions based on available correct information (Abubakar et al. 2019). Such a model is more or less structured by nature and largely chooses a further subjective viewpoint. This involves consideration of the very pattern backed by salience and recognition.

Themes taken into consideration in decision-making procedure

Counselling of international students is largely regarded as a complex one as it includes individuals belonging to varied mind-set, emotions and background (Aminudin et al. 2018). As per demonstration in Appendix 2, the model in this particular case mainly initiated decisions as well as ethics mainly based upon decisions. The solution that successfully fits all major criteria of the students as mentioned within the data analysis part has duly been considered underpinning the blind spots and biasness. This, in turn, enabled me to decide upon the ideal action course and discover the best possible one by adequately following the required steps.

Module 1

This particular module has been a helpful one since it included application of a number of models related to decision-making used within the research work at large.

Module 2

The module helped develop a better understanding of the challenges identified within the study and develop the rational model in turn.

Module 3

This module, in particular, has enabled convey knowledge regarding the need for diversity and challenges associated therewith thus paving the way towards undertaking the right decision at the right time thus fulfilling the motive of selecting the right desired career.

Module 5 and Module 6

Both these modules have contributed to better adoption of data analysis procedures as well as enabling the researcher concerned to maintain adherence with the concept of Auto Intelligence. All these thereby helped formulate the critical path to undertaking a decision about the university to be selected for further study.

Conclusion

From the overall discussion, it can be concluded selecting the university out of the many available in Australia seemed to be a crucial challenge on part of the students. It is the development of the score matrix and adherence to an intuitive decision-making approach that play a crucial role in this regard and identify the best possible one. This, backed by adoption of decision-making models, helped better examine the market and arrive at concrete decisions in turn.
 

Reference List

Abubakar, A. M., Elrehail, H., Alatailat, M. A., & Elçi, A. (2019). Knowledge management, decision-making style and organizational performance. Journal of Innovation & Knowledge, 4(2), 104-114. Retrieved from: https://sci-hub.se/https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S2444569X17300562

Amani, M., & Kim, M. M. (2018). Study abroad participation at community colleges: Students’ decision and influential factors. Community College Journal of Research and Practice, 42(10), 678-692. Retrieved from: https://sci-hub.se/https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/10668926.2017.1352544

Aminudin, N., Huda, M., Kilani, A., Embong, W. H. W., Mohamed, A. M., Basiron, B., ... & Triono, A. (2018). Higher education selection using simple additive weighting. International Journal of Engineering and Technology (UAE), 7(2.27), 211-217. Retrieved from: https://eprints.utm.my/id/eprint/84795/1/MiftachulHuda2018_HigherEducationSelectionUsingSimple.pdf

Azizan, F. L., Ahmad, N. A., Rahim, N. F., Daud, R., Samani, M. C., Zailani, M. A., ... & Kamal, A. A. (2017). Factors that Influence Program Selection and Its Relationship with Students’ Achievement in Pre-University Study. Asian Social Science, 13(9). Retrieved from: https://www.researchgate.net/profile/Mohamad-Fhaizal-Mohamad-Bukhori-2/publication/319527678_Factors_that_Influence_Program_Selection_and_Its_Relationship_with_Students%27_Achievement_in_Pre-University_Study/links/59b11573a6fdcc3f888dcedc/Factors-that-Influence-Program-Selection-and-Its-Relationship-with-Students-Achievement-in-Pre-University-Study.pdf

Marchau, V. A., Walker, W. E., Bloemen, P. J., & Popper, S. W. (2019). Decision making under deep uncertainty: from theory to practice (p. 405). Springer Nature. Retrieved from: https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/handle/20.500.12657/22900/1007261.pdf?sequence=1

Sharma, P. N., Shmueli, G., Sarstedt, M., Danks, N., & Ray, S. (2019). Prediction?oriented model selection in partial least squares path modeling. Decision Sciences. Retrieved from: https://sci-hub.se/https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/abs/10.1111/deci.12329

Su, J., & Chang, A. (2018). Factors affecting college students’ brand loyalty toward fast fashion. International Journal of Retail & Distribution Management. Retrieved from: https://sci-hub.se/https://www.emerald.com/insight/content/doi/10.1108/IJRDM-01-2016-0015/full/html

Zhang, P., Liu, G., & Gao, W. (2019). Distinguishing two types of labels for multi-label feature selection. Pattern Recognition, 95, 72-82. Retrieved from: https://sci-hub.se/https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0031320319302353

MGT613 Leadership for Sustainable Futures Assignment Sample

Assignment Brief

Length 1,500 words

Learning Outcomes

1. Define and explain the principles of sustainability in a global business environment

2. Analyze and compare how a range of organizational entities articulate values for sustainability in their vision-mission statements and implement strategy for sustainability
Submission Assessment 1: End of module 2.2, week 4
Weighting Assessment 1: 25%
Total Marks 25 marks

Context:

BCorporations and benefit organizations, or ‘for-purpose’ organizations may be for profit, and not-for-profit. There is a growing number of these organization types, including Laureate International, (Torrens University) in a range of industry sectors. BLab is the organisation involved in accrediting organisations as BCorps. BLAB is an ENABLER for organisations to focus on balancing Profit AND Purpose You can find a list of BCORPS athttps://bcorporation.net/.

BCorps are often focused on one or more specific sustainable development challenges. For assignment help Review the list of 17 SDGS (Sustainable Development Goals) at UNDP (United Nations Development Program)- see overview plus poster image.

Your task is to select ONE (1) SDG and ONE (1) BCorp focused on your selected SDG. You then should proceed to investigate – complete some background reading on the SDG and the BCorp, including a range of academic articles from within the Laureate Library. Access via https://library.torrens.edu.au/home

Your research report should include:

1. Introduction – why you chose this SDG for your focus (personal experience; observations, reflection) and the BCORP selection.

2. Literature review that highlights the specific challenges for this SDG within the framework of sustainable development

3. Discussion: explain what, why and how the selected BCORP is working on this SDG (and others). Benchmark (compare) the activity of this BCORP with competitors in the same industry sector.

4. Summary of your key points, and

5. Recommendations for further action in relation to the SDG challenge (based on sections 1-4)

6. List of references (APA 6th ed. style. See the Academic Writing Guide; access via Student Hub https://library.torrens.edu.au/apa)

Solution

 Introduction

This paper focuses on the tenth SDG, which is reducing inequalities. This goal aims at minimizing the gap or inequality across and within the nations. According to Diaz?Sarachaga, Jato?Espino & Castro?Fresno (2018), the inequality which is to be reduced by this SDG is in terms of income along with other aspects of differentiation like ethnicity, race, age, disability, sex, economic or social status, origin and religion within a nation. Animikii Indigenous Technology is a Certified B Corporation chosen in this study, which is working towards establishing a balance between profit and purpose (Animikii, 2020). Their purpose is to reduce the inequality among the indigenous and non- indigenous people of Canada. This Certified B Corp requires considering the effect of the organization’s decision on the customers, workers, suppliers, environment and community. This web service based indigenously owned company is working with many organisations for creating better economic and social outcomes for the Indigenous population.

Literature Review

According to Sinha, Sengupta & Alvarado (2020), there are a total of seventeen interrelated international goals which have been designed for the purpose of achieving a sustainable and better future. These goals are known as the Sustainable Development Goals (SDG). The United Nations General Assembly had set up the SDGs in the year 2015. These Global Goals are intended to be achieved by the year 2030. The sustainable development goal 10 focuses on reducing inequalities within and among countries. Inequality has remained a persistent cause of concern for various countries across the world (United Nations, 2021). It still persists despite certain measures undertaken such as decreasing relative income inequality and other preferential trade status that has benefitted some lower-income countries.

The outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic in 2020 has further deepened this inequality by striking the most vulnerable and poorest sections of the society (United Nations, 2021). Simultaneously, various social, economic and political inequalities have become more evident during this pandemic. These inequalities are further increasing amongst vulnerable populations in countries possessing inefficient health systems and facing humanitarian crises (United Nations, 2021). Thus, it has left various people including refugees and migrants, older persons, persons with disabilities, indigenous people and children at disadvantages. There has been three dimensions of social, economic and ecological for understanding inequality (Savitz & Weber, 2006). Social dimension provides that inequal levels of income and revenue are indicators of persisting problems within societies (Kuhn, 2020). The economists believe that inequality in inevitable and desirable in nations for encouraging entrepreneurs in getting incentives so that they invest capital and technical know-how in businesses (Reinhardt, 2000). This further helps in creating jobs and wealth for other members in the society. Lastly, ecological inequality is also faced by major populations consisting of poor people and individuals living in rural areas (Kuhn, 2020). Thus, it is essential to address the problem of inequality through all these dimensions.

Inequality has always been a serious threat to both social and political stability of a country. It has also been observed that such inequality hampers sustained growth of a nation (Anderson, 2016). There has been various literature studying about the association between growing inequality and economic shocks or crises. Furthermore, greater equality of income is expected to enhance the duration of economic growth and sustainability in a country, which further leads to low government corruption, low foreign debt, free trade and foreign investment (Anderson, 2016). This helps in contributing towards the nation’s sustainable development. Businesses mainly focus mainly on addressing the environmental concerns rather than social issues (Reinhardt, 1999). It has become essential for them to address this issue of inequality for surviving in the competitive world. Inequality has also been viewed as moral and economic issues that need to be reduced under the sustainable development goal (Oestreich, 2018). The tenth goal focuses on progressive and sustained decrease in economic inequality amongst and within countries instead of elimination of the same. This indicates that while some inequality in the society is inevitable, it still needs to be addressed under the economic theory. It has been further pointed out that equity can be implied through redistribution of wealth amongst the poor through different mechanisms (Oestreich, 2018). These include progressive taxation, social services, cash transfers and programs for economic opportunity. It is also essential to address the short-term unfairness and injustice in this regard through equity-creating policies for reducing inequality (Pandey, Kumar, Ayanore & Shalaby, 2020). In addition, the goal also focuses on addressing discrimination against various minority groups like indigenous populations, disabled persons, minority groups, women and others.

Discussion

Massive number of individuals have started working remotely on an overnight basis. At Animikki, the work is always carried out in a remote-friendly basis that provides the privilege to work both as an organization as well as an individual. The selected BCORP, Animikki has been working on SDG 10, reducing inequalities through digital divide. In other words, through internet connectivity equitable outcomes are generated for Indigenous individuals. The company aims at accomplishing this impact on a daily basis through their work in providing support to the indigenous innovation (Animikki, 2020). Animikki reflects on the fact that although watching HD video on poor internet connectivity is possible but the probability to enjoy it reduces. This might a minor issue for privileged individuals but for minorities this acts as a structural inequality. They try to avoid structural inequality among Indigenous individuals by figuring out unreliable internet connectivity as well as slow speeds. The team members in the BCORP does not take internet connection for granted. In other words, although they have the connectivity to carry out their work remotely but due to bandwidth limitations internet connection gets hampered if any mishap takes place in one of the scarce fibre optic lines that are connecting the North. The initiative towards working from home as well as supportive online education has just exaggerated the digital divide (Savitz & Weber, 2006). They believe in the fact that investment in technology acts as a path that leads to economic justice, equitable results as well as self-sufficiency among indigenous individuals.

In Canada, there is hardly any market competition for internet connectivity. In other words, there are only five telecommunication companies that includes Telus, Bell, Shaw, Quebecor and Rogers. These companies own an enormous majority of internet infrastructure in the country. Canada appears to possess a digital reliance on corporate interests. This increases broader data sovereignty questions. The competitors such as Nirvana Canada, n49 are hardly as popular as Animikki. The benchmarking has been provided of Animikki in comparison to Starlink by SpaceX that has been regarded as the major competitor for Animikki. It has launched almost 422 satellites in the year 2020 that make sure to provide coverage to the entire world (Animikki, 2020). Starlink also has the probability to link remote indigenous individuals without investing a lot of time in creating complicated infrastructure. In comparison to that the activities by Animikki undertakes action that provides support to Indigenous individuals as well as communities in Canada. Starlink could deliver internet access to groups where there was hardly any probability before. It also has the potential to open new opportunities for economic development through internet-based technologies.

Summary

Animikii Indigenous Technology is already working towards reducing the inequalities across the indigenous and non- indigenous people in Canada. The Certified B Corp is using technology for economic liberation and enhancing the self-sufficiency of the indigenous people. The team of innovators at Animikii Indigenous Technology comprises indigenous as well as non- indigenous people. They work together, using business as a driving force for social good. The organisation has been working effectively to generate equitable outcomes for the indigenous community. Animikii Indigenous Technology wants to emerge as a leading example of an indigenous tech company, which would be motivating the indigenous youth and the future generations to take up entrepreneurship and technology as a career. The organisation through the donations, programs and social initiatives is trying to establish economic justice for the indigenous community.

Recommendations and Conclusion

It can be concluded that the choice of tool of the Certified B Corp is technology, which they are using to yield equitable outcomes for the indigenous community. Animikii Indigenous Technology as the study suggests has been successful to a great extent in realising their SDG. They have been significantly contributing and reducing the inequality across Canada’s indigenous population. At Animikii, the leaders also belong to the indigenous as well as non- indigenous communities. Thus, the management reflects inclusion and reduction of inequality. They also believe that the investments made in technology facilitate enhancement of self-sufficiency of the deprived communities, which would further ensure economic justice and equity. The initiatives for economic development of the indigenous community as believed by Animikii Indigenous Technology paves the way for transformation from resource extraction into a knowledge-based economy.

However, certain recommendations can help the company to enhance their social impact.

• They can reduce the inequality between the indigenous and non- indigenous population by supporting and encouraging innovations by indigenous people every day through their works.

• They should allocate more resources for technological innovations by indigenous people.

• The organisational culture should incorporate the indigenous people and their cultures.

• Animikii Indigenous Technology should enhance the economic inclusion

• The indigenous workers should be ensured social protection at work

References

Anderson, E. (2016). Equality as a global goal. Ethics & International Affairs, 30(2), 189-200.
Animikki. (2020). Social innovation through Indigenous technology. Retrieved from: https://animikii.com/home. [Available on 25 November 2021].

Diaz?Sarachaga, J. M., Jato?Espino, D., & Castro?Fresno, D. (2018). Is the Sustainable Development Goals (SDG) index an adequate framework to measure the progress of the 2030 Agenda? Sustainable Development, 26(6), 663-671.

Kuhn, H. (2020). Reducing inequality within and among countries: realizing SDG 10—a developmental perspective. Sustainable Development Goals and Human Rights, 5, 137-153.

Oestreich, J. E. (2018). SDG 10: Reduce inequality in and among countries. Social Alternatives, 37(1), 34-41.
Pandey, U. C., Kumar, C., Ayanore, M., & Shalaby, H. R. (2020). SDG10–Reduce Inequality Within and Among Countries. Emerald Group Publishing.

Reinhardt, F. (2000). Down to earth: Applying business principles to environmental management. Harvard Business School Press, Boston, Massachusetts.

Reinhardt, F. L. (1999). Bringing the environment down to earth. Harvard business review, 77(4), 149-149.
Savitz, A.W. & Weber, K. (2006). The triple bottom line: how today's best-run companies are achieving economic, social, and environmental success—and how you can too. Weber, K, Jossey-Bass, San Francisco.

Sinha, A., Sengupta, T., & Alvarado, R. (2020). Interplay between technological innovation and environmental quality: formulating the SDG policies for next 11 economies. Journal of Cleaner Production, 242, 118549.
United Nations. (2021). Goal 10: Reduce inequality within and among countries. Retrieved from https://www.un.org/sustainabledevelopment/inequality/.

PROJ6000 Principles of Project Management Assessment 3 Sample

Assignment Brief

Individual/Group - Project Charter development
Length - 2,000 words

Learning Outcomes:

Successful completion of this assignment will result in achievement of the following subject learning outcomes:

1. Understand PMBOK knowledge areas and process groups and their role, relevance and impact on project management best practice and PMI's Code of Ethics.

2. Critically compare and contrast project management approaches and their appropriateness for managing a variety of project types, including IT projects.

3. Apply appropriate project management (including IT project management) tools and techniques, paying particular attention to risk management.

Submission - By 11:55pm AEST/AEDT Sunday in the first week of Module 6 (week 11)
Weighting - 40%
Total Marks - 40 Marks

Context:

Project leadership is about inspiring the project team to do their best from the outset. This requires a combination of verbal and written communications and a range of applied leadership skills. One of the foundational documents that helps “kick-off” the project is the Project Charter. This is a document that describes the entire project in a short, succinct and presentable document that can be shared with project staff or other stakeholders to commence the project in earnest. It also helps clarify the project context, the project team roles and the goals of the project.

In this assessment for assignment help you will be given a project case study to use in order to develop a Project Charter. Though all students will receive the same case study, it is expected that each student will think about the project from their own perspective as an up-and-coming project manager. Use your own style based on your critical thinking of what it means for you to lead a project. That will help you formulate your unique Project Charter.
Instructions:

1. Read the case study provided by your lecturer. This will form the basis for your Project charter, because you will assume that you are the project manager for this project.

2. After reading the case study start developing your project charter. This needs to be a 2000-word report (+/- 10%) and must use a minimum of 6 references (academic literature and industry publications. The case study is a 7th reference).

3. The Project Charter must include the following headings and be written as if you were presenting it to the project team that will build this project. You are the project manager. The contents of the Charter are:

a. Background to the project
b. Reasons for the project
c. Project objectives
d. Constraints, limitations and risks
e. Leadership structure (project manager and his or her senior aides: list the roles and explain what each does in the project. You need to cite 4 roles)
f. Project risks and their mitigation
g. Project stakeholders and how to interact with them
h. The vision of the project and the type of project team culture you wish to promote in your team

Output and Submission:

Submit your completed assessment by the end of the first week of Module 6 (Week 11) on
Blackboard.

Learning Resources:

Elias, A. A. (2016). Stakeholder analysis for Lean Six Sigma project management.
International Journal of Lean Six Sigma. https://lesa.on.worldcat.org/oclc/6862439489
Patanakul, P., Iewwongcharoen, B., & Milosevic, D. (2010). An empirical study on the use of project management tools and techniques across project life-cycle and their impact on project
success. Journal of General management, 35(3), 41-66.

Solution

Introduction

Project charter is a formal document that describes and plans various stages and budget of a project and identifies the stakeholders throughout the project lifecycle. Application of various processes, methods, knowledge and skills for achievement of certain specified goals and objectives within limited time and budget is regarded as project management (Demirkesen & Ozorhon, 2017). A charter in project management defines preliminary roles and responsibilities and provides shared understanding. In this study, such a project charter of an innovation and construction project based on Merck KGaA case study will be developed along with associated risks and their mitigation strategies.

Background of project

Merck KGaA is a global innovation and technology support company that has been operating in business market for approximately 350 years. After going through a rebranding, various operations such as pharmaceutical, life science and chemicals groups were brought under a single group of operation. Furthermore, due to high growth of operations, that company also undertook several large construction projects and invested $565 million for these projects (Pmi.org, 2021). The project was to meet the architecture needs and to promote transformational change. One global headquarters construction project was taken into action and the program consisted of approximately 90 interdependent construction projects. The core projects of the program included development of employee restaurant and innovation centers. Other than that, the construction project also included linking of public squares orientated in different cities of the world. Prompt engagement of decentralized and communication setup within internal area through architectural designs were also included in the project (Pmi.org, 2021). Navigation of fragmented construction projects and contractor management for investment in design processes and in research and development programs were also include in the project.

Reason of Project

The project was undertaken for various reasons. Some of those are described below.

Integration and distribution of work: Due to highly fragmented centers of Merck group and versatile functional areas of work all across the world, single management and communication line set-up was becoming problematic. Thus, by developing one global headquarter, the company intended to manage most of the corporate activities of projects and their distribution in a fair manner. Furthermore, management of numerous fragmented construction projects was also a reason for this project (Pmi.org, 2021).

Management of insufficiency: Due to highly fragmented operational areas, navigation of contractors and marketplace was becoming complex. This was causing poor management of undertaken projects as well as execution due to insufficiency of skills among leadership personnel. Market failure and compromisation of external factors were becoming hindrance. In order to manage these insufficiencies, this project was undertaken.

Development of innovation center: Inadequate design process of workplace can cause delay and hindrance in creative projects. This can also create challenges in communication between teams as frequent meetings cannot be organized (Patanakul, Iewwongcharoen & Milosevic, 2010). Thus, cooperation and concentration management became priority reasons behind undertaking one global headquarter construction project.

Another reason for this construction project was to strengthen brand image in highly competitive European construction market as the company underwent rebranding into a single brand name.

Project objectives

The project of construction and development of one global headquarter had two core projects namely establishment of innovation center and employee restaurant for various reasons. The objectives of the project are listed below.

• To construct innovation center for cooperation of interdisciplinary teams.
• To setup better means of communication between internal and external levels.
• To improve concentration and cooperation of essential activities.
• To establish employee restaurant to manage decentralized staff canteen for a better meeting place (Pmi.org, 2021).
• To improve skill level and management quality of contractors for sustainable market operations.
• To avail adequate design process for skill development and productivity increment with uniform distribution.

Constraints, limitations and risks

In a construction project, there are various constraints that limit the success rate of the projects and create challenges in the planning and execution of the project. Availability of technical support and technology in a business market as well as technological infrastructure influences the success rate and pace of a project completion. The constraints are primarily associated with economy, technology and management (Muriana & Vizzini, 2017). As a result, these technological constraints reduce construction tolerance and needs of architectural aspects. Furthermore, project resources can cause economic constraints that severely influence quality and performance of project deliverables. Due to combination of technological and economic constraints, the balance of time and cost of the project completion can occur.

In addition to these constraints, the limitation of management can produce several risks as well. For example, poor communication between interdisciplinary teams of the construction project can reduce cooperation and accuracy of planning (Demirkesen & Ozorhon, 2017). Engineering designs can thus get faulty which can put entire infrastructure in high safety risk. Improper allocation of resources can exceed budget of the project which can cause financial risk. Moreover, due to inefficiency of management and leadership skills, both time and cost management of the project can fail which, in turn, can generate governance risk for the project as well.

Leadership Structure

In order to manage the information system and other essential operations of a project suitably to lead a project towards its success, a proper leader ship structure is essential. This construction project also included several key leadership positions.

Project manager: The primary function of project managers is to contribute in fostering good relationship between interdisciplinary teams (Menu & Boyd, 2017). Providing direction to different teams and monitoring life cycle of a project while ensuring scope and budget compliance are the primary roles of project managers. In this project, the responsibilities of project managers included communication and collaboration between interdisciplinary teams as well as management of contractors and suppliers.

Contractors or operation managers: The role of contractors is hire labors and subcontractors and to foster cooperation between multiple subcontractors to manage the need of materials and equipment. Other roles of the contractors include suggestion of building designs and providing cost estimation for materials as well as for whole of the project (Sanchez & Terlizzi, 2017). In this project, the roles of contractors are to manage diversified and fragmented teams and provide as well as review cost compliance for the construction project.
Architect

Merck KGaA needs an architect for the transformative change: The architects will work under the contractors and their role would be to make the implementation of the innovations as per the requirements. According to Demirkesen & Ozorhon (2017), the main responsibilities of an architect are to design the new buildings, develop new ways to use the existing buildings, restore, and innovate and many more. As this construction requires connections like bridges joining the individual level segments, proper meeting places for information exchange and many more, innovative designs would be required from the architect. Thus, it can be ensured that the specialist construction knowledge as well as new designs is functionally good, safe and aesthetically pleasing. The architect will involve the designers and civil engineers who will consider different demands of the workplace or the new construction like communication, concentration and cooperation. Thus, a spatial expression would be found with the flowing transition. The new design would be prepared by the architect and the high level drawing would ensure a spacious internal area in each floor.

The contractor would be fully involved in participating in the evaluation of the final design with the architect. Moreover, the new design would be verified with the integrated network planner, civil engineers and designers contributing the expertise knowledge. The architect would also be responsible for applying innovative methods while constructing the new building as per the requirement. Moreover, it is also important for the architect to investigate the construction quality and especially within the estimated budget and schedule.

Account manager

In construction projects, the account manager is responsible for overseeing the budget and project progress within the budget and schedule. Thus the project manager estimates the amount in which the whole project needs to be finished. As stated by Erdogan, Šaparauskas & Turskis (2017), the account manager is responsible for the cash flows for a project and estimating the budget for which the project needs to be finished. For this construction project also, the account manager needs to record all the expenses and wages of the builders, designers, contractors, engineers and thereby estimating the overall project cost.

Project risks and mitigation

Table 1: Project risks and mitigation plan
(Source: Created by author)

Stakeholder engagement

The stakeholders for the projects can be categorized in the following.

Project owners

The contractor is the main project owner to which Merck KGaA will deliver the construction project. Thus, the contractor would be liable for completing the project within the time and sending a time to time progress report to the Merck KGaA Company. Face-to-face meeting or virtual communication is important for this case.

Project management teams

This team involves the contractor, project manager, designers, engineers, account manager and other subcontractors. Virtual communication and weekly meetings need to be held with them in order to circulate the information and apply any kind of changes (Oppong, Chan, & Dansoh, 2017).

Service Suppliers

The logistics, material suppliers need to be notified for the building materials at the proper time. This also includes financial support like bank insurance companies, shareholders and others. All of them should be notified as per the project progress and information should be shared according to stock.

Vision and culture

The main vision of this construction project is to restructure the interiors design so that the three levels of the innovation center are to a large extent visually linked using arched ramps. Moreover, three demands are to be fulfilled like communication, cooperation and concentration by following spatial expression in the transition.
The project team culture is thus to be set as per the requirement where the information exchange would occur time-to-time. Experts are to be assigned and their concerns are to be taken for the design and implementation plan for the project. Thus, a huge collaborative chain culture is to be followed in this project so that no such gap can be found.

Conclusion

It can be concluded that this study is about developing the project charter for the innovative construction project of Merck KGaA. The reason for the project, its objective, constraints, leadership roles, stakeholder engagement, risks and mitigation plan is described in this study. Moreover, the focus has been given for which the project can be done within the proper time and specialized teams with a proper interaction between them. 

References

Demirkesen, S., & Ozorhon, B. (2017). Impact of integration management on construction project management performance. International Journal of Project Management, 35(8), 1639-1654. Retrieved from: http://www.projcp.com/Readings/180329%20Integration%20management.pdf [Retrieved on 20th February, 2021]

Erdogan, S. A., Šaparauskas, J., & Turskis, Z. (2017). Decision making in construction management: AHP and expert choice approach. Procedia engineering, 172, 270-276. Retrieved from: https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S1877705817306173/pdf?md5=316b61f50bc340c13e68161ff03487df&pid=1-s2.0-S1877705817306173-main.pdf&_valck=1

Luo, L., He, Q., Jaselskis, E. J., & Xie, J. (2017). Construction project complexity: research trends and implications. Journal of Construction Engineering and Management, 143(7), 04017019. Retrieved from: https://www.researchgate.net/profile/Lan_Luo10/publication/314017360_Construction_Project_Complexity_Research_Trends_and_Implications/links/5badd64792851ca9ed2b94bd/Construction-Project-Complexity-Research-Trends-and-Implications.pdf

Meng, X., & Boyd, P. (2017). The role of the project manager in relationship management. International Journal of Project Management, 35(5), 717-728. Retrieved from: https://farapaper.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/The-role-of-the-project-manager-in-relationship-management.pdf [Retrieved on 20th February, 2021]

Muriana, C., & Vizzini, G. (2017). Project risk management: A deterministic quantitative technique for assessment and mitigation. International Journal of Project Management, 35(3), 320-340. Retrieved from: https://www.researchgate.net/profile/Cinzia_Muriana/publication/312875787_Project_risk_management_A_deterministic_quantitative_technique_for_assessment_and_mitigation/links/59d0a45a0f7e9b4fd7f9faf1/Project-risk-management-A-deterministic-quantitative-technique-for-assessment-and-mitigation.pdf [Retrieved on 20th February, 2021]

Oppong, G. D., Chan, A. P., & Dansoh, A. (2017). A review of stakeholder management performance attributes in construction projects. International journal of project management, 35(6), 1037-1051. Retrieved from: http://www.projcp.com/Readings/180329%20Stakeholders%202.pdf

Patanakul, P., Iewwongcharoen, B., & Milosevic, D. (2010). An empirical study on the use of project management tools and techniques across project life-cycle and their impact on project success. Journal of General management, 35(3), 41-66. Retrieved from: https://web.stevens.edu/ses/documents/fileadmin/documents/pdf/PeerasitPMtoolsandsuccessPublished.pdf [Retrieved on 20th February, 2021]

Pmi.org (2021). Resolving agency issues in client-contractor relationships: The Merck Innovation Center. Retrieved from: https://www.pmi.org/-/media/pmi/documents/public/pdf/academics/call-for-proposal/merck-agency-theory-instructional-case.pdf?v=88ca6b10-9d26-4907-9cd9-ed37bc01d330 [Retrieved on 20th February, 2021]

Sanchez, O. P., & Terlizzi, M. A. (2017). Cost and time project management success factors for information systems development projects. International Journal of Project Management, 35(8), 1608-1626. Retrieved from: https://fardapaper.ir/mohavaha/uploads/2020/09/Fardapaper-Cost-and-time-project-management-success-factors-for-information-systems-development-projects.pdf [Retrieved on 20th February, 2021]

Szyma?ski, P. (2017). Risk management in construction projects. Procedia Engineering, 208, 174-182. Retrieved from: https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S1877705817360290/pdf?md5=fbc0c95022edc83c57f81249ceb88504&pid=1-s2.0-S1877705817360290-main.pdf&_valck=1
 

CGRM4000 Corporate Governance, Sustainability and Ethics Assignment Sample

Assignment Brief

Length - 2000 Words (+/-10%)
Weighting: 30 %
Total Marks: 30
Submission: Individual Report (Submitted via Turnitin)
Due Date: Week 8 (Monday at 11.55 pm)

Your Task

Review a specified listed company and evaluate them considering the content covered in this subject.

Assessment Description

You are required to review and research annual and sustainability reports, recent news articles and any other relevant information relating to any one of the following 8 companies:

• Rio Tinto
• AGL
• CSL
• Domino’s
• Macquarie Banking Group
• AMP
• Telstra Corporation
• QBE Insurance Group

Through this, you will be able to demonstrate an understanding of the concepts covered in the subject and the ability to apply them to a publicly listed company.

Assessment Instructions for assignment help

Write a report of 2000 words (+/– 10%) incorporating the concepts covered in this subject and addressing the following questions:

1. What is this company’s governance structure? How does this structure function to allow the company to operate successfully and responsibly?

2. What processes and policies does this company have in place to address the following areas:

• Discrimination
• Exploitation
• Corruption
• Dishonest and Fraudulent Behaviour
• Protection for Whistleblowers

In your judgement, how adequate are these policies and to what extent are these areas audited and enforced?

3. What are the values of this company according to their website or reports? In your opinion, are these values reflected in the approach taken in the areas discussed above?

You are required to include a minimum of 6 references from a range of sources, such as company sources (websites, annual and other reports), academic journals, textbooks and information in the media (online news or video). 

Important Study Information

This should be prepared as a report, addressing each of the questions listed above.
Harvard referencing protocol should be used.
Work should be submitted via Turnitin
Please refer to the assessment marking guide to assist you in completing all the assessment criteria

Academic Integrity Policy

KBS values academic integrity. All students must understand the meaning and consequences of
cheating, plagiarism and other academic offences under the Academic Integrity and Conduct Policy.

What is academic integrity and misconduct?

What are the penalties for academic misconduct?

What are the late penalties?

How can I appeal my grade?

Click here for answers to these questions:
http://www.kbs.edu.au/current-students/student-policies/.
Word Limits for Written Assessments

Submissions that exceed the word limit by more than 10% will cease to be marked from the point at which that limit is exceeded.
Study Assistance
Students may seek study assistance from their local Academic Learning Advisor or refer to the
resources on the MyKBS Academic Success Centre page. Click here for this information. 

Solution

Introduction

In this report, there is an assessment and examination of Company’s corporate governance structure and how adequate corporate governance assist company in operating successfully and responsibly. To evaluate the structure, Domino’s Pizza is taken into consideration and company’s process and policies in respect to discrimination, exploitation, corruption, dishonest and fraudulent behavior and protection for whistleblowers is also considered. Further, there is an analysis of the values of the company and the reflection of values in various areas of the business environment. Therefore, this report demonstrates the understanding of the concept ‘corporate governance’ and Domino’s ability to apply those in their normal course of business functions.

About Company

Domino’s is an American multinational company which is also one of the world’s biggest pizza restaurant chain. Domino’s is a public company established in 1961 and headquarter is in Michigan, US. The company has its restaurant at 17000 locations worldwide (LinkedIn, 2020). One of the reasons that the company has got huge market share is due to the fastest delivery services. The company’s mission is to be the top or best Pizza delivery company in the world. And the company with the stint of 59 years has achieved the position of being a worldwide leader in Pizza delivery. The company is expanding its business through company owned stores and franchisee that involves fun and innovative franchise and corporate team members in US and other international market. In United States itself, there are more than 94 percent of the stores are franchise- owned. Moreover, there are about more than 34 million ways Domino’s is using while preparing Pizza and the company sells around 3 million Pizzas a day globally (Domino’s, 2020).

Domino’s Governance Structure

Corporate Governance is the set of rules and principles that company incorporates in the business organization to operate its functions effectively and efficiently. It further includes the laws and regulations that assists company to perform in a regulated and controlled way.

In other words, it can be said that Corporate Governance is the combination of following elements, which generally includes- Board and committee, Legal and regulatory systems, Policies, framework and transparency and effective internal control system.

Figure: Corporate Governance

Corporate Governance of Domino’s Pizza can be examined as: -

• Board and Committee- The business functions and operations are being carried out by the team members, managers and officers. The CEO and the board of directors of the company ensures that the policies, strategies and the decision’s taken by the management are in the best interest of the company. The directors in the company possess good qualification and experience that incorporates highest level of ethics, integrity and values. And the corporate governance committee ensures the performance of the directors as well as the company.

• Legal framework and other regulatory systems- Dominos have mostly franchise- owned and personal owned stores all over the world. In US there are more than 90 percent of the stores are franchise owned. Factors incorporates legal framework includes- patents, copyright, employment laws, health and safety laws, discrimination las, data protection law and consumer protection rules and laws. The company is following all the rules and regulations and the provisions of the law.

• Internal control System-Internal control plays a significant role in the efficiency of the performance of the company. The company to maintain highest level of integrity and for internal control management have incorporated technological developments. It resulted in maintaining cost structure and value chain structure within the organization.

• Policies and procedures- The company has developed various plans and policies to sustain in the competitive environment and incorporate various strategies in order to grow and develop. One such policy is initiating the circular economy. The company aims to reduce the carbon footprints, pollution prevention, water conservation, consumers and workforce health and wellness, employee satisfaction, integrity of corporate governance and various others.

Therefore, it can be said that Domino’s has developed effective and efficient corporate governance. One of the principles of Domino’s is ‘We demand integrity’, which means the company has taken many initiatives towards personal and professional integrity.

Benefits to Company to Operate Successfully and Responsibly

Domino’s growth and development can be seen from the results of revenues. Domino’s international have experienced same stores sales growth for 107 consecutive quarters. Further, there are positive results obtained from several plans and policies of the company. As, Domino’s is a top performer among its competitors for it carbon footprints. The company’s initiative towards implementation of energy efficiency measures by introducing technology for the same, green building, and all the efforts towards sourcing renewable energy has successfully contributed towards climate change (Censible, 2020).

Further, the company has introduced various policies and plans to maintain consumer as well as employees and team members health and safety. The company has developed The Partner’s Foundation for maintaining the health and wellness of their employees and further assist them financially in the time of need. As a result, Domino’s is successfully implemented the plans for employee satisfaction. Further, the company is a top performer among its competitors on corporate governance on the basis of accounting practices, executive pay, board organization and ownership structure.

Company is however is successful in following rules and regulations and maintaining legal frameworks. Instead Dominos have sometimes faced penalties and warnings from legal authorities. Such as in 2018, Domino’s India received an order from the authority of the government- National Anti- Profiteering Authority for not passing GST on the invoices (The Economic Times, 2018).

Process and Policies of the Company

The companies have developed various policies and processes to address various areas such as discrimination, exploitation, corruption, dishonest and fraudulent behavior and protection for whistle blowers. The purpose of the company is to mitigate all these issues and lead a sustainable and healthy work environment. Various measures taken by Domino’s in respect to the following issues are-

Discrimination – The company has adopted measures to eliminate discrimination and tried to incorporate diversity within the organization. However, in diversity and diversification the company has not taken any such productive strategies, or it can be said that the measures were not that effective to mitigate the discrimination and incorporate the diversity. Moreover, the company has developed various plans and policies towards the health and wellness of employee without any discrimination which provides several financial aids to their employees irrespective of their gender, sex, caste and creed.

Exploitation- The company’s mission is to perform together and has a tag line- ‘We are made better together’. The company aims to treat each and every employee of the organization fairly. It has been examined that the company is facing huge rise in the cost of the ingredients from past many years and the cost of the Pizza is dropping frequently. As a result, the company is managing the cost for the wages or the salaries of the employees. And it resulted in the dissatisfaction among the employees of Domino’s.

Corruption- Dominos have developed ethics and anti- bribery policy. This policy includes laws relating to act fairly with customers, employees, suppliers and business partners. Harsh regulations have been framed regarding accepting gifts, hospitality and financial incentives. It means no employees or the company itself will receive gifts or money or any other benefits from the suppliers, customers or even competitors. There are trade barriers the company is facing in the host countries. As various price regulations and laws can harm the company’s profitability. Still the company has developed proper rules and regulations that are being followed in every country where the company has its existence.

Dishonest and Fraudulent Behavior- Domino’s does not tolerate any kind of illegal practice which includes hiring or recruiting any person who is not eligible for employment or not achieved an age of 16 years. Further, the company is committed towards human rights as a result the company ensures that there will be adequate working conditions. And most importantly, the company has initiated digital transformation which helps to trace the transactions, orders and track all the activity in any of the store of Domino’s.

Protection for Whistleblowers- The company has recently developed a policy named- ‘Whistleblower Policy’ version 3.0 on 14th July 2020. The policy aims to encourage an appropriate disclosure of the reportable conduct without any fear. It helps people associated with company an adequate platform to raise an issue which can be illegal, improper, fraud, harassment, or any other danger to any person (Policy, 2020).

Actions company take in these respective areas- The company believes in the power of people within the organization as well as in the society. That is the reason Domino’s foster diversity within the organization. And to achieve diversity, the company encourages the sense of belonging for each and every human resource in the organization and promotes culture of innovation and build an environment that values everyone’s whole self. The company tag line for incorporating diversity within the organization is ‘We are made better together’. One of the examples is during the pandemic Covid-19, the company has introduced more than $9.6 million bonus for frontline workers. And there are other policies as well which are incorporated by Domino’s in order to mitigate all these factors and to gain market share (Mittal, 2018).

Values of the Company

The company has contributed to the community in several ways. One of which is The Partner’s Foundation which is a non- profit organization. The purpose of the foundation is to assist their team members in their time of need like- tragedy occurs due to natural disaster, unexpected affliction, accidents, or nay kind of an emergency (Censible, 2020). With the help of these foundation Dominos have helped team members and their family members with various financial, emotional, intermediary and advisory services. Apart from this, the company offers various charitable events, donations and programs with schools, hospitals and other NGO’s in order to provide financial aid. The concept of the Partners Foundations is basically team members helping team members, as primary funding comes from company’s payroll deduction program. Moreover, the company in need has received more than $21 million of financial assistance through various sources (Allison, 2018).

Further, the company’s contribution to make the world a better place is highly progressive; it can be seen from their efforts towards maintain environment and promote ecological balance. The company has introduced recycling of pizza boxes through a partnership with The Recycling Partnership which is a non- profit organization and provides full recycling supply chain. Further, Westrock partners help company in providing differentiated paper and packaging solutions to maintain the market share and build better environment (Prnewswire, 2020).

Therefore, it can be said that Domino’s aim is to gain market share but with the growth and development of the people associated with the company, environment and the community in which the company works.

Reflection of the Values in various areas of business-

Company’s initiatives towards various rules, policies and frameworks has taken a good shape, which can be seen from the consecutive growth and increase in the sales revenue. The company is managing more than 300000 employees all over the world. The retention and the growth in the number of employees is a clear indication of the successfulness of the policies developed by the organization. Further, the company is top among its competitors in various aspects. Increase in market share and performance in various segments establishes that Domino’s strategies are effective and efficient.

Conclusion

It can be concluded that corporate governance plays a significant role in any business organization. Corporate Governance ensure that the company is functioning appropriately, and all the operations are adequate and effective. It includes- Board and committee, Legal and regulatory systems, Policies, framework and transparency and effective internal control system. Without which no company can perform well in the competitive environment. In this report, there is an examination of Domino’s Pizza chain and the company’s policies and process towards various factors like discrimination, exploitation and corruption. And it has been identified that Domino’s has incorporated Various effective strategies to lead the market as a result has gained a huge market share.

References

Allison.R.2018. Domino’s 2018 Charitable Giving. [Online]. Assessed from. https://biz.dominos.com/assets/images/2018_dominos_charitable-giving-report.pdf

Censible.2020. Domino’s Pizza: Corporate Values. [Online]. Assessed from. https://esg.censible.co/companies/Domino_s-Pizza

Domino’s.2020. Company profile. [Online]. Assessed from. https://biz.dominos.com/about/

LinkedIn.2020. Domino’s. [Online]. Assessed from. https://www.linkedin.com/company/domino%27s-pizza/

Mittal.R.2018. Domino’s Pizza Inc. strategies. [Online]. Assessed from. https://www.researchgate.net/profile/Rishoo_Mittal/publication/333396105_Domino's_Pizza_Inc_Strategies/links/5d1a653692851cf4405c8847/Dominos-Pizza-Inc-Strategies.pdf

Policy.2020. Policy- Whistleblower Policy. [Online]. Assessed from. https://static1.squarespace.com/static/5bd052c7c46f6d0e23b11afb/t/5f17724fa210db6424baddf6/1595372114321/DMP+-+Whistleblower+Policy+14.7.20.pdf

Prnewswire.2020. Domino’s delivering neighborhood recycling information to customers. [Online]. Assessed from. https://www.prnewswire.com/news-releases/dominos-delivering-neighborhood-recycling-information-to-customers-301138319.html

The Economic Times.2018. Domino’s lands in trouble for not passing on GST cuts. [Online]. Assessed from. https://economictimes.indiatimes.com/industry/services/hotels-/-restaurants/dominos-in-trouble-for-not-passing-on-gst-cuts/articleshow/65154911.cms?from=mdr

MBA652: Strategy and Leadership in Tourism and Hospitality Assignment 3 Sample

Assignment Brief

Length:1500 words (+/- 10% allowable range)
Weighting: 40%
Total Marks: 100
Submission: Online
Due Date: Week 13

Your task

Individually, you are required to prepare a 1500 word Australia’s Tourism 2030 Strategy proposal by critically reflecting on the three pre-recorded interviews from the industry leaders in the tourism and hospitality industry.
Assessment Description.

The purpose of this individual assessment is to give students an opportunity to in part demonstrate their skills in critical leadership, problem-solving and reflective learning relating to the tourism and hospitality industry by analyzing and selecting the most appropriate contemporary leadership practices for the tourism and hospitality industries.

Assessment Instructions for assignment help

Presume that you have been recently tasked to develop Australia’s next national long-term tourism strategy - Tourism 2030, with a focus on the issue of industry resilience.

As part of your preparation for this task, you are required to watch the three pre-recorded interviews from the current industry leaders who provided their insights into underpinning challenges of managing and leading tourism and hospitality workforce in the times of adversity and crisis. The information presented in these interviews will serve as the starting point for developing Australia’s next national long-term tourism strategy.

1. Interview with Stuart Riddell
2. Interview with Ralf Brueger
3. Interview with Alessandra Damant

Based on the key takeaways from these interviews, you are then required to prepare a proposal of the Tourism 2030 strategy. More specifically, your proposal must include the following sections:

• A 1-page long executive summary that comprehensively covers all of the significant report findings (not included in the word limit).

• Critical analysis of the current strategic and leadership risks that the Australian tourism and hospitality industry is facing as the result of the recent bushfires and COVID-19 pandemic.

• Critical evaluation of innovative business strategies that tourism and hospitality providers across the globe are currently deploying in an attempt to restart the tourism and hospitality industry.

In preparing this proposal, you will need to utilize relevant theories and concepts covered in weeks 8 to 12 and use at least 12 sources of information and reference these in accordance with the Kaplan Harvard Referencing Style. These may include websites, government publications, industry reports, census data, journal articles, and newspaper articles. These references should be presented as in-text citations and a reference list at the end of your proposal. Wikipedia and other ‘popular’ sites are not to be used.

Assessment Submission

This file must be submitted as a ‘Word’ document to avoid any technical issues that may occur from incorrect file format upload. Uploaded files with a virus will not be considered as a legitimate submission. Turnitin will notify you if there is an issue with the submitted file. In this case, you must contact your workshop facilitator via email and provide a brief description of the problem and a screenshot of the Turnitin error message. You are also encouraged to submit your work well in advance of the deadline to avoid any possible delay with the Turnitin similarity report or any other technical difficulties.

Late assignment submission penalties

Penalties will be imposed on late assignment submissions in accordance with Kaplan Business School “late assignment submission penalties” Policy.

Solution

Introduction

The coronavirus pandemic (COVID-19) is a humanitarian crisis that is deeply influencing individuals' lives and causing financial crises around the world. This has a significant impact on the travel industry sector, which is essential for some, individuals, places and organizations, especially in countries, urban areas and areas where the travel industry is an important part of the economy of the sector.

The Coronavirus crisis has badly impacted travel industry during 2020, with uncommon impacts on employment and organizations. The travel industry has been one of the main areas affected by the virus, as measures to control the outbreak have ended around the world in the travel industry. There is also the risk that the local area will be among the region to pull through from continuing to move and decline globally (Fayos-Solà and Cooper, 2019). This affects the economy of the travel industry and a number of different areas that help and support the travel industry. 

Analysis

Bushfires

Effective leadership for sustainability depends on ex post reflection and the ability to promote collaboration between different stakeholder groups. To achieve this goal for fires, we need to go beyond the narrow view where fires are only considered "catastrophes". "Disaster" A study focused on providing industry best practices to ensure messages are received and delivered to attract future tourists out of the country's or industry's control (Walters and Mair, 2012) in the coming months and years. Over the years, fires have impacted tourism industry like Airlift and many other crucial regions in Australia and are likely to be developed as a part of the programme (Walters and Mair, 2012).

The strategic risks associated with Bushfires includes economic loss to the nation, property loss, liability risk to the Australian government, loss of major resources from the forest, reflection of mismanagement due to unable to control such situation by government on time, and loss of major tourism revenue due to fallen in the visitors from other countries.

Leadership risks includes possibility of physical harms to forest staff and other people living attached with forest; financial harm; loss of reputation of government as it shown incapability of controlling this mass disaster; and failure and loss of accountability.

Coronavirus

Australia is a free democracy in Westminster with a legislative structure. Now, it holds the position of top 10 successful developed countries across the world for minimizing and controlling the impact of deadly virus on overall economy (COVID-19) in 2019 (Ritchie and Roser, 2020). Approximately 16% of the Australian population is 65 or older, with the highest epidemiological risk, and 18.7% in the 0-15-year-old group with the lowest risk. 30.30% of the country's disease rates occurred in the 1960s. At the time of writing, 90 of the 93 people who died in Australia on 27 May 2020 were over 40 years of age (Australian Government, 2020). While out of total population, 18.7% belongs to the age group between 0 to 15 years, there are no victims in this group (Australian Government, 2020).

Pandemic coronavirus (COVID-19) infection is an unprecedented crisis in the tourism economy, with a major immediate impact on the region. The OECD estimate of the impact of pandemic shows a 60% decline in international travel industry by 2020. If delayed back to December, the percentage could rise to 80%. International tourism should develop significantly in some regions (eg. the European Union).

Evaluation

Here are the strategies used by travel and hotel providers around the world.

1. Action

The main focus of Covid-19 has been on health and safety issues of hygiene and cleanliness in hotels. The key is to provide physical evidence of the hotel's health and safety concerns. This time the hotel industry will be scrutinized and verified for medical reasons. The security guard checks the temperature with a portable thermometer sprays a disinfectant smoke and leaves a hand sanitizer in receptions, elevator halls and rooms.
To recover from bushfire, large area could be seized for entering by visitors and local people, and left aside to recover it through rainfall in natural way (Amelung and Nicholls, 2014). Additional to this, Government requires taking measures to deal with such a situation if it happens in future.

2. Finance

The second important consideration is the liquidity of working capital. Travel and hotel providers have a 12-month grace period for EMI, Loans, PF, ESIC, GST, Customs, Government Tax, Bank Guarantees, Customs Investments and Security. It can be said that the government has already introduced a three-month grace on interest rates and major bank payments.

Government will invest major fund on restoring the forest by hiring workforce to remove damaged fences and trunks by cleaning at initial stage and put some new fences around as a replacement.

3. Technology

The third consideration moves further into AI and other technologies. Covid-19 has accelerated the need for technology to reduce human communication. The mobile guest app can connect to any button and switch in the room, so your finger doesn't reach you. It included climate control, lighting, shower temperature control, remote control TV, and more (BILSLAND, Nagy and Smith, 2020).

Government would place tracking devices and drones to check if there’s any fire or disturbance in the forest. Additional to this sensor device attached to trees will also play a major role in identifying any hazard before it converts into major disaster.

Appraisal

Consequently, all goals, KPIs, measures and objectives must be defined, linked to long-term success and measured economically. In this context, the strategic importance of the issues under consideration needs to be clarified and explained. Therefore, at this stage, it is necessary to consider all aspects that affect the business unit and are of strategic importance. The final step is to reach a sustainability vision to integrate the approach into a traditional economic approach to create sustainable value (Nesticò and Maselli, 2020). Finally, it is important to remember that the proposed approach has evolved from other traditional ideas, including the critical one. For example, it cannot be denied that cost savings resulting from sanctions can have a positive impact on the outlook for the economy, as well as improving consumer satisfaction. This will no doubt have a positive impact from the customer's point of view by increasing the number of employees. It has a positive impact on internal processes, product quality and customer satisfaction and financial forecasts (Pechlaner, Innerhofer and Erschbamer, 2019).

Strategy Plan

Vision

• Enhancing the Australian private sector to create a compatible environment within economy and bring diversification into the economy through investing in global trade and competition.

Mission

• To advance sustainability in the travel industry that makes occupations and spotlights on advancement of nearby culture and items assets, including economical administration of visit and travel by 2030 (Guo, 2018).

Long term objectives

• Reduce domestic poverty by increasing employment opportunities in the tourism sector.
• Achieving the fundamental goals of sustainable development in the environment (Karji et al., 2019)
• Create community awareness, understanding, and support for tourism development. It encourages close co-operation between the government and the private sector (Whitehead, 2017).

Corporate governance

Corporate governance is the structure that characterizes the connection between investors, management, managers and various partners, to help influence the activity of an organization. It aims to protect investment benefits, strengthen disclosure and openness, promote the board's powerful business, and provide a viable legal and administrative structure. Good corporate governance should enable investor support and provide the appropriate motivational forces to the board of directors and officers to pursue goals that are beneficial to the organization and investors.

The corporate governance structures and business management practices of an organization usually address key points of threats, for example,

• Is the organization run to help investors?
• Are choices made on a moral and careful basis?
• Are the various risks to the organization identified and controlled?
• Should the management and board be accountable to investors for their assets?

Several criteria are used to evaluate and measure a company's corporate governance frameworks. Some factors generally taken into account in assessing corporate governance standards include:

• Responsibility of the board of directors
• Financial reporting and internal controls
• Rights of shareholders
• Compensation of the share
• Equity structure and related parties
• Social and environmental impact.

Destination management bodies

Today, executives' strategies can be summarized in three ways: reduce waste / misfortune, maintain item quality / management, and accelerate creation. Lean is an arrangement of administration, reasoning or a handful of tools, approach and development stage of the company and the lifestyle where it operates. This idea has been implemented and holds equal importance to the competent for process of the firm and businesses in the field of the travel industry. A change in follow-up approach must consider the unique characteristics of each office. For instance, it makes sure about, if there are any losses which are caused throughout the travel industry, with a negative impact towards courier management. Like these lines, the association should find a way to reduce these risks and thereby give the client some advantage, in order to provide better and riskier administrations. Differentiating responses to a real concern is a major concern for organizations and companies around the world, and suddenly for Destination Management Group (Pechlaner, Innerhofer, and Erschbamer, 2019).

Conclusion

The coronavirus pandemic (COVID-19) and busfires have emerged as a great loss to the Australian society, the impact doubles when it directly impacts tourism population which holds major proportion of Australian GDP. Appropriate measures could help the nation in recovering quickly from these risks and improve its GDP.  

References

Amelung, B. and Nicholls, S., 2014. Implications of climate change for tourism in Australia. Tourism Management, 41, pp.228-244.

Australian Government, 2020. Coronavirus (COVID-19) current situation and case numbers. Available at: https://www.health.gov.au/news/health-alerts/novel-coronavirus-2019-ncov-health-alert/coronavirus-covid-19-current-situation-and-case-numbers [Accessed on 8th February 2021]

BILSLAND, C., Nagy, H. and Smith, P., 2020. Virtual internships and work-integrated learning in hospitality and tourism in a post-COVID-19 world. International Journal of Work-Integrated Learning, 21(4), pp.425-437.
Fayos-Solà, E. and Cooper, C., 2019.The future of Tourism. Cham: Springer.

Guo, Y. ed., 2018. 2030 Vision for ASEAN-China Strategic Partnership: Perspectives from Think-Tanks. World Scientific.

Karji, A., Woldesenbet, A., Khanzadi, M. and Tafazzoli, M., 2019. Assessment of social sustainability indicators in mass housing construction: a case study of Mehr housing project. Sustainable Cities and Society, 50, p.101697.

Nesticò, A. and Maselli, G., 2020. Sustainability indicators for the economic evaluation of tourism investments on islands. Journal of Cleaner Production, 248, p.119217.

Pechlaner, H., Innerhofer, E. and Erschbamer, G. eds., 2019. Overtourism: Tourism management and solutions. Routledge.

Ritchie, M., and Roser, H. 2020. Our world in data. Oxford Martin School, University of Oxford; Available at: https://ourworldindata.org/coronavirus-data [Accessed on 8th February 2021]

Statistics, A.B.O., 2012.Australian Demographic Statistics. AUSTRALIAN INSTITUTE OF HEALTH AND WELFARE.

Walters, G. and Mair, J., 2012. The Effectiveness of Post-Disaster Recovery Marketing Messages—the Case of the 2009 Australian Bushfires, Journal of Travel & Tourism Marketing, 29:1, 87-103.

Whitehead, J., 2017. Prioritizing sustainability indicators: Using materiality analysis to guide sustainability assessment and strategy. Business Strategy and the Environment, 26(3), pp.399-412.

MBA613 Organizational Change and Innovation Assignment Sample

Assignment Brief

Word Count: 1500 Words (+/-10%)
Weighting: 30 %
Total Marks: 30
Submission: Via Turnitin
Due Date: Week 6, Tuesday at 11.55pm

Your Task

During this subject so far, you have been exposed to various theories about innovation and creativity. Being able to apply these concepts in a practical manner is a key outcome of this subject. As part of a Group, you will work in-class to explore new solutions to a contemporary workplace problem, using techniques, concepts and theories discussed during the class and share ideas and information. You will be given time in class (Week 3-5) to work on your “creative” journey, share reflections with your group, conduct group-based activities and explore the use of a variety of tools. Based on your in-class participation, you will then write and submit an individual report. 

Assessment Description

Your task as a group is to identify a work-related problem you are currently experiencing at work or choose one below. You will need to develop new solutions by using techniques, concepts and theories discussed during your classes. You should research further to identify tools that will be most suitable for you. Some suggestions include: Fishbone diagrams, how to statements or levels of abstraction

The only problem is you are very limited with resources you can use. You have many paper clips, some paper (different sizes), and coloured pens and a coat hanger.

Some possible work problems:

1. How do you communicate effectively while maintaining social distance?
2. How to encourage people to recycle in their office?
3. How to improve overall workplace participation?
4. How to maintain workplace morale while “working from home”?

Assessment Instructions for assignment help

1. Form small groups/teams. There are a wide variety of creativity quizzes and tests online, have a look and see what you can find. Here are a few ideas to get you started:

a. Free online creativity test - TestMyCreativity (Week 1)
b. Test: What's your creative style? | Psychologies (Week 1)

2. Organize a “Genius Hour” with your team and discuss what will you do for this project? What will be your approach? Your creativity test results, your fears, passions, ideas etc. Some tools you can use include (but not limited to) Brainstorming, Mind mapping, Storyboarding, Visualization (Week 2/3)

3. Every week try to create and add to your team’s “creativity pool” (Week 1 to 4) During the lectures you were given some tools to force you for creative thinking. You may also want to do some further research and use any tool you like such as Synectic Pinball Machine, Six Thinking Hats or Checklists. Choose the best idea but do not waste the rest of the ideas – can these ideas be recycled somewhere?

4. Write an individual report about your creative journey. Make sure you include all the theory, concepts, tools that you have used. This is a reflective essay which requires you to reflect on your creative journey. Do not forget to integrate theoretical concepts and refer to at least 4 academic references to support your ideas.
Please refer to the assessment marking guide to assist you in completing all the assessment criteria.

Solution

Introduction

The workplace challenges increased during the Covid-19 situation and this affected the work culture and entire work environment of the society. I examined the situation in the IT sector environment with my team members to understand the problem that they faced during Covid-19 to maintain social distancing and how this affected the employee and the organizations (Lewnard and Lo 2020, pp. 631-633). This study focusing on the challenges identified through using some theories and techniques. The tools also used in this segment for delivering a reliable and innovative solution for the IT sector and these tools help to prepare the recommendation that will help the companies to develop the workplaces environment and situation that also improved the productivity of the workplace.

Reflective Problem Statement

The Covid-19 impacted the whole world through its negative impact on society. This situation was crucial that every organization faced when this pandemic took place within the world. Some of the organization need to stop their working to maintain the safety of their employee or for their business type. Many of the organization focusing on maintaining the social distancing within the organization. In the entire lockdown situation, many organizations need to provide the work from a home facility that required for maintaining that situation. Work from home also develops a problem as every employee did not have the system for delivering the work and for this reason, many IT organizations required to allow an employee in the workplace. This increased the risk for spreading Covid-19 into the workplace as maximum employee wanted to come to the office for delivering the work quantity and this was helping to run the work process within the organizations.

Challenges of Identified Situation

The challenges identified by examining the situation are,

• The organisations required to maintain social distance within the workplace and this was difficult while the employee working in the same environment and communicating with each other for work purpose. This was natural for human that they usually communicated for developing the operation with help of the other employees. This social distancing was difficult at the time of executing the business operation and this aspect also difficult for the organisation to maintain the safety of the employee.

• The HR team of the organisations were not able to handle the employees to maintain social distancing and for this reason, they allowed them to perform the business operation from their home (Crowley and Doran 2020, pp.1211-1234). Many of the employees not having the system in their home and this affected the organisation production. The HR also not able to manage the work from the situation as this also increased the understanding issues for disruption in communication faced by the employees and the management.

• This situation also affected the employee’s mental health and also they suffered from the threat for lost their jobs in this pandemic situation. This increased the mental stress of the employee and leads them to unable to work properly. Several organisations cut the payment of the employees as the organisations not deliver a huge amount of work to their client and they made a loss in their sectors. This also demotivated the employees and increased workplace conflict.

These challenges identified by examining the workplace as me and my team evaluated the workplace environment for better understanding the situation and problem of social distancing.

Tool and Techniques to Solve the Challenges

We use the Fish-Bone diagram to identify the challenges and also through this diagram we better understand the problem that appeared in the workplace during Covid-19 (Shinde, Ahirrao and Prasad 2018, pp.653-664).

The Fish-Bone Diagram Represents the Challenges below,

Workplace Information Findings

It is estimated that a total of 121 members of the organisation is still active today in the production process. To resolve the social distancing issues which arise due to the spread of the Covid-19 virus in the country employees related data is generated from the register of the organisation (Koren and Pet? 2020, p.e0239113). The separation of the individual is discussing below.

Table 1: Number of members in the workplace in alphabetic order

Chart 1: Number of members in the workplace in alphabetic order
(Source: Author)

It is difficult to separate a huge number of member to keep social distancing in the workplace. Hence, the separation is created based on the two-fold classification. The two-fold classification of the members is tabulated below.

Table 2: Separation of all members

Chart 2: Separation of all members
(Source: Author)

The above diagram is representing that, there has more or less equal representation is present between the members of the organisation. The total members whose names stated with vowels are almost 47% on the other hand the members whose name is started with the consonants are represented 53%.

Theory of Creativity and Innovation

The innovation and creativity come together and to mitigate the challenges in the work required to develop through using the Walls Creativity Model. This model has five stages for developing the idea and the concept which is my team and I used for preparing the solution for maintaining the social distance within the workplace and this also help to mitigate the other challenges.

This stage focusing on the problem that we identified through our study as these problems arise at the time of Covid-19 in the organizations. The problem identification is considered as the first stage of this model and this also helps to develop the creative idea for solving this problem.

Stage 2: Incubation

In this stage, the identified problem is evaluated for developing the proper concept of the social distance aspect within the organisation and this also required for developing the various aspect within the workplace. This stage also helps to evaluate the employee’s problem and also understand the employee perspective.

Stage 3: Intimation

After evaluating the facts, my team and discussed the possible recommendation for this situation that arise in the workplace and this recommendation will help the organisation mitigate the problems. This recommendation also enhances the process for developing several aspects within the organisation.

Stage 4: Illuminating

After proposing several recommendations, we chose the one that fit for maintaining social distance and also this effective for increasing the productivity of the organisation. This recommendation is stating that the division of the employees as per their names which start with the vowel or consonant and the suitable date is prepared for enhancing the productivity of the organisation.

Stage 5: Verification

This recommendation is identified through developing the organisation process evaluated by our team for understanding the importance and effectiveness within the organisation.

Recommendation

The entire study reflects that there has a huge representation of employees within the IT firm. That makes a serious problem to maintain social distancing within the workplace. To resolve those problem concerned authority need to take some serious decisions. The creative and innovative suggestions are given below to resolve the social distancing related challenge of the IT firm.

The selected firm can make a work portfolio for its employees. Hence, to minimize the number of employees within the workplace the below table is formulated for changing the workplace culture.
 

Table 3: Recommended work structure table of the business operation

The above-presented table is prepared to minimize the number of employees within the workplace. By using the recommended work chart, the firm can maintain social distancing without hampering its present business operation.

Conclusion

As a part of a group, we learn various techniques to explore a creative solution to resolve contemporary challenges in a workplace. Hence, the entire study is focused on the social distance-related challenges that are facing by an IT business firm during the Covid-19 situation. A fishbone diagram is created to identify the cause and effect of arising problem in the IT firm. Wall’s theory is also presented to generate a creative idea to resolve the problem of the selected workplace. To build a suggestion we extract member-related data from the register of the IT firm. Based on the gathered information the recommendation is created that can minimize the risk effect within the organisation.

Reference List

Crowley, F., & Doran, J 2020, COVID?19, occupational social distancing and remote working potential: An occupation, sector and regional perspective. Regional Science Policy & Practice, Vol. 12 no. 6, pp.1211-1234, retrieved 26 April 2021, <https://rsaiconnect.onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/abs/10.1111/rsp3.12347>

Koren, M., & Pet?, R 2020, Business disruptions from social distancing, PloS one, Vol. 15 no. 9, p.e0239113, retrieved 26 April 2021, < https://journals.plos.org/plosone/article?id=10.1371/journal.pone.0239113>

Lewnard, J.A. & Lo, N.C 2020, Scientific and ethical basis for social-distancing interventions against COVID-19, The Lancet Infectious Diseases, Vol. 20 no. 6, pp.631-633, retrieved 26 April 2021, <https://www.thelancet.com/journals/laninf/article/PIIS1473-3099%2820%2930190-0/fulltext>

Shinde, D. D., Ahirrao, S., & Prasad, R 2018, Fishbone diagram: Application to identify the root causes of student–staff problems in technical education. Wireless personal communications, Vol. 100 no. 2, pp.653-664, retrieved 26 April 2021, <https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s11277-018-5344-y>
 

MGT603 Systems Thinking Assessment 3 Sample

Assignment Brief

 Individual/Group - Individual
Length - Up to 2000 words
Learning Outcomes

a) Analyze, select and apply systems modelling tools in integrating, optimizing and enhancing business processes within contemporary organizations.

b) Synthesize technological and non-technological solutions to business problems that promote integration and that optimize whole-of-enterprise operations

Submission - By 11:55pm AEST/AEDT Friday of Module 6.2 (week 12)

For intensive class:

By 11:55pm AEST/AEDT Friday of Module 6.2 (week 6)
Weighting - 40%
Total Marks - 40 marks

Context:

There are two approaches towards improving systems, short-term approaches that normally addresses the symptoms and rarely help understand and address the cause of the problem, and long-term approaches, which allow managers to address the real cause(s) of the problem. In this assessment, students will try to solve a practical problem by using Systems Thinking tools called System Archetypes combined with value stream mapping.

Instructions for assignment help:

Assessment 3 is about uncovering the complexities in operations management generally, identifying key themes, intended and unintended consequences and proposing a holistic solution to the problem using a Systems Thinking lens.

The following scenario study provides you with a brief overview of a hypothetical problem. Be aware that the scenario provided may not cover every detail that you will need to address in the Written Report, in which case, you will need to conduct additional research, including further research on how emergency departments function in any hospital.

Scenario

Overview:

Consider yourself as part of a team responsible for managing the operations of an emergency department of a public hospital. The emergency department has received feedback from patients suggesting that the patient wait times need to be improved. The value stream map of the current operations is shown in the attached diagram.

The Value Stream Map is can be Found via the Assessment Link.

It is recommended that you identify and critically analyses intended and unintended consequences, recommending holistic solutions that will optimize the operations of the emergency department without compromising the performance of other functions of the hospital.

Suggested format: Your Written Report should include the following sections and sub-sections.
Cover Page (Subject Name & Code, Assessment No., Student Name and Surname, Student Number, Lecturer, Year and Trimester)

Executive Summary

Table of Contents

1. Introduction/Background

2. Main Discussion

2.1. Identification and analysis of the System Archetypes that may impede performance

2.2. Analysis of the current State Value Stream Map of the emergency department based on SystemArchetypes

2.3. Recommended new State Value Stream Map with desired reduction in patient turnaround time

2.4. Discussion on Intended and unintended consequences of the modified system

3. Conclusion

4. Recommendations

5. References

6. Appendices (Appendix A, Appendix B, ...)

Submission Instructions:

This Written Report is to be written according to academic writing guidelines and must be submitted in compliance with the following;

1. You should make significant references to the subject material and substantial wider reading. A minimum five (5) academic (books & peer-reviewed journal articles) & two (2) other sources (newspaper article, trade publications, websites, etc.) must be used. These should be referenced in the APA style, both in-text and in a reference list. References to ‘Wikipedia’ or similar unsubstantiated sources will not be accepted.

2. The assignment is to include in-text citations and a reference list following the latest APA referencing style. The APA referencing guide can be located in the Academic Writing Guide at http://library.think.edu.au/ld.php?content_id=1882254

3. Submit Written Report (with references) via the Assessment link in the main navigation menu in MGT603 Systems thinking on the Student Portal. The Learning Facilitator will provide feedback via Grade Centre in the Student Portal. Feedback can be viewed in My Grades.

Students should use the brief to guide what to include in the assessment and the following rubric to inform the standard required. 

Solution

Introduction/Background

Time access to emergent patient care is a significant matter that concern emergency division across the Australia and in overall world. Emergency divisions of the hospitals have responsibility in providing fast services delivery with respect to primary care. Since, any emergency divisions are running 24 hours in a day that assists towards exhaustion of the restricted supply of resources and dealing of a several conditions with severe significance. Patient turnaround is one of the most common issues in the public sector hospital, and this study is mainly concentrated on such issue. System thinking with the timely mechanism is one of the most major operational requirements in the healthcare services. In the given case scenario, public hospital of Australia is witnessing an issue with respect to significant patient turnaround time. There is a stark increment in the number of complaints of long waiting time by patients who acquire services in emergency division. Goal of the prevailing study is to reduction in such waiting time by 50%. The aim consists of evaluation present value stream map with the help of system archetype and recommends suitable modification.

Main discussion

Evaluation of system archetype by which performance impede

System archetypes means recurring trend of behavior that provide understanding into the structure by which system is run. There are several system archetypes used in the health care by which for analyzing an organization (Ahmad, et al. 2017). It can be said that, by this an individual could observe recurring behaviours and connected them to the fundamental arrangement of the business, which is reflected in appendix 1. In the given case scenario, following are the system archetypes by which performance impede –
Shifting of burden: By considering the case scenario, it has been observed that process of the organization for treatment of emergency patient is quite comprehensive. It could be evidenced from the fact that, they are required to complete a series of formalities prior to obtaining service delivery from the emergency division. Such behavior reflects about shifting of burden, in which one division transfer their burden on another.

Figure 1 Shifting the burden
(Source: System Archetypes 2018).

Success to be successful: In this aspect, it can be said that, resources has not been applied by the organization in effective manner, by which patient have to wait significant amount of time for getting treatment from the emergency department. Success to be successful archetype shows that performance of the organization is required to be developed through reward or recognition element, which is missing in the public sector hospitals (Currie, Spyridonidis, & Oborn, 2020).

Figure 2 Success to be successful
(Source: System Archetypes 2018).

Based on system archetypes analysis of current value stream map of the emergency division

Value stream map is applied for gaining in-depth insight of bilateral involvement of material and information flow. The procedure in which value stream map is created is shown in appendix 2.

Figure 3 Current value stream map of emergency department

The above value stream map reflects the comprehensive mechanism of the services provided by emergency room with the involvement of various factors and requirement of documentation for obtaining services from cited department. Emergency patient are required to go through from the comprehensive procedure before getting services. A detailed analysis of parties requires time as well as coordination with some other department as well like laboratory testing. Public sector hospital remains emphasized on providing well-documented service and insurance provision. Complying with the procedure of insurance could assists towards delay in availability of treatment therefore; it could not be neglected for financial constraint and hospital registration. It can be said that, insurance services could be regarded as impedance for the emergency services of the healthcare.

Further, public sector hospitals run activities with the analysis of past medical history of patient and acknowledging of in-depth treatment mechanism flow as per the depicted value stream map and address with information and material flow in simultaneous manner. Flow of information handles the maintenance of earlier case history and registration procedure of the patient as per medical requirement. Notably, information flow starts when patient get registered in the hospital and delayed activities status assists towards overall delay in the information streaming. Such delay takes place for the longer level of information route and finally reaching at place for treatment availability. The value stream map reflects about centralized system for nursing services for the usual element of outlined information and system flow (Frank, Shaked, & Koral-Kordova, 2016). Enhanced number of patient requires adequate nurse employees by which delivery of information could be provided in timely manner, which is decreased for several cases dealing by only one nurse. Healthcare professional diagnose patient thoroughly repetitively that handles with a delay of whole treatment module.

Overall, it can be stated that by going through the current value stream map that every element consisted in the material flow with a delay in services obtaining and that could assist towards significant delay in the overall procedure. Information dealing and process is more complex because of the interconnected paces as well as participation by the external entities. Block reflected in the above current value stream map are reflect various array of flow of information and collection of information and recording of such requires time and reversely directed indication could enhance delay in providing services to the patient of emergency ward.

Recommendation about new value stream map with required dropping in patient turnover time

The above analysis reflect that major issue of the public hospital is related to the significant patient waiting time, and therefore new value stream map should be created in a manner that provide effective services in timely manner as well as keeping good quality of services (Knoll, Reinhart, & Pru?glmeier Marco 2019).
In the new value stream map, it is required that time required in the information flow should be less than in the present system, and in case of larger volume of patient, appointment from doctors directly would be possible by which efficiency in the time management could be obtained. In the context of minimization of time, process patient required to comply with treatment procedure and on the basis of treatment process and expenses, report of insurance should be created. In the new value stream map, there would be not any requirement of testing for insurance gain. It leads towards saving in time as well as improvement in efficiency level as insurance checking could assists in the acceleration of deadly health matters (Oberhausen, & Plapper, 2017).
Delay in the treatment because of the insurance testing is not restricted to delay in particular patient service, but it could assist into advancement of a chain reaction for treatment consequently in major delay. The new value stream map includes of an information flow system with a latest mechanism of sharing of data overall. Sharing of information in the unified system could provide support to the healthcare experts as well as care provider to ascertain condition of the patient and decrease the time required in data flow. Therefore, it is recommended that, data related to patient history and diagnostic information should be shared into the unified system, in order to understand the medical background (Toivonen, & Siitonen, 2016). Overall, it can be suggested that, new value stream map should be equipped with effectiveness of data-driven network for the overall improvement in the public sector hospital. There is requirement of robust information technology system for the entire transformation and implementation of the servers (mainframe) by which communication process could be improvised.

Analysis of intended and unintended results of the modified system

Intended outcomes

In this aspect, it can be asserted that, implementation of the new infrastructure and new system could assist towards improvement in the time efficiency of the public hospitals. All interconnected activities would be take place in systematically, for example, due to unified system for data sharing, information about patient could be obtained by nurse as well as professional health experts in effective manner (Abouelmehdi, Beni-Hessane, & Khaloufi, 2018). However, this system may result in some drawbacks consisting of sorting of patient on priority basis, which can result in negative performance. However, it can be said that, the new value stream map would reduce the current issues faced by public sector of hospital such as significant patient turnaround time.

Unintended outcomes

It can be said that, new value stream map primarily creates for improvement in the waiting time of patient, but it would definitely assist towards some unintended outcomes as well. Since, it has been suggested that, patient could also obtain direct reference from healthcare professionals. However, it would avoid the primary assistance of nurse and directly obtaining treatment from doctors could assists towards significant pressure as well as burden on professionals and this could also influence other factors of the hospital and continuous workflow. Further, new value stream map requires installation of robust information technology system, in which the requirement of recruitment of new employees may arise (Meghan, Rune, Alain, Paolo, & Eirik A?rsand. 2016). It is because of the fact that present employees of the hospital may not possess adequate knowledge and skills regarding dealing with IT software. Moreover, the primary objective of the proposed value stream map is mainly connected with the reduction in waiting time of patient. However, it would also lead towards improvement and growth of the public sector hospitals. The reason behind the same is that, by this reduction in time, hospital could provide services to the enhanced number of patient, which directly influences the performance of the organization.

Conclusion

The above-mentioned analysis reflects that, it is required by public sector hospitals to improve time management along with effective management of resources and installation of information technology software. In the healthcare sector, the role of emergency division is vital for life-saving objective and mitigation of risk because of sudden health breakdown (Narke, & Jayadeva, 2020). It has been observed that, present system of emergency division comprises with significant comprehensive procedures, which affects time management of service delivery. In this aspect, it is essential that, current system should be modified and new system should be comprised with simple and easy procedure by which patient can avail timely services as well as quality of services should not be comprised. All the aspects of new system have been reflected in the proposed value stream map. Further, such proposed value stream can result in some intended as well as intended outcomes such as reduction in the turnaround time of patient but at the same time there would be requirement of recruitment of new employees. Despite of this, by the new value stream map, public sector hospital could achieve their purpose and generate services in more effective manner.

Recommendations

It can be said that, proposed value stream map assists towards generation of the new system with the probability of error and incomplete process as compared to the earlier system. In order to obtain effective benefits of the new system, it is recommended that, hospital should provide training and development courses to the existing employees as well as recruit some new skilled person, so that advantages of the new IT system could be availed fully. Further, it is recommended that, in the unified system of data sharing, there should be adequate control, so that confidentiality of information could be maintained (Oberhausen, & Plapper, 2017).

References

Abouelmehdi, K., Beni-Hessane, A., & Khaloufi, H. (2018). Big healthcare data: preserving security and privacy. Journal of Big Data, 5(1), 1–18. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40537-017-0110-7

Ahmad, N. A. A., Te, C. L., Rohaizan, R., Md, F. A., Norafifah, H., & Mustaqqim, A. R. (2017). Value stream mapping to improve workplace to support lean environment. Matec Web of Conferences, 135. https://doi.org/10.1051/matecconf/201713500032

Currie, G., Spyridonidis, D., & Oborn, E. (2020). The influence of hr practices upon knowledge brokering in professional organizations for service improvement: addressing professional legitimacy and identity in health care. Human Resource Management, 59(4), 379–395. https://doi.org/10.1002/hrm.22001

Frank, M., Shaked, H., & Koral-Kordova, S. (Eds.). (2016). Systems thinking: foundation, uses and challenges (Ser. Management science: theory and applications). Nova Science Publishers.

Knoll, D., Reinhart, G., & Pru?glmeier Marco. (2019). Enabling value stream mapping for internal logistics using multidimensional process mining. Expert Systems with Applications, 124, 130–142. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.eswa.2019.01.026

Meghan, B., Rune, P., Alain, G., Paolo, Z., & Eirik A?rsand. (2016). The opportunity to evaluate the impact of our changing health care system through archetypes and reinforced use of medical coding. International Journal of Integrated Care, 16(5), 6. https://doi.org/10.5334/ijic.2550

Narke, M. M., & Jayadeva, C. T. (2020). Value stream mapping: effective lean tool for smes. Materials Today: Proceedings: Part 2, 24, 1263–1272. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matpr.2020.04.441

Oberhausen, C., & Plapper, P. (2017). Cross-enterprise value stream assessment. Journal of Advances in Management Research, 14(2), 182–193. https://doi.org/10.1108/JAMR-05-2016-0038

Oberhausen, C., & Plapper, P. (2017). Cross-enterprise value stream assessment. Journal of Advances in Management Research, 14(2), 182–193. https://doi.org/10.1108/JAMR-05-2016-0038

System Archetypes (2018). (Pdf). Retrieved from<https://thesystemsthinker.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/Systems-Archetypes-I-TRSA01_pk.pdf>

Toivonen, T., & Siitonen, J. (2016). Value stream analysis for complex processes and systems. Procedia Cirp, 39, 9–15. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.procir.2016.01.035

Value stream mapping process (2020). Retrieved from https://quality-one.com/vsm/

MBA633 Real-world Business Analytics and Management Assignment Sample

Assignment Brief

Assessment Title - Individual Interpretation of Analytics Report – Gartner Magic Quadrant
Assessment Type: Written Report
Word Count: 1700 Words (+/-10%)
Weighting: 30 %
Total Marks: 30
Submission: Via Turnitin.
Due Date: Tuesday Week 7, 11:55pm AEDT

Your Task

Evaluate Business Intelligence Platforms using the Gartner Magic Quadrant. Summaries your findings in a report and evaluate the best tool for your chosen analytics application.

Assessment Description

The Gartner reports on current technology contain a plot such as the one shown below that summarises their findings. The figure is extracted from the Gartner report for Business Intelligence (BI) platforms.

Assessment Instructions for assignment help

This assessment comprises two components.

• Firstly, you are required to study the Gartner “Magic Quadrant for Analytics and Business Intelligence Platforms” shown above and articulate the insights in a report (1200 words).

i. Search the web for the 2019 and 2020 Magic Quadrants and note the changes between the two.

ii. Clearly state a BI application (to be) used in your workplace or potential workplace. You are required to provide a thesis highlighting the shortcoming in the current business practices, the improvement this application would bring, as well as the resultant targets from the BI application.

iii. What tool would you select to perform this analytics task?

• You will also be required to provide a summary of the key points made by the guest speaker (500 words).

NOTE: You will need to show evidence of appropriate research conducted (10 references) in order to succeed in this assessment.

Word Limits for Written Assessments

Submissions that exceed the word limit by more than 10% will cease to be marked from the point at which that limit is exceeded.

Study Assistance

Students may seek study assistance from their local Academic Learning Advisor or refer to the resources on the MyKBS Academic Success Centre page. Click here for this

Solution

Gartner “Magic Quadrant for Business Intelligence platform”

Introduction

The definition of self-service is shifting in this field as augmented capabilities pervade platforms. At the same time, cloud ecosystems and alignment with productivity tools have become key selection factors. This Magic Quadrant will help data and analytics leaders plan an analytics and BI roadmap. Gartner, a public company is strongly identified for its analysis including a global advisory firm, which renders tools, techniques, including advice in numerous firms furthermore sectors like IT, Human resources, marketing, sales, plus supply chain, finance, etc. It’s headquartered in Stamford, Connecticut, united states. Within utilizing the qualitative data analysis procedure, it publishes a range of research reports “magic quadrant” to describe market trends similar to directions, maturity, furthermore participants. The purposes of analytics and business intelligence are straightforward to use and accommodate in supporting the workflow in analytics of the preparation regarding data, visualization about data to achieve the generation of insights.

Background.

In the analytics and business intelligence market, vendors are registered from start-up ventures to large capital technology firms. Cloud platform performs an indispensable role in the ABI Market as the preponderance of spending within this market is based on cloud deployment including the presence of cloud platform player signify more extra in the market. Cloud vendors strive for large sets of entry points in analytics and the business market. As the market of ABI is no longer distinguished by their capacities of data visualization vendors in the ABI market can formulate fundamental execution indicator dashboards by utilizing different chart forms. Augmentation of Works like preparation of data, visualization of data, and insights of data demand the assistance of artificial intelligence including machine learning.

This study will examine specific 2019 and 2020 data including significant and notable changes.

Magic quadrants for analytics and business platforms.

The augmentation analytics procedure is stretching in every quarter. Artificial and business analytics accommodates in operating various sectors including capabilities areas, and especially domains blended with augmented analytics. Some of its features are:

• Security: Aptitudes that facilitate security platforms, user’s administration, auditing, including authentication platform.

• Manageability: This function operates to track the practice of ABI platforms including works on the information management system to share the information.

• Cloud Analytics: Aptitudes in sustaining the building, deploying, moreover managing the capacity in analytics.

• Data source connectivity: While optimizing execution, this empowers the user to connect the data, query, furthermore ingest the data.

• Data preparation: This facilitates aggregating and develops the data accumulated from different sources to create an analytics model.

• Catalogue: Aptitudes to produce the catalogue for the content of analytics so that it enhances ease for customers to access.

• Data visualization: Capacities to sustain highly visualized data by using images, charts, and features.

• Natural language query: This facilitates users to undoubtedly demand their query either by typing in a search box or spoken based on analytics content.

• Automated insights: Augmentation procedure in analytics assists in automating the method of insights by using ML and AI.

• Natural language generation: This authorizes the creation of automatic linguistic classifications of answers and data and analytic content.

• Reporting: This allows the ability to generate and distribute pixel-perfect, grid layout, multipage reports to users.

Major and notable changes between the Magic Quadrant of 2019 and 2020.

The 2019 mass emigration to the cloud determined a development towards cloud ecosystem dominance. Gartner analysts stated that this accelerated extension of the BI cloud flagged a transformation where cloud mounds are forthwith awaited to proceed to a perfectly assessed ABI platform. Consumers must examine vendor lock-in as adequately as to whether or not the multi-cloud exists in their critical layouts throughout vendor preference. Analytics including BI providers are frequently possessing to determine between freeing their products or concentrate on particular market sections including aligning their marketing and products to these verticals. Gartner revamped its evaluation also admittance standards for Magic Quadrants as the software market unfolds following an influential market development in criteria.

Distinguished researcher remarks that in the year 2020, the preponderance of spending within the market of business intelligence was based on cloud deployment. Touching the other side, the year 2019 examined a mass retreat to the cloud. In the year 2019, Qlik including ThoughtSpot has been wheeled as the market leader in analytics and business intelligence. While in 2020, Microsoft Has turned as top among leader quadrant.

Figure 1: Notable changes in 2019

Figure 2: Notable changes in 2020

Notable changes in the year 2019-2020 among major corporations.

In comparison to 2019, the Magic quadrant has encountered many developments concerning cloud infrastructure. Gartner remarked that in 2019 for cloud infrastructure it was unavoidable to not incorporate hyper-scale cloud providers, however in same the year, Gartner also discerned that it is crucial to incorporate a broad assortment of services beyond cloud infrastructure with the hyper-scale cloud provider.

BI application and its Shortcomings.

Data analytics is molding the business today. As further information furthermore processes exercise on digital format, vehicles like business intelligence (BI) have matured astonishingly valuable. The proper amalgamation of these can provide the company an advantage above the opposition. Notwithstanding owning its benefits, BI evolves with its fair portion of liabilities. If the company is practicing BI, some prevalent obstructions are to be anticipated.

Data Infringements- One of the most constraining anxieties with any data analysis system moves the uncertainty of leaks. If the company is utilizing a BI application to manage sensitive knowledge, an inaccuracy within the process could endanger it, hurting the company's partnership with the consumers. Higher than 30% of the examination of business pronounced that security concerns are the most prominent trials meeting BI.
Unusual Prices- BI software can be costly, while the potential for a big ROI can verify this, the original price can be a hindrance to the more modest companies which possess to reflect the expenses of the hardware including IT staff.

Complexity in analyzing varied data sources- The added comprising company's BI remains the more extra data it will utilize. A variation of diverse references can be advantageous however the systems may produce struggle operating crosswise terraces.

Bad Data Quality- A plethora of data can indicate a lot of what the company's BI vehicles investigate remains remote or accommodating, mudding outcomes including lagging down the method.
Opposition to adoption- One of the abundant impediments covering BI is employees rather than departments not aspiring to desegregate into their operations.

Having asserted the shortcoming, there are some major advantages, and improvements as well of using BI systems.

The Business Analytics tools that were possible as selections to perform this stated task were:

Sisense

It is one of the most candid business analytics tools to manage, for those who remain non-tech-savvy. It is user-friendly while enabling anyone within the company to operate heterogeneous datasets including visualizing the data without the sustenance of the IT department.

System

It is a BI device ideal for an organization that necessitates solidifying furthermore streamline methods between diverse B2B and B2C channels. It accommodates boost effectiveness moreover productivity plus it incorporates particular sales characteristics as well.

Dundas BI

It is one of the uppermost browsed-based business analytics tools. Similar to most cloud BI alternatives, it is adaptable moreover empowers users to communicate in real-time various data sources. It extends visualizations under the sort of customizable charts, reports, diagrams, and others.

Tableau

It is a BI program that offers data discovery including visualization added convenience. It permits analyzing, envisions, and yield data while circumventing the IT department.

Google Analytics

It is lumped against many business analytics tools, nevertheless, it's a standalone data analysis tool that grants to shadow business performance online. It facilitates corporations to mark RIO.

SAP Business Intelligence

It contributes excellent analytics software designated for all purposes such as end-users, administration, including IT. It renders a plenitude of functionalities within a single program the facilitates machine education, planning, analysis, and BI imminent analysis.

SAS

It is one of the most extensively utilized tools on the market, it operates as a varied furthermore sturdy tool that is effortless to determine for beginners. Some new modules incorporate anti-money laundering.

Excel.

Microsoft Excel is amidst the most successful business analytics tools, approximately all data science hunkers on Excel facing one degree or another. It wields the grunt obligation of business analytics, presenting itself indispensable for data collection including company on all coverings.

The main aim of these tools was to accommodate visualization, and business intelligence capabilities for the end-users to generate their reports including dashboards. Power BI is also one such tool that includes an accumulation of various software services, and app to convert a company's unstructured data into interactive dashboards, immersive visualization, interactive insights. It helped in visualizing the data sharing the insights furthermore additionally accommodates in preparing interactive business intelligence reports. All of these consist of certain ingredients: visualizations, Datasets, Reports, and Dashboards.

References

Howson, C., Sallam, R. L., Richardson, J. L., Tapadinhas, J., Idoine, C. J., and Woodward, A. 2018. ‘Magic quadrant for analytics and business intelligence platforms.’ Retrieved Aug, 16, 2018.

Canito, J., Ramos, P., Moro, S., and Rita, P. 2018, ‘Unfolding the relations between companies and technologies under the Big Data umbrella’, Computers in Industry, 99, 1-8.

O'Connell, D., Elliot, B., and Benitez, R. A. 2018. Magic Quadrant for Unified Communications as a Service, Worldwide. Abgerufen von https://www. gartner. com/document/3891484.

Rikhardsson, P., and Yigitbasioglu, O. 2018, ‘Business intelligence & analytics in management accounting research: Status and future focus’, International Journal of Accounting Information Systems, vol. 29, pp.37-58.

Tripathi, A., and Bagga, T. 2020, ‘Leading Business Intelligence (BI) Solutions and Market Trends’. Available at SSRN 3568414.

Klisarova-Belcheva, S., Ilieva, G., and Yankova, T. 2017. Business intelligence and analytics–contemporary system model. Trakia Journal of Sciences, vol. 15 no.1, pp.298-304.

Teruel, M. A., Maté, A., Navarro, E., González, P., and Trujillo, J. C. (2019). The New Era of Business Intelligence Applications: Building from a Collaborative Point of View. Business & Information Systems Engineering, vol. 61 no.5, pp.615-634.

Plazas, J. E., Bimonte, S., de Vaulx, C., Schneider, M., Nguyen, Q. D., Chanet, J. P., ... and Corrales, J. C. (2020), ‘A Conceptual Data Model and Its Automatic Implementation for IoT-Based Business Intelligence Applications’, IEEE Internet of Things Journal, vol. 7 no.10, 10719-10732.

Al-Zadjali, M., and Al-Busaidi, K. A. 2018, ‘Empowering CRM through business intelligence applications: a study in the telecommunications sector’. International Journal of Knowledge Management (IJKM), vol. 14 no.4, pp. 68-87.

Tripathi, A., Bagga, T., and Aggarwal, R. K. 2020, ‘Strategic impact of business intelligence: A review of literature’. Prabandhan: Indian Journal of Management, vol.13 no. 3, pp.35-48.

MBA622 Comprehensive Healthcare Strategies Assignment Sample

Assignment Brief

Assessment Title: Industry Sector Analysis
Length: 1500 words (+/- allowable range)
Weighting: 25%
Total Marks: 100
Submission: Online
Due Date: Week 5

Your task

Students are to write a 1500-word report that analyses an industry MBA622 - Comprehensive Healthcare

Strategies

segment of the Australian Healthcare sector based on the below selection of sectors.

Assessment Description.

This assessment provides students with an opportunity to research and analyses a particular healthcare segment to gain an initial insight into the opportunities and challenges that currently exist for organizations that deliver healthcare services in Australia in that segment. Students will present that research and analysis in the form of a formal report which requires students to adhere to a report structure including an Executive

Summary.

Assessment Instructions for assignment help

Students are to investigate an industry segment of the Australian healthcare sector and examine and evaluate its model of operations and growth over the last ten years. Recommended industry segments include:

• General public hospitals
• General practices
• Private hospitals
• Specialist medical services
• Pathology or diagnostic imaging services
• Dentistry or other related services
• Oncology services
• Mental health services
• Allied healthcare services
• Pharmaceutical industry
• Aged care

However, students are encouraged to determine the scope of their analysis in consultation with their lecturer. Assessments 2 and 3 will build on the initial analysis undertaken in Assessment 1.

The industry analysis must be in report form and should present appropriate criteria or business analysis tools as a framework in which to identify and analyses the challenges and opportunities confronting the segment. It should draw from a range of government and academic sources, as well as industry reports. It should cover:

• A definition of the industry, outlining its main activities

• An overview of the competitive landscape, identifying and describing major competitors or organizations within the segment and their business models

• Industry trends, presenting an overview of operating conditions and factors influencing operating conditions

• Ethical issues faced within the industry

Your analysis should focus on the broader environmental factors influencing operations within the sector. The report may also include charts or diagrams, which are not included in the word count. The findings presented in this report must be based on scholarly and peer-reviewed sources of information that were published no longer than 5 years ago and relevant to the field of strategic healthcare. These sources must be presented in the report in the form of in-text citations and a reference list adhering with Kaplan Harvard Referencing Style. Wikipedia and other ‘popular’ sites are not to be used.

Assessment Submission

This file must be submitted as a ‘Word’ document to avoid any technical issues that may occur from incorrect file format upload. Uploaded files with a virus will not be considered as a legitimate submission. MyKBS will notify you if there is an issue with the submitted file. In this case, you must contact your workshop facilitator via email and provide a brief description of the problem and a screenshot of the MyKBS error message. You are also encouraged to submit your work well before the deadline to avoid any possible delay involving the Turnitin similarity report or any other technical difficulties.
Late assignment submission penalties

Penalties will be imposed on late assignment submissions in accordance with Kaplan Business School “late assignment submission penalties” policy.

 Solution

 Introduction

The segment selected is aged care services. The objective is to provide an analysis of the segment and provide the ethical issues. Aged care offers help to elderly inhabitants to facilitate them with daily livelihood and other requirements. The aged care business offers older Australians a variety of diverse services, permitting them to access suitable stages of care when and where they need it as they grow old (Henderson et al., 2017). In conveying aged care facilities to the Australian society, the subdivision is both a fundamental sponsor of the comfort and self-respect of older Australians and a significant supplier to the Australian market. It can comprise aid with daily living, health care, lodging and apparatus such as walking structures or slopes.

Health industry segment

The Main Activities of aged care services comprise offering housing room for older people in standard housing care services and offering to house for aged citizens in a retirement community (health.gov.au, 2021).

Government-funded aged care facilities are accessible to qualified citizens. Government-funded aged care facilities comprise in-home help (care in residence), housing care in aged care (nursing) homes, and temporary care for instance respite care. In-house aged care offers support to help the elderly stay free for as long as achievable. It can assist with things such as personal care, transportation, foodstuff, shopping, housework, physio, communal actions, and adjustments to the care home. Housing care in aged care is for elderly citizens who can no longer reside at residence and require continuing aid with daily errands or health care. Temporary care can assist to develop comfort and autonomy or retrieving on their feet after an infirmary stay. It can moreover give the elderly or their carer a break. Aged people can get temporary facilities in their house, an aged care residence or in society (health.gov.au, 2021).

The Australian Government finances:

• After-hospital or changeover care – help for up to twelve weeks to assist them to get well after a wait in the infirmary
• Temporary curative care – support till eight weeks to assist them to enhance their health and sovereignty
• Respite care – help for some hours, days or more to give the elderly or their carer a break (health.gov.au, 2021).

The corporations having the major market share in the Aged Care facilities in Australia comprise Allity Aged Care, Arcare Aged Care, BlueCross and many more.

Ality

Allity is a net of forty-four homes situated throughout Queensland, NSW, Victoria and South Australia with a communal familiarity of their administration that makes it one of the mainly appreciated and reputable suppliers in the Australian aged care business.

Arcare

Arcare is currently one of the mainly pioneering aged care sources in Australia. Their initial aged care home was constructed in 1997 and since then they have developed to thirty-six all through Victoria, Queensland as well as New South Wales. Each house is completely credited by the Australian Aged Care superiority group with facilities counting 24-hour treatment, getting old in place, enduring care, responsive (dementia) care and relief care (healthcare channel. co, 2021).

BlueCross

A foremost private aged care source, BlueCross has been offering a broad variety of supple and receptive aged care facilities throughout the city and local Victoria since 1993. From residential care to in-house support and reprieve care, they are dedicated to serving elderly people subsist the best life likely daily. At present, the company runs thirty-four aged care homes in Victoria, sustaining over twenty-six hundred residents and more than a thousand patrons residing in their homes (Healthcare channel. co, 2021).

Bupa

Bupa is a health and care business dedicated to serving the clientele to survive longer, better, better-off lives. It presents a wide variety of services, counting aged care and retreat, dental, visual, health indemnity, and social safety plans, to progress the wellbeing of all Australians.

Bupa Australia and New Zealand is a division of the Bupa Group. It is a global healthcare corporation. It invests earnings into offering further and improved healthcare for the advantage of present and upcoming clientele around the globe (healthcare channel. co, 2021).

Analytical Tools Application

Porter’s five forces

Threat of entry

New entrants in aged care services brings novelty, new ways of doing things and put force on aged care by lower cost strategy. Increased threat demands for barrier in business for safeguarding the competitive edge of business.

Bargaining Power of Suppliers

All most all the corporations in aged care services purchase their raw material like medicine, mask and other supply from several suppliers. Suppliers in central position can reduce the margins of aged care (health.gov.au, 2021).

Bargaining Power of Buyers

Buyers are frequently a demanding group. They want to pay money for the best contributions accessible by paying the least amount price as achievable. This put pressure on aged care services in the long run (Walker and Paliadelis, 2016).

Threat of Substitute

When a new invention or service meets a comparable purchaser needs in dissimilar ways, industry abundance suffers. This is the case with aged care companies and it increases the need of understanding customer demands (Hugo et al., 2018)..

Rivalry

If the opposition among the present players in a business is strong then it will coerce down prices and reduce the general profitability of the business. Aged care services function in a very competitive sector. Increased rivalry can decrease the profitability and hamper the business sustainability in the long run.

Industry factors influencing operating conditions

Political

Political factors have an important function in determining the issues that can impact aged care services’ long term productivity in a country. An aged care service operates in Health Care Equipment & Services in many countries and pictures itself to diverse kinds of political environment and political system risks. Government spending can impact the tax policies of aged care and consumers can get advantage of the subsidies.

Economic

The Macro environment factors like – inflation rate, savings rate, interest rate, foreign exchange rate and economic cycle decide the collective insist and collective investment in a market. Economic factor regulates the spending of consumers, for instance high inflation rate or unemployment will reduce the purchasing power of consumer.

Social

Society’s traditions and way of doing things impact the traditions of a business in an environment. Social understanding assists the healthcare professional in understanding the root cause and the expected behavior towards certain group. For instance, people are shifting towards natural cures and understanding the societal demands can assist in the treatment.

Technological

Technology is fast disrupting various industries across the board. Over the last 5 years the industry has been transforming really fast, adopting digital technology for improving the services to the elderly. Digital tools assist in tracking the health and taking appointments from home which makes the process faster. Technology has also created different devices like hearing aid which increases the performance of aged care services.

Environmental

Aged care services in Australia must check for the climate, waste management and laws regarding the environmental damage. Environmental standards must be complied for operating otherwise heavy penalty can be faced by business. It will lead to loss and defamation of aged care name.

Legal

Copyrights, discrimination law, consumer protection and other laws must be applied as not abiding the rules can damage the reputation and profitability of the firm.

External Industry Challenges, Internal Weakness, and New Trends

The initial main trend experiencing the Australian aged care segment revisits to demographics again, and that is the irrefutable mass of the five million well-built baby boomer group who are currently incoming their retreat years in large figures (Dyer et al., 2020). Actually with approximately one-third of Australia's baby boomers by now past the authorized withdrawal age of sixty-five and about eight per cent of all Australians of sixty-five years and over existing in housing aged care, insist for novel aged care beds will increase by an expected seventy-six thousand places in the subsequent five years (japara.com.au, 2021).

Aged care in Australia is at present a hybrid arrangement, with the federal government partially casing the expenses of residential care lodging for aged and immobilized people who go by a string of eligibility experiments through what is identified as the Aged Care Funding Instrument (ACFI). Since 2016 entire federal government expenditure on aged care and correlated facilities was seventeen billion dollars for about 270,000 citizens (Harrison et al., 2019). With the figure of people in aged care likely to develop exponentially in impending years, the federal administration will locate it ever more hard to support the present stage of care it offers, meaning additional market-based advances will be required. Prosperous Australians with important resources like extremely-valued homes will be likely to shell out the superior out-of-pocket bill for aged care lodging, to finance those who have slight or no resources and thus little means to finance their treatment (Henderson et al., 2016).

Ethical issues

Care for the aged looks like healthcare in some way so that the recognizable values of medicinal ethics – admiration for autonomy, beneficence, and no maleficence - would moreover relate to principles in aged care.
There is though some major dissimilarity. The values of medical ethics have appeared mainly in the situation of the healthcare action of patients. For instance, the concentration of admiration for autonomy is on the capability and the liberty of patients to make choices regarding their health care. There are instances when cohorts or family associates might be concerned about those choices; however, the moral focus has been on the patient.

One difference to the conservative centre on autonomy is the additional acknowledgement of respect for self-respect. Related outlines of individual stress can be observed in the growth of planned nationwide codes of ethics for housing aged care.

Conclusion

Australia’s residents are getting older, because of longer life suspense and low fertility rates. The impact of aged population is a boost in the number of Australians wanting help in aged care. In answer, more private company providers are incoming the market, in rivalry with the government-funded as well as not-for-profit providers that have traditionally conquered.

Reference list

Dyer, S.M., Valeri, M., Arora, N., Tilden, D. and Crotty, M., 2020. Is Australia over?reliant on residential aged care to support our older population? The Medical Journal of Australia, 213(4), p.156. https://www.mja.com.au/system/files/issues/213_04/mja250670.pdf

Harrison, S.L., Dyer, S.M., Milte, R., Liu, E., Gnanamanickam, E.S. and Crotty, M., 2019. Alternative staffing structures in a clustered domestic model of residential aged care in Australia. Australasian journal on ageing, 38, pp.68-74. https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/pdfdirect/10.1111/ajag.12674

Health.gov.au, (2021), About aged care, available at: https://www.health.gov.au/health-topics/aged-care/about-aged-care, accessed on: 13.12. 2021

Health.gov.au, (2021), What is aged care?, available at: https://www.health.gov.au/health-topics/aged-care/about-aged-care/what-is-aged-care, accessed on: 13.12. 2021

Healthcarechannel.co, (2021), 10 Biggest Aged Care Providers in Australia, available at: https://healthcarechannel.co/10-biggest-aged-care-providers-in-australia/, accessed on: 13.12. 2021

Henderson, J., Willis, E., Xiao, L. and Blackman, I., 2017. Missed care in residential aged care in Australia: an exploratory study. Collegian, 24(5), pp.411-416. https://www.academia.edu/download/57709753/Missed_care_in_residential_aged_care_in_Australia_title.pdf

Henderson, J., Willis, E., Xiao, L., Toffoli, L. and Verrall, C., 2016. Nurses' perceptions of the impact of the aged care reform on services for residents in multi?purpose services and residential aged care facilities in rural Australia. Australasian journal on ageing, 35(4), pp.E18-E23. https://agedcare.royalcommission.gov.au/system/files/2020-06/RCD.9999.0256.0011.pdf

Hugo, C., Isenring, E., Sinclair, D. and Agarwal, E., 2018. What does it cost to feed aged care residents in Australia?. Nutrition & Dietetics, 75(1), pp.6-10. https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/pdf/10.1111/1747-0080.12368

Japara.com.au, (2021), Future Trends in Australian Aged Care, available at: https://japara.com.au/news/future-trends-in-australian-aged-care/, accessed on: 13.12. 2021

Walker, H. and Paliadelis, P., 2016. Older peoples’ experiences of living in a residential aged care facility in Australia. Australasian journal on ageing, 35(3), pp. E6-E10. https://meaningfulcarematters.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/02/MCM_SDL_MEANINGFUL-WORDS_02_Older-peoples-experiences-of-living-in-a-residential-aged-care-facility-in-Australia.pdf

PRJ5004 Procurement, Quality and Risk Management Assignment Sample

Assignment Brief:

Assessment 3: QRP management plan
Due date: Week 10
Group/individual: Individual
Word count/Time provided: 2000 words
Weighting: 25%
Unit Learning Outcomes: ULO1, ULO2, ULO3, ULO4, ULO5

Assessment 3 Detail for assignment help

This assessment requires students to analyze a real-life project (either ongoing or completed) to develop and writer QRP (Quality, Risk and Procurement) management plan. Student can select project in their field of interest, but project must be aligned with the discipline of project management. Following resources may assist student in selecting a real-life project:

• The Australian Government's Department Infrastructure and Transport. National Infrastructure Construction Schedule (NICS): https://www.nics.gov.au/Project

• Transport for UNSW: https://www.transport.nsw.gov.au/projects

• City of Sydney, Changing urban precincts:
http://www.cityofsydney.nsw.gov.au/vision/changing-urban-precincts

Assessments 3 Marking Criteria and Rubric

The assessment will be marked out of 100 and will be weighted 25% of the total unit mark. The
marking criteria and rubric are shown on the following page.

Solution

Introduction

This report aims to provide a proper evaluation of the provided case study and attempts to develop a proper QRP management plan based on the information provided in the case study. The case study describes a pipeline development project taken up by Transport for New South Wales, a governmental organization operating under the government of New South Wales, Australia. The pipeline will hopefully be a beneficial substitute for road transportation. The report will provide a proper evaluation of the project management approaches taken up by the project development team along with the potential of the project scope, the challenges, and risks that are associated with the project management process and also map out a QRP management plan which will help in properly managing various aspects of the project such as quality management, risk management, and procurement management. A brief analysis of the case study and a general discussion regarding QRP management is also a part of this report.

Case Project identification and analysis

Case Study Analysis

Transport for New South Wales is a governmental organization known for undertaking and delivering on the construction of major scale transport frameworks that hugely benefit the urban and rural areas of New South Wales. The case study reflects the operations and initiatives that the government organization is undertaking to recognize a proper course for developing a sophisticated fuel corridor. The fuel pipeline corridor, after completion, will connect the port of Newcastle and the Central Western region of New South Wales, which is also known as the Orana region (Transport for NSW 2018). The geographical importance of this region is high because of its role as a connector of North-South and East-West transportation systems through train tracks and roads. The organization makes sure that sustenance and security are the major factors that impact the operation properly and is utilising turtle investigation to find out the proper way of executing this project (Transport for NSW 2018). Currently, the idea of using bicycle roads is being evaluated, which will help the company reduce the impact of this humongous construction project on the daily lives of normal commuters. Currently, the transportation process of fuel in this region is solely reliant on transporting via vehicles. However, the increasing demand for fuel in various economic sectors in New South Wales has outlined the necessity of constructing alternative supply mechanisms as transportation by vehicles is not a cost-effective or safe supply mechanism (Transport for NSW 2018).

Discussion on QRP and its potential impact

The purpose of QRP management is to make sure that the delivery of the project is smooth and the process through which project goals are realized Is efficient and effective. QRP management stands for Quality, Risk, and Procurement Management (Khanal 2020). So it can be said that QRP management deals with managing the procurement initiatives, designing methods to avoid or mitigate risks that are associated with the said project, and ensuring that the quality of the project deliverables matches the expectations of the clients. A successful QRP management approach can enable a project to efficiently execute the operations that are needed to achieve the outcome of the project in a timely and cost-effective way.

Quality Management

Quality Management is defined as the processes and initiatives that are taken by project team executives to properly monitor the operations and procedures that are in need of proper execution to achieve success and increase the standard of the project. It is an approach that aims to satisfy the needs of stakeholders (Franco et al. 2020). Quality Management is done differently by different project teams, but the end goal is the same. The end goal is to attain an outcome that is satisfactory and serves the interests of all stakeholders that are connected with the project. The main purpose of quality management is to achieve satisfactory long-term objectives by supervising the execution of short-term objectives

Risk Management

Risk management, on the other hand, is defined as the processes that can help organizations recognize, analyse, avoid, and mitigate the risks that are associated with certain project development operations. It was created as a tool for financial companies (Shad et al. 2019). Risk management is a crucial part of every project that enables project teams to ensure they are not unprepared for tackling certain obstructions that can come up while undertaking certain initiatives. Risk management processes are executed by initiating thorough research and cognitively analyzing all elements of a certain operation. Risk management helps in Identifying probable risks, avoiding obstruction in the project development process, increases the chance of success of the execution process, and helps project teams to stay on top of the project development process.

Procurement Management

Procurement management is defined as the activities that monitor the acquisition of raw material, required products, and services and allows organizations to maximize efficiency. Procurement management is done by collaborating with and negotiating with supply partners in order to make sure that the procurement of required materials and services is smooth and cost-effective. Procurement regulations can increase the efficiency of procurement management (Rotech, Keitany, & Sang 2021).

QRP management plan

Comparison with regard to QRP management plan

As stated above, the QRP management plan is a holistic approach that combines three important factors, Quality, Risks, and Procurement, which have a major impact on project development and execution and makes sure that the procedures and activities taken up by the project development team run as smoothly as possible. The governmental organization, Transport for New South Wales has properly integrated QRP management in its core operations. The company has properly established the objectives of the project, which is to minimize the cost and security risks of fuel transportation through New South Wales. The pipeline corridor will be extended through the hunter valley, one of the places in New South Wales that contains a huge amount of mining initiatives that serve as a significant source of income for the communities in New South Wales (Transport for NSW 2018). This fuel Corridor will be able to provide value to the community of New South Wales by connecting Important regions of New South Wales with the fuel import terminals that exist in the port of Newcastle. There are major benefits of undertaking this project as it will facilitate fuel transportation without being dependent on road transport. The project will also save costs in the future and safeguard the communities of the New South Wales region. This will benefit major industries such as the agriculture and mining sectors of New South Wales. By defining the objectives of the project clearly, the governmental organization has complied with the core propositions of a proper QRP management scheme. The elements of the project execution and the similarities these elements share with the three contributing aspects of a QRP management scheme will be noted in this section. The establishment of proper quality management approaches helps a project team to focus on the interests of the stakeholders, align the project team’s objectives with the general purpose of the project, increase the quality of project outcomes and deliverables, locate flaws in the operating system through thorough monitoring and help the project to match the expectations of the stakeholders. Quality management procedures are taken up by Transport for New South Wales, which has helped the governmental organization to choose the region through which the pipeline corridor will be constructed along with increasing the convenience of commuters' and dwellers' daily lives.

Quality management is generally done by effectively monitoring and assessing the progress of the project operations. The company has to make sure that experienced, unbiased reviewers thoroughly monitor the construction process of the pipeline. This will help ensure that the pipeline can withstand the wear and tear of daily usage. The pipeline, after construction, will be the primary alternative through which fuel will be transported from Newcastle to the Orana region of New South Wales. The pipeline must be able to execute its purpose perfectly as the majority of the mining and agriculture industry will be dependent upon the efficiency of the pipeline. Quality management is responsible for significant changes (Vassilev & Velinov 2017). The organization has also utilized similar approaches to the standardized quality management system to ensure that the path of the pipeline touches all of the important mining and agriculture companies who are in dire need of the fuel which will be transported through the pipeline. By utilising proper quality management techniques, the organization can increase the quality of the project.

Risk management is an important process that increases a project team's ability to thoroughly assess, monitor, and combat any obstruction that rears its head during the project execution. The organization has taken up a thorough analysis of the factors that may influence the project and has come up with defined risks that may obstruct the project execution process. The main risks identified in the case study are the risk of harming the environment and inconveniencing the commuters' and dwellers' lives. Through the utilization of efficient risk management techniques, the organization must find out ways to combat these risks. The company is evaluating the idea of implementing bicycle lanes to decrease the impact of the project on commuters. In this case, transport for New South Wales has taken up a thorough investigation to ensure that the pipeline construction is done smoothly and securely. The company has identified that the construction project can obstruct the daily lives of communities dwellers and the local environment of NSW and has engaged in creating solutions.

Procurement management is the last integral part of QRP management planning. It involves establishing an efficient supply network through collaboration with supplier companies which facilitate the requirement of relevant services and materials. The organization, by being a governmental organisation, can be dependent on other governmental organizations to make sure that the procurement process is smooth. The organization must also engage in negotiation with local supplier companies and establish agreements with them if needed. The procurement management processes will help the company save time and money while constructing the pipeline corridor from New Castle to Orana. Procurement management helps organisations enforce strategic planning, maximise cost efficiency, and increase the reliability of the supply network. Transport for New South Wales has partnered with reputed supply companies to make sure that the project is executed properly. The governmental organization has implemented proper procurement management techniques and approaches to avail proper access to the construction materials, machinery, and services needed for the pipeline's construction.

Application of CMMI Model

The CMMI model is also known as the Capability Maturity Model Integration (Keshta 2019). is responsible for providing a structure for the incorporation of procedure enhancement in various process areas. The CMMI model effectively provides organisations with stability in operations, cost-efficiency, enhancement of company procedures, and satisfying the requirements asked of them. The main purpose of CMMI is to enhance organisational operation (Khraiwesh 2020). The organisation has taken up the CMMI model to attain these benefits and to mitigate the risks related to the project development. The organisation has utilized the CMMI appraisal process to ensure that it knows of certain information and factors that can help the construction of the pipeline corridor. The appraisal procedure takes a look at the major elements of the company's operation. Developing a service or goods, acquiring relevant facilities and goods, along initiation of relevant facility management are these elements. The company has utilized these elements to plan out the management process of the pipeline construction project. The organisation can make use of certain elements that are important to the CMMI model, such as enhancing productivity and improving procedures that are core to the project development process. The CMMI model enforces the use of five maturity levels (Hamzah et al. 2018). The utilisation of these maturity levels and the capability levels established by the CMMI will benefit the company heavily to achieve the benefits that are discussed before.

Conclusion

The organisation has taken up a major construction process to develop a fuel pipeline corridor that connects Orana with Newcastle port. The report tries to evaluate the management processes adopted by the organisation in this regard. The company can ensure that the project development process is fluent and efficient regarding cost and time by utilising QRP management methods. The company must manage the quality of the project as the pipeline will be a crucial delivery network of fuels through the entire Hunter Valley. The impact of adopting QRP management methods is described. A proper QRP plan by utilising the elements of the CMMI framework is also discussed.

References

Franco, S, Caroli, MG, Cappa, F & Del Chiappa, G 2020, ‘Are you good enough? CSR, quality management and corporate financial performance in the hospitality industry’, International Journal of Hospitality Management, vol. 88, p. 102395, doi: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijhm.2019.102395

Hamzah, MHI, Baharom, F, Mohd, H & Omar, MH 2018, ‘A construction of service-oriented architecture adoption maturity levels using adoption of innovation concept and CMMI’, Journal of Telecommunication, Electronic and Computer Engineering, vol. 10, no. 2-4, pp. 23-27, viewed 14 December 2021, <http://repo.uum.edu.my/25515/1/JTEC%2010%202-4%202018%2023%2027.pdf>.

Keshta, I 2019, ‘A model for defining project lifecycle phases: Implementation of CMMI level 2 specific practice’, Journal of King Saud University-Computer and Information Sciences, doi: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jksuci.2019.10.013

Khanal, R 2020, ‘An Investigation of the Effectiveness of Flipped classroom teaching in project management course: A case study of Australian Higher Education’, PUPIL: International Journal of Teaching, Education and Learning, vol. 4, no. 2, pp. 348-368, viewed 14 December 2021, <https://pdfs.semanticscholar.org/59f4/5d89acd20dcfc7d075cdd41d36ee619a7afa.pdf>.

Khraiwesh, M 2020, ‘Measures of Organizational Training in the Capability Maturity Model Integration (CMMI®)’, International Journal of Advanced Computer Science and Applications, vol. 11, no. 2, pp. 584-592, viewed 14 December 2021, <https://pdfs.semanticscholar.org/3791/b2cdb3b0e90ab7960aa268d4512b32bfd4b3.pdf>.

Rotich, JC, Keitany, P & Sang, HW 2021, ‘Code of conduct and procurement management in selected public secondary schools: evidence in Kenya’, viewed 14 December 2021, <http://ir-library.kabianga.ac.ke/bitstream/handle/123456789/237/Joyce%20Cheruto%20Rotich.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y>.

Shad, MK, Lai, FW, Fatt, CL, Klemeš, JJ & Bokhari, A 2019, ‘Integrating sustainability reporting into enterprise risk management and its relationship with business performance: A conceptual framework’, Journal of Cleaner Production, vol. 208, pp. 415-425, viewed 14 December 2021, <https://www.academia.edu/download/58763885/JOCP_2018_ISI__Q1_IF_5.65_Paper_Online.pdf>.

Transport for NSW (2018), Hunter Orana fuel pipeline, viewed 14 December 2021, <https://www.transport.nsw.gov.au/projects/current-projects/hunter-orana-fuel-pipeline>.

Vassilev, V & Velinov, E 2017, ‘Monitoring and evaluation of quality in rail transport services: An element of quality management’, Serbian Journal of Engineering Management, vol. 2, no. 1, pp. 1-7, viewed 14 December 2021, https://scindeks-clanci.ceon.rs/data/pdf/2466-4693/2017/2466-46931701001V.pdf

MBA621 Healthcare Systems Assignment Sample

Assignment Brief

Length:2000 words (+/- 10% allowable range)
Weighting: 40%
Total Marks: 100
Submission: Online
Due Date: Week 13

Your Task

Develop a 2000-word report outlining findings and recommendations for further action, built upon an ongoing analysis of the health service you examined in Assessment 2.

Assessment Description.

The purpose of this individual assessment is to foster students’ capacity to utilize a systems-thinking approach further to develop an understanding of the Australian healthcare system and its ability to provide care and prevent illness. Students will use data to predict the role and influence of preventative strategies and technology on demand for healthcare in the future, focusing on vulnerable populations. They will debate the ethical issues that can arise in managing health care systems and actively consider ways for systems and management challenges to be resolved. In addition, they will create an inventory of resource requirements applicable to a variety of healthcare settings, focusing on vulnerable populations.

Assessment Instructions

For assignment help students requires to build on the analysis undertaken in Assessment 2, where a specialist health service’s preparedness to meet the needs of Australia’s ageing population was considered.

The analysis, to date, has used systems thinking approach and has been based on the WHO six building blocks of a health system framework.

1) Service Delivery.
2) Health Workforce.
3) Information.
4) Medical Products, Vaccines and Technologies.
5) Financing.
6) Leadership and Governance (Stewardship).

In this assessment, students should provide a concise overview of the service and the main findings from Assessment 2. Then, through their research and analysis (systems thinking), focus on identifying how quality services and responsiveness to the needs of an ageing Australian population are maintained and enhanced by the service and its service providers.

To achieve the assessment requirements, the report should be constructed accordingly:

1) Executive summary.

2) Concise overview of the service and the main findings from Assessment 1.

3) Examination of how quality service provision is maintained and enhanced by the service.

4) Examination of responsiveness to the needs of an ageing Australian population and how it may be enhanced by the service.

5) Examination of ethical issues and considerations related to service delivery decisions and vulnerable populations.

6) Recommendations for future action.

7) References - A minimum of 15 references, at least 8 of these should be academic journals. Harvard referencing method applies.

To explore the full breadth of maintaining and enhancing quality service provision, students should consider the interconnectedness between the health service and the broader system of the National Safety and Quality Health Service (NSQHS) Standards, the National Registration and Accreditation Scheme (NRAS) for health practitioners maintained by the Australian Health Practitioner Regulation Authority (AHPRA) and other professionals who self-regulate under the banner of the National Alliance of Self Regulating Health Professions (NASRHP).

To provide a context for discussion, students should utilize appropriate standards to assist them in providing substantial examples of how quality services and responsiveness to the needs of an ageing Australian population are maintained and enhanced by the service and its service providers. For example, (this is not an exhaustive list):

• NSQHS: Clinical Governance Standard, Action 1.8, 1.9, 1.10, 1.15.

• NSQHS: Partnering with Consumers Standard, Action 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6.

• AHPRA: Continuing Professional Development.

• AHPRA: Regency of Practice.

• SA Health: Allied Health Clinical Governance Framework.

Assessment Submission

This file must be submitted as a ‘Word’ document to avoid any technical issues that may occur from incorrect file format upload. Uploaded files with a virus will not be considered as a legitimate submission.

MyKBS will notify you if there is an issue with the submitted file. In this case, you must contact your MyKBS error message. You are also encouraged to submit your work well before the deadline to avoid any possible delay involving the Turnitin similarity report or any other technical difficulties.

Late assignment submission penalties

Penalties will be imposed on late assignment submissions in accordance with Kaplan Business School
“late assignment submission penalties” policy.

Solution

OVERVIEW OF WOMEN AND CHILDREN HOSPITAL AND IT SERVICES

The Women's and Children's Hospital is established in north Adelaide region in South Australia. The cited hospital is considered as most popular hospitals in the South Australia as it provides services relating to inpatient and outpatient care along with emergency services. Moreover, special care services for the children in the state are also provided (Cronin, Hungerford and Wilson, 2021). It is largest maternity and obstetric service Centre in the state. Even secondary care health services are provided to the patients, further Breast screening service health department are also available in the hospital. The hospital complies with national digital health strategy which does have specified motives:

• To exchange health information in secured manner

• Better availability and access to prescriptions and health care services (Guoguang and Sawan 2021).

• Enhance model of care i.e. working digitally enabled models of care so that parameters of service could be increase i.e. accessibility, safety and efficiency.

• Thriving digital health industry to deliver world class innovation.

Health service relating to assessment of woman’s breasts for cancer prior to visibility of signs or symptoms of the disease is referred as Breast cancer screening services. It is necessary for all women to be informed by their health care provider in context with availability of best screening options for them. As far as I have assessed I have learned that incorporation of AI in health industry for breast screening would not only assist in early detection of diseases, appropriate treatment, decision making, diagnosis with the use of (AI)–based tool for two-dimensional mammography (Hambleton, 2018). I also assessed the significance of clinical decision support system which does assist in decision making at point of care. During assessment I learned that through data mining one could examine medical history appropriately and it can be assessed through demonstration of clinical investigation that through continuous use of same demonstrated that the concurrent use of this AI tool or technique it is possible to improve the diagnostic performance of radiologists in the recognition of breast cancer symptom or disease without prolonging their workflow.

Figure 1 Mind-map of Artificial Intelligence and technology role in Breast screening

ASSESSMENT OF MANNER IN WHICH QUALITY SERVICE PROVISION IS DEALING WITH CHALLENGES AND ACCELERATED BY WOMEN’S AND CHILDREN HOSPITAL

The fact cannot be denied that pre-covid investment in sector was growing steadily but after covid, investment in sector declined with high pace and similar phase continued in short to medium term, thus financial obstacles are faced in respect with implementation of different projects relating to breast screening services (Hansen et al, 2019). It has been assessed that there does exist casual bond between patients of South Australia and breast screening service in secondary care. However, the main challenge which is being faced is that aboriginal people are not aware about availability of health services relating to breast screening as patient does not have knowledge relating to cited disease. In simple words obstacles relating to breast screening services are increased and boundaries and interconnectedness i.e. people are not getting education or knowledge required in context with availability of medical care relating to health care services. It is one of the main reason due to which patients does not trust on the services available in state (Alwashmi, 2020). Further, free health care services are provided by Women's and Children's Hospital relating to breast screening services for urban people who does have Medicare. It is bitter truth that hospital does provide services effectively but they do not succeed in maintaining coordination similarly. Thus, it is required to be improved. Even the information relating to disease and medical care services in respect to breast cancer are not provided required information in majority health care services providing Centre’s. In this aspect, Women's and Children's Hospital has to deal with variety of challenges which does includes significant capital resources which are constrained due to covid-19 (Lupton, 2017).

Complexity of Breast screening health service in another constraint of multinational nature of digital health service industry. In general elderly or ageing population does face issues in understanding access to Breast screening services. Further, ethical challenges are also faced by company which includes privacy, protection ad consent and ethical services relating to Breast screening. But as ageing population does not have adequate knowledge of Breast screening services, moreover, security and privacy concern are also needed to be addressed in order to regain trust of ageing population (Adjekum, Blasimme and Vayena, 2018).

Thus, in order to regain their trust, NRAS i.e. national registration and accreditation scheme maintained through the Australian Health Practitioner Regulation Authority (AHPRA) as well as other experts who self-govern beneath the banner of National Alliance of Self Regulating Health Professions (NASRHP) should make initiative for rising awareness relating to Breast screening so that it could enjoy benefits too. The reason behind the same is that, it ensures that the health professionals are registered under the consistent, professional standards and high and would promote digital health services (Makeham, 2020). Lastly, Women's and Children's Hospital has acknowledged itself against National Quality and Safety Standard, which assure effective, high quality, and safety of patients. Moreover, it does highlights current and planned activities in order to ascertain role gaps and complies with standards provided in AHPRA and National Registration and Accreditation Scheme.

ASSESSMENT OF RESPONSIVENESS TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF BREAST SCREENING SERVICES AND HOW IT IS ACCELERATED THROUGH THE SERVICE

The fact cannot be denied that technology has evolved rapidly in health care and it has surely provided improved outcomes for patients (Ranpara, 2018). Women's and Children's Hospitalhave played significant role in empowering Breast screening services and system through emphasizing of evolvement of innovation and clinical quality and safety. The organization has made adequate efforts to indulge technology in health care sector through complying with below cited strategy efficiently. The National Digital Health Strategy followed by Australian Digital Health Agency emphasizes on following variants:

• Improving care coordination and fewer preventable hospitalization.

• enhancing quality of self-care

• mitigating duplication and operating cost (Schofield, Shaw and Pascoe, 2019)

• Working on future themes of digital health care.

• Enhancing models of care

The people who are availing breast screening services in the Women's and Children's Hospital are also provided free medical products in case Medicare provided in context with aged women. Even facility of free medicines is provided to patient which does avail normal check-up services. Further, services relating free vaccines specific category selected category ageing population is available with assistance of government and health care department in case it is being done through the hospital. Even latest technologies are available in hospital for providing advance services to patients. The services are based on old system as well new system; so that best quality could be provided by hospital and innovated techniques could be promoted. Even organization has made adequate pioneering activities between consumers, government, researches for assessing evidence based digital empowerment of key health priorities and collecting technical obstacles which include supporting Health Care Home trials and integrated management of chronic (Bennett et al, 2021). Even it emphasizes on improvement in digital services for advance care planning. From above assessment it can be analysed that company is responsive towards the requirement of incorporation of artificial intelligence in health care, however it requirement to make adequate initiatives for incorporating key drivers in technology transforming health care i.e. affordable technology, social media, acceptance of sharing data and connecting technology for meeting demands of consumer

ASSESSMENT OF ETHICAL ISSUES AND CONSIDERATION LINKED WITH RESPECT TO BREAST SCREENING SERVICES DECISIONS RELATING TO ACCEPTANCE OF ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE IN CONTEXT WITH CLINICAL DECISION SUPPORT

Ethics can be referred as code of moral values and principles which govern the behaviour of persons or groups with respect to access what is right and what is wrong. In context with health ethics, one has to ensure ethical conduct of health research, ethical implication of genetic cloning technology and critically assessing discrepancies in health status between population and ethical obligation which ensure that equitable access in health services as well as ethical implication of genetic cloning technology (McBride et al, 2019). The main ethical issues which are relating to acceptance of breast screening in context with clinical decision support is as follows:

Ethical implication relating to autonomy and complexity in application of e-services: Autonomy can be specified as right of individual to retaining control over his body. As even though the patient does not take best decision it does have right to make his or her decision in best interest. As a valid procedure does require voluntariness, disclosure, understanding and capacity (Butler et al, 2020). However, artificial intelligence cannot be incorporated adequately until same is accepted by the patients for diagnosis of Breast screening. For instance, as design research approaches does require participants engaging with specific artefact which can be applied for challenging standard way of thinking and provoking new ideas. Even assessing the extent to which clinicians do have responsibility for educating patients around complexities of Artificial Intelligence is another challenge as informed consent is required for deploying clinical artificial intelligence space.

Egoism and Utilitarianism issues in respect of ageing population as they are not happy or satisfied with available practices: Egoism equates morality with self-interest and utilitarianism suggest that decision is believed to be morally correct in case it eventually result in happens in comparison to unhappiness for those who are related to the decision. As in order to gain advantage of breast screen services it is necessary that people should be aware about negative implication of disease and availability of medical services in respect of same to attain its full advantage. Incorporation of artificial intelligence and technology does require variety of data input as well as machine learning techniques which are difficult for clinicians for understanding (Tapia et al, 2017). Further another issue attached with same is that clinical is not able to interpret the diagnosis completely and due to which ageing population fears due to and it result in alert emergency dispatchers or cardiac arrest than same does result in different issues. It is the main ethical issues which does restrict health care providers to provide acceptance to involvement of artificial intelligence in respect of breast screening services unless they are aware about same in detail manner.

Adequateness of non-maleficence theory or approach: It relates to expectation that health care provides will implicate actions which would inflict least harm possible for attainment of beneficial outcome (Youlden et al, 2020). It can be connected with Hippocratic oath. It is also connected with non-consequential theories which emphasis on moral obligation and duties rather than consequences. In case of implementation of AI for breast screening services in health care, ethical issues are to be deal relating to threat of privacy and confidentiality, informed consent and patient autonomy in order to attain acceptance or approval in clinical decision. For instance, in case of Australian Digital Health Agency for adopting new AI tool and software, ethics issue relating to of privatization in context with implementation of new artificial intelligence application or technique would eventually have to face privatization ethical issues before attainment of final approval (Ghanouni et al, 2020).

CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATION FOR FUTURE ACTION

The main goals of Women and Children Hospital is to be more personal, preventive, predictive and participatory, and artificial intelligence can make major contributions for attaining same. The application of artificial intelligence could use corresponding robotic system for improving existing breast screen services. An overview of smart home function and tools does offer appropriate solution to people with loss of autonomy with assistance of intelligent solution based models would be beneficial for breast screening services as a variety of advantages can be gained with indulgent of technology in health care service.

Further the hospital requires to incorporate standard and framework such as NSQHS (Clinical Governance Standard), (Partnering with consumer standard), AHPRA, National Registration and Accreditation Scheme should also incorporate the subject of Artificial Intelligence acceptance for health services to enhanced extent. Further, the National Digital Health Strategy to be delivered in 2022 of Australian Digital Health Agency is emphasizing on better availability and access to health services along with enhancement of models of care which drive improved accessibility, safety and efficiency. Thus it should incorporate research on artificial intelligence techniques for health services and promotion of breast screening services by complying with standards of AHPRA, National Registration and Accreditation Scheme, NSQHS etc. so that positive decision could be taken for its acceptance or adoption.

REFERENCES

Adjekum, A, Blasimme, A & Vayena, E, 2018. Elements of trust in digital health systems: scoping review. Journal of medical Internet research, 20(12), p. e11254. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0166497220300912

Alwashmi, M F, 2020. The use of digital health in the detection and management of COVID-19. International journal of environmental research and public health, 17(8), p.2906. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S2405844021007428

Bennett, I, Tourani, S, Cockburn, L, Reasbeck, J, Grobbelaar, N, Dann, S, Patrikios, P and Brazier, J., 2021. Breast cancer screening in women at high risk of hereditary breast cancer: An Australian experience. ANZ Journal of Surgery, 91(4), pp.685-690. https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/abs/10.1111/16320

Butler, T L, Anderson, K, Condon, J R., Garvey, G, Brotherton, JM., Cunningham, J, Tong A, Moore S P, Maher C M, Mein, JK and Warren E F, 2020. Indigenous Australian women's experiences of participation in cervical screening. PloS one, 15(6), p. e0234536. https://journals.plos.org/plosone/article?id=10.1371/journal.pone.0234536

Cronin C, Hungerford C & Wilson R L, 2021. Using Digital Healh Technologies to Manage the Psychosocial Symptoms of Menopause in the Workplace: A Narrative Literature Review. Issues in mental health nursing, 42(6), pp.541-548.

Ghanouni, A, Sanderson, SC, Pashayan, N Renzi, C, Von Wagner, C and Waller J, 2020. Attitudes towards risk-stratified breast cancer screening among women in England: A cross-sectional survey. Journal of medical screening, 27(3), pp.138-145. https://www.mdpi.com/2075-4426/11/2/95

Guoguang R., & Sawan M., 2021. (Online). Available through <https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S2095809919301535>. [Accessed on 13th October 2021]
Hambleton, S, 2018. A glimpse of 21st century care. Australian journal of general practice, 47(10), pp.670-673.

Hansen D P, Dinger M E, Hofmann O, Thorne N & Boughtwood T F 2019. Preparing Australia for genomic medicine: data, computing and digital health. Medical Journal of Australia, 210, pp.S30-S32. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0002929719302289

Lupton, D, 2017. Digital health: Critical and cross-disciplinary perspectives. Routledge.

Makeham, M., 2020. Role of digital technology in delivering ‘healthy futures’ and ‘healthy cities’. Internal Medicine Journal, 50(11), pp.1408-1409. https://researchers.mq.edu.au/en/publications/role-of-digital-technology-in-delivering-healthy-futures-and-heal

McBride K A, Fleming C A, George E S, Steiner G Z & MacMillan F, 2019. Double Discourse: Qualitative Perspectives on Breast Screening Participation among Obese Women and Their Health Care Providers. International journal of environmental research and public health, 16(4), p.534. https://researchers.mq.edu.au/en/publications/role-of-digital-technology-in-delivering-healthy-futures-and-heal

Ranpara, M 2018. Books: Look it up! What Patients, Doctors, Nurses, and Pharmacists Need to Know About the Internet and Primary Health Care: Navigating Technology for Health. The British Journal of General Practice, 68(674), p.434. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC6104871/

Schofield, Shaw N & Pascoe M., 2019. Toward comprehensive patient-centric care by integrating digital health technology with direct clinical contact in Australia. Journal of medical Internet research, 21(6), p.e12382. https://www.jmir.org/2019/6/e12382/

Tapia K.A, Garvey G, Mc Entee M., Rickard M & Brennan P, 2017. Breast cancer in Australian Indigenous women: incidence, mortality, and risk factors. Asian Pacific journal of cancer prevention: APJCP, 18(4), p.873. https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/28545182/

Youlden D R, Baade, P D, Walker, R, Pyke, C M, Roder, D M & Aitken, J F, 2020. Breast cancer incidence and survival among young females in Queensland, Australia. Journal of adolescent and young adult oncology, 9(3), pp.402-409. https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/31765264/

MGT501 Business Environment Assignment Sample

Assignment Brief

Assessment - Internal and External Stakeholder Analysis
Individual/Group - Individual
Length - 2,500 words
Learning Outcomes

This assessment addresses the following Subject Learning Outcomes:

a) Analyze and synthesize the fundamentals of business in the contemporary environment.

b) Construct and Justify a professional value proposition as a business practitioner

Submission - 12 Week Delivery: By 11:59pm AEST/AEDT Friday of

Module - 5.2 (week 10)
Intensive Class: Due by 11:59pm AEST/AEDT Friday of
Module 5 (week 5)
Weighting 50%
Total Marks 50 marks

Context:

Business stakeholder analysis is a technique for identifying stakeholders and analyzing their roles. The aim of the analysis is to map out the stakeholders’ level of influence and degree of interest with regards to the business. Stakeholder analysis can also be used to assess the relationships between different stakeholders and the issues they care about most.

Internal stakeholders are individuals or groups who are directly involved in the business, such as owners, board members, managers, employees, and investors. External stakeholders are indirectly influenced by the business activities, like customers, suppliers, competitors, society and government.

By understanding both perspectives, the business can engage and enhance communication with relevant stakeholders, reduce or prevent risks, identify business opportunities, improve internal stakeholders’ commitment in the business and the reputation of the business amongst external stakeholders.

Instructions:

In this assessment, you will examine a business organization in an industry that you have either previously worked or would like to work in the future. Leading up to the assessment submission, you MUST participate in the Assessment 2 weekly discussions in the Discussion Forums on Blackboard. You will locate this discussion forum in the Assessment Area of blackboard. Weekly discussion and contributions are based on Modules 2-4.

Note for assignment help Assessment 2 Discussion Forum:

• The business organization and its functionalities selected for the Discussion Forum MUST be the same with Assessment 2 write-up and submission.

• You MUST make some references to subject contents, including other readings.

• You are ENCOURAGED to employ minimum of 3 reference sources for each topic, two (2) academic (textbooks & peer-reviewed journal articles) and one (1) other sources (newspaper article, business/trade publication, or substantiated website).

• You are REQUIRED to extract and enclose each topic’s responses (e.g., your responses, and critique of your peer’s responses) of your ‘Assessment 2 Discussion Forum’ as appendix in your final Assessment 2 document.

Presenting a business example and contributing to the discussion forum, you will:

• identify and analyze functional areas in the business
• identify and analyze the internal and external stakeholders
• compare two industries with each other
• create a stakeholder matrix
• discuss chosen stakeholders and industries in the context of relevant theories and frameworks

Suggested format for Assessment 2

Your individual stakeholder analysis should follow standard report structure and include the following:

Executive Summary

o A concise summary of the main report in bullet points
• Introduction and background information on your business example
• Main body
o Identify functional areas
o Identify internal and external stakeholders and their roles
o Identify the nature and degree of main stakeholders’ interests, and implications of
conflicting interests
o Identify the level of main stakeholders’ influence
o Create a stakeholder matrix
o in the discussion forum, choose an example from your peers and compare the industry your business operates in with their industry, identify the main points of stakeholder dissimilarities and analyze the differences in stakeholder interests and influences

• Conclusion
• References
• Appendices

Support your observations and statements by incorporating links to theory and conceptual frameworks. Please ensure your sources are referenced clearly in the APA 6th style both in-text and in the reference list.

Referencing:

• You are REQUIRED to employ minimum of 15 reference sources, ten (10) academic (textbooks & peer- reviewed journal articles) and five (5) other sources (newspaper articles, business/trade publications, and substantiated websites). References to ‘Wikipedia’ or similar unsubstantiated sources are not acceptable.

• You are REQUIRED to use the correct APA referencing style for both in-text citations and reference listing. Please see more information on referencing here: http://library.laureate.net.au/research_skills/referencing

Submission Instructions:

Submit your management Assessment 2 Internal and External Stakeholder Analysis in the submission link in the main navigation menu in MGT501 Business Environment by the end of Module 5.2 (week 10).

Intensive Class: Due by the end of Module 5 (week 5)

Solution

Introduction:

Flight Centre Travel Group is a selected company in the Tourism and Travel Industry in Australia. Flight Centre Travel Group (FLT) is a renowned Australian Travel Agency. The Company founded in 1982 and the headquarters of the company is located in Brisbane Region, Australia. The FLT Group is one of the largest travel retailers across the world. The Group is also known as the largest corporate travel managers across the world. The Group has owned corporate and leisure travel business across 23 countries including New Zealand, Australia, Europe, The Americas, South Africa, The United Kingdom, Asia and The UAE (About Us - Flight Centre Travel Group. 2021). Due to the outbreak of the Covid-19 and restriction on travel and tourism, the company faced a loss of $662.1 Million and it also decreases the revenue of the company from $3055.3 Million in 2019 to $1898.1 Million in 2020 (FLT-2020-Annual-Report 2020). The Company employed 10615 total employees across all location the company operated their business (Our Story So Far - Flight Centre Travel Group. 2021). The assessment identified the functional areas, internal stakeholders and external stakeholders of the Company. It also discussed the interest and level of influence of each stakeholder on business.

Identification of Functional Areas of Flight Centre Company:

Following are the main functional areas of the company:

Sales and Marketing Department: The Sales and Marketing Department of the Company is responsible for promoting the services of the Company through using different Marketing Media like Social media platform, TV Ads, Newspaper and Magazine Ads. The Sales and Marketing department is especially responsible for developing and researching the marketing opportunities.

Human Resources Department: The main responsibility of the HRM Department is recruiting, organizing and utilizing the company’s workforce for ensuring better performance, and implementing the reward system for the employees (About Us - Flight Centre Travel Group. 2021). They are also responsible for maintaining the corporate social responsibility of the company. They are also responsible for delivering positive egalitarianism and diversity practices among the FCTG employees (Corporate Social Responsibility - Flight Centre Travel Group. 2021).

Finance Department:

This department of the company is responsible for acquiring the required funds for the company. Moreover, the department is responsible for managing the funds, expenditures, profit and losses within the organization.
Transportation department: The department is responsible for reservation and management of transport tickets, managing Airline ticketing and reservation, car rental and hiring services, managing rail passes and journey, offering deals and discounts, assisting customers, offering travel insurance etc.

Tourism and Entertainment Department: This department is also responsible for planning tour packaging and consulting with the sales department for pricing and costing of the packages, providing travel guide, managing events, holiday packages, offering discounts on leisure activities and travelling activities, etc.

Accommodation Sector: The department is responsible for accommodating hotel, entertainment services, accommodating cruise services, managing the cruise service and packages, managing standard and quality of the accommodation services etc. (Palgan, Zvolska & Mont, 2017).

Food and Beverage Sector: The department is also responsible for managing food and beverages for their customers in Cruise ships, hotels, offering discounts on food services, managing food packages, maintaining high standard and quality of the food and beverage services, etc.

Identification of Internal and External Stakeholders and their Roles:

Political Forces: The FCT Group operated their business in several countries. Australia and UAE is a politically stable country. However, UK, America is a politically unstable country. Political instability and stability create an effect on the business operation and rate of intervention by the Government (restriction and rules, tax rate and trade policies) in the business (Bello & Kamanga, 2020). These can create an effect on the business and its operations. It can increase the cost of the business operations.

Economic Forces: Interest rate, exchange rate, disposable income of customers and GDP and inflation rate can create an impact on the demand of services offered by the company. The proper investment decision, marketing and sales planning and promotional decision of the owners and recommendation by the managers of the company are essential to handle the economic investment of the company in the target market. The proper fund investment by the investors helps in the growth of the business (Investors - Flight Centre Travel Group. 2021).

Social Forces: The high and middle incoming capability of consumers and rich, healthy and wealthy lifestyle can increase demand for tourism and travel services. However, poor incoming capability, high cultural barriers, poor lifestyle of consumers etc. can reduce the demand for tourism and travel services (Kvasnová, Gajdošík & Maráková, 2019). Moreover, the effective presence of potential competitors and high consumers’ demands towards the services of the competitors can hamper the business operation in the market.

Technological Forces: Poor technological knowledge among the workforce of the country can damage the success of the business. However, high technical knowledge of the workforce of the country can increase the productivity of the company in the market. Moreover, the high technological circumstance of the competitors of the company can increase the competitive pressure on the business.

Environmental Force: Poor environmental rules and regulations maintained by the company and its suppliers can hamper the business operation in the target market. The negative environmental impacts on the local community due to poor business operation can reduce the business profitability factor in the market. The company maintains proper environmental regulations to enhance the positive image of the local community and it can reduce the environmental threats on the business.

Legal Forces: Positive involvement of the Union of the company can manage the company to satisfy the legal needs (employee protection law, customer right law, and health and safety law for employees). An unethical relationship between the suppliers and the company can damage the quality of the services supplied by the suppliers towards the company.

Based on the overall analysis, the internal stakeholders of the company are employees, investors and owners, managers, Union of the FCT Group.

The main role of the employees is to provide proper customer care services to the consumers of the Company.
The role of the managers is to build proper investment planning, marketing and sale planning and promotional planning for the company to cope up with the market condition in the different international market.

The role of the Investors and owners is to provide the necessary capital for running the business in the global market. Owners are responsible for making decisions about the activity of the business.

The role of the Union is to improve the working conditions for employees within the organization.

Based on the overall analysis, external stakeholders of the company are customers, Government, suppliers, local community and competitors.

Customers are always focusing on maximizes the value of their investment by receiving a high quality of services and safety while travelling.

The role of the government is to build proper rules and regulations related to the tourism, health and safety of the tourists and employees, and customer’s rights to improve the quality of the services offered by the tourism sectors (Rasoolimanesh et al., 2020).

The role of the suppliers is to supplying the appropriate high-quality services to the company like high-quality accommodation services, food and beverage services, and transporting services and other entertaining services.

The role of the local community is to support the business activity by utilizing the travel and tourism services. They can also protest if the business activity hampers them negatively.

Competitors are rivals of the company who increases the competitive pressure on the company to improve the quality and services of the company.

Identify the nature and degree of the interest of the main stakeholders:

Employees:

Employees are the foremost asset of the company. According to the theory of Hierarchy of needs theory by Maslow, the behavior of the employees depends on the level of the fulfilment of the needs as per their requirements (Hale et al., 2019). According to the expectancy theory by Vroom, if the services and rewards offered by the company fulfil the needs of the employees, then it increases the quality of the services (Chow & Leiringer, 2020). On the other hand, if FCT Group failed to meet the above-identified needs of the employees as per their requirements, then it affects the quality of the services offered by the employees.

Investors and owners:

Investors are investing their money to provide the necessary capital to the company for the continuation of the business (Yeh, 2018). The amount of the return of the investment is the main key interest of the investors and owners to make a profit from their investment. The low amount of return on investment can increase conflict between business and investors and owners.

Managers:

The main interest of the managers is in developing the appropriate investment decision to attract more investors to gather more funds for running the travel and tourism business in the international market (Yusof, Awang, Jusoff & Ibrahim, 2017). Poor investment decisions can create a conflict of interest between the investors and managers.

Union:

The main interest of the Union is to enhance the facilities and services offered by the company to employees. If the FCT Group failed to meet the expectation, then it can create the issue of conflict of interest between them.

Customers:

Customers are also the most influential stakeholders for the FCT Group. The main interest of the customers is to maximize the value of the invested money by getting high-quality travel and tourism services from the company (Tuan, Rajendran, Rowley, & Khai, 2019). The poor quality of the offered services can create a conflict of interest between the company and customers.

Government:

The main interest of the Government is to improve the quality and safety of tourism and travel activities. Illegal business transaction, poor environmental capacity and poor customer service activity can create a conflict of interest between the government and the company.

Competitors:

The main interest of the competitors is to build a marketing plan to capture the market share of the rival and also reinforce customer loyalty to build competitive pressure on other companies. Either, it can create the issue of price war and conflict of interest between competitors and FCT Group.

Suppliers:

The main interest of the suppliers is getting a proper financial return and other facilities from the FCT group after supplying their quality services to the tourists of the company (Suppliers - Flight Centre Travel Group. 2021). If the nature of the work performed by the supplier not satisfied according to the expectation of the company or the supplier starts the unfair competitive activity with the company, then it can create a conflict of interest between FCT Group and Suppliers.

Local Community:

The main interest of the surrounded local community is, the FCT Group should meet the needs and requirements of the community. The company should maintain the proper corporate social responsibility to meet the needs of the community (Gurran, 2018). If the company failed to meet the expectation, then it can create a conflict of interest among them.

Identification of the level of the influence of the main stakeholders of the company:

Employees: The level of influence is high. However, the employees have limited influence on making a decision for the business. However, employees can hamper the business activity if the FCT Group is failed to fulfil the needs and requirements of the employees in the workplace (Sari, Bendesa, & Antara, 2019). If the company provide proper facility to the employees (rewards, compensation, dignity, respect, health and safety precautions), then it helps the company to maintain the high quality of the customer services.

Investors and owners: The level of influence of the investors and owners is high because they influence the business objectives (Yeh, 2018). Investors and owners provide proper funds to help the business to grow their business operations in the market.

Managers: The level of influence is high because managers make a business decision and investing plans about the business activities to grow their business in the market ((Jaoua, 2018)). The proper planning and investment help the business to become a leading tourism company in the global market.

Union: The level of the Union’s influence is high because if the company failed to meet the needs and expectations of the Union, then it can also influence the employees’ behavior and customers’ behavior.

Customers: The level of the influence of the consumer is high to retain the business activity in the market. The behavior of the consumers towards the FCT Group can help the company to decide the standard and quality of the services. When the company understand the consumers’ needs and requirements, then the organization can easily improve the level of their services.

Government: The level of the influence of the Government is moderate while operating the business in the market. The rules and regulations passed by the government, tax rates, exchange rate and restriction on the travel and tourism activity can hamper the business operation in the market. However, a business-friendly environment can help the company to grow their business easily.

Competitors: The level of the influence is high because the pressure of the competitors influences the FCT Group to enhance their marketing and sales planning, pricing strategy and quality of the services offered towards the customers for the continuation of the business in the competitive market.

Suppliers: The level of influence of the suppliers is high. If the suppliers of accommodation services, airline, rail, car facilities and suppliers of food and beverages maintain the reliability of the deliveries and high standard of the products then it enhances the customer service facility offered by the company (Soukhathammavong & Park, 2019). However, if suppliers make any changes in the quality of the services, then it can hamper the quality of customer service offered by the FCT group.

Local Community: The level of influence is high. If the activities of the FCT group affect the local community negatively then they may protest against the company through the local council. They can also influence the business by utilizing their services.

Stakeholder matrix:

Fig 1: Stakeholder Matrix for Tourism Industry
Source: (Created by Author)
 

Comparison with other industry:

In comparison to the retail industry, the main external stakeholders of the retail industry are customers, Suppliers, Government and competitors, community. The internal stakeholders are Owners, investors, employees, landlords, managers.

Difference:

The retail industry operates its outlets in different locations and the company operates the outlets by the small numbers of employees per outlets. The power of the Union is not strong as the travel and tourism industry, so here landlords of the area where the outlet of the retail company situated are one of the main important stakeholders according to the political, economic and legal factors and its impact on the business.

Fig 2: Stakeholder Matrix for Retail Industry
Source: (Created by Author)

Interest and influence of stakeholders:

Customers: The main interest of the customers is to get high quality, standard, healthy and hygienic products by investing their money in purchasing the product. Customers are also greatly influence the market of the company.

Suppliers: The main interest of the suppliers is to get proper financial support and return after supplying the goods. The poor working condition of the supply chain and the unethical activities by the supplier who is responsible for supplying the particular product can negatively influence the business. It can reduce the sale of the products offered by the particular suppliers.

Government: The main interest of the government is to create pressure on the retail company to meet the environmental regulations, to reduce their carbon footprint, disposal of waste and water footprint to protect the environment. The Government highly influence the business of the retail company by imposing several legal rules and restriction on supplying of some products, tax rate, exchange and trade policies, transportation rate and policies.

Competitors: The main interest of the competitors is to grab the market share of the company. The Competitors of the retail company influences them to improve the quality of the products and services and also lower the cost of the products in comparison to the competitors.

Community: They are highly interested people. If the company can create a positive impact on the community, then the community can positively influence the retail company by purchasing their products and through a recommendation to others.

Owners: They are highly interested people. They influence the business by deciding the types of products and services offered to target customers and investment planning for the growth of the business.

Investors: The main interest of the investors to get a huge return based on their investment. As the tourism industry, they influence the growth of the business by investing money to expand the business successfully.

Employees: The main interest of the employees is to meet the needs of the retail company based on the return as rewards and proper compensation.

Landlords: The main interest of the landlords is to get a proper financial return based on the investment of their land for building the retail outlet on that land location. They influence the business by giving the land for developing the retail outlet on that location.

Managers: The main interest of the managers in Retail Company is the growth of the business and increase the profit of the business in the global market. The managers influence the business by giving recommendation on the promotional planning, investment planning, products and services of the company, etc.

Conclusion:

It concluded that both internal and external stakeholders of the Company influence the business of the Flight Centre Travel Group in a different way. They are all responsible for handling the impacts of political, economic, social, technological, environmental and legal factors on the business operations. They have the different interest that helps the company to grow up their business in the global market.

References:

About Us - Flight Centre Travel Group. (2021). Retrieved 24 June 2021, from https://www.fctgl.com/about-us/
Akbar, I., Yang, Z., Han, F., & Kanat, G. (2020). The influence of negative political environment on sustainable tourism: A study of aksu-jabagly world heritage site, Kazakhstan. Sustainability, 12(1), 143. https://www.mdpi.com/2071-1050/12/1/143

Asongu, S. A., Uduji, J. I., & Okolo-Obasi, E. N. (2019). Tourism and insecurity in the world. International Review of Economics, 66(4), 453-472. https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s12232-019-00330-z

Bello, F. G., & Kamanga, G. (2020). Drivers and barriers of corporate social responsibility in the tourism industry: The case of Malawi. Development Southern Africa, 37(2), 181-196. https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/0376835X.2018.1555028

Chow, V., & Leiringer, R. (2020). The practice of public engagement on projects: from managing external stakeholders to facilitating active contributors. Project Management Journal, 51(1), 24-37. https://journals.sagepub.com/doi/abs/10.1177/8756972819878346

Corporate Social Responsibility - Flight Centre Travel Group. (2021). Retrieved 25 June 2021, from https://www.fctgl.com/about-us/corporate-social-responsibility/
FLT-2020-Annual-Report (2020). Retrieved 24 June 2021, from https://www.fctgl.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/FLT-2020-Annual-Report.pdf

Gardiner, S., & Dolnicar, S. (2018). Networks becoming one-stop travel shops. Peer-to-Peer Accommodation Networks, 87. https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/handle/20.500.12657/30986/640674.pdf?sequence=1#page=98

Gurran, N. (2018). Global home-sharing, local communities and the Airbnb debate: a planning research agenda. Planning theory & practice, 19(2), 298-304. https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/full/10.1080/14649357.2017.1383731

Hale, A. J., Ricotta, D. N., Freed, J., Smith, C. C., & Huang, G. C. (2019). Adapting Maslow's hierarchy of needs as a framework for resident wellness. Teaching and learning in medicine, 31(1), 109-118. https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/10401334.2018.1456928

Investors - Flight Centre Travel Group. (2021). Retrieved 24 June 2021, from https://www.fctgl.com/investors/
Jaoua, F. (2018). Impact of strategic roles of middle managers on the relationship between successful strategy implementation and organizational performance. International Journal of Business Performance Management, 19(4), 476-499. https://www.inderscienceonline.com/doi/abs/10.1504/IJBPM.2018.095095

Jones, P., Hillier, D., & Comfort, D. (2017). The sustainable development goals and the tourism and hospitality industry. Athens Journal of Tourism, 4(1), 7-18. https://www.athensjournals.gr/tourism/2017-4-1-1-Jones.pdf

Kvasnová, D., Gajdošík, T., & Maráková, V. (2019). Are partnerships enhancing tourism destination competitiveness? Acta Universitatis Agriculturae et Silviculturae Mendelianae Brunensis, 67(3), 811-821. https://acta.mendelu.cz/pdfs/acu/2019/03/18.pdf

Litheko, A., & Potgieter, M. (2019). Strategic Management of Tourism Stakeholders: Bakgatla-ba-Kgafela, South Africa. African Journal of Hospitality, Tourism and Leisure, 8(2), 1-23. https://www.ajhtl.com/uploads/7/1/6/3/7163688/article_11_vol_8_2__2019.pdf

Oliver, J., & Schoff, P. (2017). Agency and Competition Law in Australia Following ACCC v Flight Centre Travel Group. Journal of European Competition Law & Practice, 8(5), 321-328. https://academic.oup.com/jeclap/article-pdf/doi/10.1093/jeclap/lpx026/17168666/lpx026.pdf?casa_token=kuKtLMJjJhgAAAAA:dzxuN5qNE3pXV8pGL-8vW7pROF0uEEsJ-OihiPgCsYEhnZflFCGHOqkB6jbdhVCx8-TFjVtBs2iVyg

Ooi, N., Duke, E., & O'Leary, J. (2018). Tourism in changing natural environments. Tourism geographies, 20(2), 193-201. https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/14616688.2018.1440418

Our Story So Far - Flight Centre Travel Group. (2021). Retrieved 25 June 2021, from https://www.fctgl.com/our-story-so-far/

Palgan, Y. V., Zvolska, L., & Mont, O. (2017). Sustainability framings of accommodation sharing. Environmental Innovation and Societal Transitions, 23, 70-83. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S2210422416301368

Rasoolimanesh, S. M., Ramakrishna, S., Hall, C. M., Esfandiar, K., & Seyfi, S. (2020). A systematic scoping review of sustainable tourism indicators in relation to the sustainable development goals. Journal of Sustainable Tourism, 1-21. https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/09669582.2020.1775621

Sari, N. P. R., Bendesa, I. K. G., & Antara, M. (2019). The influence of quality of work life on employees’ performance with job satisfaction and work motivation as intervening variables in star-rated hotels in Ubud tourism area of Bali. Journal of Tourism and Hospitality Management, 7(1), 74-83. http://jthmnet.com/journals/jthm/Vol_7_No_1_June_2019/8.pdf

Soukhathammavong, B., & Park, E. (2019). The authentic souvenir: What does it mean to souvenir suppliers in the heritage destination? Tourism Management, 72, 105-116. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0261517718302905

Suppliers - Flight Centre Travel Group. (2021). Retrieved 24 June 2021, from https://www.fctgl.com/suppliers/

Tuan, L. T., Rajendran, D., Rowley, C., & Khai, D. C. (2019). Customer value co-creation in the business-to-business tourism context: The roles of corporate social responsibility and customer empowering behaviors. Journal of Hospitality and Tourism Management, 39, 137-149. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S1447677018301955

Van der Zee, E., Gerrets, A. M., & Vanneste, D. (2017). Complexity in the governance of tourism networks: Balancing between external pressure and internal expectations. Journal of Destination Marketing & Management, 6(4), 296-308. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S2212571X17302184

Van Niekerk, M., & Getz, D. (2019). Event stakeholders. Oxford: Goodfellow Publishers. https://www.goodfellowpublishers.com/free_files/Contents,%20cover%20and%20preface-2fb022e7f1605d91c78df3db080c1777.pdf

Yeh, C. M. (2018). Does board governance matter for foreign institutional investors to invest in listed tourism firms?. Tourism Management, 68, 66-78. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0261517718300451

Yusof, Y., Awang, Z., Jusoff, K., & Ibrahim, Y. (2017). The influence of green practices by non-green hotels on customer satisfaction and loyalty in hotel and tourism industry. International Journal of Green Economics, 11(1), 1-14. https://www.inderscienceonline.com/doi/abs/10.1504/IJGE.2017.082716

MBA643 Project Initiation, Planning, and Execution Assignment Sample

Assignment Brief

Assessment Title: Individual Report
Word Count: 1800 Words (+/-10%)
Weighting: 40 %
Total Marks: 40
Submission: Via Turnitin,
Due Date: Monday, Week 13, 23:55pm AEST

Your Task

This assessment is made up of two parts:

• Part A students are asked to imagine they have been engaged by a Renewable Energy (utilities) company to develop a report on key aspects of project risk management and how they might be used in proposed future projects in order to manage and limit risk.

In Part A you are asked to write a report based on one of the below companies:

Infigenergy: https://www.infigenenergy.com/
Tilt Renewables: https://www.tiltrenewables.com/

The company you will analyse will depend on the LAST digit of your student number:
o 0 and 5 = Tilt Renewables
o 6 and 9 = Infigenergy

• In Part B you are asked to conduct a capital budgeting analysis for the second company Tilt Renewables. Answer the short answer questions.

Assessment Description.

PART A (20 marks)

The report should begin with a short executive summary and conclude with several, short general recommendations. The content you include in the report should link the project management principles detailed below with the practices of the renewable energy company you have been allocated.

The topics for assignment help on which students need to make recommendations in their report include:

i) Project selection – How should the company you select determine what projects to undertake and what ones to avoid? What tools, measures, and practices are available to project analysts in this industry?

ii) Cost management – What is the role of project cost management for your chosen company? Why is it important? What strategies or approaches should the company you have chosen adopt in order to effectively manage project costs?

iii) Financing – What financing measures or options are generally available to assist companies like the one you have chosen to fund proposed new projects? The report should include reference to any implications associated with different funding types or models.

iv) Implementation and winding up – Are there any particular issues associated with commencing a project that your company must consider? Why are they important? Who do they impact or affect? What happens when the project finishes? How are projects wound up? Do they just end or are there resource or infrastructure considerations? Are there environmental issues associated with the end of a project?

Where possible, students should relate each section back to the renewable energy company they have been allocated. The executive summary should bring together general recommendations for the student’s chosen company relating to i)-iv).

Students should provide between 200-400 words per topic, together with approximately 200 words in total for executive summary and final recommendations.

PART B (20 marks)

Consider the following three sources and answer the following questions directly. You do not need to write a lot for each question and for some you will need to use excel calculations. Submit you excel spreadsheet together with your report in the separate submission inbox on the assessment table.

You have been asked to evaluate whether Tilt Renewables should undertake the Snow town North Solar Energy Farm based on the above sources. Assume this project has not yet been approved.

• Assume this is a twenty-five-year project.

• Consult source 1 for the estimated initial outlay/investment today (year 0)

• The investment will be depreciated on a straight-line basis over twenty-five years to 0 book value. It is estimated that the solar farm can be sold at the end of year 25 for $10 million.

• The solar farm will sell $15,000,000 worth of electricity each year into the grid from year 1-25

• Operating expenses for 25 years are $5.50 per solar panel per year (see number of solar panels from Source 

• The tax rate is 30%. All cash flows are annual and are received at the end of the year. The discount rate is 10%.

a) Based on the above information calculate the FCFs of the project. (10 marks)

b) Calculate the NPV for the solar farm. Should Tilt Renewables undertake this project? (5 marks)

c) Does the NPV take into account the CO2 emission reductions that the project will lead to (See Source 1)? Should it take this into account? Why or why not? (2 marks)

d) What is the debt to equity ratio in 2019 of Tilt Renewables according to source 3? How does this compare to other utility companies? What is the current share price according to Source 2 and when were shares first issued? (3 marks)

Solution

Introduction

In this digital era, energy has become an essential element of good quality of human life and economic development and growth. Most of our energy needs are fulfilled by the fossil fuels which are not only limited but also have adverse effect on the environment. Basis this problem, renewable energy has currently come up as an alternate solution. In this report, the focus is on the key aspects of the project risk management of the renewable sources of energy industry. (Benedek, Sebestyén, Bartók,2018)

The specific objectives here are:

1. To estimate most essential risk elements
2. To find out the capacity of such risk elements and ways to quantify them
3. To identify whether risks can be assessed with existing tools and techniques
4. To make out some innovative sources of such assessment

Project Selection

Not all the projects that come up in way of a company are taken up. That is the reason project selection exists. Project selection is thus one of the major stages of the task after the projects have been identified. Once identified, a project is not directly selected, but evaluated, compared and then finally considered for choosing. Project selection decision is sometimes considered even more typical and difficult as compared to identifying of a project. (Sinsel, Riemke &Hoffmann,2020)

There are various, tools, techniques, methods and measures for selecting a project.

Few of the acceptable methods and measures are:

1. The comparative study – In this method, international and published studies which deal with the problem of selection of an optimal renewable energy project in various countries are taken up and studied. This becomes are reference point for evaluating our own conditions and availabilities to take up the project.

2. The multicriteria approach – The success of any renewable energy plant is based on various criteria like securing the right land, access to capital, identifying reliable market, understanding the government policies in this context, identifying lines for transmitting the energy, etc. Under this approach every criterion is fully studied and then project is selected based on decision evaluation matrix of the study.

3. Analytical Hierarchy Approach – In this approach, structure of hierarchy is developed and pair wise comparison is made. Also, factors are compared based on hierarchy. Priority vector is derived, and consistency is calculated. Finally, alternative’s comprehensive priorities are got off.

Tilt Renewables has used multi criteria approach, as that is the most practical and effective approach. A list of top ten criteria is chosen and worked upon to find the economic viability and feasibility of the project.

There are several other tools which may come handy while evaluating our project like PVWatts Calculator,

Dynamic Solar Maps, GIS Data, and Analysis Tool. (Belu,2019).

Cost Management

It is the process by which a project manager plans the budgets of the project. This step starts with the initial phase of the project when the costs are approved for starting the project. Later on, those costs are closely monitored to see if the budgets are exceeded or not. In the process of cost management, the first step is cost estimation, then comes cost tracking to finally compare budgeted and actual costs. Project cost management is crucial as it sets the base line for project. It is the basis of make or break decision about the project. If this is not in place, a company may lose all its money as costs may exceed profits. Also, there are chances of incorrect invoicing to the customers. All this can make us overspend and have no track of where money is going. (Benge,2014)

To effectively manage costs, following points should be taken care of:

1. Planning for inflation as the prices change due to this which impacts project costs substantially.
2. Real time following of expenses to pluck a problem wherever and whenever it occurs and arises.
3. Prompt response to a major deviation whenever it is tracked.
4. Budgeting for unexpected costs as a new project can come up with things not accounted for, previously.
5. Company can also take up tools for cost management to have ease of control.

Tilt Renewables has set up an example in terms of its cost management as it has used up the proper techniques and followed the points mentioned above to come up to a position where, budgets can be made and cost management can be done properly.

Financing

Another important leg of any project is project financing. In today’s world apart from conventional methods of funding like IPO and bank loans, there are various other financing options available to a company. Various financing options are available like lease financing, loans and borrowings including working capital finance, long term loans, angel financing, seed financing and capital being brought up by institutional investors along with retail investors.

As a Project Manager, it is my duty to come up with proper Project Selection method that is backed by proper reasoning and logic so that the company can adopt it.

Especially when it comes to projects which are environment friendly, there are certain specific options available. Some of the available options are:

1. Equity – The conventional method of funding any project where shares of the company are issued against the money received from public at large.

2. Grants – for such projects of renewable energy, government provides grants that can be availed.

3. Incentives (state or local) – An environment friendly project bags incentives from various bodies that can be researched and asked for.

4. Debt/loan – Another traditional method of availing funds is taking loans from banks or other financial institutions

Other than the above, Energy Saving Performance Contracts, Tax equity incentives and monetising green attributes are among other sources of financing these projects.

Tilt Renewables has a blend of debt and equity in its financing structure while the former constituted 51.25% and the latter 48.75%. The company aims to maintain a blend of both so as to have optimal capital cost. The company has varied term loans ranging to a period of more than 5 years’ Various risks are associated with such funding like interest rate risk, credit risk, refinancing risk etc.

After a detailed analysis of the costs that need to be incurred, financing options can be explored. Normally, a combination of two or three financing options is ideal for such projects. Thew costs involved runs in millions and the financing from one source would generally not be sufficient and may also disturb the balance sheet equilibrium. Thus a combination of incentive, debt and equity is an ideal approach for financing. It should be done in such a manner that the weighted cost of capital is in line with the risks associated. (Benedek, Sebestyén, Bartók,2018)

Implementation and Winding Up

Post all the analysis comes the tedious part. The right implementation is the essence of every planning and projection. After studying the Tilt Renewables and its work, the project implementation
Project implementation steps are as under:

1. Preconstruction phase – This step includes project kick off with design and construction documents, plans and schedules for the project to begin.

2. Contract Execution Phase – This is overseeing the project control and changing the controls wherever needed.

3. Interconnection Phase – This phase is review and approval process based on inspection of the site and paper work submission for various approvals.

4. Project Construction Phase – This is quality control phase and oversight of project.

5. Commissioning Phase – The final testing and verification phase where permissions are received for commissioning the work.

These steps if taken up properly help in smooth implementation and execution of the project which will further help in achieving the targeted results. A proper and planned implementation not only ensures error free work but also saves lot of time and money on rework. (Chapman, 2019).

Winding up of a project is closure of a project either because the purpose for which the project was constituted is achieved or it is not a feasible and viable position for the company to run such project. In either case, winding up has to be in a particular manner and step by step process so as to not leave any harmful impact on environment and society. Apart from loss of time and money, another important concern is the human resource that was employed in the project. The experts hired at various levels and fields would go jobless. The bigger the project, the bigger the infrastructure; the bigger the infrastructure, the bigger the cost of disposal. The vast area acquired for the project needs to be cleared. The infrastructure developed should be disposed of in the best possible manner even if we have to incur some disposal costs as we cannot harm the nature. If the project goes on to run successfully and we need to think of closure after several years, by then the project will have rendered its value and the disposal would not mean disposal at loss. However, it should always be kept in mind disposal/winding up of the project is a process just like the initiation and should be done with utmost diligence and care. Tilt Renewables also clearly has its winding up policies stated so that there is no ill impact on the society and people at large. (Hillson, 2016).

Conclusion

We are talking about a renewable energy project i.e. the future of energy requirements. With huge investment, both financially and in terms of human capital, large gestation period, high risk and almost equal amount of decent profit after some initial years. More importantly a project that when set up will impact all aspects of the society, not only where it is being set up but also nearby localities.

Few recommendations that assure that such projects must be taken up are :

a. The basic understanding which runs is that a project which gives back to the society even a marginal stuff while helping investors earn a good amount of profit should be implemented.

b. The risk is high but so is the reward and if implemented with due care and diligent supervision, the project worth Millions will not only be beneficial for the owners but also the society at large.

c. We have discussed at length about the management of costs once the project is selected, along with the financing options available and how to choose the best finance option available. Then we have discussed the implementation of project and it is highly recommended that the project discussed should be taken up and implemented.

d. Such projects if economically viable must always be taken up.

e. Normally, there are lots of incentives and other unconventional means of financing such projects that can be utilised.

f. Tilt Renewables is a big name in this industry and based on the research of its work, it is highly recommended that if a future project on similar lines is taken up then this report of Tilt Renewables be used as base.

References

Agency, E. (2002). The Future for Renewable Energy 2: Prospects and Directions (2nd ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315074436

Assmann, D. (Ed.). (2006). Renewable Energy: A Global Review of Technologies, Policies and Markets (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781849772341

Belu, R. (2019). Fundamentals and Source Characteristics of Renewable Energy Systems (1st ed.). CRC Press. https://doi.org/10.1201/9780429297281

Benge, D. (2014). NRM1 Cost Management Handbook (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315848754

Chapman, R.J. (2014). The Rules of Project Risk Management: Implementation Guidelines for Major Projects (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315553177

Hillson, D. (2016). Managing Risk in Projects (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315249865

József Benedek, Tihamér-Tibor Sebestyén, Blanka Bartók, (2018),Evaluation of renewable energy sources in peripheral areas and renewable energy-based rural development, Renewable and Sustainable Energy Reviews, 90,( 516-535) https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rser.2018.03.020

Simon R. Sinsel, Rhea L. Riemke, Volker H. Hoffmann,(2020),Challenges and solution technologies for the integration of variable renewable energy sources—a review,RenewableEnergy,145,(2271-2285) https://doi.org/10.1016/j.renene.2019.06.147

Twidell, J., & Weir, T. (2005). Renewable Energy Resources, Routledge ,(2nd edition). https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203478721

Sorensen, B. (Ed.). (2011). Renewable Energy: Four Volume Set (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315793245

Jenkins, D. (2012). Renewable Energy Systems: The Earthscan Expert Guide to Renewable Energy Technologies for Home and Business (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203117262
 

BIZ301 Organizational Creativity and Innovation Assignment Sample

Individual/Group - Individual
Length - 1,200 words +/?10%

Learning Outcomes - The Subject Learning Outcomes demonstrated by successful completion of the task below include:

a) Differentiate between the processes of creativity, innovation, and entrepreneurship.
b) Identify organizations that develop and foster the processes, practices, and attributes for creativity and innovation.
c) Explain the implications for organizational strategy, when developing a culture of creativity and/or innovation.
Weighting 35%

Total Marks - 100 marks

Task Instructions for assignment help

Students will review and analyze the chosen organization with theoretical models from the modules and produce a 1200-word report that responds to the following four questions:

1. From the perspective of the organisation’s customers, Identify and discuss the experience innovation that has been created.

2. Discuss and describe the convergence innovation that has been used by the organisation to enable it to provide the products/services it sells?

3. What role has Design Thinking played in the success of the organisation?

4. Do the organisation’s innovators/entrepreneurs demonstrate a covert or overt culture within the organisation? Justify your answer.

Suggested Outline & Content of your Report:

a) Cover Page – subject name, assessment name, student name, ID
b) Executive Summary
c) Table of Contents
d) Introduction
e) Discussion - answer to the 4 questions listed above.
f) Conclusion
g) References – minimum of 5 ACADEMIC REFERENCES

You are encouraged to use tables, charts and images in your report. Please note that the cover page, executive summary, references, appendices, tables, charts, and images do not form part of the word count.

Solution

Introduction

Creative business ideas are the reason that set the companies apart from one another. Innovation and creativity make the companies follow different marketing, promotion, technique, and selling of their products. Creativity is a crucial factor for the business in the current world mainly because innovation is essential to be ahead of the competitors in the current market. In order to explore how innovation is done, Green Collect company has been chosen for the analysis. Green Collect is a company “specialising in finding the best environmental outcome for a wide variety of hard-to-cycle products from offices to homes” (greencollect.org, 2022, para1). The company's main focusremains on innovating resources and recovery of the waste office items. In this assessment, the various methods and the approaches that the company is taking will be accessed. However, the main purpose of the assessment remains in discussing and applying the theoretical concepts from various modules for the subject towards evaluating the success of the chosen organization.

Discussion

Identifying the experience innovation created by Green Collect
The concept of experience innovation refers to the business differentiation and new growth approach with the help of which Green Collect will be able to look out for the opportunities from all the ideas and evaluation of the category. The experience space is distinct conceptually from the space of product, which is the conventional focus of the innovation (Prahalad, & Ramaswamy, .2003, p4).

Fig 1: The experience space
(Source: Prahalad, & Ramaswamy, 2003)

In this case, the company has successfully created experience innovation by creating an excellent website that can showcase the brand itself. This way, the company can bring the brand online, making it more accessible and helping the customers to discover the businesses. Without the company's online existence, it would be difficult for the customers to shop the products at the convenience of their homes. The site has a separate section called 'Shop' on the home page where all the recycled and re-used products that the company provides are listed categorically. For instance, there are categories for furniture, IT electronics, stationery with detailed price, size, and a picture of the product attached which makes it easier for the customer to shop. The company has also been adopting new support channels like Facebook and Instagram that help the company improve the customer experiences as the customers can access the company's support team efficiently.

Discussing and Describing Convergence Innovation That GreenCollect Uses

In the current world, creating value tends to ensure the company's growth and profitability, which comes from innovation. However, the convergence of the industries and the active role of the consumers in a networked society is increasing rapidly (Prahalad, & Ramaswamy, 2003, p2).

There is a need for a new point of view that will ensure that the individual customer will be actively co-construct the consumption experiences by the personalized interaction and co-creating values that are unique for themselves. The present world sees innovation “based on the convergence of seemingly heterogeneous and unrelated things that can help create exponential outcomes based on the economies of convergence and network” (Lee, &Trimi, 2021, p2).

In Green Collect, the company has used digital convergence innovation, which is a process in which the technology tends to exit with other disciplines and creates a dynamic system in which human interaction is important. Green Collect interacts with the local councils, businesses, and government departments and collects all the office wastes being sold to the customers according to their needs.

Role of Design Thinking in Green Collect Success

Human beings have been creating and designing things for a very long. From the age of stone axes to the current product design of the iPhone, this is the process of creating and solving the problem of the need (Clarke, 2020, Para 1).

Fig 2: Methodology of design thinking and the stages
(Source: self-made)

It can be stated that design thinking is a process in which one tries to understand the user, challenging the assumption and redefining the problems while making attempts so that the other strategies could be found out. The design thinking process includes things like discovery of empathy, defining the problem, generating ideas, creating and evaluating (Clarke, 2020, Para 1).

Empathetic discovery: At Green Collect the company has firstly found out the problem through empathetic discovery. The company empathizes with the user and the environment and observes them. The design thinkers tends to put detailed observation and tries to make usage of the things which might not be possible in general and inspire innovation. In this case, Green Collect has observed that office waste tends to be increasing rapidly which is not being easily seen by other people.

Problem Definition: All the alternatives to solve the problem are being considered in this stage. In this period, the problem to which one wants to find the solution becomes clear along with the objectives that need to be achieved. In this case, the main problem is reusing the office waste products so that there is a decrease in the physical space occupied by these waste products.

Generating Idea: In this, the first step remained to establish the dialogue regarding the possible solution that will carefully plan who will participate in the challenges provided. In this phase, ideas are generated to solve the problem and a multidisciplinary group focus is laid on the problem. In the end, the concepts are being expressed with the help of visual tools like photos, designs, etc. The ideas that were generated through this process were as follows:

· Acquiring more machinery

· Reusing the wastes that have been acquired

· Taking advantage of the knowledge workers so that manual recycling can be promoted

Prototype: It is a multidisciplinary group in which the ideas generated proceed with the assembly prototype. In this, the products that the company has acquired are being put on the company website with all the details and the features so that people can purchase them according to their needs at lower prices (Zbinden& Rossetti, 2020, p7).

Identifying If GreenCollect is Covert or Overt Culture

It has been observed that the overt culture is composed of the objective "company line" values and has been characterized as a culture of technoscience. On the other hand, the covert culture characterizes as a reflexive science culture that is being made up of a deeper level of motives or attitudes that is being helped implicitly at the personal level.

“Intelligence scholars have often remarked on the difficulty of accounting for covert action” (Luff, 2017, 29).

In this case, Green Collect is a social enterprise that is more focused on caring for people and the planet. The company's aim is to make a world where no waste exists. The company's focus remains on resources recovery and collecting the products from various officers and homes that can be sent to the landfill, sorting them carefully, and sorting them to find the best environmental outcome (greencollect.org, 2022, para1). The company's main priority remained to reuse, and if it cannot be reused, it will be recycled. Further, Green Collect has also created a workplace that has full flexibility and support the employees. This way it can be stated that the leader at Green Collect is following the overt culture.

Conclusion

From the above discussion, it has been observed that the company has been finding the best outcome for the products that are not easy to recycle. The company has successfully created experience innovation by creating an excellent website that can showcase the brand itself. The company has an official website through which it can reach a wide area of customers.
Also, the company convergence innovation is being used by the company as it interacts with the local councils, businesses, and government departments and collects all the office wastes sold to the customers according to their needs. Further, the company also uses the design thinking process to decide whether to reuse a product or recycle it. The company follows the overt culture in which the company is focused on caring for people and the planet both.

Reference

Clarke, R. (2020). Design Thinking. ALA Neal-Schuman. Web-s-ebscohost-com.torrens.idm.oclc.org. Retrieved 9 March 2022, from https://web-s-ebscohost-com.torrens.idm.oclc.org/ehost/ebookviewer/ebook/bmxlYmtfXzI0MzM1MDZfX0FO0?sid=21a51169-427a-4743-a260-a7ceba900eb9@redis&vid=0&format=EK&rid=1.

Lee, S. M., &Trimi, S. (2021). Convergence innovation in the digital age and in the COVID-19 pandemic crisis. Journal of Business Research, 123, 14-22.https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0148296320306226

Luff, J. (2017). Covert and Overt Operations: Interwar Political Policing in the United States and the United KingdomCovert and Overt Operations. The American Historical Review, 122(3), 727-757. https://academic.oup.com/ahr/article/122/3/727/3862792?login=true

Office Recycling | Retail Stores | Green Collect – Reuse – Upcycle – Recycle – Ewaste Recycling. Office Recycling | Retail Stores | Green Collect. (2022). Retrieved 9 March 2022, from https://www.greencollect.org/.

Zbinden, M., & Rossetti, G. (2020). Design Thinking methodology. A Case Study: Recycling of PET Bottles. Ajer.org. Retrieved 9 March 2022, from https://www.ajer.org/papers/Vol-9-issue-5/R0905175184.pdf.

MBA504 Data Analytics for Business Assignment Sample

Word Count: 1500 Words (+/-10%)
Weighting: 30 %
Total Marks: 30
Submission: Turnitin
Due Date: Tuesday, Week 7 at 11.55 (AEST)

Assessment Description

This assessment requires you to read and interpret a report written by McKinsey Global Institute. The report analyses trends following the impact of Covid-19, such as remote work and the uptake of digitalization and automation in work processes. McKinsey Global Institute research combines the disciplines of economics and management, employing analytical tools with the insights of business leaders. This report explores the post Covid work environment in 8 countries from a range of perspectives and metrics.

Assessment Instructions for assignment help

In this assessment, you need to:

Part A (1000 words)

• Study “The future of work after COVID-19” report from a data analytics perspective and provide an analysis incorporating the key points. A synopsis without analysis is insufficient to satisfy the requirements of the assessment.

a. The key insights, commentary on methods used, critique of the presentation methods and visualisations as well as possible improvements should be described. This should be addressed based on your learnings from the course.

• Specifically:

a. Derive and quote and describe appropriate statistical metrics from the report
b. Suggest alternative graphical or visual representation
c. Comment on the data collection and management.

Part B (500 words)

• Reflect on the key takeaways from this report, specifically those regarding the importance of developing your data analytics skills.

Solution

Introduction

The COVID – 19 Pandemic has had an impact on day-to-day life and approx all other aspects related to it. This also has its impact on world economies and globalization, as it directly hit the labour working and supply chain, which are interrelated with each other due to globalization.
Here, the report presents a study and analysis of the MGI (McKinsey Global Institute) report on “The future of work after COVID?19". This research examines several aspects of global economies which have a long-term impact on several work areas and diverse labour markets and states their pre and post-COVID conditions.

Key Observations

• In this physical proximity of work and work force along with businesses models and consumer behaviours or all taken into consideration, and the different diverse labour markets that are chosen for this study are United States, United Kingdom, France, Germany, India, China, Japan and Spain (Amankwah et al., 2021).

• It has shown different occupation transitions and their increment rate predicted in the report is 25% by 2030.

• Report shows demand shifting across occupations and their percentage change it’s shown in the report.

• Proximity scores over different kind of human interactions and work environment presented is also shown in form of a matrix and given out a score out of 100.

• Trends before and after and reducing the pandemic are shown in the report in various kinds of occupations and businesses.

• It is also shown the data that percentage of 2018 workforce and present demand for potential of remote work in higher advance economies along with number of workers in percentage who can work remotely for 3 to 5 day in a week, it is only 25-30 percentage of work force.

Stakeholders

The key stakeholders are:

• Investors
• Organizations
• Employees
• Governments
• Global Communities

Methods Used

While preparing a report on “The Future of work after COVID-19”, MGI have chosen different occupations and made a cluster of them, by preparing five metrics and dividing them into 10 arenas, they have followed both qualitative and quantitative approach.

The analysis of different trends that are obtained after COVID and pre-COVID trends both are examined and based upon them different graphical representations are made, showing various changes in terms of working habits of people, changes in demands, the potential for remote work, occupation transitions, labour growth demand, digital and automation adoption and industries which were more sustainable during such times.

This represents, change in trends and projected different upcoming trends, for workforce and businesses, and also provides a deep study about occupations transitions and their necessity to focus from now,

Critical Analysis of Methods and Improvements

The MGI report is prepared by assessing the potential impact of covid-19 on workforce and their analysis is based upon their occupation and work activity. While taken into consideration the different clustering of work arenas and their reflections are made.
In order to identify major impact more than 800 occupations are chosen and these are having their different criteria’s such as the required in-door or outdoor working or what kind of work practices they followed. In this potential is also taken out so that different activities and occupations that are required to be perform to physically now can be done via remote work or not.

After taking consideration of all such data certain graphical representations are made which again suggest some kind of figures and facts. This shows that different kind of human interactions and work environment requirements in various aspects such as medical care, personal care, on site customer interaction, Home support, computer based office work, transportation of goods etc or all taken into consideration and based upon them certain proximity scores are obtained (Blit, 2020).

Figure 1 Evaluation of demand over pandemic period
(Source: Lund et al., 2021)

In this world developing and making analysis of this kind of data bar graphs can also be developed as they have much easier and understanding and it is easier for reduced to extract facts and figures and data from those graphs. In this 6 major economy of world chosen which involves United States, China, Japan, Germany, United Kingdom, France and India.

Data Collection and Management

In this the data is being chosen from LinkedIn for number of members who moved to small cities as compared to the large cities into United States of America in a time span of 2020 as compared to 2019. Also for countries the data of recovery are chosen from October 20-20 report of MGI over consumer sentiments during corona virus pandemic. Apart from this the data is being chosen from the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia September 2020 report upon showing early trends from survey population (Couch et al., 2021).

While talking about human proximity data over workplace enter requirement of physical proximity and retailing with customers face to face discussions and environment over the work are all scored based upon us department of labour data. Also for standard occupational classification code the graphical representation given in this report uses 6 digit standard occupational codes and based upon them it provides percentage points over different countries on a wage criteria basis.
The 5 characteristics that are shown in report are chosen from the data by O*NET online and similar different sources. Based upon this data collection, the graphical representation of countries showing proximity scores for work places are presented.

Alternative Graphical or Visual Representation

For developing this report line charts can be used for displaying different kind of current trends, as line graphs are popularly recognised for their demonstrate capability of different trends in a concise and Swift manner. They are also helpful in indicating various kinds of representations over a single graph. Along with this bar charts can also be used in compare in different values and clusters that are made for different occupations and cities data represented in report (Chung et al., 2020).

Also to compare side by side values and data column charts are preferred and can be used in report show that visualisation of change of the market and business in terms of growth and their other characteristics. Also area charts are can be used in this to represent change in work culture and different kind of new occupations and work practices that are required and also comparative study of them before and after the COVID - 19.

Reflection

COVID – 19 was the worst pandemic that has hit the world in recent decades, and its impact was also high, such that supply chains are gets affected by this, and many countries are having high inflation and employment rates due to this pandemic. Even after two years, the impact of this is clearly visible.
Here, the physical proximity of work and work force along with businesses models and consumer behaviours are all taken into consideration, and the different diverse labour markets that are chosen for this study are United States, United Kingdom, France, Germany, India, China, Japan and Spain (Hodder, 2020).

The people and companies have changed their way of working, and instead of work which required physical presence, works which can be done remotely have attracted more people. As remote work looks like a more compatible and flexible methods of working, its demand was high, companies are also investing less in preparing workspaces and are focusing of remote work.

The physical dimension of work, Businesses policies and Workforce transitions in large scale and so on are included in factors which are impacted with COVID -19 pandemic.

Figure 2 Human interaction and work environment score
(Source: Lund et al., 2021)

The report shows that high wages occupation jobs are increasing and declining in a low wage occupation. This suggest that the scale and nature of transition of work force are very challenging in upcoming years and approx 107 million workers are needed to find different occupations by the year of 2030, as they are not able to compete with change in the demands and trends after Covid-19.

Figure 3 Representation showing potential remote work without losing effectiveness
(Source: Lund et al., 2021)

The above graphical representation shows that percentage of workforce who can do work from remote places, without losing effectiveness. And this chart shows that in developing countries, people can bear more load and not lose much effectiveness as compare to developing countries (Butterick et al., 2021). More than 800 occupations are chosen and these are having their different criteria’s such as the required in-door or outdoor working or what kind of work practices they followed.

Figure 4 Yearly Growth in ecommerce representation
(Source: Lund et al., 2021)

This graph represent year over growth of e-commerce retail sales and the period of 2019 - 2020 is chosen and annual average of 2015 - 19 is also shown and projected growth based upon these trends are presented.

There is a necessity for workers to learn different emotional and social skills as well as technology skills so that they can move to different high growth opportunities and higher wage bracket.

It is typical for the people to make transitions between occupations as they need to learn the different opportunities which are evolved and learn new skills for them. Also this report suggest that less educated workers, immigrants women’s and ethnic minorities are needed to make more occupation transition after this pandemic and they may need to face more challenges as compared to other people.
 

References

MGT600 Team Performance Evaluation Assignment Sample

Individual/Group - Individual
Length - 1,500 words

Learning Outcomes - The Subject Learning Outcomes demonstrated by successful completion of the task below include:

a) Critically assess the key principles and theories underlying management to achieve high-performing organisations at projects, teams, and individual levels.

b) Critically evaluate and reflect on effective relationships between people and teams in organisations and projects.

c) Demonstrate effective communication and practical problem solving skills to manage people in a range of complex contexts.

d) Critically reflect on the roles and functions that managers perform in the context of the challenges and risks in the changing global environment.

e) Develop and justify contemporary management strategies to address a variety of people management issues to ensure best practice and quality outcomes.

Assessment Task for Online Assignment Help

You are required to critically assess the performance of your team and recommend improvements based on the relevant concepts and frameworks you have learnt in this subject in a 1,500-word team evaluation report. Please refer to the Instructions for details on how to complete this task.

Instructions

1. Review your team’s performance in completing the first two assessments and make recommendations for improvement.

• In reviewing the team performance, considerations must be given to the following:

How did your team come together and what phases or stages did it go through?

What roles did team members play?

What challenges were presented?

How did individual, team, and contextual dynamics impact performance?

What would you do differently to improve performance?

How would you apply your learnings in your current or future workplace?

• Please note that you are not required to review the quality and content of the assessments you produced as a team. Instead, you are required to review the performance of the team in completing the assessment tasks.

• You are required to specifically apply and discuss concepts from Modules 4, 5, and 6 as well as any relevant processes and concepts from earlier modules.

• The evaluation needs to be supported with evidence from academic research as well as examples from your own experiences and or observations. You will also find the module activities useful in prompting your thinking.

2. Write a team evaluation report of 1500 words using the following structure:

• Cover sheet: Student details (student name, ID number, subject code & name, assessment number and title)

• Executive summary

• Table of contents

• Introduction: Outline the purpose and structure of your report.

• Background: Briefly describe your team’s purpose and relevant contextual issues.

• Main discussion: Review your team’s performance covering key concepts from all modules. Exploring these within an appropriate theoretical framework would be appropriate here.

• Recommendations / action plan: Provide recommended strategies and actions to improve your team’s performance.

• Conclusion

• Reference list

• Appendices

3. You are strongly advised to read the rubric, which is an evaluation guide with criteria for grading your assignment—this will give you a clear picture of what a successful report looks like.

Solution

Introduction

Assessment 3 mainly focuses on the review of team performance as well as the key considerations being identified in order to manage a team. The context aims to elucidate different considerations and strategies that were taken in the previous assignments. This assessment will cover the overall review of the team performance of the age care division. There are several challenges being identified in the project related to team performance and evaluation. From the previous studies, it is evident that the team has faced several issues due to its poor positioning and weak production due to team mismanagement. This assessment will cover all the challenges that the team is currently facing along with the possible ways to extenuate the issues accordingly. Moreover, this assessment will also highlight theoretical discussions related to the topic of interest and how the team can use theories to mitigate the challenges accordingly.

The main discussion

The onset of the Covid-19 pandemic creates several issues for the team and presently the organization process is facing various issues due to the imposition of government rules and policies and employee leaves. Imposing restrictions by the government and leave of employees created disruption in the systematic flow of information in the staff maintenance of the healthcare institute. Disruption in the systemic flow of information further created conflicts and impingement among the team members. Therefore, to extenuate the issue, having a strong leadership as well as a manager is quintessential who will be responsible for proffering clear communication and direction to the team. In this way, it will be possible for the employees and workers in the team to pay close attention to the details of daily tasks and manage to complete every task as per clear communication and advice provided by the team leader.

Reviewing Team Performance

Communication and interaction are the best possible ways to deal with the issues and mismanagement of the team. In this context as per the previous studies, it is evident that communication and conflict management can be very beneficial for the overall growth and development of an organization and its members. In the case of managing every process, it is very important to practice regular communication and interaction within the system in order to influence the entire organization. Through the application of an effective communication medium, it can be possible for the team to review its performance and to develop the relationship between them effectively.

However, it is also very essential to make constant innovation accordingly in order to make the process more influenced (Sanyal and Hisam, 2018). There are certain ways to do so. In this context, the team leader needs to use certain key theories and frameworks to develop the overall management and operations. Communication management leadership, motivational leadership, and transformational leadership styles are the best effective ways to mitigate contemporary management issues and challenges accordingly. Through the application of these leadership approaches, it can be possible for the team to develop its interagency communicational structure, operations, and overall infrastructure (Vamathevan et al. 2019). Moreover, it can also be essential for the team to use constructive interagency communication within the system to link all the processes and tasks under a single thread to achieve a common goal or a vision.

Several Challenges Identified

There are several challenges being faced by the team manager in order to make all the processes as per plan and to motivate all the members accordingly. In this context, it is very essential to identify these challenges and mitigate them accordingly for better business and social care operations. These are:

? Improper staff counting and performance disability are considered as the potential challenges that the team faced accordingly. This challenge is evident as a result of improper staff management, human resource operations, and poor leadership practice in the team (Akande-Sholabi and Adebisi, 2020).

? New government policies and regulations are also considered as one of the major challenges being faced by the team to work accordingly. The increasing taxations and other restrictions due to COVID 19 have made several changes in the planned strategy of the team.

? Limited resources and infrastructure of the team is also a notable challenge in this case. More precisely, increasing employee leave due to COVID 19 and fewer technical considerations to influence the working process are responsible for the increasing interferences in the organizational operations and team management.

? The team has faced several issues due to poor communication and less interest of the supervisor in the business details. In this context, through the application of this issue, it is very difficult for the members to practice regular communication among them for better business application.

? The team has also faced challenges as a result of the limited human resource operations of the team. In this context, due to the poor infrastructure of the human resources, it is very difficult for the team members to manage all the processes accordingly along with increasing their overall concentration accordingly.

Figure 1: Identified challenges
(Source: Created by the learner)

Mitigating the challenges

There are several ways to mitigate the identified challenges. In this context, the team leader needs to incorporate strategies and considerations accordingly to influence the entire system. These are

? Development of infrastructure: It is very important for the team and the team leader to develop the overall infrastructure of the team. This will include the incorporation of a communication medium, practice of theoretical concepts, and innovative marketing strategies (Rani et al. 2020).

? Implementation of the latest technology: Implementation of the latest technology can also be an important consideration to mitigate contemporary challenges. Through the application of the latest technology, it can also be possible to develop the overall processes such as HR management, employee management, and operational measures. Moreover, implementation of technology can also be helpful in the case of making constant innovation in the existing system. An improved human resource system can be very beneficial for the employees, members, and the team leader to pay closer attention to the details of the overall team and organizational processes accordingly.

? Use of effective leadership styles: Using effective leadership approaches and considerations can also be helpful to mitigate the identified challenges. In this context, the team leader needs to use motivational theory along with transformational leadership theory to influence the employees and increase their focus on daily operations (Kumar et al. 2022). The team leader can use these leadership approaches in order to manage the safe flow of the entire business and the members accordingly.

Figure 2: Mitigating strategies
(Source: Created by the learner)

Theoretical Discussion

As per the views of Asbari et al. (2020), transformational leadership is a process that helps a leader to extenuate conflicts among the team and can increase the overall success of a team by encouraging them. Strong transformational leadership helps a leader to establish a strong relationship among the team members which further helps the leader to bring enthusiasm and engagement of the team members with the work. Envisaging the analysis explains that the exigencies of a strong leadership style boost the morale of the team members and implement vision and value for them. Therefore effectuating a transformational leadership approach not only helps the health care institutions to make all the team members united in a common cause but also will stimulate and encourage them for learning and creativity respectively.

Figure 3: Transformational leadership style
(Source: Kotamena et al. 2020)

On the other hand, according to Calvo & Topa (2019), motivational leadership is about creating positivity and vision among the employees and team members. The authors have also elucidated that practising motivational leadership at the workplace helps a manager to see the best among the employees and it can further inspire them to work toward a common goal. It can be seen that when a member of one team tries to communicate with another team it is creating conflicts in the healthcare institution. Therefore, practising a motivational leadership style will help to bring all the teammates closer by providing them with the same vision or goal. Here the goal is to improve the analytical ability, evaluating ability and problem-solving ability of the team to identify “exploit” opportunities in the real-world environment and to exert control over the workplace. Despite this, contemplating motivational leadership by the manager would help the manager to improve the self-confidence and self-esteem of the team members which will further improve employee health, vision and purpose. Therefore, the cultivation of motivational leadership will be susceptible to extenuating disruption of communication, lower level of absenteeism, and poor team member engagement, It will further develop the competencies of the team members by making them creative and setting goals and growing interest in the project work.

Figure 4: Motivational leadership style for the team manager
(Source: Thrassou et al. 2018)

One of the major issues behind the conflicts among the team members is the lack of trust among the team members which further radix or disrupt the constructive integrity of communication, contextual dynamics of team performances. Therefore to knock off the issue authors like Andersson (2019), enunciated communication management theory, which states that communication management increases trust among the members and improves employee engagement with the work which further redounds to provide clarity and direction to the employees about team’s goals and objectives.

Figure 5: Communication management theory
(Source: Zerfass et al. 2020)

Therefore, reversing the situation, the team can come forth with a communication management theory which will allow them to promote team building and trust which can further improve productivity, and team management and the ability of the team to administer and monitor “teamwork”, “communication”, “objective settings” and “performance appraisal”. 

Recommendations and Action Plan

? In order to enhance the communication among the team members, it is recommended that the team should adopt interagency communication. Practising interagency communication will help the team to create a sense of community ownership among them which will further help them to address their needs and demands while working toward a common goal or objectives.

? SMART action plan

Table 1: SMART action plan
(Source: Self-Developed)

Recommendation for the Students Group

? In order to extenuate the conflicts between the team members, the team adopted a transformational leadership style. Despite this, it is recommended that the team can further adopt Laissez Faire's leadership style. It will allow the team members to express their ideas and feelings without any hesitation. In addition to it, Laissez Faire's leadership style brings creativity to the team members which will further help teams to reduce conflicts among team members.

? On the other hand, adopting a transformational leadership style will help the team members to bring enthusiasm and motivation among the team members which will further impel the students for learning by bracing up their creativity.

? In order to increase the engagement of team members, the team can adopt Belbin's team development theory. Adoption of Belbin’s team development theory will help the team members to discover their strengths in the workplace. Despite this, it will further help the students to be multifunctional while working on a project..

? The student team can also adopt Belbin's team development theory; it will further help them work on a project unitedly. Despite this, Belbin’s team development theory will help the team members to gather strength from the students to knock off the weakness of the team.

Conclusion

It can be concluded from the above analysis that communication is one of the significant weapons that motivates the team members to work unitedly toward a common goal. Without proper leadership style and communication strategies create bad interpersonal relations that further create mistrust, abstinence and low morale among the team members. It creates hindrances in knowledge sharing which further the “grapevine effect” among the team members. It can also create aggrieved feelings which can commence unhealthy competition among the students.

References

CVE80010 Principles of Sustainability Assignment Sample

Your task is to write a report that examines the ways in which climate change is predicted to impact upon your home city. What you consider to be your home city should be the one closest to your heart – it is not necessary to be where you were born or have lived the longest.

The basic changes that you must cover are changes in precipitation, sea level, humidity, wind and temperature. Your report must cover social impacts, and you have to integrate regional considerations including water supplies, food supplies and refugee movements. You should include the readily apparent adaptations or actions briefly that are taken likely to mitigate the impacts– but this is not the primary focus of the task.

Climate change projections are typically discussed against a series of different reference years (e.g. 2030, 2050, 2100) because some regions will experience different impacts at different times (rather than just increasing severity of each) – so make sure your report considers this variability over at least two of the projected times.

If your home city has already developed a climate change risk assessment or adaptation plan, your report should find a different angle to consider the issue from. It is not acceptable to take a single report as your only reference source. If you feel the amount of work already completed for your chosen city leaves you no room for originality, then you may wish to choose a different city that you’re familiar with.

Your report should total 1500 words +? 10% (excluding bibliography),for assignment help but keep in mind the effectiveness of images, diagrams, and maps in communicating complex information. It must be succinctly written, i.e. it must communicate a large amount of information using the limited number of words you’re permitted.

Solution

Introduction

The study is to explore the changes in the weather condition. It is to predict the changes in the climatic condition and its subsequent impact on Mumbai City. Mumbai city is found to have experienced significant climatic changes and have been affected by the major crisis as a result of potential changes in the humidity level, precipitation and temperature (Adam et al., 2021). The study is to explore the changes in the past and the weather situation at the current time and subsequent changes that are predictable within the context of the city.

Sea level

The climate changes are evident in Mumbai City as there is a significant change in the level of the sea as a result of rising temperature. It has been founded Mumbai city is one of the 12 listed cities that are to face the event of submergence as a result of extreme sea surface temperature rainfall and rapid organization.

Figure 1: flood in Mumbai
(Source:Psmsl.org, 2022).

As per the global standard it has been noted that there is a significant increase of the sea level by 3.4 every 10 years, but the sea-level rise in Mumbai city is found to be extraordinary as the sea level rises half a meter annually.

Figure2: drought in Mumbai
(Source: Science News, 2022)

The event of a flood is regular in Mumbai and the local climate strategies and noted disaster that is to befall on the city.

Figure 3: Sea level rise projection
(Source: Science News, 2022)

Historical data has found significant changes in the sea level and the prediction towards 2100 is found to be severe and may influence the city climate further.

Humidity level

High humidity influences the atmosphere with the ability to function as a greenhouse gas. It will reflect the heat towards the earth and Mumbai city experiences a high level of humidity and it increases the temperature level of the city.

Figure: impact of climate change on the humidity level
(Source: Impact of humidity level, 2022)

The rainfall in the monsoon is found to be excessive. Mumbai is always at a high risk of flood and IPCC has warned it accordingly.

Change in precipitation

Climate change is evident with the changes in the rainfall over Mumbai. The quantity of rainfall has declined significantly over the period leading to significant damage climatic condition of the city (Patel., 2022).

Figure 4: Rainfall frequency
(Source: Snapshot.epa.gov., 2022)

The GCM data has revealed that the intensity of the rainfall has declined over the period. There is a significant number of dry days and the frequency of the rainfall has been affected as time progresses. The pre-monsoon and post-monsoon seasons provide a significant scarcity of the flow of rainwater (Science News, 2022). From the perspective of a civil engineer, the city is widely affected. They are not capable of maintaining the drainage system when the monsoon season starts and affects the flow with waterlogging.

Figure: Temperature and humidity
Source: (Imdmumbai.gov.in, 2022)

The rainwater of 1936 in Mumbai city was found to be good enough but when there is a progress of time the rainwater flow has declined significantly in Mumbai city. Extreme weather conditions are a challenging situation for human society. The impact of climate change is more strong on human beings. It is human society that has contributed to the changes in the weather and climate conditions. The greenhouse gasses contribute to heavy rainfall. The building service engineerhas to face obstruction when there is high rainfall. The work could hardly progress in the season.

Figure 5: Models of climate change
(Source: Bury, Bauch and Anand, 2019)

There is a marked improvement in climate change. Accumulated rainfall has been affected by the entire period. The annual statistic has provided potential changes in the rainfall event. The Monsoon period is responsible for 96% of rainfall (Bhuyan et al., 2018).
Wind

The simulated weather data has provided a significant historical understanding of the climatic condition of Mumbai City. The normal speed of the wind in Mumbai is found to be between 15 km per hour and 10 km per hour. A potential change is noted in the rainy season when the wind speed is found to be 30 kmph and 25 kmph (Bury, Bauch and Anand, 2019). The great dominant average hourly wind direction in Mumbai throughout the year (Schaer and Pantakar, 2018). The average global wind speed has changed from 7 mph to 7.4 mph. The changes in the climatic condition influence car accelerated sea-level rise losses of sea ice and intense waves.

Temperature

Changes in the temperature level at the global level influence the climatic condition in a significant and effective way. The average temperature changes 2.4C over 124 years. The intergovernmental panel on climate change has reported a 4.6 degree Celsius rise in the May temperature within the context of the workplace (Patel., 2022). The temperature changes have significantly changed the rainfall heatwaves emission and extreme weather. It has been noted that Maharashtra has recorded moderate warming of 0.25C 0.42C. The data has revealed a consistent rise in temperature over the period since 1990. The potential changes in that temperature level have influenced the environment in a significant and effective way. The failure of HVAC will negatively influence the city and affect the environment of the city in a potentially negative way.

Figure 6: Average Change in temperature
(Source: Bhuyan et al., 2018)

It has been noted that it is a great threat to the consistent rise of the temperature. A 1.5 Celsius degree rise in the global temperature may have a significant impact on the development with water scarcity droughts floods and heatwaves. The changes in the rainfall and temperature will create a unique phenomenon that will submerge the city and affect the city in a potentially negative. It is a synergic effect that will have a potential impact on the city.

Social Impact

The study of urbanization and the use of vehicles cause significant damage to the existing environment within the context of the workplace (Bury, Bauch and Anand, 2019). The climate change profile has a significant impact on the organization. It is difficult for Mumbai City to manage the greater challenge in managing the health effects of extreme event livelihood security, food security, water security and cultural identity as a result of climatic changes.

Water Supplies

Mumbai city has been part of the hill and floodplain. Mumbai has grown to be a city with the highest vulnerability as a result of growing climate changes. Mumbai city has experienced longer summers and smaller winters (Rahaman et al., 2021). It has affected the city with moderate warming. The maximum temperature of the city rises 0.8 Celsius till 2030. India comes at the 7th position in the global climate risk index 2021. The population of the city is expected to grow 25% in the year 2021. Water supply has been a persistent issue in Mumbai. The absence of an appropriate quantity of water has affected the construction activities. The shortage of water results from the high demand for industry and activities (Patel., 2022). Mumbai city has experienced 96% rainfall in the monsoon season and for the rest of the year, there is a significant water scarcity (Science News., 2022). The changes in the climatic condition influence the water allocation and affect the organization in managing the water supply. Social progress is obstructed as society does not find enough water supply. Mumbai city is always affected by the water crisis. The drinking water supply is the lowest.

Food Supplies

Mumbai city hardly produces a significant quantity of food and it relies on the other rural region and cities for the food supply. Food production is found to be at risk and the production and growth of maize wheat and other crops are declining. The global climatic changes have affected the environment in a significant and effective way making it more difficult for the population to obtain food (Bhuyan et al., 2018). Agricultural development is affected as a result of climate changes. The loss of agricultural productivity affects efficiency within the context of the workplace.

Figure 7: impact of climate change hunger
(Source: Bhuyan et al., 2018)

Hunger and poverty increase over the period and they have a significant impact on the consumer at the global level. The food supply in Mumbai is abundant as it collects a large number of products from external suppliers (Patel., 2022). Biodiversity is widely effective as a result of changes in the capability of the soil in producing food. Climate change has a diversity in time on the food supply and affects the level of hunger in the City(Schaer and Pantakar, 2018). The urban population of the city is always affected by the food shortage.

Refugee movements

The World Bank identifies the people who have moved from one place to another place to avoid hunger and deprivation. The refugees moving for climate change are considered to be internally displaced people. The weather-related disaster creates climate refugees and Mumbai city has already experienced climate change and is also expected to submerge into the sea(Khosla and Bhardwaj, 2019). Bangladesh is found to have further predicted the submergence of 17% of the country by 2050.
Climate refugees in India are estimated to be 39.7 million people in 2022 (Mi et al., 2019). A large number of people is moving from one place to another with the issue of climate change and weather events. The major city of India is found at severe risk within the context of the changing climatic situation.

The action was taken by the government

Action against climate change is essentially required to cope with the existing problem and overcome the barrier of progress and development. The Government of India is found to have taken an effective and positive approach to the management of climate change. The government is found to have undertaken solar mission energy-efficient product sustainable mission of habitat National water mission green India and sustainable agriculture (Sudipta et al., 2021). These are the potential means of the development of the organization within the context of the climate. The global consumption of oil has been effectively managed with the proper use of a variety of products.

Conclusion

It can be said that the growing impact of climate changes influence the capability and efficiency of the city in obtaining the resources. The government's decision to develop sustainable practices in the area of solar system water crisis management and natural habitat will improve the organization in a significant and effective. The impact of political instability, lack of proper initiatives towards the management of climate change and insufficient participation has affected the organzaition in a significant way. The high risk and uncertainty will be seen if the government is not following the strict decisions.

Reference List

MEM604 Engineering Management Capstone Assignment Sample

Individual/Group - Individual
Length - 2500 words (+/- 10%)

Learning Outcomes

The Subject Learning Outcomes demonstrated by successful completion of the task below include:

b) Evaluate and apply research ethics in engineering management research.

c) Assess and employ complex research design and methods and problem solving skills in a research project.

d) Critically reflect and apply learning and knowledge from previous MEM subjects to an engineering management?based research topic in a real business environment.

Assessment Task for Online Assignment Help

Completion and acceptance of a final research project report in 2500 words (+/- 10%) to include: the title of the research topic; aim of the research: research questions addressed; methodology, research ethics, research limitations; description of the research completed; findings and recommendations; research gaps and further research required; references.

Please refer to the Task Instructions for details on how to complete this task.

Instruction

To complete this assessment, you need to organise and write a report on the research that you have done throughout the subject, including building on the research that you presented in Assessment 2.

Below is a guide to structuring the report:

1. Student name, student number, academic supervisor
2. Introduction
3. Title of the research topic
4. Project purpose and objectives
5. Research questions
6. Methodology
7. Summary of research conducted against research questions
8. Findings
9. Recommendations
10. Conclusions
11. Further research required
12. References
13. Attachments

Solution

Introduction

A project is undertaken to solve an issue or meet customer requirements. The task for Capstone was conducted to measure sustainability management to maintain an adequate supply chain for Tesco. Tesco has a complex supply chain connecting with varied local, regional, and international suppliers; hence requires optimisation and utilisation to reduce costs and waste while protecting and promoting related communities. The project has been conducted to understand issues that Tesco faces in its supply chain and measures it can adopt to promote sustainability at all levels.

Title of Research Topic- “SUSTAINABILITY MANAGEMENT FOR SUPPLY CHAIN EFFICIENCY OF TESCO”

Project purpose and Objectives

The project's purpose was to signify sustainability management to promote effectiveness in Tesco's supply chain. Currently, Tesco has been making efforts to manage its supply chain by embedding sustainability principles. Although the retail giant has faced many issues, the ongoing pandemic has increased. It has become essential for Tesco to measure gaps at all levels to improve cost- efficiencies, reduce wastage and protect all stakeholders' interests.

Objectives of Study

The purpose helped to develop project objectives that have been discussed below.

• Evaluating challenges Tesco faces that impact the supply chain hinders business growth.
• Ascertaining impacts of sustainability on Tesco’s overall supply chain management.
• Analysing measures that could solve supply chain issues faced by Tesco provides a guideline for companies operating in the retail sector.

Research Questions

To achieve meaningful insights for the project, research questions were developed.

• Question 1: What sustainability challenges in supply chain management are currently being faced by Tesco?

• Question 2: What are a sustainable supply chain's potential impacts on achieving business growth?

• Question 3: How do Tesco measure requirements and maintain an efficient supply chain?

• Question 4: How new and advanced technology will benefit the supply chain management of retail companies like Tesco?

Methodology

Research onion to choose appropriate methods for conducting research for the project. Considering the layers, from the external to an internal layer of the onion, interpretivism philosophy was used for understanding factual information and interpreting it accordingly. The research approach of the deductive paradigm was applied to realise existing sustainable practices and align the supply chain with a real-time company named Tesco Plc.

It was essential to align the project study’s aims and objectives while saving time; secondary research methods were used. Since the second strategy was used, techniques like qualitative and descriptive were used while finding articles and browsing company reports and other information online. The descriptive and qualitative tools have helped collect information while making the findings more inclusive, logical, usable, and validated. The innermost circle of the research onion was data collection and analysis methods. The secondary information was collected and published from 2012 to 2022 online. In addition, Tesco's website, reports, peer-reviewed journals, and publicly available articles were used. All the pieces were analysed through descriptive and qualitative tools for deriving meaningful insights.

Summary of Findings

Collected information helped to answer the research questions identified in the initial research proposal. The findings helped to understand that Tesco Plc has been facing supply chain disruptions owing to Brexit, pandemics, staff shortages and other factors. There is a lack of technological integration within the supply chain, which has distribution challenges and hence, many stores’ lacks supply to fill up spaces on the shelves. An efficient supply chain is essential to maintain quality products, brand reputation and customer expectations. Hence, Tesco Plc uses storage information technology systems which help it to order directly from the manufacturer, thus, retaining the quality without the fuss of packaging, change of temperature and others. Although, it lacks innovation and use of technology in the entire supply chain.

It has created an accelerator tracker program for tracking innovations with suppliers in the food supply chain to reduce wastage and costs and improve optimisation. Although, the sustainability tracking could be done with the UN's tracker for Sustainable Development Goals. In addition, investing in advanced technologies like Block Chain and AI could improve transparency, interoperability, and cost-effectiveness while fulfilling sustainable business goals.
Findings

Challenges Faced by Tesco

In 2021, Tesco faced significant supply chain disruption when shoppers found most of the shelves empty. Food and consumer goods shelves were open, and Tesco claimed that distribution challenges had led to such a crisis. This indicates that Tesco lacked long-term planning and trustable relations with suppliers, which led to supply and distribution issues across all stores. To address the problems, Tesco improved rail distribution, providing a bonus of £1000 to drivers. The supply chain and distribution challenges have increased with Brexit, allowing only two trips across the EU borders in a week.

In addition, the supply chain issues have increased with high shipping costs and blocking Suez Canal (Reuters, 2021). This became acute when Tesco and other retailers in the UK faced problems like staff shortages that impacted operations in warehousing, packing and other related functions. Since the pandemic accompanied with Ukraine -Russia crisis, all petrol pumping stations are facing a higher crisis due to lack of supply. This has impacted the transportation of goods, consumer goods and other products in Large or heavy vehicles requiring a substantial amount of fuel.

In this view, amidst the lockdown, uncertainty and a series of extended lockdowns provided the impetus to sell more, where the sales and profits were recorded at 16.6%. Even though the sales of Tesco increased, the company faced acute supply chain disruption, which impacted its operational and other functions (Clayton, 2021).

Tesco procures its supplies from different underdeveloped nations or lower socio-economic regions where unethical sourcing is common. The sustainability challenge is further increased by using heavy and oversized good vehicles, which emit high GHG and pollute the environment. Packaging and transportation materials must also be shifted to sustainable, recyclable, and reusable products.

Potential Impacts of The Supply Chain on Achieving Business Growth

In recent times, Tesco Plc has had many issues in its supply chain and distribution functions driven by internal and external forces. As mentioned, most of Tesco Plc's shelves were empty during Christmas. If such incidents occur frequently, consumer purchasing from competitor stores like Aldi will increase, reducing the market share of Tesco Plc in the UK. This will result in a shift in consumer preferences.

Supplier relationship is the core factor that severally impacts the business, as Tesco Plc resells the manufactured products at the lowest prices. Aldi sells the same products at lower prices, while Amazon provides faster delivery of groceries to its members. Hence, the suppliers might shift to other opportunities like the rise of e-commerce and competitive pricing offered by Aldi and others.

In addition, supermarkets are obligated to pay 1% of the revenue generated in the UK owing to the mistreatment of suppliers. Hence, optimisation and an efficient supply chain are essential to retain customers, strengthen supplier relations, satisfy stakeholders and cope with stiff competition in the retail industry (Topham, 2021). Sustainability is vital to improving brand reputation and reaping short-, medium- and long-term objectives.

In this view, Tesco has initiated many strategies to cope with its sustainable supply chain. Tesco Plc is the first retailer to offer sustainability associated with the finances of the supply chain. Thus, the company motivates its suppliers through monetary bonuses for applying approaches that reduce GHG emissions (SDG, 2022). Besides, Tesco Plc has collaborated with WWF and has launched an accelerator programme for tracking food systems and inventions.

These initiatives are in the initial stages and are expected to improve business goals and objectives. Hence, such strategies will prove effective in the long run and will positively impact be achieving business objectives. In addition, if supply chain management sustainability practices are efficiently embedded in the long run, Tesco Plc might benefit from the following reasons.

Reduction in Overall Environmental Impacts

EU has tightened environmental norms, which has obligated retailers to reduce emissions. Thus, following sustainability in the supply chain will help align with international and regional laws and enable cost savings. It helps to reduce labour costs by more than 50%, along with an improvement in profit margins by 0.25%. Hence, reducing wastage and improving efficiency during transportation through good heavy vehicles.

Improving Supply Continuity

Diversifying the supply chain in Tesco's operation avoids over-reliance on the singular chain. The pandemic to Brexit and other factors has disrupted the supply chain and distribution challenges. Tesco has already initiated diversification by collaborating with sustainable supply chain start-ups, which helps the company to maintain resilience in meeting business objectives (Nutburn, 2019).

Improving Business Reputation

Since Tesco Plc has initiated sustainable supply chain strategies, improving the lives of people linked at different levels of the supply chain will help enhance business growth. The supply chain efficiency improves brand reputation, which enhances business growth. A high brand reputation will help rebuild trust and cope with the competition posed by the UK retail industry (Nutburn, 2019).

Companies like Tesco Plc need to embed sustainable supply chains like ISO 14001 to identify gaps that could hinder efficient green savings. This accreditation supports environmental compliance, improves brand reputation, and opens more business opportunities.

Measuring Performance and Embedding Sustainable, Efficient Supply Chain

Sustainability in the supply chain is a newer concept for Tesco Plc as it initiated the strategy after facing a supply and distribution-related crisis. It has launched accelerator programs for tracking food systems to measure its sustainability initiative with start-up companies. Since Tesco Plc operates in different categories, it sources food products from local farmers and farmlands. Thus, accelerator programs will help to track innovation in food sources, thus reducing impacts on food security systems (Tesco Plc. 2022).

In addition, the innovation connection was built by Tesco Plc in collaboration with WWF to address barriers to the sustainable innovation of food supply chains. This strategy will also help to scale ideas and technology for which the start-up supplier companies must pair with pitch scale up- projects. These partners will be provided funds with £150,000 to scale innovation (Hart, 2021).

The current tracking program is only linked to the food supply chain, although its overall supply chain still lacks a measuring system for aligning with sustainability. Hence, United Nations has developed SDG targets that will enable global development (SDG, 2022). Tesco Plc could use the SDG tracker to measure its performance in different environmental-related goals. Tesco Plc can align its sustainable goals with 17 developed of them developed by the UN that will help to protect the environment while also achieving desired business goals (SDG, 2022).

Benefits of New and Advanced Technology in Supply Chain Management in Retail Companies

The supply chain has a vital role to play in maintaining product quality. Well-organised supply chains and distribution channels help reduce waste and manage costs while ensuring product quality. Tesco Plc faced supply chain crises when most of its shelves were empty. Thus, it revamped its supply chain, which could help procure supplies before the open frame. Although, the pandemic and other external forces again imposed a crisis that resulted in delays in deliveries and loss of opportunities (Supply Chain. In. 2020).

Besides, new storage technologies helped to retain this crisis to a large extent. This technology allows Tesco Plc to receive perishable items directly from production units, reducing wastage, packing and additional time required during distribution (Tesco Plc. 2022). This has helped to provide fresh products from manufacturers located within the UK and helped Tesco Plc to combat some parts of the crisis that was imposed due to national and international lockdowns.

Although, there is a lack of advanced technologies that could help cope with the crisis. Big data can enable historical information to study changing trends and related factors. In addition, artificial intelligence can be used in varied ways, like planning demand and understanding purchasing decisions. In recent times, Tesco Plc has used AI in storage technology; however entire functions should be embedded with such technologies. This will help in further optimisation and efficient supply chain.

Blockchain technology is considered the future of supply, which will help companies like Tesco Plc drive supply chain transparency. It will help to improve traceability, thus, reducing loss and enhancing visibility (Deloitte, 2017). It will minimise complex paperwork and help Tesco Plc lower its administrative costs. Blockchain technology will help Tesco Plc improve interoperability while enabling firms to embed sustainability principles.

Recommendations

Tesco Plc requires developing Sustainable supply chain goals, which should be aligned with those 14 objectives set by the UN. This will help meet local and international environmental norms that will promote the brand reputation and overall community development and optimise the supply chain. UN tracking tools are recommended for measuring sustainability goals and developing new milestones.

In addition, Tesco must adopt and invest in new technologies like Blockchain, AI, and significant to improve suppliers' transparency, predict trends, reduce wastage and costs, to optimise inventories to reduce the incidence of empty shelves. The company recently lacks innovation in the supply chain; hence, distribution in all stores is affected by changes in the internal and external environment. Thus, newer technologies will help build transparency, thereby planning alternative strategies without compromising customer expectations and profits.

Tesco Plc is suggested to embed sustainability within the supply chain, which will help to build resiliency and promote growth. In addition, Tesco Plc needs to develop strategies for ethical conduct while procuring from lower socio-economic regions. The supply chain management should aim to foster all development while coping with the competition.

Supplier codes are suggested to be developed to secure long-term relationships with suppliers while ensuring the right quality and quantity are delivered within the requested time frame. The existing supplier base should be trained on modern technologies to adopt sustainable and contemporary methods to promote higher efficiency.
Conclusion

Tesco Plc is a renowned retail company in the UK facing major supply chain issues linked with sustainability. The project aimed to understand the sustainable challenge faced within the supply chain of Tesco Plc along with the benefits of new technology, measuring the goals and impacts of the supply chain on business objectives. Tesco Plc lacks innovation and alignment with global sustainable goals. The lack of appropriate strategies has implicated the application of modern techniques to improve transparency and costs while building the resiliency of the supply chains. Tesco Plc needs to align its sustainable goals with the UN to acquire global standards in supply chain management. Also, Blockchain is one of the modern technologies considered to be the future of supply chains. Hence, the company should invest in tools to optimise supply chain operations.

References

MBA501 Dynamic Strategy and Disruptive Innovation Assignment Sample

Assessment Type - Individual
Length - 2000 words (+/- 10% allowable range)
Weighting: 40%

Assessment Description

This assessment focuses on stakeholder engagement (workshop 05), business-level strategies (workshop 07) and corporate-level strategies (workshop 08). After identifying key stakeholders of Unilever, you need to develop a stakeholder engagement plan covering three stakeholders by incorporating the template discussed in workshop 05. Based on Porter’s five generic strategy framework, you need to identify the business level strategy adopted by one business unit/product group from Unilever's Beauty and Personal Care Division. You must provide an analysis of the suitability of this strategy. After that, you need to identify at least 2-to 3 corporate-level strategic initiatives undertaken by the Beauty and Personal Care Division over the last decade. You must analyse the purpose of these corporate-level strategic initiatives in the context of the template discussed in workshop 08.

Assessment Instructions for Best Assignment Help

Need to identify 7-9 stakeholders of Unilever – Division Beauty and Personal Care and select

A. Introduction to Unilever – Division Beauty and Personal Care Provided a concise introduction to Unilever. This introduction should include a brief history, scale of the operation (revenue, staff strength, etc.), products/ services, and industry dynamics. This section should not exceed 400 words.

Need to identify 7-9 stakeholders of Unilever – Division Beauty and Personal Care and select three stakeholders for engagement planning. Provide a brief introduction to the stakeholders.

You must utilise the stakeholder engagement planning template discussed in workshop 05: include the completed templates in the appendix. The report should contain a summary of the engagement plan for each stakeholder. This section should not exceed 600 words.

C. Business-level strategies adopted by Unilever – Division Beauty and Personal Care

Based on Porter’s Five Generic Strategy framework discussed in workshop 05, identify the business-level strategy adopted by one business unit/ product group of Unilever – Division Beauty and Personal Care. You need to indicate the rationale for determining the chosen strategy and critique the suitability. This section should not exceed 500 words.

Please note: you are only expected to explore one business unit/ product group when analyzing the business-level strategies.

D. Corporate-level strategic initiatives Unilever

Analyse the corporate-level strategic initiatives of Unilever by exploring past activities - greenfield expansions, joint ventures, strategic alliances, mergers & acquisitions, etc., over the last ten years. You must identify at least three such initiatives discussed in workshop 08. You must incorporate the template used in workshop 08 to review these initiatives’ purpose: the completed template should be included in the appendix. This section should not exceed 700 words.

E. Recommendations

Based on your analysis, provide recommendations to Unilever management on stakeholder engagement, and strategic initiatives that can defend the competitive position and stimulate growth. This section should not exceed 300 words. There is no need for a conclusion.

Solution

A. Introduction to Unilever

Unilever plc is a British multinational consumer goods company with headquarters in London. Food, condiments, ice cream, cleaning supplies, cosmetics, and personal care goods are all available from Unilever. Products made by Unilever, the world's largest soap maker, may be purchased in over 190 different nations. Lifebuoy, Dove, Sunsilk, Knorr, Lux, Sunlight, Rexona/Degree, are just some of Unilever's well-known brands (Web.archive.org, 2022).

Unilever is made up of the Foods and Beverages, Home Care, and Beauty & Personal Care businesses. R&D facilities may be found in China, India, the Netherlands, the United Kingdom, and the United States. Unilever was formed on September 2, 1929, when the British soap company Lever Brothers and the Dutch margarine company Margarine Unie amalgamated. In the latter half of the twentieth century, the company started to branch out abroad and diversify its product offerings away from the production of oils and fats (Bloomberg.org, 2022). It has acquired several firms since its founding in 1971, including Lipton, Brooke Bond, Chesebrough-Ponds, Best Foods The specialised chemicals section of Unilever was sold to ICI in 1997. Under Paul Polman's leadership in the 2010s, the company gradually shifted its focus away from food brands showing sluggish performance and into health and beauty companies (Ackerman, 2020).

As well as being included in the FTSE 100 Index, Unilever is also listed on the London Stock Exchange as its primary trading venue. Due to Unilever's recent Euronext Amsterdam IPO, the company is now tracked by the AEX index. On 30 November 2020, Unilever announced that all of its Dutch and UK operations will be fully integrated under a single London-based organisation. Unilever has had an underlying sales increase of 4.5% this fiscal year, bringing in 52.4 billion Euros in revenue. The company's core operating margin is 17.4 percent [Figure 1].

Figure 1: Background of Unilever
(Source: Unilever, 2022)

B. Stakeholder engagement plan

In the Beauty and Personal Care division of Unilever, working collaboratively with their stakeholders such as their employees, customers, investors, authorities and legislators, suppliers, researchers, NGOs, communities, and peer companies is essential to achieving their mission and growing their company (Leonidou et al. 2020). The three stakeholders identified for the engagement planning are the customers, employees, and the government in this report.

Customers

To guide their innovation and marketing efforts, Unilever has a dedicated team working on Consumer and Marketing Insights. Their 37 internal People Data Centres, for instance, examine information gleaned from social media, Consumer Carelines, as well as digital marketing to inform their responses to customer comments (Unilever, 2022).

Employees

The results of the annual UniVoice poll are a vital resource for gauging the workforce's morale. Their 2021 UniVoice staff survey saw around 90,000. Excellent levels of staff engagement were maintained across the company, putting them in the top 25% for engagement relative to industry norms. To ensure that all employees have frequent and direct access to the CEO and ULE, they organise biweekly 'Your call' meetings during which the CEO and ULE take questions from the staff and provide answers (Unilever, 2022).

Government

Communication with government, authorities, and NGOs, as well as political activity and contributions, are covered under our Code. These dealings must be sanctioned, following all relevant laws and Values, and conducted openly (Lavery, 2018). They do not contribute to or endorse any political party, politician, or interest group. In addition to stating publicly that no monetary donations were made to political candidates in 2021, they also provide this information in the Annual Report and Financial Statements (Unilever, 2022).

Based on the above discussion, the engagement plan has been designed for the three stakeholders, including the stakeholders' major expectations and how those expectations can be converted into desirable outcomes [Refer to appendix 1].

C. Business-level strategies adopted by Unilever to critically evaluate the business-level strategy adopted by the Beauty and Personal Care division of Unilever, Dove is chosen as a business unit.

Cost leadership

In order to get an advantage over the competition, cost leadership advocates cutting costs to the bone. Dove has a cost-leadership strategy across a wide range of consumer markets (Agwu and Onwuegbuzie, 2017).

Maintaining market supremacy via strategic value chain management is the primary goal of implementing this strategy. Dove is able to increase its market share by focusing on the middle class, which makes up the bulk of the consumer market in most countries, thanks to this strategy. Cost is an important factor for middle-class consumers, thus becoming a market leader in this area is essential for catering to their needs (Hacklin et al. 2018).
Dove has built a solid competitive edge due to the widespread popularity of its products and the simplicity with which they can be purchased all over the globe. Dove not only maintains competitive pricing by minimising production costs and maximising delivery efficiency but also regularly offers discounts and coupons to achieve sales targets and alleviate pressure from its closest competitors. As a result of promotions and sales, customers will hopefully become more familiar with the brand and purchase more of the product (Ze et al. 2018).

Dove's cost leadership strategy has been discussed at length, and the numerous advantages of this generic marketing approach have been described, including the company's ability to quickly build brand awareness, increase its customer base, boost consumer demand, and meet its sales goals. Even though cost leadership is highlighted as the primary strategy in the study, the firm also employs the differentiation strategy to provide the groundwork for a sustained competitive advantage in the fiercely comparative global consumer market (Omsa et al. 2017).

Figure 2: Porter’s generic model
(Source: Islami et al. 2020)

Differentiation

Dove has been successful in broadening its customer base by taking a secondary generic strategy based on the brand's unique selling points. Dove sets itself apart from rivals by marketing its goods in a way that highlights its distinctive benefits. The company, which has earned a good name for itself in the industry, takes steps to set its wares apart from the competition. Dove spends much on marketing, advertising, and celebrity endorsement to differentiate itself from other brands (Ze et al. 2018).

Marketing and public relations efforts highlight the company's lengthy history in the market, the durability of its brand identity, and its worldwide presence as competitive advantages. The brand's logo is also a distinguishing feature. The logo has done wonders for the brand's recognition and success among consumers since it is both unique and easy to recall. One key differentiator is that the brand's underlying ideals have remained consistent throughout all of its incarnations.

D. Corporate-level strategic initiatives Unilever

Greenfield investments

In order to take advantage of the reduced corporation tax rates that apply to greenfield industrial investments, Unilever decided to establish a new subsidiary. The company behind Dove shampoo and Rin bar has announced plans to establish a wholly owned subsidiary with an approved share capital of Rs2,000 crore and an initial investment of between Rs500 and Rs800 crore to establish production facilities for current product categories (The New Indian Express, 2022). The combination of the reduced tax and the 'Make in India' drive makes it possible for the company to make investments that would have been too costly to justify before (The New Indian Express, 2022). In order to take advantage of growth prospects in today's dynamic business climate, a new subsidiary has been established, which will allow the parent firm to become more nimble and customer-centric. As of now, the Rs 38,000 crore firm employs over 18,000 employees across its more than 28 production locations spread around the nation (The New Indian Express, 2022).

Acquisitions and mergers

In 2022, Unilever said that it had reached an agreement to purchase a controlling interest in Nutrafol, a market leader in hair health products. As of right now, Unilever has a 13.2% ownership in Nutrafol via its investment arm Unilever Ventures. Hair health problems affect around 114% of U.S. customers, making them the most talked-about aspect of personal grooming for both sexes (Unilever, 2022). Nutrafol is in a great position to expand its multichannel presence, which includes a network of more than 3,000 doctors who sell its products, thanks to its cutting-edge in-house digital skills and scalable technology. Nutrafol is well-positioned for long-term, scalable, and lucrative expansion because of its dedicated client base (Unilever, 2022).
Partnerships

The 2020 launch of Unilever's Partner with Purpose (UPWP) initiative marked a new phase in the company's commitment to purpose-led partnerships, which it hopes will continue to drive cutting-edge innovation, preserve and restore natural resources, and normalise sustainable lifestyles throughout the world. With UPWP, the company can rapidly adapt to changing customer preferences because of a more modern approach to forming partnerships. To fulfill its lofty promises and foster mutual progress, they are becoming closer to its partners via this initiative by fostering more accountable and open innovation (Unilever, 2022).

To improve life for everyone, they are constructing a brand-new partner ecosystem. Partnerships with them may be formed on a one-to-one level or as part of a larger network of businesses. Regardless of the context, they count on all of their collaborators to share their commitment to fostering mutual development and competitiveness while also being a positive factor in the lives of people and the earth. They can and must accomplish both if they work together. Unilever's three Compass beliefs—that brands with purpose flourish, people with meaning thrive, and organizations with purpose last—form the basis for the UPWP initiative (Unilever, 2022).

As a company, they are dedicated to ethical and open innovation. Its ambitious sustainability objectives are defined in its Positive Beauty, Clean Future, and Force for Good division strategies, and they are working with its partners to develop and implement solutions to help them accomplish those goals.
For instance, Quix, a Chilean Home Care brand, collaborated with specialty chemicals firm Evonik to introduce the first home cleaning solution in the world to incorporate Rhamnolipid. This foamy ingredient is both renewable and biodegradable (Unilever, 2022).

To achieve their plastics objectives, they partnered with Viridor, UK-based recycling, resources, and waste management firm, to provide more PCR capability to the UK. They collaborated with Nextek, a community resource management expert, to make the black plastic wrapping for Unilever's TRESemmé and Lynx products identifiable by recycling facility scanners. This new technology might lead to an annual increase in the recycling of plastic bottles by roughly 2,500 metric tonnes (Unilever, 2022).

E. Recommendations

Stakeholder engagement

Various project activities may elicit different responses from stakeholders; understanding these reactions and developing strategies to address them can help the company to avoid unwarranted criticism. When stakeholders' environments or expectations of a company's behaviour change, they may respond in various ways (Leonidou et al. 2020). The company should match the list of stakeholders with the factors that might potentially set them off, such as construction noise, dust, or effects on their quality of life. The company needs to calculate the potential effect these responses will have on the project or strategy, and decide whether specific communication, mitigation, or a different approach is needed (Lavery, 2018).

Strategic initiatives to defend competitive position

Though cutting costs is a common strategy for firms looking to differentiate themselves, sometimes the opposite approach is the best one. "Prestige pricing" refers to the practise of charging higher prices in order to attract customers who may not otherwise consider a brand or product because of its lower price. The only exception is that the goods must be worth the higher price they want to charge (Distanont and Khongmalai, 2020). Moreover, in order to look authoritative and credible, businesses are frequently urged to utilise data points and statistics in their marketing material. A company like Unilever may be the one people use as an example. Gathering market data is simple with the use of programmes like Google's Consumer Surveys and SurveyMonkey; nonetheless, it is important to follow basic surveying and sample standards (Hagiu and Wright, 2020).

Simulating growth

Establishing a customer loyalty programme is a great way to keep the current clientele happy. It might perhaps help the company bring in new customers, too. It will benefit the business in the long term if they provide their customers with a reason to spend more revenue with them. Thus, Unilever should create a compelling customer loyalty programme and make it available to the current clientele (Kalogiannidis, 2021).

References

IND301B Industry project Assignment Sample

Individual/Group - Individual / Group
Length - 1500 / 2500 words (+/- 10%)

Learning Outcomes - The Subject Learning Outcomes demonstrated by the successful completion of the task below include:

a) Critically analyse and assess the IS technology that will support an organization’s goals and vision
b) Propose recommendations for an IS strategy

Task Instructions for online assignment help

In the Feasibility Report you will be required to:

a) Identify and describe the organisation which you have selected for your independent research and the industry in which they operate. Please ensure that your organisation has been approved by your Learning Facilitator.

b) Ascertain by research the problem which you will address for this organisation and describe this problem clearly in your report. The combination of the organisation and the selected problem together form the topic for this assignment.

c) Undertake a brief literature review of valid and reliable sources that you have used to

support your research.

d) Outline your research design and research methods and the data sources that you intend to use for your project.

e) A short project plan (timeline) on how you intend to develop your report.

Your Learning Facilitator will advise if you are completing this assessment individually or in a group. If you are completing the assessment in a group, form a group of 3 to 4 members. Please read the attached Group Work Guide document for information on group formation, registration and administration.

Solution

Background

The organisation which will be focused on in this report is Billabong. Gordon Merchant established Billabong in 1973 on the Gold Coast of Queensland, Australia (Anderson, 2017). Billabong today sells a variety of clothes ranging from track pants to T-shirts and shorts, thanks to Gordon Merchant's debut with a board shaper and handcrafted board shorts. The company began with zero and has grown to become one of the world's largest corporations. It is one of Australia's major corporations with operations on four continents. It is a distributor and marketer of clothing, decorations, and sporting items, particularly in the renowned Australian sporting industry worldwide. Billabong International Limited's core mission clearly explains the organisation's goals for emphasising their goods and services. In addition, the stated mission specifies the company's performance targets, the methods the company implements to attain those objectives, target client segments, and the territory in which the company works (Billabong, 2022). The company's vision statement is very straightforward and up to the mark. It indicates that the company has not engaged in significant debates and discussions in order to express its ideas and perspectives to the general public and crucial collaborators. According to the study, Billabong's possibilities in its present condition are not promising (Anderson, 2017). Billabong's current troubles include massive indebtedness and an absence of a significant competitive edge, as well as a shortage of retail department managerial expertise, which is producing inventory turnover difficulties. The company is facing many difficulties in the supply chain and operational process due to such issues.

Literature Review

Concept of Big Data and Relation with Supply Chain

Big data is really a reasonably modern and popular idea that has the potential to improve businesses. The terminology "big data" refers to a large amount of information that is collected at a significant level from a variety of resources (Jin, 2019).
The study conducted by Fosso et al. (2018) revealed that the use of big data in the supply chain management significantly increases the efficiency of the business performances. It is considered important for business organisations to have a better control on the supply of materials, acquisition, manufacturing facilities, transportation, advertising, and various associated processes that allow products, operations, funds, and data to travel ahead and reverse (Richey, 2020). Govindan et al. (2018) also opined that big data help companies to have a close overview of business and operational activities along with identifying bottlenecks that slow down the performance of supply chain process. This in turn, supports in managing operational costs and streamline the supply chain activities of the organisations.

Big Data Analysis for Distribution Network

Outer streams and inner systems that incorporate network architecture or equipment in the manufacturing area produce a considerable volume of data in the manufacturing process. It is possible to enhance the effectiveness of the transportation and advertising operation as well as the constant surveillance of processes and items by applying big data for better evaluation and incorporation of various datasets. According to Nguyen et al. (2018), manufacturers must employ big data and analytical tools to expand the manufacturing base. The practice of picking the proper and appropriate seller for the distribution network is complicated because of the enormous numbers of sellers and the diversity of their identification and assessment factors. With the ability of web services and connection to current big data technologies and analytical packages, accessibility and visibility to statistics are more natural and consumer oriented with technological innovations (Mishra et al., 2018). Additionally, relational supplier management entails instituting self-control in strategy implementation and overseeing all conversations with a corporation's vendors in an attempt to minimise the threat of failings and enhance the significance of these relationships. In this process, developing tight connections with major suppliers and improving engagement with each other is critical to identifying and generating additional value and lowering the chance of loss (Ngai, 2018). Employing big data analytics tools, precise details on organisational purchasing behaviour may be obtained, which can aid in the management of supply chain operations and also supplier management (Gunasekaran et al. 2017). For instance, big data could offer detailed knowledge on the payback of every initiative's expenditure and a comprehensive assessment of possible suppliers. As per the view of Dubey, Gunasekaran & Childe (2019), businesses depend on supply chain management to get a competitive advantage; they must collaborate with inbound and outbound suppliers and be ready to optimise their supply chains. Consumers anticipate speedy logistics services and transportation, as well as a variety of different alternatives, designs, and functionalities. It is believed that organisations that fulfil these requirements would be documenting success tales. Tseng et al. (2021) mentioned that a crucial element is to provide client relevant data and projection analysis. Market analysis, product creation, sourcing choices, transportation, and consumer response are all sectors where big data plays an important part in supply chain operations.

Four Phase Modelling of Big Data Analysis

Nowadays, data does not travel in a predictable manner. Data transfers, particularly via technological interactions across many supply chain participants, increasingly appear to be a contemporaneous exchange (Hofmann, 2018). Big data analysis might be deployed throughout the end-to-end distribution network. The majority of businesses embrace big data to enhance their operations on a regular basis. In data analysis, there are four phases that are often used. According to Engelseth & Wang (2018), the initial phase is to make certain that the information is accurate, organised, and coordinated so that it can be analysed properly. The second phase is to verify that the correct information is available in the correct format, at the correct time, as well as in the correct location. Quantitative assessments, such as advanced statistics, are the third phase. Modern analysis, such as forecasting modelling, computerised systems, and real-time information processing, is used in the fourth phase. The effective application of big data might contribute to advancements in supply chain operations. A comprehensive awareness of market dynamics and client requirements would result in distribution networks that are flexible (Li et al., 2018). The application of big data, as well as advanced analytics in the complete operations of distribution networks, would generate sustainable production lines (Talwar, Kaur & Dhir, 2021).

Table 1. Four Phase Modelling of Big Data Analysis
(Source: Engelseth & Wang (2018)

Research

There are mainly three types of designs used in research, and the explanatory design would be used in this research subject. The objective of the explanatory concept is to provide scholars with a more detailed understanding of a particular topic. It is primarily carried out for issues that have not been well explored in the past, and as a result, it establishes goals, produces an analytical framework, and gives a suitable framework for performing research investigations (Lim & Oppenheimer, 2020). It really is necessary when presenting new information regarding a report's perspective. In comparison to the other two research approaches, this one concentrate primarily on describing the importance of big data analytics on Billabong's distribution network in a precise and comprehensive way. Also, data evaluation can be achieved in two forms: first, through primary evaluation, and subsequently, through secondary evaluation. Secondary data evaluation will be performed in this research project in order to achieve superior research results. The investigation takes into account a variety of data depending on attributes, such as peer-reviewed articles, papers, and effective literary materials used by academics (Panchenko&Samovilova, 2020). Secondary data evaluation includes gathering material from publications, peer-reviewed papers, books, and other sources to determine the influence of big data analytics on Billabong's logistics management.
Timeline

Table 2: Gantt Chart
(Source: Created by Author)

It would be necessary to perform a brief background study as well as research regarding the topic for understanding the effect of big data analytics on the distribution network of Billabong. Both of these could take 2 to 3 months. After analysing the background, the researcher would be required to determine the design of the research and the data collection technique that helps them to take the research further. After completing the gathering of data, the researcher must interpret that data and compile the results of the research in order to come to a conclusion regarding the research.

Conclusion

In several domains, like supply chain operations, big data analytics is considered a complicating factor. In this space, there are numerous opportunities for development in the implementation of suitable analysis methods. The report aims to indicate several of the most basic and latest features of big data analytics in logistics management, as well as to highlight a few important supply chain managerial processes for administrators. Various issues have emerged from the research such as market analysis, transportation and sourcing choices which could be properly addressed in the consultative report. The next steps of the process would be to address these issues with great concerns and find solutions. To mitigate these issues, the potential solutions for Billabong Company are:

? Billabong could strengthen its strategic planning and demand-sensing skills by utilising data from various sources.

? By helping supply chain managers to analyse their database to forecast when a specific client is more certain to be at residence, big data analysis could help them to bring items with reduced delivery efforts.

? Billabong might establish a significant data set to confront transporters and logistical solution vendors by integrating information on the cost segmentation of activities of vehicles and facilities around the world.

References

MBA631 Digital Marketing and Communication Assignment Sample

Assessment Type: Individual written report

Length: 2500 words (+/- 10% allowable range)

Your task

Using the same company that you were assigned with in the first assessment, individually, you are required to prepare an Integrated Digital Marketing (IDM) plan and present it as a 2000 word report. Please note that If you focus on any other company than the one your workshop facilitator
provides at the beginning of this subject, your submission will receive a grade of zero.

Assessment Instructions

Using the findings from your first assessment, you are required to review the company’s digital marketing problems by developing an Integrated Digital Marketing (IDM) plan in an attempt to solve these problems with the use of digital marketing knowledge you have learned from this subject.

Your key objective is to integrate your subject knowledge by focusing on the set of digital marketing models and frameworks, strategies and tactics, to generate a personalised and successful IDM plan for your company. Your plan must attempt to raise awareness and generate interest in your company’s product/service to a target segment. You must include tools to monitor your campaign and to measure its digital impact, e.g., YouTube subscribers, Instagram likes, Facebook comments, Twitter retweets, blog mentions, and so on. The recommendations provided should showcase your creativity while still being feasible. Your digital marketing plan report should follow the format below:

1) Introduction (Approximately 400 words)

a. concisely describe your company’s current business mission, strategy and operations, the industry in which the company operates, industry trends, major competitions, client strengths and weaknesses in relation to major competitors, macro environmental threats and opportunities, and current digital presence.

b. Describe the company’s marketing strategy in terms of current product/service offerings, the target markets to which these are directed, customer segments and value propositions, and the product/service positioning strategies being used to deliver the value propositions to its customer segments.

2) Integrated (traditional + digital) Marketing Strategy (Approximately 400 words)

Based on 1a and 1b points above, identify the primary marketing challenges (justified by the audit from the first assessment) being faced by the company and any recommendations you may have about how these could be addressed.

Summarise your justification for changing your company’s marketing strategy to achieve digital integration by re-targeting marketing efforts, re-defining customer segments, re-positioning product/service offerings, and/or changing value propositions. Identify specific changes being proposed in product, price, channel and promotion strategies through digital transformation.

3) Digital Marketing Plan (Approximately 1200 words)

Describe your proposed digital marketing plan in detail. Then, for each item or activity listed, discuss how it will help the company achieve the recommended marketing strategy, address the marketing challenges you’ve identified, and capitalise on any new digital marketing opportunities related to these challenges.

In describing the digital assets/platforms, e.g., tools, you believe the company should implement in their strategy, please bear in mind that not all digital platforms discussed across the trimester need to be implemented. Therefore, only use the ones you believe are directly related to the company and the ones you see as the best tools to help the company to achieve its objectives and digital integration. Use your judgement in selecting the digital platforms and include making selections from items covered in the subject, including but not limited to:

- SEO/Analytics;
- Social Media Marketing, e.g., Facebook advertising;
- Social Media, e.g., creation of a Facebook fan page;
- Mobile Marketing;
- Email Marketing;
- Content Marketing; and
- Any of the trends highlighted in the second assessment.

4) Concluding statement (Approximately 500 words)

Use this section to summarise the highlights of your digital marketing plan.

5) Reference List (Not included in the word limit of your submission).

Solution

1. Introduction

The mission of World Of Music is to ensure that people in the market wherever they operate have access to appropriate musical equipment for their requirements and get the proper support thereafter. The organisation is focused on advertising the organisational offerings at the best price across Australia. The company expects that they do not charge more compared to its competitors in the music industry of the nation. The company is also committed to bit the competitors in terms of prices of the offerings (Worldofmusic.com.au, 2022). The staffs that are recruited and engaged by the organisation are all musicians and have hands-on experiences in performing live and touring, sound mixing, digital and analogue recording, designing systems and giving music tuition. Music stores across Australia are the sales points of the business. Apart from this, a range of other services including music lessons upstairs in the shops are also organised on Mondays, Thursdays and Saturdays. The company also gives music lessons on various instruments including guitar, piano, keyboard, drums, bass and vocals and others. Repairing music accessories is another service that is also offered by the company. World Of Music has also engaged technicians with the business who can facilitate customers with amplifier and electronics repairs. The building space of the business, which is located in Nepean Hwy In Brighton East is also shared with a recording studio upstairs. The name of the music studio is The Alamo (Worldofmusic.com.au,2022).

The pandemic of Covid-19 has had a significant impact on the music product industry of Australia. It has been found that throughout the pandemic, the music product industry of Australia has faced issues in the supply chain. However, an increased sales performance of guitars has been achieved by the industry in 2021, whereas a decrease in sales of school band instruments has been noticed (Australianmusic.asn.au, 2022). “bettermusic.com” and “belfieldmusic.com” are the major competitors of the business in Australia. Both companies have their own official website and stores across the nation. In addition, the offerings of these companies are almost similar to the offerings of the World Of Music. Based on all the discussed facts it can be stated that clients of music products in Australia have options to choose their required products from multiple service providers. However, to get a music product at lower costs, customers will definitely be attracted to interaction with the World Of Music. By launching a website that is oriented with attractive content that represents the details, accessibility, quality and attraction of the music equipment and other musical services and by using social media platforms that are Facebook and Instragam, World Of Music has established a strong digital presence.

In order to identify and analyse the macro-environmental threats and opportunities, a PEST framework can be used. Identification and analysis of those for management assignments -

PEST analysis

Table 1: Identification and analysis of the macro-environmental threats and opportunities for the World Of Music by performing a PEST analysis
(Source: Author)

The official website of the business and social media platforms that are Facebook and Instagram are digital platforms used for marketing purposes. In these digital platforms, the company consistently updates the new and fresh arrival of new musical products through written and multimedia posts. Attractive offers on the purchase of a range of products are given by the organisation at the end of every financial year. Young age people of Australia are the target customers of the business. Weekend sales are also organised by the company for the customers that mail the company directly for querying about the offerings (Chaffey and Ellis-Chadwick, 2019). With an intention of increasing customer engagement, drives, where customers have to guess musical instruments are also organised. In these types of events, customers are rewarded and made attracted to become loyal to the business. The company is also involved in educating people regarding sourcing and utilising the offerings and gaining trust by posting the reviews and recommendations of the customers on the digital platforms it uses. Therefore, the company targets its potential customers in the Australian market based on age, which is a demographic variable of the Australian population. The company is committed to serving costumes at lower costs compared to the competitors.

2. Integrated marketing strategy

Based on the above discussion and the areas of improvement identified by performing an audit in assessment 1 it can be estimated the organisation faces challenges to go through the content about the offerings as the size of the webpage is high and users can face issues checking all the elements of the webpage thoroughly (Ellins,2014). There are chances that customers will be bored by visiting a slow website of the business and reject going through the content thoroughly. Due to the absence of an H1 header tag on the website, the marketers of the organisation cannot keep visitors to the website engaged. The H1 header tag can be described as an HTML heading. It is supposed to be used by the organisation to mark up the title of the web page to show what the content of the website is all about (Hollingsworth, 2020). Due to the absence of this, customers might lose interest at first glance after visiting the website of business. It has been analysed that the website the organisation uses for marketing and other purposes is not mobile compatible. Due to this, the organisation can fail to enhance marketing communication with potential customers in the market. The factor is that, in 2020, people using mobile globally have visited 68.1% of websites (Enge, 2021). The organisation is also expected to face challenges to make the customers feel safe as on the website of the business clear text email addresses are seen. As indicated in the study by Abd Aziz and Abd Wahid (2018), due to this, customers can be concerned about their personal data and refuse to interact with the organisation. Therefore, the marketers of the organisation can fail to communicate with potential customers in the market regarding their musical offerings.

For the mitigation of the discussed challenges, the marketers of World Of Music can initiate direct marketing to the customers to be enhanced that will show interest in the products. Considering an example, the website of the business can be modified in a way that will assist customers to put their email addresses to remain updated about new and fresh music products and different types of offers. As indicated in the study by Tran and Strutton (2020), thus, by collecting email addresses of slightly interested customers, by sending emails with convincing marketing content in the form of direct marketing, the marketers of the organisation can be able to convince customers to purchase the products. Along with young age people, the Australian population that is active on different social media platforms can be targeted to enhance marketing communication. Along with the website of the business, the organisation can also initiate positioning its products and services on the e-Commerce platforms such as Amazon. Apart from low-cost offerings, the marketers can offer the customers free education on the utilisation of the offered product once a customer purchases anything. There is no area of change in the product and pricing strategy of the business. However, marketers can initiate advertising the organisational musical products on more social media platforms such as Twitter (Zanini et al., 2019). This can increase the brand value of the business. As indicated in the study by Ganz et al. (2018), for effective promotion of musical offerings, online musical events on social media platforms can be organised. By doing so, the marketers of the World Of Music can show how effective their offerings are.

3. Digital Marketing Plan

In the implementation of a digital marketing strategy, the official website of the business can be used by the organisation to make people aware of the music products they can offer. Apart from this, social media platforms that are Facebook, Instagram, YouTube and Twitter can be utilised by the organisation. All these social media platforms must be used by the organisation to make people aware of the different products and the offers that can be availed from the purchase of those products. The social media platform can mainly be used to post different types of promotional written and multimedia content that will complement the offerings of the business. The official website of the business must be modified in a way in which the customers have to give their personal details to be aware of the fresh and new music products and available offers for the purchase of those products (Tran and Strutton, 2020). On the official website, the customers are expected to be asked to give their email addresses mandatorily. By doing so, the marketers of the organisation can be able to gather the email addresses of customers to enhance direct marketing about the products by sending emails with attractive product complementing content. In the enhancement of the digital market, marketers must try to enhance communication about the offerings of the organisation not only with the young Australian population but also with the population that are active on social media platforms (Zanini et al., 2019). By doing so, the marketers can be able to establish an increased customer base for the business. Along with the official website, the organisation can also initiate positioning its products in eCommerce platforms such as Amazon, where the customers can see the details of those positioned products and order according to their needs. However, the availability of low-cost offerings to be ordered online is not enough for the company. At the initial stage, the organisation can also offer free education regarding the use of musical products from the purchase of the products online. This can also be proved as a viable promotional activity to generate increased sales of the products online. In addition, for effective promotion of the organisational offerings online, the organisation can initiate organising musical concerts online using social media platforms (Ganz et al., 2018).

The digital marketing plan that can be executed by the World Of Music has been made by utilising the 7Cs of the digital marketing framework. 7Cs of digital marketing is a replicable and scalable framework using which the landscapes of digital marketing can be assessed by the marketers of the organisation from both internal and external points of view of the business. The following are the selected elements of the framework that can be considered in the enhancement of digital marketing in the consideration of which suitable technologies from the listed can be recommended to be used by the organisation in the execution of its digital marketing efforts:

Figure 1: 7Cs of digital marketing
(Source: Devrix.com, 2021)

In the enhancement of digital marketing, it is necessary for the organisation to know the targeted customers thoroughly to increase the effectiveness of their digital marketing efforts. This process is expected to be started with the formation of a detailer customer persona. As an example, it has been found that since 2020, most of the visits to the websites are being done by people using mobile, therefore, to make the digital marketing efforts effective, the organisation should make the business websites mobile compatible.

To make the implementation of a digital marketing strategy effective, it is necessary for the organisation to create high-quality, unique and expert content. Therefore, the marketers of the business must be involved in creating creative content formats, updating outdated information about the offerings and complying with the latest search engine algorithms (Cannel et al., 2022). This should be done not only to make users easily reach the brand but also to make the website rank higher in web browsers.

For the enhancement of effective digital marketing, it is necessary for the organisation to be aware of the wider context of the targeted audience. Therefore, marketers must consider buyer intent, correlate those with the trends in the industry, and then produce, and promote content that can be proven relevant to the requirements of the targeted customers.

The marketers of the organisation to enhance community marketing to make the implementation of digital marketing strategy successful can use Facebook, Instagram and Twitter. It is necessary for the marketers to be involved in marketing interaction with the customers in a transparent, non-intrusive and conversational way because customers can have a high extent of bargaining power due to the availability of multiple options from which they can purchase the musical products they need (Pongsuwan, 2021).

The implementation of this element of the model is related to customer experience and core principles that can be maintained by the organisation while applying digital marketing strategy for the promotion of the organisational offerings. By finalising the sales of the organisational offerings along with marketing of the organisational offerings through Ecommerce platform, the implementation of this element can be made by the World Of Music (Junaidi, 2020). The use of ecommerce platform can make the organisational offerings more convenient to the customers. Thus, the marketing of the organisational offerings can be more successful.

A cohesive digital marketing strategy can be applied by the marketers of the World Of Music by using all possible technological channels that can be used. Along with the use of company website, social media marketing, Ecommerce marketing, direct marketing and others, the use of affiliate marketing using internet can be finalised.

Conversion

Conversion can b achieved in the enhancement of digital marketing by setting suitable key performance indicators, which can indicate the success of the digital marketing efforts. At this stage, the amount of visitors in the website, social media and others platforms along with sales increments if occur can be finalised as the KPIs (Karmarkar, 2022).

4. Concluding statement

It can be concluded that the discussed political, technological and social factors can provide opportunities for the business. However, the discussed economic factor is threatening the digital marketing efforts and overall sales of the business online. The balance of the H1 header is a significant factor for which the organisation can lose potential customers in the market. Due to the absence of an H1 header on the website of the business, people that can visit the website of the business can lose interest in thoroughly checking the website. The factor is that they cannot understand what the website is all about at the first glance due to the absence of this element in the website. Along with the official website, Amazon.com which is an eCommerce platform can be used by the organisation to position its musical offerings. The discussed social media platforms can mainly be used by the organisation to promote its offerings online. The discussed social media platforms can be used to post written and multimedia content that will complement the offerings of the business. Apart from this, musical concerts online can be organised by the organisation using the discussed social media platforms. Along with low-cost offerings, by offering free educational sessions regarding the use of musical products, the World Of Music can initiate to change its business value proposition while applying the planned digital marketing strategy. The official website should be initiated to be modified in a way that will assist customers to give their personal addresses using email addresses. By doing so, the marketers of the organisation can be able to enhance direct marketing more efficiently by sending emails to customers that will show their interest in the products.

5. Reference list

MGT60040 Management Analyses and Problem Solving Assignment Sample

Your written report for assignment help should be 2500 words (+/- 10%) in length and will describe the analysis you have undertaken on the data you have gathered through news/media reports or research. You must use only secondary data sources.

What is required?

1. Identifies the problem properly and does a gap analysis of where the organization is at present and where it wants to be (performing SWOT analyses)

2. You should discuss the objectives or criteria that are most appropriate to the organization (for example cost; time; organizational capacity; etc.); You can formulate and present a means and fundamental objectives table.

3. You are advised to propose 4-5 distinct alternatives/options for closing the identified gap(s);

4. Analyse how well each alternative fares against the objectives/criteria chosen (including
objectives by alternatives table);

5. You need to provide a recommendation as to which alternative you suggest the client should choose. This should be done by performing/illustrating dominated alternatives and applying Evan swap technique to choose the best alternative. This can be illustrated in a table titled consequences table.

6. Discuss any risks, uncertainties and linked decisions associated with the chosen alternative.

7. Steps to implement the chosen alternative that helps close the gap between where the
organization is now and where it wants to be.

8. Conclusion

You are advised to write the report using business report format (https://swinburne.instructure.com/courses/44522/files/18000211?module_item_id=275531 ), incorporating Swinburne’s recommended APA referencing style guide.

Solution

Introduction

This paper will shed light on Qantas as well as its operations. This report has identified some of the significant issues faced by the company along with its objectives. This study will also evaluate the company's functions and whether the company functions are following its objectives. A SWOT analysis will be done on Qantas to identify its weaknesses. Those have been evaluated further to identify alternatives Qantas could consider to mitigate the challenging factors and achieve the objectives. In order to help the organisation bridge the gaps between its goals and its actual situation, one solution has been selected to present to the client for further consideration. Risks, uncertainties, and linked decisions associated with the chosen alternative have been elaborated in brief. Finally, some steps have been shed light to implement the chosen alternative effectively.

1. Problems Based on SWOT

This section will highlight the four elements of the SWOT analysis of Qantas by focusing on its strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and threats.
Strengths

? Cost-efficient Operation

The company has been operating its functions in the market for over a century. Over these years, it has acquired experience saving operational costs to reflect through the generated revenues. For the last three years of its operation in the market, Qantas was able to save $2 billion in yearly costs (Heiets, Oleshko & Leshchinsky 2021). This was accomplished by working together with the airlines and the unions to cut back on the unwarranted compensation increases and the 18-month pay freeze.

? Expansion of Domestic travel

In Australia, the hospitality and travel industry is emerging rapidly, and thus, the rise of domestic travel has been observed. Some of its market competitors have been found to stop expanding their capacities during the post-pandemic scenario, primarily intended to recover from the significant financial losses (Heiets, Oleshko & Leshchinsky 2021). Qantas has identified this opportunity to expand its businesses in the Australian market. Thus, the airline industry was able to fill more tickets to enhance its domestic market returns to some noticeable margin.

? Growth

Qantas has been performing its operations in the market for a century now, and over these years, it has gained much experience in developing suitable strategies for maintaining consistent growth. The company has considered multiple strategies or methods to maintain its revenue inflow since the beginning. Thus, in the contemporary scenario, it has been found to use a robust strategic framework to support it as a backbone (White, 2018).

? Brand Awareness

Qantas invests much in creating brand awareness in the global market, especially in the Australian market. In order to do this, the company considers using social media platforms, innovative advertising strategies, print media, and public relations (White, 2018). Significant events also have been found to be launched on behalf of Qantas from time to time. Hence, it has been identified to be one of its strengths.
Weaknesses

? Disputes in Union

Due to a complex operational structure, Qantas has faced major unionization issues. This was due to the company not being able to fulfil the requirements of its unions to some extent which made the company struggle to maintain the established connection. Additionally, several outside forces forced Qantas to make significant adjustments to its business strategies and operations, which were later found to be at odds with the needs and demands of the affiliated unions, including the Transport Workers Union and the Australian Licensed Aircraft Engineers Association (ALAEA) (Raynes & Tsui, 2018).

? Failed financial planning

It has been found that Qantas was not able to do its financial planning appropriately. Evidence suggests that the company could have used more capital to make significant improvements within its functions as well as provide quality services to the consumers, which has not been done (Raynes & Tsui, 2018). This was primarily due to the company's primary focus on reducing operational costs, which made it miss some valuable changes within its internal structure.

? Directorates

The company has planned to offer direct flights between Europe and Australia. In this case, it has been done swiftly and without any error. When it comes to offering long-distance flights, Qantas has faced multiple issues, including generating profitability for the company and creating demand with a competitive pricing strategy. This is primarily due to high market competition and maintaining correct pricing for the services.
Opportunities

? Economic Advantages

During the current scenario, increased consumer spending can be observed in the airline's services, especially during the post-pandemic (Heiets & Prakittachakul, 2020). Hence, it has been considered one of the significant opportunities for the company to consider.

? High Demand

Increased cargo service demand will likely grow significantly within the next few years. Hence, it has been considered a massive opportunity for the company to grow in the target markets and expand its business functions.

? Low Inflation rate

Since the market is stable enough to support the airline businesses, it has been considered to be another opportunity for Qantas to provide services at a competitive price range due to a low inflation rate (Heiets & Prakittachakul, 2020).

? Increased Business travel

During the post-pandemic, an increment can be observed within business travel, which would also benefit Qantas to provide services for the business classes. This has created many scopes for the company to generate desired revenues from the market as the frequency of business travel has increased significantly.
Threats

? Market competition

The airline industry is emerging, and thus, more businesses are showing up each time. This has put the company under pressure to attract consumers from the market.

? Increasing pay

Rising pay levels and prices have become significant concerns for Qantas (Oxenbridge et al., 2010).

? Management cost

The fuel cost is rising along with other management, which has been identified as a threat.

2. Objectives of Qantas

As per the statement of qantas.com (2019), the objectives of Qantas are:

Acting responsibly and transparently

Qantas aims to achieve top quartile TSR, and to meet this, Qantas follows six strategic pillars.

Following the financial framework

Qantas aims to deliver sustainable services to ensure a long-term return to its stakeholders, and this is done through a prudent approach to capital management (qantas.com, 2019).

Maintaining a balanced scorecard.

With the help of this approach, Qantas aims to measure its performance over time in delivering desired services to clients (qantas.com, 2019).

3. Alternatives to be considered by Qantas

Unionization

Qantas can focus on improving its unionization by meeting their requirements and reaching a mutual understanding for generating desired profits for both sides.

Enhanced financial planning

This would help Qantas make innovative changes within the workspace and services, allowing it to use the capital appropriately.

Determining the service qualities

Qantas can provide competitive services to meet consumer demands and also generate profitability. This would improve the brand image of Qantas.

Innovation

The company can consider innovation in making suitable changes within its operations, which would further help it mitigate the competition and financial planning-related issues.

4. Analysis of the Alternatives

This section will analyze each alternative chosen for Qantas to consider to mitigate the gaps between where the company is in the current situation and where the company is aiming to move.

Unionization

As per the statement of Whitley (2022), the COVID-19 pandemic has affected all kinds of businesses, especially airline services such as Qantas, due to the temporary lockdown situations as well as restrictions for people to travel from one place to another. Hence, it has highly affected the financial health of businesses like Qantas. In order to recover from this adverse situation, organizations such as Qantas had to focus on making changes within its operations to some noticeable margin which would further support the organization restore their financial health and re-establish the brand image within the target markets. The unionization process has been complicated in the instance of Qantas because the demands of the affiliated unions have been seen to shift in response to the pandemic. In contrast, the company itself was focusing on restoring its brand reputation. Thus, Qantas was unable to consider its demands to include those in its operational change during the post-pandemic. 97% of staff belonging to such unions have rejected the company's offer of better pay and allowances (Whitley, 2022). Hence, it can be recommended that Qantas focus on and fulfill the demands of the associated unions in order to provide a better service to its global clients. Although this would cost the company some extra pennies to provide better pay to the workers of the union members, it would support the company in restoring its brand image as well as reputation by providing quality services to its global consumer base.

Enhanced Financial Planning

During the post-pandemic, Qantas could not perform its financial planning to some desired margin, which affected the internal operations of the company to some noticeable margin. COVID-19 has affected most of the hospitality and airline businesses to some significant extent, from which most have recovered by focusing on innovative and creative approaches. Although Qantas has been focusing on reducing its operational costs by considering various methods and strategies, it could not recover from the financial losses caused by the COVID-19 pandemic. Hence, it can be recommended that the company improve its financial planning by aligning its goals and objectives, which would help it to deal with the adverse situation of the COVID-19 pandemic and reduce operational costs. With adequate financial planning, Qantas would also be capable of delivering desired services to the global client base by fulfilling their demands as well as requirements appropriately. This would further help it follow the financial framework and maintain a balanced scorecard, which is some of the organization 's objectives.

Innovation

Lack of innovation also can be observed within the development of policies and determining the company's business functions. This has further affected the service qualities as well as the competitive advantages of the company. During the post-pandemic, other airline businesses have focused on innovative and creative approaches to determine their service qualities and achieve advantages in the market. According to Nolan (2022), the passengers of Qantas have been facing long flight delay issues due to some technical problems. The company still follows traditional operations methods; hence, the fast-paced market is producing significant challenges for the company. Hence, it can be recommended that Qantas follow both innovative and creative approaches in its operational planning, which would enhance the quality of the services and mitigate such issues faced by its passengers. The company can also consider technological innovation, which would support Qantas in making data-driven approaches to gaining the desired competitive advantages. This would also help the company deal with financial planning-related issues.

Enhancing the Service qualities

This is another alternative approach recommended for Qantas to meet its corporate objectives and its long-term and short-term goals. It was recommended as an alternative as it could provide certain competitive advantages to the airline company, which would further help Qantas generate desired profitability. According to Gans (2011), the company has been providing below-average domestic experiences to its global clients, which has contributed much to generating significant quality gaps within its services. Hence, this was presented as one of the alternatives to Qantas to focus on improving the service quality, which would further support the company in maintaining a balanced scorecard.

5. Recommendations

This section will highlight the chosen alternatives among all four with proper justification for choosing that particularly. In addition, the even swap method will be utilized in order to select the most suitable solution for the customer by analyzing the performance of each of the potential options.

Innovation

Innovation has been chosen among all the alternatives, and this one is recommended to the client. There are multiple reasons to choose this one among the other alternatives discussed in the previous section of this report. During the post-pandemic, increased market competition can be observed within the hospitality as well as airline businesses globally (Amankwah-Amoah, 2021). Furthermore, adverse impacts of the pandemic compelled the governments to go through temporary lockdowns, which further affected the financial health of the companies to some noticeable margin. In order to deal with the issues, businesses belonging to the hospitality and airline sectors have been adopting innovative and creative methods to re-establish their brand images in the market and regain their competitive positions. This has helped them improve the service quality as well as company policies to operate the business functions. Hence, this particular alternative has been chosen to be the best one as a recommendation for Qantas as this would allow the company to go through major changes within its operations by introducing advanced technologies as well as innovative methods in improving the service qualities as well as delivery. This would also help Qantas follow its financial frameworks and maintain a balanced scorecard, which are some of its primary objectives. Thus, Qantas could mitigate its financial planning-related issues, which would help it further restore the financial damages caused by the global pandemic.

Even Swap

6. Risks, Uncertainties, and decisions associated with the chosen alternative

Although innovation can fetch multiple competitive advantages to the organisation , by which it can re-establish its brand image within the market, especially during the post-pandemic, innovation can bring certain risks as well as uncertainties (Yu et al., 2021). This can include a high operational cost for the company, which has been identified as a major risk for the company as Qantas has been focusing on reducing operational costs by taking the help of various strategies and methods. Thus, the company can find innovation costly to some extent, creating some points of concern for the company. Apart from this, innovation would require additional support from research and development on the functions of the airline industry in order to gather and evaluate data regarding the areas of development. This would draw the company's attention to other sectors, which can make the company's operations complex.

7. Steps to implement the chosen alternative

Innovation can be introduced in different sectors of the airline company, which are elaborated on in the following.

Network Operation

Innovation in the network operation can support Qantas in improving the efficiency of its operational capabilities in airport traffic control. This would further add value to its network operations by enhancing the use of advanced materials, more sustainable fuel consumption, energy storage, and conversion into digital systems, as well as mitigating environmental factors (Rengarajan et al., 2021).

Trajectory Management

Innovation in this section would support Qantas in making a data-driven approach to fetching operational excellence to ensure the proper trajectory (Di Vaio & Varriale, 2019). This would also help the company mitigate long-haul passenger flight issues by ensuring operational excellence.

Aircraft Separation Modes

This is the next step in implementing innovation that would allow the aircraft to enhance the efficiency of the aircraft separation (Koseoglu et al., 2019). The tower controller would also provide enhanced signals to the aircraft, which would further allow the pilots to handle the aircraft more efficiently.

System-Wide Information Management (SWIM)

Innovation in this step would allow Qantas to take complete control of the flights by evaluating the current situation of the air quality, weather, flight information, as well as the demands of its stakeholders (Drlja?a et al., 2020).

8. Conclusion

It can be concluded that Qantas should focus on innovation primarily, which would allow it to mitigate all the issues properly. On the other hand, the other alternatives would not be able to cover all the issues, although those are capable of mitigating some of the issues faced by Qantas. The steps for implementing innovation would allow the company to take complete control of the flights, which would further enable it to enhance the service qualities to some noticeable margin.

References

SPO101 Introduction to sports management Assignment Sample

Individual/Group - Individual

Length - 1,500 words (+/- 10%)

Learning Outcomes

a) Describe the global sport and recreation business environment.

b)Apply management and business planning tools to the sports industry.

c) Understand and explain risk in a sport business context.

d) Identify social and ethical issuesthat can influence the sport business community.

Instructions:

You are required to create a new sport or modify an existing sport for a new market. This could be an individual or team based sport. You should write from the perspective of the new Governing Body and outline the sport you have designed, including:

? Introduction to the sport – name, brief concept, season or time of year

? The target market – who will play this new sport and why?

? Mission and Vision Statements – what is the mission and vision of this new sport?

? Goals and SMART Objectives – how will you establish this sport in the next 3-5 years?
(You should have at least three goals, and each goal requires SMART Objectives).

? SWOT Analysis – table format with a minimum of five factors in each of the four segments, followed by a brief summary of the information in the table.

? Risk Management Table – identify at least five potential risks and strategiesto minimise them.

? Proposed Rules for the sport including scoring and how to win.

? Equipment and Uniformsrequired to play and to minimise risks.

? Proposed schedule or competition for the first year – what will you offer in the first year to allow your target market to play this sport?

? Conclusion – convince the reader that this sport has a future.

Use appropriate referencing to acknowledge all sources utilised in your report. It is expected that you will draw heavily on your learning from Modules 1, 2 and 3 in this subject to complete your paper.

Solution

Introduction

The report for assignment help here aims to modify an existing sport, that is, Aikido, that has decreased in popularity in the recent years. Aikido was founded in 1942 in Japan by Morihei Ueshiba (Budo Dragon, 2020). Like other martial arts, Aikido demands physical exertion and mindful concentration. It is considered as a compassionate practice providing a social human tough along with spiritual perspectives to the players. The translation of Aikido is path or do and union or ai with life energy or ki (Lukoff & Strozzi-Heckler, 2017). Here, it involves working together with a partner instead of fighting, sparring or grappling the opponent as generally observed in competitive tournaments. Aikido is based on the philosophy of the founder that is described as “the way of harmony”. This sport can be played throughout all seasons and time of the year. It has been selected for the report because of its decreasing popularity to other martial arts like Jiu-Jitsu and MMA (Canaria, 2015).

Target Market

The target market of this sport will consist of men, women and children aged between 12 to 35 years.

Fig 1: Population by Age

(Source: Gold, 2020)

It has been observed that attracting and retaining young people as aikido practitioners have been difficult in the recent years. This is clearly evident from the fact that the US contains only 2% practitioners below age of 24 and 4.8% age of 30 (Jacobs, 2020).

Fig 2: Gender Balance

(Source: Gold, 2020)

Besides, the female population is also lower in this sports community across the world. Thus, the primary focus would be to attract young people and female individuals in this sport. In addition, the target market will also include Asian markets, mixed ethnicities and Black people.

Mission and Vision Statements

The vision of the sport will be to teach individuals about the principles of balance of energies, way of harmony and respect for partner by involving men, women and children. This will be achieved by the mission of teaching various Aikido techniques through the basic principles of martial arts (Lukoff & Strozzi-Heckler, 2017). These include movements, seizures, dodging and distances for tackling work with bare hand techniques, projections and other weapons.

Goals and SMART Objectives

Below represents the three fundamental goals that will be targeted for modifying Aikido’s scenario in the next 3-5 years. These goals will be accompanied by various SMART objectives that are specific, measurable, achievable, relevant and time-bound.

First Goal: Spreading the Aikido sports in more than 5 countries, namely, Australia, Thailand, South Korea, Mexico and New Zealand
Here, the objectives for achieving the goal will be:

• Conducting international competition of Aikido sports by involving various countries,

• Enhancing marketing and communication activities about this sport in the said countries through digital media,

• Opening up more than 10 to 25 schools in each country within 3 years,

• Increasing advertising expenditure by 10% for spreading awareness about Aikido
Second Goal: Ensuring that around at least 50% of the Aikido practitioners belong in the age group of 12 to 30 years

• Introducing Aikido as extra curriculum activity in more than 35% of schools and 25% colleges or universities within 4 years,

• Assigning extra credits to this sport in such schools for attracting young people within the next four years
Third Goal: Increasing the popularity of this sport amongst children, men and women irrespective of their geographical locations

• Conducting Aikido awareness programs in public places, schools, colleges, supermarkets and auditoriums,

• Giving one week of free classes in each community school of different target markets within 4 years,

• Increasing number of Aikido practitioners in local, state and national competitions by 30%, 45% and 50% respectively within the next 5 years

SWOT Analysis

From the above table it is evident that Aikido sport consists of various strengths and limitations in terms of a physical sport or activity. These include providing a spiritual mindfulness to individuals along with causing harms without unsupervised training. It has various opportunities of expanding in different countries, but faces intense competition and decreasing popularity in the recent years.

Risk Management Table

Proposed Rules

There are various rules or regulations that should be practiced with regards to Aikido sport. This sport should be taking place in a dojo or training facility involving two participants. Any woman, man or individual can undergo this training irrespective of their age as it does not require any intense physical strength. Furthermore, the practitioners or participants of Aikido should refrain from folding their arm sleeves inside the Dojo and should not also lean their back on the walls (DeMarco, 2016). While the former shows a symbol of disagreement, the second one is against the rule. Here, the practitioner is further required to make a semi-venia before beginning the training, at the starting of each fight and further at the end of such fight. In addition, the practitioners should only be using defensive techniques instead of attacking ones as pointed under Aikido.

Equipment and Uniforms

The practitioners of Aikido will be wearing their special uniform named Aikido Gi. This includes wearing simple and baggy trousers along with a wrap jacket or robe in white or off white colour with short sleeves and a belt. These short sleeves are specified as they help participants in practicing their wrist locks alongside performing swift movements through these loose-fitting clothes (Ryde Aikido, 2022). Here, the pants will be dark or light coloured and the uniform should always be clean. Female students can wear white t-short or sports top under their wrap jacket or dogi. Other items that will be included are wooden staff or Jo, tanto, Shoto and Bokto.

Proposed Schedule or Competition

In the first year, competition will be conducted between different training centres, states and inter-school or inter-college. It will help in increasing the interest of young individuals in participating in Aikido competition for representing their schools, colleges, universities or training centres. Students succeeding in these local competitions will be given a certificate of award, certain percentage of reward money, opportunity of training at a renowned facility and participating in the state level competition. On the other hand, other candidates will continue to receive training and enhance their Aikido efficiency by getting extra training classes every weekend.

Conclusion

The purpose of the report was to modify an existing sport named Aikido for a new market. For this purpose, a brief background and concept of the sport or martial art was provided in the introduction section. The target market was identified as consisting of men, women and children belonging to the age group of 12 to 35 years. Furthermore, the mission and vision statements were provided for this sport. Goals were displayed followed by specific SMART objectives for achieving them. SWOT analysis helped in identifying potential risks, which were followed by mitigation strategies. Lastly, proposed rules, equipment and uniforms and competition for first year were provided in this report.  

References

MGMT20143 Idea Generation and Business Model Development Assignment Sample

Weighting: 30% (30 marks)
Word limit: 1500 words (+/- 10%)

Objective of Assessment

1. Develop, through independent research, an advanced and integrated understanding of the key concepts of innovation, business models, and new ventures in commercial, digital, service, or social contexts.

2. Critically analyse cases of disruptive innovation by applying lean entrepreneurship principles.

3. Generate, evaluate and communicate creative ideas for new ventures to a variety of audiences.

4. Research and apply established theories related to ideation processes, business model design principles, and forecasting.
Task description -

• The objective of this assessment is to learn how to develop your own business idea, complemented by research and observational insights that detail why it is compelling.

• You are required to submit a report of your idea including the business model canvas, the interrelationships among the business model components that are essential to its success, critical risks and assumptions, and overall feasibility.

• Your report for online assignment help should demonstrate your critical thinking skills and your ability to professionally articulate your findings.

Solution

Introduction

Starting a new organization fundamental distinction between opportunity and a concept is crucial. The concept is a vision that's also designed based on the possibility that has been recognized, whereas an initiative is a positive possibility that detects the requirement for new services. Due to their being unable to recognize the issue and opportunity imbalance, new businesses constantly fail during their initial stages. An innovative business concept proposed in this report is Amazon’s drone delivery system. This business concept can help to provide clients effective delivery within a time. The system takes into account logistics; drone design and other aspects to forecast what Amazon may deploy and manage the drone control. Excluding, cost savings Research and Development expenses of up to a third on every package delivered compared to surface delivery appear realistic.

Identified gap

The primary important step of an effective and innovative concept is to find the main problem. In the existing business it can include any type of limitation structure and challenges which need to be encountered. The innovative idea of the drone delivery system can help address issues which most of the public are recently facing critically. Most of the packages are delivered lately due to traffic (Crisan & Nechita, 2019). The drastic increase of late delivery creates a bad impact within the customer which needs to be solved quickly.

Benefits of the concept

1. Benefit for the company

It is more affordable to operate and purchase than the conventional methods of transportation delivery. It can help to reduce labour cost and it can be used autonomously. It is also much safer than the traditional delivery system (Hong & Murray, 2017).

2. Benefit for their clients

Amazon can provide the items to their customers on time. Customers can track their items or products quickly and also help create doorstep delivery. This concept can help to increase the customer retention process effectively.

Business model

The manufacturing business concept will be utilized to determine whether the suggested business concept is practical. The producer creates the goods using the raw materials in this form of business structure, and can either sell the finished package directly to customers through the aid of a distribution.

Evaluation of feasibility

The feasibility analysis process can help check the viability of business model.

The concept of drone delivery is innovative. The prospect of obtaining a item delivered by drone is probably exciting to many people within its delivery area. A further benefit is a quicker delivery quick response. Drone deliveries would almost probably take less time on average than traditional deliveries (Jung & Kim, 2017). Current customers have the option of waiting multiple hours for delivery to arrive at their house or traveling to a store to purchase the merchandise. The client only has to wait a little while and obtains the stuff thanks to drone delivery. Additionally, it's possibly even probable that longer-range drones operating out of urban hubs will lower delivery costs in rural locations. Amazon stands to earn significantly if the drone initiative is successful. Amazon will have an important competitive advantage across both digital and physical stores. Business can grow as a result of drone deliveries' speedy turnaround and early novelty. The report reveals that drone delivery offers a competitive edge of at least one-third per item over conventional delivery, even though the mechanics of the system are still an unknown for individuals of Amazon's internal operations. Similar system might be used for parcel delivery, but using a dynamic traffic model. Parcel delivery necessitates point-to-point transportation between separate private entities as opposed to the connector model of delivering the product (Pandit & poojari, 2014) . Based on the postal drone dispatching model, this scattered traffic volume can either reduce or increase their distance restrictions, posing a distinct set of technological issues and possible solutions than product delivery. Amazon can have a significant competitive advantage in both online and offline retail. The quick turnaround and early novelty of drone delivery can increase business. Even though the physics of the system are still unknown to some of Amazon's internal operations, the analysis suggests that drone delivery gives a competitive edge of at least one-third per item over conventional delivery. Deliveries made by drones would almost certainly take less time overall than deliveries made by humans. Current clients can either drive to a store to buy the item in person or wait several hours for delivery to come to their home. Thanks to drone delivery, the client just needs to wait a short time to get the items.

Figure 1: Sales of Amazon from 2018-2022
(Source: Shavarani et al., 2019)

Critical success factor

The critical success factor is most essential for any organization. They need to ensure the development of the organization to retain trust of customers. The critical success factor can help to make successful business for the Amazon are mentioned:

1. Help of delivery

The on-time delivery system of items can help to ensure success rate of the company

2. Environment impact

Drone delivery has been considered an eco-friendly process which helps to maintain sustainability in the environment.

3. Affordable price

This system has not been attached with traditional system which can help to produce sustainability with affordable price.

Challenges

First before potential of drone delivery could be fully realized, a variety of major obstacles must be overcome. The effective use of delivery drones’ hinges upon that creation of real solutions to yet unresolved issues, which reflect a dynamic field of study and governance (Sudhury et al., 2016). There major categories and a single required technology can be used to categories these problems.

The two main drawbacks of delivery drones, particularly aerial drones, in comparison to traditional truck deliveries are distance and payload. Aerial drones must have lightweight batteries, which are insufficient for long-range or high loads. For instance, the present Amazon prototype may make deliveries up to 4 lb across a 16 mi range. Commercial delivery drones cannot completely replace current delivery systems due to each destination is within 16 mi of a factory, it's not like every residence is an approachable house, and not every shipment weighs less than 4 lbs. The energy efficiency, cost and time of delivery drones directly relates to their economic feasibility and environmental impact. For instance, it is immediately obvious that using a drone to transport packages will lead to lower net carbon pollution than traditional delivery methods.

Design problems that directly affect the sustainability and viability of the drone-delivery idea include improving the effectiveness of drones by developing it quicker, less expensive, greener, quieter, more able to handle more traffic. The first image that springs to mind as we consider of synchronization is a scientific knowledge image of a sky filled with drones and aero planes flying by one another in a carefully planned dance of close calls and changing paths. In actuality, stringent segregation between planes will definitely bring the skies free for decades to come due to a mix of technical challenges and cautious regulation (Shavarani et al., 2019). All pilot drone is required to employ a specific technology known as the Integrated Dependent Monitoring in certain congested airspaces. All involved aircraft must be aware of the positions, altitudes, and speeds of surrounding aircraft, as well as the controllers. . Amazon can provide the items to their customers on time. Customers can track their items or products quickly and also help create doorstep delivery. This concept can help to increase the customer retention process effectively. Similar system might be used for parcel delivery Even though many drone also have ADS in transmitters, which enable them to see the relative locations and speeds of other cooperating aircraft, the Government strictly only requires ADS out transmitters, expressly for every drone to broadcast has its position. In some crowded airspaces, all drone pilots are required to use a particular technology called as Integrated Dependent Monitoring. The positions, altitudes, and speeds of any nearby aircraft as well as the controllers must be known to all involved aircraft. The government strictly only requires ADS out transmitters, specifically for every drone to broadcast its position. Many drones also include ADS in transmitters, which allow them to see the relative locations and speeds of other participating aircraft.

Conclusion

Amazon will have an important competitive advantage across both digital and physical stores. Business can grow as a result of drone deliveries' speedy turnaround and early novelty. The report reveals that drone delivery offers a competitive edge of at least one-third per item over conventional delivery, even though the mechanics of the system are still an unknown for individuals of Amazon's internal operations. Drone deliveries would almost probably take less time on average than traditional deliveries. Current customers have the option of waiting multiple hours for delivery to arrive at their house or traveling to a store to purchase the merchandise. The client only has to wait a little while and obtains the stuff thanks to drone delivery. By simulating the Elite Air structure in the globe, the idea presents a beneficial framework to investigate the work innovation of the drone structure. Amazon can provide the items to their customers on time. Customers can track their items or products quickly and also help create doorstep delivery. This concept can help to increase the customer retention process effectively.

Similar system might be used for parcel delivery, but using a dynamic traffic model. Parcel delivery necessitates point-to-point transportation between separate private entities as opposed to the connector model of delivering the product. Based on the postal drone dispatching model, this scattered traffic volume can either reduce or increase their distance restrictions, posing a distinct set of technological issues and possible solutions than product delivery.

Reference list

BIZ102 Understanding People and Organisations Assignment Sample

Assignment Brief

Individual/Group Individual
Length 800 words (+/- 10%)

Learning Outcomes

a) Explain the importance of self- awareness and emotional intelligence, and analyse its impact on professional competencies
b) Integrate strategies to effectively interact with others in a diverse professional context
c) Identify and reflect on own strengths and their application in the business context
d) Reflect on feedback to identify opportunities for self- improvement and professional development

Instruction:

Using the theoretical concepts on Diversity & Inclusion & VUCA from the Module 4 Learning

Resources compose your reflective journal entry answering these guiding questions:

1. What have you learnt about yourself from this conversation?
2. What specific theoretical concepts from this module give you the greatest understanding of your own approach to Diversity & Inclusion?
3. What competencies, skills and qualities will be most critical for you to achieve your future career goals in a VUCA world? Explain which of your top 5 VIA Character
Strengths would be most valuable in developing this competency.

References & Appendix

1. Include your Diversity Fingerprint in the appendix of your reflective journal

2. You need to include at least four references. At least two references must be from the sources in Module 4.1 & 4.2 which present the theoretical concepts identified, to support your ideas.

3. Follow the APA 7th edition style of referencing to cite your academic resources and provide your reference list

Solution

Reflective Journal Entry

It has been learned after the conversation that I possess all the skills and abilities that are required in the workplace today. In addition to that, there has been good conversation skill within me. This has been known to me as I have made conversation comfortable and flexible with the help of which my class colleague has been able to place her points and defend my views too. Immense value has been provided by employers to general competencies of the workplace (Farnsworth et al., 2002). It has been known that there has been a presence of complexities and diversities within the workplace today due to the competitiveness of different industries.

Success of business has been sought by organizations, as well as, employers. It has been understood to me that there has been the requirement of rewarding careers as per the work culture of today's workplace. As there has been the presence of diversity and distinct stakeholders in the organizations, there has been the requirement of inclusive practice within the organizations that are associated with embracement of differences of people to harness innovativeness (Diversity Council of Australia, 2020). In addition to that, it permits employees and companies to progress for management assignment help.

As opined by Kuknor, & Bhattacharya, (2021), effective embracement of diversity and practice of inclusion is being depicted to both the expansion of enjoyment of employees and dedication to work. This results in the expansion of effectiveness of organization. I have learned that there has been the requirement of diversity for differentiating and elucidating groups of several people from each other. The concept of stereotypes, as well as, bias has provided me with the greatest acknowledgment of my approach to Diversity and Inclusion. I have clearly understood the matter of separation that results in exclusion and the matter of integration that results in inclusion.

In a broad sense, it can be said that separation leads to the shortage of employees in organizations and inclusion leads to an increase of employees. This is due to the fact that with inclusion, one comes closer as there has been the improvement of good communication skills and bonding among employees and seniors of the organization (Solkhe, 2021). The concept of VUCA world has a clear resemblance with my approach to Diversity and Inclusion. The reason for the requirements of embracement of organizations of human differences has been acknowledged with the help of Module 4. There should be a collaboration of both consumers and organizations in creating several possible opportunities for business to happen smoothly.

There has been an understanding of competencies, qualities, and skills that may be very critical for me to attain the career targets in the upcoming days within VUCA world. I am unable to paint an image of the upcoming days that I require and desire. In addition to that, there has been a scarcity of motivational skills within me. This scarcity has made a delay in my case in creating my targets for upcoming days. Failure has been observed in the matter of the skills of adaptability which is very important for any individual to acquire future targets.

Apart from these, there has been the scarcity of several emotional skills within me that are required to achieve success in future. Personal Growth has not been there within me as there has been the scarcity of motivation within me. For example, I have observed that I cannot be able to concentrate hard on my tasks due to lack of motivation. There has been a presence of worry in my mind concerning my future. I cannot decide what I should do and what I should not do. A total confusion surrounds my mind concerning this. In addition to that, there has been a scarcity of resiliency within me. There has been a scarcity of purpose in life with me. This makes it hard for me to sketch a convenient and appropriate future goal for me.

Expression of emotion, regulation of behavior, and avoidance has not been present within me. The absence of these skills may have an adverse impact on my portraying the future targets for me. I may face issues and challenges in future at the time seeking a job and when I will go for job interviews. However, 5 VIA Character Strengths within me will help me a lot in enhancing this competency. I am very brave and with the help of this strength, I will be able to face any sort of challenges that may arrive as obstacles in the middle of me and my achievement of success.

Creativity can help me in progressing a lot in my future workplace and I can be able to motivate myself with the help of this. Curiosity will help me to have eagerness in the case of any task and will help me to know the tasks of the organizations in advance. Leadership and Teamwork will help in driving my career high. Apart from this, balanced approach has been there within me to risk by which I can be able to handle critical tasks of my future organization. I will be able to help myself in any sort of critical situation that I may face in my future organization with the help of these skills.  

References

MGMT20148 Strategic Solutions for Sustainable Organisations Assignment Sample

This is an individual, written assessment, to be completed in professional report format. You are required to write around 3,000 words (+/- 10%), excluding preliminaries, tables, figures, reference list and appendices. The report requires in-text referencing and a full reference list in APA style, with evidence that you have critically read and integrated a minimum of 18 suitable scholarly references.

The purpose of this assessment is to present the final report of the project you proposed in Assessment 2. This report should build on your learning log entries, your proposal submitted for Assessment 2, and the feedback from the tutor/coordinator. In order to successfully complete Assessment 3, you are required to complete the project you have proposed in Assessment 2 and produce a professional report that shows that you have followed through from finding your research questions/objectives, to completing strategic analysis, and ultimately to answering your research questions and developing recommendations that arise from your findings. The report structure will depend upon your chosen project but it will typically include the following:

- Preliminaries: Title page (with a clear project title), executive summary, table of contents

- Introduction, including: Background, problem statement, and research question(s)/objective(s)

- Literature review: Logically structured and critical review of academic, scholarly, peer-reviewed literature

- Methodology, including: Transparent presentation of what professional industry information you have used, how you chose it, and how you analysed it

- Findings from your analysis: This should include the outcomes of any strategic analyses you completed, as well as any other findings you may have uncovered

- Discussion of findings in comparison to your previously reviewed literature

- Conclusion, including: answering your research question(s) AND strategic recommendations

- Reference list

- Appendices

Solution

Introduction

Background of the Study

Sanofi is a pharmaceutical and healthcare behemoth with headquarters in Paris, France. Founded in 1973, this company has since amalgamated with others like Sanofi-Aventis. The corporation has a market revenue of €36.13bn in 2019, according the study. Sanofi has built facilities for producing over-the-counter medications and has participated in the manufacturing of other pharmaceuticals. In an effort to boost productivity, the firm has made health and wellness one of its sustainable development goals (Sanofi, 2022). Goal No. 3 of the Sustainable Development Goals focuses on reducing health problems before they start.

Research Aims

The aim of the study is to analyse and evaluate the impact of Health and Well-being on the performance of Sanofi.

Research Objectives

• To analyse the impact of health and well-being on company’s employees and their performance level.
• To introduce a health belief model for company and for pharmaceutical industry for enhancing performance
• To analyse the existing literatures and information concerned to the topic
• To analyze the challenges that the company faces to implement Health and well-being as a sustainable goal

Research Questions

RQ1 – What are the observed impacts of health and welfare on the performance standards of Sanofi?
RQ2 – What is the importance of Health and well being as a sustainable development goal?
RQ3 – What are the challenges that Sanofi faced in implementing the health and welfare in the company?

Problem Statement

It is crucial for a people to maintain a healthy life expectancy and improve their standard of living if they want to be viable over the long term. It's important to recognize that Sanofi's emphasis on employee health and wellness contributes to higher productivity and smoother business operations. However, in the present context, greater emphasis is placed on the elimination of a broad range of diseases and the resolution of several health issues.

Research Rationale

The purpose of this research for assignment help is to solve the challenge of quantifying the value of employee health and happiness to the business. The issue emerges when health and happiness are pursued as long-term objectives. Difficulty in eradicating and stopping the spread of deadly illnesses is a major issue in the world today. The relevance of employee health and happiness to the long-term success of the business is highlighted, shedding new light on the present predicament.

Overview of the study

The study is focused on the analysing the impact of health and well being in pharmaceutical industry, it is being observed frequently that employees are experiencing burn out very frequently leading to less productivity in work and when it comes to Sanofi which is a pharmaceutical industry, it demands a heavy research and study as well as development. Hence, taking care of the company’s employee which are the key assets, it is essential for developing and implementing new policies for the company to implement in order to ensure a positive and healthy environment leading to a good productivity.  

LITERATURE REVIEW

Introduction

This section will focus on the Literature review section, it is a type of review whose objective is to get familiarise with the existing and current research and discussions on a certain subject or field of study. In this study, the topic of research is Impact of Health and Well-Being in the Performance of Sanofi, hence each of the research paper will be focused on analysing the well being and health policies and other parameter into an organization in pharmaceutical industry (Scribbr 2020).
An in-depth understanding of chosen area may be gained via a literature study. Concepts, research strategies, and experimental methodologies crucial to the discipline will be covered. It will also aid in getting a glimpse into the ways in which scholars have used the ideas covered in the class to solve actual, tangible issues (Western Sydney University 2018).

Making prevention a reality: living health and wellbeing at Sanofi

According to Carroll et al. 2021, many factors of health and well-being are generally acknowledged, encompassing socioeconomic situation, level of income, schooling, access to health care, and society views. Professional health and welfare are becoming more important, not particularly in light of the current coronavirus outbreak. Sanofi, a worldwide biopharmaceutical business including over 100,000 employees in 100 countries and over 1200 in the UK, translates scientific advancement into healthcare products that assist individuals around the world overcome health difficulties (Carroll et al. 2021).

Figure 1: Employee Wellbeing
(Source: Charlie 2021)

The paper and Sanofi offer a diverse treatment portfolio, preventing sickness with vaccinations, give therapies to alleviate pain and suffering, and Sanofi supports those who experience from uncommon illnesses as well as the millions who do have long-term disorders. the purpose of the research paper is to assist individuals on various health journeys, including our staff (Carroll et al. 2021). Occupational health is a business primary concern at Sanofi because they aspire to be leaders in this ground, but it is also a direct result of the culture and commitment to being responsible business, setting priorities health and wellbeing again for beneficial of the company's employees in addition to assist decrease healthcare costs as well as demand on the National Health Service (NHS). Even though the primary objective of occupational healthcare has to be public health, there are crucial economic and commercial factors (Carroll et al. 2021).

Authors have discussed that poor employee mental health and related disorders are estimated to cost companies up to £45 billion each year, with 89% low productivity, 86% incapacity to turn off from business, 73% leaves, and much more than 60% mental health absenteeism. Furthermore, for every £1 invested in health and wellness programmes, companies may expect a £5 return on their investment due to lower attendance, reduced absenteeism, and workforce turnover. Sanofi acknowledges these earnings quality, as well as the negative effect of poor health and happiness on commercial requirements. Sanofi's objective is simple yet vital: to preserve, educate, promote, and supporting individuals (Carroll et al. 2021).

Figure 2: health and Well-being in the workplace
(Source: Lee 2019)

In the research paper, it is observed that Sanofi performed a complete audit utilising the Public Health England tools to objectively evaluate the service and achieve best-in-class workplace health performance. This toolkit examines the existing information in numerous areas, including accessibility of resources, access to assistance, and execution of wellbeing programmes in mental and physical health, violence prevention, and overall well-being and safety, using a red, amber, and green (RAG) scoring system (Carroll et al. 2021). The research and the authors in this research has focused on the toolbox assesses occupational health effectiveness and recommends realistic action plans to address any detected deficiencies. Sanofi audit lasted three weeks and included an internal peer review that focused on input from internal surveys and continuing employee requirements.

In addition, the research paper conducted an optimize performance in contrast to other industries/sectors in order to get a better grasp of overall best practises. This is also reflected in Sanofi's involvement and leadership in the Thames Valley Chambers of Commerce (TVCC), which has enabled the company to create networks and exchange best practises with peers and other businesses (Carroll et al. 2021).

Building programs for health, safety, and well-being of the company employees- design considerations for meeting unique requirements of organizations

According to Shanafelt et al. 2019, burnout among doctors, nurses, and advanced practice professionals has reached epidemic proportions in the present health care practice environment. Burnout among health care practitioners is driven mostly by organizational causes instead of personal resilience issues. The moral-ethical argument which includes caring for the Company employees, the feasibility study (expense of turnover and poorer quality), and the regulation case are the four key motivations that encourage health care executives to develop well-being initiatives. The researchers have discussed in their research paper, finally, health care professional burnout is harmful to patients. The authors explore the aim, scope, value, and lastly the resources of organizational well-being initiatives, as well as success measures and a framework for action. The goal of such a program is to supervise organizational efforts to decrease professional fatigue risk, create effective well-being amongst health care workers, and, as a result, maximise the performance of healthcare facilities. Those categories should be measured, benchmarked, and evaluated over time by the program (Shanafelt et al. 2019).

The success of such programme will spread as well as create deep expertise in the drivers of specialist fulfillment among the pharmaceutical and medical professionals, as well as an approach to evaluating flaws and challenges of the system and further pertinent components of corporate culture, as well as experience and knowledge with different techniques to foster improved performance (Shanafelt et al. 2019).

Challenges that organisations face in implementing health and well-being as a sustainable goal

According to Manandhar et al. 2018, enhanced healthcare infrastructure aids businesses in achieving their full potential. However, directly opposed to the aforementioned, it has been claimed that, as funding and financial assets of businesses in the health and very well of staff members have decreased, many systems of protection and health are quite low across several businesses as well as, as a result, it lacks necessary sections that are considered necessary for the infections are prevented. Companies would lose a tonne of money because their employees aren't empowered or aware of health risks, despite what we just read (Darrow et al. 2020).

Since a moral-ethical angle, employees who tends to have low burnout and maximum specialised satisfaction is extremely desirable, as well as the arguments in favor of the strategic plan for improving clinician well-being are robust and growing. It is observed that a well-being program that is maintained and suitably planned, managed by a qualified and professionals practioners in the research area, offers an increasingly important foundation for healthcare establishments to execute their goal.
The paper has thoroughly discussed the topics concerned with why the health care companies must act for the well-being of the employees and in what way they must support each other as well as bringing new policies for employees to cater to everyone. Along with that, the purpose of the well-being program has also been discussed to address the risks bringing more improvement to the pharmaceutical industry.

Figure 3: Health Belief Model
(Source: Manandhar et al. 2018)

 
METHODOLOGY

It is necessary to opt for the right research approach in order to collect feasible data and come up with the desired output. In this study of analyzing the impact of health and well-being of the employees and the performance productivity in Sanofi, the research approach which is being used is the Deductive approach and Qualitative Data collection techniques are used following the Secondary data sources.

Research approach

The researcher has selected the Deductive Approach, as its name suggests it includes a collection of data and finding the ones which are suitable and related to the study. Conventionally, when researchers think of scientific inquiry, they visualize a logical method of inquiry (Streefkerk 2019). The researcher looks at the work of others, reads up on the current ideas of the phenomena being investigated, and puts forth hypotheses based on what they've learned. The researcher has decided to use what is known as a deductive method, which involves coming up with several hypotheses connected to a few key ideas and then drawing up a research strategy to test those hypotheses (Sheppard 2020).

Figure 4: Deductive Reasoning
(Source: Streefkerk 2019)

Data collection Technique

The data collection technique which is being used in the study is Qualitative Data, this sort of data involves the collection and analysis of non-numerical data in order to better develop an understanding of the study concepts, opinions, and ideas. This is utilized to gather in-depth insights into the issue and generate new ideas and concepts for research. The researcher in the study is using the qualitative data collecting method (Bhandari 2020). This topic will be subjected to a thematic analysis by the researcher. The term "qualitative data" is used to provide conceptual findings that supplement the primary data.

Figure 5: Qualitative Research Design
(Source: Penmypaper 2019)

Data collection sources

In this study, the data collection source is Secondary Data, secondary data may be found in a wide variety of archival and published sources, including but not limited to government documents, academic journals, and popular media. Data that has previously been obtained from primary sources and made accessible for further study is referred to as secondary data. Such information is based on data that was gathered in the past (Formplus 2020).

Figure 6: Secondary data
(Source: Valcheva 2020)

Findings

In this study on the impact of health and well-being on performance in the pharmaceutical industry, it is observed and found that the pharmaceutical sector, health, and well-being are known to be a critical components of employee sustainability and enlarged productivity. Pharmacists are continually exposed to biological and chemical risks that are potentially harmful to their health. Additionally, a lack of proper safety requirements and violations may have an influence on employee performance and have long - term costs for corporate persistence.

As a result, it is essential to maintaining optimum health and well - being procedures while ensuring that all personnel follows such rules. Tips for keeping enhanced standards of safety in the pharmaceutical industry and the companies such as Sanofi which are discussed in the study.

• Offering the employees flexibility to work wherever and whenever they want to work in a specified working environment leads to more productivity.

• Giving employees a voice is very necessary to let the employees come up with their ideas and thoughts and lead to a positive working and influencing the working environment. This will also aid the pharmaceutical company to have new research and development ideas.

• Supporting their personal needs, it is also essential for a company to look after their personal needs and support for well-being. This will lead to a positive impact on productivity.

Discussion

The world is still suffering from a worldwide pandemic that has affected almost every individual in some manner, and as some have correctly said, this is the new VUCA reality. Prioritizing one's own and one's family's health has become a must for everyone. The epidemic manifested itself not just as a medical worry, affecting people's physical health, but also their mental health. To decrease the possibility of propagation, social distancing techniques, isolation, lockdowns, and the shutdown of educational institutions, businesses, and entertainment venues were used (Shetty 2021).

These restricting restrictions, in turn, influenced how individuals engage socially, resulting in a decline in their mental health. Employees at many organizations have reported a decrease in their mental health. According to a Harvard Business Review survey, 42% of respondents reported a decline in their mental health.
Mental health maintenance is an essential component of healthcare, and pharmaceutical firms must serve as trailblazers for a shift toward a more positive dialogue on the subject. The epidemic has sparked considerable debate about how to manage workers' mental health. This, in turn, may help reduce the stigma connected with discussing it. Additionally, the availability of professionally trained counselors who can give help pushes companies forward in the approach of 360° digital integration of employee wellness (Shetty 2021).

• Conducting sessions with the professional counselor - Offering mental health support to the employees through offering a counselor advice and making a one-to-one session available.

• Letting digital support be engaged in health and well-being for increased productivity - Digital initiatives increase employee well-being. Wearables and applications may measure employees' heart rate, oxygen levels, and emotional condition. Aggregated data may help pharma companies determine which workers require professional aid (Shukla 2020).

• Flexibility with working hours and traveling as they move forward for hybrid working - Working hours and travel as the organization and people transition to hybrid working If work hours are cut by 3 hours, for example, and operating shifts are implemented, not only will facilities continue to function normally, but personnel will also be able to replenish well before following day (Shukla 2020).

• Financial support to the employees - As companies continue to adopt social distance rather than emotional separation, organizations must assist their workers to become more resistant. Adopting a comprehensive employee welfare policy that starts with a two-way medium of communication, changing how they operate with the new baseline in mind, giving financial assistance, and incorporating all-inclusive health services must be pharmaceutical companies' top priorities (The Catalyst 2020).

Conclusion

Health and well-being in the pharmaceutical industry have become very good but I'm already crucial need as employees are working 24 × 7 in the healthcare and medical industry which also includes a significant part of the pharmaceutical industry leading the leading to the employees working at the same proportion as the other medical industry employees. Hence it is necessary to ensure the positivity and Wellness of employees’ health and well-being of time blows in the industry is very important, This also influences positive productivity the work and leads to more growth and development It is also a benefit for the company as well.

The study has focused on the Impact of Health and Well-Being on the Performance of Sanofi, it is a well-known pharmaceutical company that has brought these considerations into the highlight and developed many policies concerned with employee wellness ensuring more productivity with positive results.

The study has thoroughly analyzed the background of the company with the research aims and objectives, research questions, and rationale overview. Further, in the research, the literature review sections have focused on analyzing the existing data from journals, research papers, etc. And developing an in-depth understanding to carry out future research and form a new opinion. All the research is conducted by using secondary research sources and qualitative data collection techniques following the deductive approach to ensure that cream data is collected, analyzed, and presented. The discussion and finding section in the study has focused on the key findings of the studies such as major steps taken by Sanofi and other companies in the pharmaceutical industry for ensuring the health and well-being impacting productivity and the key challenges faced.  

REFERENCES

MBA505 Business Psychology, Coaching, and Mentoring Assignment Sample

Assessment Task

The purpose of this assessment is for you to demonstrate and develop your knowledge and skill in Mentoring and coaching as an important people development technique within organizations.

This subject requires you to thoughtfully develop your abilities in coaching and mentoring, and in weeks 8, 9,10 and 12 we will explore styles and techniques in doing this. These skills will serve you well in many facets of your life. To assist with developing your skills, you will be using these skills to interact with your fellow students or others to sharpen your abilities, allow you to observe others and receive assistance so you can learn to work meaningfully with others in the future.

Assessment Description

In writing up your experience of these coaching and mentoring experiences you should reflect on:

• What happened in the interaction, including what aspects went well and what needed improvement,
• How relevant theoretical reading or research you have done applies to the situation,
• What you learned or gained from the experience, and
• Practical actions you could take to improve your approach in the future based on your reading, reflection, experience and observation.

Assessment Instructions

• This is an individual assessment to be submitted via Turnitin.
• You are to write 2000 words, composed of three pieces of 650 words each as follows-

→ One reflection related to your experience of mentoring (covered in week 8),
→ One reflection related to your experience of coaching (covered in weeks 9 and 10),
→ One reflection related to the application of coaching in the workplace (covered in week 12).

• You are expected to include references to strengthen your understanding of the theoretical bases of your work.

• Your writing should be based on very recent experiences only, ie those which have taken place during the in-class sessions or in the workplace during the period of the subject.

• As with all scholarly work, competent and relevant citing and referencing is essential.

Solution

Introduction

The present study is based on reflecting my own experiences regarding mentoring, coaching and the application of the same in the workplace. Along with this, the study aims to put forth the observations, experiences and practical actions I have taken in order to improvise my approach in the future. It also emphasize on how these learning and experience can contribute in my future endeavour as a mentor or coach for management assignment help.

Reflection relating to experience of mentoring

Mentoring involves relationship between a more experienced and less experienced person in terms of knowledge, managing network structure, developing relationship etc where the main goal is personal and professional growth of protégé (Ragins and Kram, 2007). During my learning period I acknowledged that in an organization it is a role or responsibility of mentor to provide strategic approach for development of mentee (employee or group members) by pairing them in more experienced team or making them under more experienced individual. The specified concepts do assist in developing unique culture rather productive organizational culture. The reason behind same is that employees get opportunity to work with someone who is more experienced and enhance their potential as well as improve their performance (Ferayanti, 2020). It would be appropriate to state than mentoring does assist in making significant transitions at workplace. As far as I have witnessed and observed the key variants or characteristic for a successful partnership between groups or two members are confidentiality, understanding, positive expectation and trust. I personally experienced that trust and positive expectation are necessarily required to be in mentee towards mentor so that he or she could learn from mentor and improve their performance.

Mentoring is one of the most effective and powerful development tool applied in organization to that employee could create and promote diverse culture through application of internal resources as experts (Ferayanti, 2020). During my learning period I got opportunity to assess mentoring program of organization and assess reason due to which mentoring program fail in organizations. Through assessing same I analysed that I do have sufficient skill in encouraging different members to work together but I need to improve on provoking them to give best to each other so that mentor is able to acknowledge the area he or she is required to work on. It was a new experience as I got to know about areas on which I have to work such as analysing different relational learning process, learning process, outcome and behaviour. The main reasons which I assessed, due to which mentoring program fails is misbalance between personal development and career development and unavailability of common goals or mutual expectation between mentor and mentee. These learning and acknowledgement would assist me in future in playing role of mentor in organization of which I would be part in efficient way. A successful mentor is the one which does utilizes his or her personal qualities, values and skills and are aware regarding power issues in relationship (Carr, Holmes and Flynn, 2017). Even I got to know about characteristic which are required to be an efficient mentor i.e. having clear purpose of mentoring, supportive, confident, helpful, and able to maintain balance between personal development and career development.

Presently, I do have characteristic such as confident, supporting, helpful but I have to learn keeping balance between personal development and career development as both of them do have major role in overall productivity of an organizations. Thus, I am working on same so that before completion of course I am able to develop skills to required extent so that I could act as efficient mentor. Previously I did not know that mentoring is beneficial for mentor also but during this course I got to know that mentoring is beneficial for mentor, mentee as well as organization. A mentor does benefits in form of self satisfaction and accomplishment through mentoring along with skill development. Even I assessed that not only mentees but mentors also required training for getting better results. The acknowledgments received during my learning period would not only assist me in being proficient mentor but also provided me information about key practices which I could apply in organization of which I would be part in future. Overall, these insights relating to mentoring would not only assist me in developing and promoting diversify culture in organization but also in incorporation of key practices relating to mentoring program for an organization. Lastly for enhancing my skills relating to being proficient mentor ; I would ensure more participation in group activities and work on areas I lack such as deep assessment different relational learning process, acknowledging range of development relationship with assistance of my teacher and senior so that I could excel in same and attain main goal.
Reflection related to the experience of coaching

Leadership coaching is considered as an extremely customized type of learning. It is engaged with individually assisting executives for learning to make out most of that learning for brining successful action, improvisation in performance, effective business results and personal growth (Anthony, 2017). It comes up with several benefits such as proper management of stress and welfare, navigation of culture, leading change, emotional intelligence, effective communication, management of conflict, development of high performing team and strategic thinking (Bernard, 2018) Prior to the module learning, I only though that coaching is all about working as well as interacting with other individuals. However, with the course, I have been familiar with the broader concepts of coaching, its fundamental meaning and principles, its benefits and related models. From the coursework I learned about the significant models of coaching which can be used to offer the base and proper structure for a coaching conversation. I gained insight about one of the most important models i.e. GROW model. It is the tool that unlocks potential and helps in improvising performance by raising self confidence as well as motivation. By this model, it is easy to ask out for efficient questions in a cautiously structured manner that thereof supports in-depth awareness as well as higher responsibility which thereof results into practical steps towards attaining goals and resolve barriers (Panchal and Riddell, 2020).

By considering the above model, for better understanding the coursework provided me with class activities wherein I was asked to form questions for each of the four stages. In addition to this, I gained practical experience on coaching by working with groups, and considering a real time issue that is required to be solved. When there were practical activities, I faced issues in terms of insufficient objectivity and interpersonal skills, for this reason I experienced that feedback play a mandatory role when working with groups, it is important to take notes of everyone involved reaching at a mutual solution. I also realized that in order to make coaching successful, one needs to entail feedbacks at the highest extent. It needs to be collected from team members and managers. For gaining sights we made use of psychometric assessments that can help in determining individual variations. This was really effective in terms of workplace, as it determines the areas for improvement, strengths and provides insights into the personal attributes of leaders in comparison with others. From the coursework, I came across the assessment that can be used at workplace and these comprise of emotional intelligence, cognitive ability, personality, 360 degree psychometrics, on the whole coaching works as well on the whole psychometric assessments work. As a coach, I have gained a good experience as these models helped each one us to determine their personal strengths and weakness, I learned that I have a bit of stage fear and being an introvert I cannot express my opinions and thought, but through this course I have been able to change myself by taking part in group activities and presentations. This has improvised my whole experience as I participated in resolving my team conflict and helped them coping up with their questions and queries.

I have worked my best to stay on top of psychometric assessments by practicing real time online tests, determining and working on my weakest areas, obtaining performance feedbacks and considering whether the technology is working effectively or not. Overall, I can cite that I am needed to improve on my interpersonal skills and improvement areas through taking training, online classes, in-class activities, face to face training, reflective practice, and considering professional development courses.

Reflection related to the application of coaching in the workplace

I realized that presently firm face considerable competitiveness, and innovation as well as change demand for highly motivated as well as top performing people. By considering this aspect, organizations consider ways by which they can allow people to adapt to change, learn new aspects and reflect appropriate behavior in order to be successful. In this way, I got to know about coaching, it is all about changes and for change, constant learning as well as application of new experience, knowledge and skills is paramount. The major objective of coaching is to establish competent, successful, effective and top performing workers (Jackson, 2019). From the coursework, I learned about the realistic application of workplace coaching and how it can garner the positive benefits of cost effectiveness, flexibility, increased productivity, higher self reliance, attainment of performance as well as potential, greater morale and time effectiveness.

By considering this aspect, from the coursework, both theoretical as well as practical knowledge has been gained by me regarding coaching, I can be applied by me in future endeavor as a leader/manager/coach by knowing my employees first, accelerating and supporting development as well as learning environment, mutually working with employees for clarification of values as well as vision, making sure that performance standards are effectively communicated to employees, proper diagnoses of problems, searching out best possible solutions, and developing an action plan. I can state that through this course, I have been capable to develop the necessary qualities of; being enthusiastic, focused, observant, supportive, knowledgeable, and goal-oriented and a good communicator. With the module, I have been able to practice coaching on real time basis, as several activities such as rating myself, developing 2 minute argument, providing group presentation among others has allowed me to build my confidence, carry on responsibilities, consider time management. From the activities I experienced that coaching can be obstructed through organizational culture, insufficient understanding, resistance, lower skill and experience level and insufficient amount of resources as well as time. By keeping this in mind, I acknowledged that everything should be balanced as a coach, and employees must be provided with frequent and positive feedbacks, a culture based on team feedback must be created, allowing employees to think out of box and contribute with new ideas and innovation, employees must also be pushed towards providing opinions and perspectives.

Previously, I did not have such considerable knowledge, but now I can undertake administrative tasks, develop programs, monitor and enhance performance by constructive feedbacks and carry on various significant duties and roles at the workplace. In addition to this, from the course, I also gone through several meaningful videos related to workplace coaching, workplace roles, coaching conversation and coaching cultures. Also, my experience was made even better by further activities such as determining coaching areas, wherein we worked as a group to list the workplace coaching applications. This helped me to determine how I perceive coaching and how it would be beneficial for me when I apply the same in the workplace.

However, I am needed to work on my improvement areas by taking part in skill coaching, training courses that covers ethics and professional development, designing action plans, considering learning training such as personal skills training and agile leadership training.

Conclusion

It can be concluded that I have learned the key concepts, applications, assessments and models of mentoring and coaching in the module. I also improvised my skills and characteristics related with time management, communication, observant, positive, supportive and goal oriented. I was able to determine my personal strengths and weakness, and work on my improvement areas to polish my skills and capabilities. Through the GROW model, I also able to choose from different options, consider goal setting and make decisions as a good coach. In modern business world, it is important for the leader to be open and innovative, for this aspect these experiences have well-prepared me in order to make difficult decisions, manage teams, and be adaptable to changes.

References

MGN428 Developing Entrepreneurial Mindsets Assignment Sample

Assignment Brief

Weight 50%
Individual Task
Due Week 13
Max. 2500 words

In Brief

Throughout the unit you are required to reflect upon your entrepreneurial self and your entrepreneurial mindset and document these reflections in a report. Your report will comprise three components. First, you will reflect on a personality test around your entrepreneurial mindset and your social impact awareness taken at the beginning of the unit. Second, you will identify and interview an entrepreneur or intrapreneur and reflect upon this conversation. And third, you will reflect on a personality test to be taken at the end of the unit, and consideration of any changes in your entrepreneurial mindset throughout the unit. This final assessment will help you understand your journey in developing entrepreneurial skills and mindset.

Task Description

Self-reflection is the capacity of humans to exercise introspection and to attempt to learn more about their fundamental nature and essence. It is also a very powerful learning technique. In this Assessment, we ask you to focus your exploration lens onto yourself, away from the content of the unit itself.

There are three specific points along your MGN428 journey at which we request you to self- reflect, and document the thoughts you arrive at during these self-reflections.

The first point is the personality test that you undertake near the beginning of the unit. The purpose of this test is to understand your entrepreneurial orientation as informed by the answers you provide to a series of questions that are commonly used to this end. In your self- reflection at this first point, think about what you experienced in taking the test, and why you experienced these experiences. Also consider the results of the tests and evaluate their accuracy, as you see it. Do you think the results are a good reflection of your entrepreneurial orientation? What else did you learn about yourself from the taking of the test as well as its results? Your self-reflection should include these and other themes.

The second point of self-reflection will be made at a time that is convenient for you during the semester. For this exercise you are required to identify and arrange a conversation with an entrepreneur or intrapreneur. This individual could be someone you know very well (e.g. a family member or a friend), or someone in your more distant network or someone recommended to you. You may also tap into the network of QUT Entrepreneurship and the Foundry, which can connect you with someone to converse with. In your conversation with the entrepreneur or intrapreneur, find out about their journey. Why did they embark on this journey? What are their primary motivators? What have they learnt? When have they failed, and how did they recover? What were some of the successes they accomplished? Where are they today, and where do they want to be in the future? These are just some of the questions you may pose during the conversation. Once your conversation is complete, your task is to document your own thoughts about entrepreneurship or intrapreneurship. As you do this self- reflection, you may want to put yourself in the shoes of the person you conversed with, and consider how you may have reacted or behaved under the same circumstances. What would you have done differently? What would be your own strength areas, and also weak areas in experiencing such an entrepreneurial journey?

And finally, the third point of self-reflection is near the end of the semester, when the same personality test undertaken at the beginning will be retaken by yourself. In a similar fashion to your self-reflection exercise at the first point, conduct the same self-reflection once again. However, on this occasion, focus on the differences you observed in the testing process and the results of the test. How have you changed, and why do you think these changes have happened? And just as equally, in the instance where you observed no or little change, what are the reasons for this? As you answer these and other questions, look for the sources of explanation within yourself.

Please note that the process of self-reflection may not be straight forward to you. It is encouraged that you review the resources made available on Blackboard, although it is highly encouraged also that you explore resources beyond these to feel comfortable in how you will undertake the self-reflection exercise.
The report itself can be written as one comprehensive treatise of your self-reflections, or then a document divided into three sections reflecting the three points where you exercised self-n reflection. While there are no specific formatting guidelines, it is always good practice to produce a clear, easy to read and follow, and well-structured document. In terms of the language use, there is no requirement for a highly academic writing style, as the document is self-reflective text, and should come from within you, and be authentically written.

Solution

Introduction

The purpose of this self-reflection report is to understand my own entrepreneurial orientation at the beginning and end of the semester. In this regard, I have undertaken the Big Five Personality Test for analysing my orientation and further engaged in a meaningful conversation with an entrepreneur in my circle of acquaintances for exploring entrepreneurship.

Section 1: Personality Test at Beginning of Unit

Understanding entrepreneurial orientation has become significantly important for both individuals and companies to help in entrepreneurship development (Wales, 2016). It has often been considered as an essential factor helping in the successful development of new products or services, contributing towards high business performance and enhancing social performance. It also includes autonomy and aggressiveness as important factors to be included under entrepreneurial orientation (Cho & Lee, 2018). I have used the Big Five Personality Traits test for analysing my own entrepreneurial orientation. In this regard, the test has helped me to understand the presence of five traits in my behaviour or personality. These include openness, conscientiousness, extraversion, neuroticism and agreeableness (Awwad & Al-Aseer, 2021). It has been observed that individual personality traits generate a significant impact on entrepreneurial alertness and intention by evaluating individual suitability to entrepreneurship. Thus, I have undertaken this test to explore my alignment towards entrepreneurship for assignment help.

While undertaking the Big Five Personality Traits test, I came across various types of questions. These questions were directed towards my relationship with peers, ability to understand my emotions, my personality and behaviour and others. Here, I experienced certain difficulties in answering some specific questions as I was unsure about my feelings towards them. In this regard, I had to select the “neutral” option for answering such questions as I was unable to analyse my own emotions, feelings or opinions towards myself regarding such questions. However, I felt it easier to answer questions about relationships with peers, taking up tasks, socializing and new experiences. Furthermore, the Big Five Personality assessment provided scores on the five major dimensions of my personality. This helped me to comprehend my own traits and behaviours associated with entrepreneurship development, alertness and orientation (Leutner, et al., 2014). I scored moderately high on openness dimension that depicts my tendency of thinking about abstract and complex things by being creative, intellectual and adventurous . This helps in entrepreneurship orientation as openness helps to generate new, creative and smart ideas. I scored high on conscientiousness as well, which shows that I emphasize on self-discipline and control for pursuing my goals (Leutner, et al., 2014). Scoring high on this dimension can have negative effect on my entrepreneurial orientation as I tend to be more organized and responsible, while entrepreneurship involves high uncertainty and disorderly things.

Besides, I scored low on extraversion that implies that I do not actively engage or socialize with people for earning any social rewards . While this can help me to generate more creative or innovative ideas for entrepreneurship, it can also be difficult for me to network with people in the professional industry. Moreover, I gained relatively high score in agreeableness that determines my tendency to put others’ needs before my own interests. This trait can be helpful for me in gaining cooperation of others during the entrepreneurship venture (Kerr, et al., 2018). However, high agreeableness can also make me less competitive, tough-minded or less sceptical, which might make it difficult for me to climb the corporate ladder. Lastly, I scored moderate in the neuroticism dimension, which shows that I have adequate capability of handling my negative emotions of stress, anxiety, fear or guilt . I need to focus on decreasing this dimension as high neuroticism can lead to excess stress when I face uncertain or unfavourable situations during entrepreneurship.

The Big Five Personality test has enabled me to better understand my own personality while looking at the different traits. I have come to understand my own strengths and weaknesses, thus, I can work on them in the future. It has further helped me to analyse how I can use specific traits for enhancing entrepreneurship orientation. I have become more aware about my own behaviours and actions and work on them accordingly to improve my entrepreneurial alertness. The test has made self-reflection more comprehensible for me to develop my entrepreneurial skills and abilities (Porter, 2017). I am now well accustomed with the fact that high agreeableness and neuroticism might not be helpful for me in the future if I tend to start my entrepreneurial venture. Here, I will focus on working on the same along with improving my conscientiousness. In the future, I will also try to strike a balance between being a highly introverted or extroverted person and instead, start networking for improving my entrepreneurial orientation. For developing an entrepreneurial mindset, I would also need to emphasize on being socially responsible and accountable towards my behaviour and actions. In this regard, I will learn to improve my skills and abilities so that I am able to contribute positively towards society and environment through my entrepreneurship venture. Thus, having widespread knowledge about my personality traits have now helped me to develop entrepreneurial orientation, which would further help in benefitting individuals and society.

Section 2: Conversation with Entrepreneur/Intrapreneur

During the middle of the semester, I arranged an interview with one of my acquaintances who has recently opened up a café shop in our locality. He has been working as an industry professional in the marketing department for a renowned organization for around ten years. However, the person has always dreamt of opening up his own business venture, which recently came true in the past six months. The café shop has been running well with college students, office goers, business men, family and friends’ groups visiting it often throughout all days of the week. I realized that arranging a conversation with this café owner would be beneficial for me to gain new perspectives on entrepreneurship orientation as well as knowing about starting a business venture. For this purpose, I conducted a meeting with him and requested to provide me with detailed insights about his experience of opening up the café. He was more than willing to cooperate and help me in this interview. I engaged in a detailed conversation for two weeks everyday to gain as much knowledge from him about entrepreneurship. Thus, this was of immense help to me as I learnt about the importance of entrepreneurship orientation and alertness, key entrepreneurship skills and developing such abilities in myself.

The café owner decided to start his own business venture in our locality that had no coffee shops and people generally preferring tea. Here, the café shop also serves tea alongside coffee to the customers along with a book store that provides them with the opportunity of enjoying their coffee or tea while reading a book. The owner made me realize about the importance of generating new ideas and using creativity for starting a business. Furthermore, he undertook the risk of opening a coffee shop in a place where individuals prefer tea. Here, no coffee shop was present, which presented an excellent opportunity to the person in starting one himself. I came to know that the main reason behind starting this venture was his love for coffee and passion of doing something on his own (Campos, 2017). These acted as motivators for the entrepreneur. Thus, he was willing to leave his secure job and follow that passion of starting his business venture. (It displayed the presence of innovativeness in his personality of inspiring new ideas Anwar, et al., 2022). The café owner also represented risk-taking behaviour by jumping for something uncertain my making resource commitments. His proactiveness has also been evident from this as it searched for opportunities and utilized them for the business venture. Thus, I could identify all the three elements of proactiveness, risk-taking and innovativeness in his behaviour while conversing with him. This helped me to understand the importance of these factors that have helped in building entrepreneurial orientation in the café owner. Here, the owner also displayed presence of competitiveness aggressiveness in his personality as he undertook the risk of serving tea as well despite the presence of various tea brands and shops in our locality. He also used autonomy by including both these tea and coffee options alongside books in his shop to compete with the existing rivals in the market. Thus, it made me understand that this high entrepreneurial orientation has contributed towards the high performance of the new business venture.

From the conversation with the café owner, I learnt how entrepreneurs are willing to undertake business-related risks, compete aggressively with rivals and favour change and innovation. In this regard, I also came to learn from him about how he undertook extensive research before starting the new venture. He focused on understanding consumers’ tastes and preferences, competitors’ offerings and current market trends. This made him analyse the viability of opening a café shop in our locality. In this regard, I learnt about the entrepreneurial mindset of the person that has helped him to engage in this entrepreneurship venture. This is because he possesses a frame of mind where he focused significantly on intuitive information processing after collecting relevant data from the market research (Ismail, et al., 2015). He developed an intuition from such data processing that customers might like trying coffee as well if they get the chance of visiting a coffee shop serving both coffee and tea. He also emphasized on attracting the book lovers by including a book store along with the café. Thus, such entrepreneurial mindset helped the owner in starting the venture in an uncertain and highly competitive business environment.

In the middle of the semester, this conversation with a local entrepreneur of a café shop was of utmost importance to me. I learnt from a real-life experience about how the person started a new business venture despite facing difficulties. Thus, it helped me to comprehend about entrepreneurial mindset along with developing an entrepreneurial orientation, which will be beneficial for my own entrepreneurship development.

Section 3: Personality Test at End of Semester

I undertook the Big Five Personality test again at the end of the semester. This was because I wanted to identify any changes in the five personality traits of openness, agreeableness, conscientiousness, neuroticism and extraversion. In the new test results, I observed that my score of openness to experience has increased than the previous one . This shows that I am now more comfortable in dealing with uncertain and unforeseen events that help me to learn about new experiences. My creativity, intellect and imagination have improved in this regard because of the various group and individual tasks and assignments that I have carried out during my entire semester. In this regard, I have come across various events and experiences in my course that have taught me to be creative and unconventional with my ideas. I have used my critical thinking and analytical skills in different tasks where I had to provide solutions to various real-life business scenarios. This has helped me to think outside-the-box, which has further made me embrace new experiences. Thus, enhancing this openness can further prove to be beneficial for me in the future as I will be able to come up with innovative ideas for starting a new business venture. Therefore, I will gain more entrepreneurial orientation through the help of this dimension.

Furthermore, my score on conscientiousness has significantly decreased in the new test result . This shows that my ability to exercise self-discipline and control for pursuing the desired goals might have deteriorated during the semester. I think that this low score can be because of the difficulty that I experienced in managing time of handling different tasks during the semester. I lost control over my routine and tasks during the middle of the semester as I was struggling with appearing for exams, performing extra-curricular activities, participating in group or individual projects and submitting different assignments. During this period, I was having difficulty in managing all these tasks and prioritizing them to achieve the desired outcomes. This might have it difficult to have control over such tasks, thereby leading to lack of self-discipline on my part. I also became somewhat impulsive and often lost focus while handling all the tasks simultaneously. While this might be helpful for displaying entrepreneurial behaviour, low conscientiousness can hamper my professional development in the future.

My score on extraversion has also largely increased in the new test result . This displays that I am now comfortable in engaging and interacting with people as an act of socializing. I have also developed a tendency of gaining admiration, excitement, friendship and power from the social relationships. In my opinion, this extraversion has been possible because throughout the entire semester I had to participate in various group projects. I was involved in presenting project with other team members before the classmates, which required me to frequently interact and converse with them. Furthermore, I also participated in role plays by forming teams as part of our group assignments. This also forced me to come out of my shell and engage in conversation and discussion with the team members. Such group projects enabled me to express myself gradually and voice my opinions. I also started liking interacting and speaking to people during the end of the semester. This extraversion nature can be helpful for me in the entrepreneurial orientation as now I will be more comfortable in networking with various business professionals.

However, the agreeableness score has slightly increased in my new test result .This displays that my tendency or intention in putting others’ interests before my own has further increased during the semester. I think that this agreeableness trait has improved because I participated in different group projects. Such projects made me put more emphasis on achieving the group goals instead of focusing on achieving my individual goals. It taught to put others or the team’s interest above others, which might have enhanced my agreeableness trait. Furthermore, these projects have also made me learn about trusting and forgiving for the greater good to achieve the team goals. While this trait can be beneficial for me to improve teamworking skills, it might not be effective for entrepreneurial orientation. This is because high agreeableness might make it difficult for me to start a business venture as it requires being competitive, sceptical and tough-hearted.

Lastly, my score has negligibly decreased in neuroticism dimension. This indicates that I am still not efficient in handling negative emotions like fear, anxiety, stress or sadness. I need to work on reducing neuroticism trait in my personality because its presence can be harmful for my entrepreneurial orientation. It is because I am likely to experience various stressful and unpredictable situations in my business venture that would require me to remain calm and composed.

Conclusion

In this report, I reflected on my own personality traits and their relevance to my entrepreneurial orientation. In this regard, I used the Big Five Personality test for analysing my entrepreneurial orientation in the beginning and end of the semester. 

References

BIS3003 IS Capstone Industry Project A Assignment Sample

Project Definition and Scope - The report defines the problem, describing the background and context, and detailing the scope of the project to be undertaken.

Requirements Analysis - Students submit a report covering their requirements analysis for the project.

Project Reflection - Reflection on the student’s journey in the unit focused on (a) the skills and knowledge they were able to draw on from earlier parts of the course; (b) the areas where they needed development and how they addressed those; (c) how they would approach a project like this next time; (d) considerations for

BIS3006 IS Capstone Industry Project B

Report and Oral Defence - Students prepare a report and summarise all these above point and the Project Design, Feasibility Analysis, and Initial Implementation Plan and present and defend their solution design through an oral defence.

Solution

Introduction

Aim

The following system is very trending nowadays as it provides the booking of a movie ticket by using their smart devices such as smartphones, computers and laptops very effectively. The user can easily browse for any ticket and book the tickets (Roy et al., 2019).

Objectives

Clients are presently equipped to peer the seating plan and they are able to likewise ebook rewards on the net. There are likewise frameworks through which clients can verify their ticket and pay even as coming into to the lobby. Film price tag reserving in web is useful for the 2 advertisers and customers in addition. Clients can make on-line movie ticket booking at any example of 24 hours every day. What's extra, as that is an electronic application consequently, they can purchase ticket from wherever everywhere in the planet. Clients can buy tickets without burning thru their time. It contains is a UI willpower by way of which the patron can display interface ideas to be utilized in making plans the framework. Besides, contemplations in regards to non-utilitarian requirements and framework development (Pasyeka et al., 2020).

Why this project?

The following system that is an online movie ticket booking system helps in booking the tickets for or any type of movie which includes the payment services, ticket cancellation and seat management. The system is very simple and useful for the users that the audience or the user can easily use the following system for choosing their movie as well as selecting the position of seat. The primary purpose of the following study for assignment help is to develop and design a system which is efficient and effective in booking movie tickets online. The customers can easily search for the latest movie and the availability of the tickets as well as the price of the ticket with the help of following system. The customers can easily make payment of the decades that has been booked by them with various types of payment services such as net banking, credit card and debit card. The customers will also receive ek informing message of their reservation by a text message and an email.

Conceptual Model

Film price tag reserving in net is the cycle by way of which client should purchase their film tickets straightforwardly utilizing internet and pay thru net based totally banking. Online movie price ticket booking framework is quantifiable, financially savvy and has awesome UI. This on-line ASP.NET C# challenge gives the all working of movie price tag reserving framework. The task maintains through a succession of very a great deal deliberate structures gave approvals to guarantee consistency, dependability and particularly rightness of facts took care of into the data set.

Technology Used

C++

As the programming language C++ is a cross platform which can be e employment and used for developing the applications with high performance due to its various properties. For the development of the following project a programming language C++ has been used for designing various types of classes and objects. The following project uses the features of C++ such as file handling and classes. There are different types of Strings and variables have been used for the development of the following project. Following languages based on the the paradigm of OOPs and all the properties of foods such as inheritance, abstraction, encapsulation and others have been implemented.

System Overview

The main functionalities of the following system are:

• Login and registration the user can easily register or login to the following system with the help of the user ID or username and password. The registration process for or a user and admin are different.

• The user can easily search for any movie and see the latest movie details and select it for booking the tickets of that specific movie. And select the tickets and seats to book.

• The user can also search for any movie in the search bax

• The following system has a a Gateway Of secure payment by which the user can easily make payment of the tickets that has been booked by them.

• After booking the tickets the user gets the details of booking on a text message and an email.

• The user can book tickets, view the tickets booked, and check the seat number and the admin can add a new movie to the system, added details of any movie and delete movie.

Data Flow Diagram

Information streams are data systems transferring, at the same time as records stores are facts systems. Information streams are ways or 'line strains', along which data systems tour, at the same time as the statistics stores are region in which facts structures are stored until required. Information streams are records systems moving, while statistics stores are information structures very nonetheless. Subsequently it's miles attainable that the data stream and the information save would be constituted of comparable facts structure. Information flow charts is an incredibly useful device for the framework examiner since it affords the investigator with the overall image of the framework, it's miles a diagrammatic methodology (Rastogi, 2021).

Figure 1 Class Diagram

Data Abstraction

A giant motivation at the back of an information set framework is to offer customers a theoretical angle on the statistics. This framework conceals particular subtleties of how the facts is put away and kept up with. Anyway, for the framework to be usable, records should be recovered efficaciously. The productivity causes the plan of complicated information shape for the portrayal of information in the data set. Certain intricacy must be stowed away from the facts set framework clients. This subtle via characterizing a few ranges of deliberation at which the records set might be visible (Bui, 2022).

Figure 2 Use case diagram

 
References

MGMT20132 Innovation and Sustainable Business Development Assignment Help

Assessment task and criteria

The assessment is designed for students to develop innovation insight and practices aimed at developing a novel value proposition for an existing business or organisation and aligned with the strategic trajectory of the business or organisation. The assessment is also designed for students to self-reflect on their own innovation capabilities and practices. The assessment involves writing a 2000-word report for a novel value proposition within an existing business or organisation. You are required to write a 2000-word report for a novel value proposition (product or service that is new or original) within an existing business or organisation. You must use appropriate headings to structure the body of the report.

Your report will be assessed according to the following criteria.

a) Your report must demonstrate:

1. Logical and persuasive articulation of the big idea; the problem insight; the problem worth solving; the targeted customers; the solution (the novel value proposition such as a new product or service); the market size; the competition; the competitive advantage and strategic fit. (This includes all elements in the value proposition canvas by Osterwalder, Pigneur, Bernarda, and Smith (2014, pp. 8-9). The canvas describes the fit between the value proposition and customer segments). 40%

2. Logical and persuasive assessment of critical business model assumptions and uncertainties related to customer desirability; technical feasibility; and financial viability as described by Bland & Osterwalder (2020, pp. 32-33). 16%

3. Logical and persuasive argumentation for the selection of the innovation tools and techniques used to support the report findings and recommendations. Minimum five
(5) tools and techniques must be selected from the provided list of tools and techniques. 6%

4. Logical and persuasive application of the selected innovation tools and techniques used to support the report findings and recommendations. Minimum five (5) tools and techniques must be applied from the provided list of tools and techniques. 8%

5. Candid and critical self-reflection about assessment 1 tasks including a reflection on the development of personal innovation capabilities and practices; identification of own personal strengths and weaknesses; supported with suggestions for self-improvement. 10%

6. Clear flow of thought throughout the report with a convincing executive summary; clear and succinct purpose described in the introduction; relevant structure and content within the body of the report; and a clear and succinct conclusion. 6%

7. Critical review skills and integration of relevant academic and professional literature. A minimum of ten (10) academic and professional references must be used. 4%

8. Appropriate in-text referencing and reference list. Adherence to CQUniversity APA reference style. 4%

9. Clarity of expression, grammar and spelling. Appropriate report format with good use of bullet points, illustrations and figures. Within ±10% of the word limit for the report, excluding references and appendices: 2000 words. 6%

b) You must select a business or organisation impacted by the advances of a technology and/or sustainability trend which drives industry innovation.

c) Your selected innovation trend must be important to the selected business or organisation as that makes the innovation proposition and proposals important to its senior executives and stakeholders, the report interesting to read and your report writing exciting.

Solution

Introduction

Value Proposition helps companies to place their products and services in a way that attracts customers and retains them. In addition, it becomes essential for companies to continuously detect issues and gaps within the operations and develop products, processes, and services to create a competitive edge over critical players. The application for value proposition needs to be done with sustainability patterns owing to increasing stakeholder preference and tightening legal obligations. This report will aim to develop a Novel Value Proposition for Alcoa Corporation and provide self-reflection. The information will use not more than five tools to prepare a novel value proposition. To complete the report, Alcoa Coro has been selected, technology trends- blockchain has been chosen while the sustainability goals responsible for consumption and production.

Alcoa Corporation is a mining company that produces bauxite, alumina, and aluminum. The firm operates in bauxite mining areas, alumina refining networks, and energy portfolios. The company has been operative in active bauxite mining areas.

The Big Idea

The mining sector has been criticized for its environmental damage and impact on nearby areas. In addition, many national and international agencies have imposed strict regulations on the companies to reduce environmental effects, nearby places, and people involved in such operations. The mining companies gain massive profits from extracting valuable minerals from the earth. It is essential to embed sustainability within mining operations which could be done by recognizing the social impact of mining, enacting laws, and involving community participation throughout.

Many conferences and programs have been organized and urged countries to indulge in sustainable mining operations. Although, all of the international agencies failed to develop an international treaty that binds companies and governments to operate in an environmentally friendly manner. This has provided the impetus for companies to indulge in practices that improve operational efficiency and assist in complying with national and international laws. It has provided the impetus for investing in technologies that include transparency in operations, cost-effectiveness, and reducing environmental impacts. The Big idea here is to use advanced technologies and invest in devices that help mining firms to minimize ecological damage, maximize profits, and set new standards for the industry.

Automation has been applied within the industry for more than two decades. Thus, enterprises are making use of autonomous vehicles to improve mining productivity. It is estimated that automation will be the backbone in upcoming years, so companies like Alcoa Corp should invest in such devices and tools (Carvalho, 2017). Operational Intelligence helps to acquire insights in real-time from mining locations, thus initiating data-based decision-making within the organization. Hence, the big idea for companies like Alcoa Corporation is to translate into digitizing dynamic assets for visualizing behavior, aggregating information, and generating recommendation that helps track behavior, land use patterns, and environmental issues.

Problem Insights and problems worth solving

Alcoa Corporation has been operating within the mining industry for several decades. It has faced issues like the pressure of selling aluminum at low prices and high power costs. The market share has dropped by 80% from the year 2008. Alcoa Corp runs alumina, which has been in losses and failed to recover only 10%. Alumina is a silent partner with Alcoa in a subsidiary named AWAC (Treadgold, 2020). Even though AWAC is a subsidiary of Alcoa, the investor's valuation is higher for the latter than the former. In addition, extractive industries are very energy intensive, is expected such a sector uses more than 3% of the global electricity.
Alcoa Corp has been facing issues in competing with global companies. Since the prices are soaring high and with increased consumption of metallurgical minerals, the demand for aluminum, steel, and other metals. Alcoa's aluminum production occurs in Point Henry Aluminum's Australian factory. It has been vulnerable owing to age, the scale of operations, and product mix (Brooks, 2012). The factory has been operating since 1963; although energy efficiency has been improved, the electrolytic cells use more considerable energy than compared to smelters in Middle East countries and China.
If this plant is closed, Alcoa will have a significant revenue setback. In addition, two smelters apart from Point Henry have been witnessed to consume more than 20% of the energy supplied by local and state authorities. This contributes largely to greenhouse gas emissions in the country. Production efficiency is vital as the carbon tax is increasing, which will directly impact the firm's revenue generation.

The targeted customers

AlcoaCorp is a mining company; hence it sells its metallurgical products to Business-to-Business consumers, which might be government holdings or private houses. Thus, the solution will help the company in providing products at lower prices, creating a competitive edge in the extractive mineral market. Alcoa Corp operates in America, Australia, and other countries. Thus improvement in process and internal operations will help the company to build transparent and trustable relations. The targeted customer base will be American and Australian B2B companies that operate in manufacturing and similar industries.

The solution

Mining companies like Alcoa generally have a diverse and fragmented value chain. Since mining operations are conducted, complex spatial information related to engineering is created that might not be in a structured format (Campbell, 2012). Companies like Alcoa face issues in managing and maintaining the accuracy of large data volumes that further result in high operations costs. The costs delay the run rate and enterprise-related goals.
The use of blockchain will help to make transactions more traceable within the complex process of managing regulations, energy use, and other operations that are fragmented.

Solutions 1 (Compliance and managing lease)

Alcoa must manage documentation approval during exploration, resource estimation, mine design, and planning processes. Thus, blockchain technology helps improve custody and control (Vintró et al., 2014). This would help to enhance traceability, which uses smart contracts which can be easily expanded to vendors, thus reducing fragmentation.

Blockchain technologies help validate auditing or managing activities and outputs within plants like Point Henry and others.

Solution 2 (Managing supply chain)

Blockchain technology will help track materials within the value chain, ranging from concentration to metal forms. This helps to improve value for the B2B customer base of Alcoa Corp. The transactions amongst the vendors and multiple parties are fragmented. Hence, it helps to embed transparency at all levels of the value chain (Muchaendepi et al., 2019).

When final products like aluminum ore are supplied to B2B, the clients will send the samples for assurance. Hence, Blockchain technology can leverage the process by bringing all three parties (mining companies, customers, and labs) into one platform, which will help access information and acquire real-time information.
Solution 3 (Use of mining equipment like OEM)

The mining equipment like OEM will help Alcoa source parts from different vendors, promoting collaboration and allowing the company to yield high performance. Blockchain will help in giving authorization on the relevancy of the information. OEM will help collaborate with different vendors, which further assures customers about the quality and use of systems (Dubi?ski, 2013). Blockchain will help Alcoa Corp understand product quality, identifying which vendors have supplied poor materials. The company will be able to maintain its end product quality and retain its customer base.

Considering the issues of Alcoa Corp and existing sustainability patterns, Solution 3 has been selected that uses OEM backed with Blockchain technology.

Market size and competition

More than 40 global mining companies will generate revenues of more than 656 billion in the year 2020. Although, the industry has faced a reduction in profit margin owing to tightening regulations and stakeholder preference, reducing profitability from 25% in 2010 to 11% in 2020. The market size is enormous, with total operating expenses accounting for more than 633 billion (Garside, 2022). In addition, blockchain technologies are expected to improve market size and competition. It assists in decarbonizing economies by making transactions more traceable and secure and lowering time consumption (Mancini&Sala, 2018). It is expected that connected devices in the mining market will be worth $28.1 billion. From 2022 to 2027, the market size is expected to grow from USD 12.7 billion to 23.6 billion. The mining equipment and smart devices are increasing at a CAGR of 4.6 % and16.3%, respectively (Garside, 2022).

This indicates that using blockchain technology will help Alcoa improve market opportunities by exploring production optimization at all levels of the value chain. Also, the company might face stiff competition owing to improved technologies invested and developed by key players. To explore good profit margins in varied growing industries, it is essential to embed blockchain and ensure traceability with vendors and end customers.

Competitive Advantage and Strategic Fit

Blockchain technologies in Australia are currently used by BHP, which operates in the mining sector with the extraction of various other materials. Alcoa Corp mines bauxite and aluminum, in which not many companies have successfully applied technology and optimized operations (Vintró et al., 2012).
Also, Alcoa owns one of the essential and efficient infrastructures, Point Henry, in Australia. Thus, using blockchain at all levels of the value chain will reduce operations costs and help the firm supply at lower prices with improved processes and shared transparency with business- to business clients.
Sustainability is a part of Alcoa- Corp’s organizational culture. The company publishes its sustainability report annually to improve awareness amongst vital stakeholder groups. The company operates in more than 31 countries and has achieved sustainability in people, profits, and the planet. In existing times, the company has established a public issue committee which has helped review goals and schemes to maintain its responsibility towards the environment (Felicity, 2012). Thus, investment and using devices related to blockchain will strategically fit into the goals as the company will be able to optimize its production of bauxite and aluminum and responsibly consume resources with high traceability and transparency.

Assessing business model and uncertainties

Assumptions

• Blockchain technologies will help reduce energy consumption by decarbonizing activities from the value chain.

• It will promote transparency with all vendors and the end customer base.

• It is secured and will ensure high interoperability

Uncertainties

• The increase in cyber crimes has impacted the use of advanced technologies in the mining and manufacturing sectors.

• Pandemic and other external forces might disrupt the investment and implementation of such tools.

• The company lacks technical feasibility, which might impact the implementation and operation of such technologies.

Selection of Innovative Tools

Value proposition Canvas

It will provide both customer needs and innovative product offering

The company will gain optimization, hence will require training and education of its staff to use such technology. Costs and efforts to comply with the law might be the pain.

Workforces, suppliers, and technology firms will gain creators while improving services will be fostered. High ROI and retaining business clients will be relievers.

SWOT analysis

This analysis for online assignment help will help explore the product's strengths, weaknesses, threats, opportunities, and proposed ideas.
The company has a renowned brand name and resources that could be used to improve its operations and energy consumption weakness. Increasing adoption of technology and tightening rules have provided the impetus to mining companies that might pose a threat. Although, innovation and collaboration could help Alcoa to explore market opportunities.

Market Segmentation

This will analyze market segmentation by identifying segmentation, targeting, and positioning.

The market segmentation will be based on the customers' income and business. The location would be Australia and America. Manufacturing units will be targeted as they have different forms of minerals. Positioning will be done to attract customers as services will be faster, of higher quality, and without any transaction errors.

Total Addressable Market

Total Addressable Market helps to understand the market available for exploitation. The total Addressable Market is estimated at USD 159.74 billion, which will grow at a CAGR of 7%.

Customer profile

A customer profile helps to understand potential customers and their expectations.

Conclusion

The report analyzed that Alcoa Corp faced issues in managing its sustainability goals like energy consumption and maintaining it at all value chain levels. Since the operations are segmented, resources are wasted, which could be improved by using blockchain that will help to trace different functions and provide real-time insights. The company is renowned; hence application of technology will help to build a competitive edge.

References

MBA632 Knowledge Management Assignment Sample

Assignment Brief

Word count 1500 words

Your Task

Individually, you are required to analyse the core components of the Knowledge Management Systems and develop a suitable Knowledge Management Plan. You will need to apply learnings nfrom the topics covered in weeks 1 and 3.

Assessment Description.:

Students in this assessment will analyse the effectiveness and implementation of technology- based knowledge management systems. They will further evaluate the knowledge management life-cycle in various contexts and will create a knowledge management plan aided by requisite technologies that enable the storage and dissemination of knowledge within an organisation.

Assessment Instructions

This is an individual assessment. In which you are required to analyse an organisation you are familiar with (preferably the organisation/company you worked for in the past or you are currently working for, etc.).

The findings presented in the written analysis must be based on primary research and should be reinforced by examining relevant secondary data. Therefore, you will need to have access to the primary data of the organisation researched. You must also incorporate theories and concepts of Knowledge Management discussed in weeks 1 to

3. In order to prepare this assessment you need to follow two steps.

Step-1

• Identify and critically analyse the core components of the Knowledge Management Cycle in the organisation you are familiar with (preferably the organisation/company you worked for in the past, you are currently working, etc.).

• Analyse the strengths and weaknesses of the current Knowledge Management Systems, and summarise recommendations that might improve the current Knowledge Management Systems in the same organisation.

Step-2

• Develop a Knowledge Management Plan for the organisation, aided by requisite technologies that enable the storage and dissemination of knowledge.

The format of your analysis should follow:

• An Introduction that summarises the purpose of the Analysis.
• A brief overview of the organisation you researched.
• Core components of the Knowledge Management Cycle (KMC) in your researched organisation, including analysis of the strengths and weaknesses of the current Knowledge

Management Systems (KMS) and recommendations that might improve the current Knowledge Management Systems.

• Knowledge Management Plan aided by requisite technologies that enable the storage and dissemination of knowledge within the researched organisation.
• A conclusion.
• Reference list.

Please note that an executive summary and table of contents are not required in this analysis.
You must use at least ten (10) sources of information and reference these in accordance with the Kaplan Harvard Referencing Style. These may include primary and secondary sources of data collected from websites, social media sites, industry reports, census data, journal articles, newspaper articles, etc.

Solution

Introduction

One of the methodical strategies used by a business organisation for effectively capturing and utilising expertise is knowledge management. The purpose of doing this is to add value to the corporate organisation. When conducting business operations, a company that adopts a suitable knowledge management model or piece of software benefits in a number of ways. Knowledge management aids a business in enhancing organisational agility while running its operations in the targeted sector. The company's decision-making process is improving and moving more quickly. With the right amount of information, the company's management is able to make judgments. The management makes decisions more quickly, which boosts the effectiveness of those decisions. With the aid of a knowledge management system, employees can more easily and effectively locate the needed information. The primary goal is to improve Lush Company's knowledge management system for assignment help.

A brief overview of the organisation

Lush is a privately held corporation that only deals in cosmetics. This business was founded on November 12th, 1995. The headquarters of this luxurious company, which was created by Mark Constantine and Liz Wier, are located in Poole, Dorset in the United Kingdom. This company primarily deals in and manufactures products connected to face and body hair, including soaps, hair washes, lotions, gels, and many more. In fact, about 85% of Lush cosmetics are vegan. No non-vegetarian ingredients are used in the production of Lush cosmetics.

Before meeting Elizabeth Wier, a beauty therapist, Mark Constantine first worked as a hairdresser. They then pool their ideas and launch the business. They used to purchase perfumes from other companies, but those weren't always of the highest quality, so eventually they even began to create their own scent. For their product, they primarily use fresh fruits and vegetables. Later, they felt the need to change the business's name, so one of them suggested the name lush, which actually means freshness.

Core components of the Knowledge Management Cycle (KMC)

The Lush firm strives to provide the most innovative personal care products in cosmetics history. The company's goods have been tested for this aim on attractive human test subjects. Putting an emphasis on a distinctive retail marketing approach has been acknowledged as one of the company's fundamental capabilities. For this reason, the business concentrates on using high-quality, fresh ingredients to make the beauty products it sells to customers. The goods provided to customers are made by hand (Girotto, 2013).

The product's pricing is a weakness for the Lush brand because it prevents buyers from all socioeconomic classes from purchasing it. As there is little product variety, it is challenging to satisfy client demand. The natural scent and vibrant colour of the product are the product's strong points, and it is primarily due to these two characteristics that customers are drawn to the brand (Fortunati et al., 2020). This product's natural ingredients, which are suitable for all skin types, have been used. Since Lush has many brand ambassadors, it is very well-liked in the marketplace (BéruBé and Redmond, 2015).

Since this is a natural product, people are more likely to trust it because they are less afraid of chemicals than they are with other cosmetic products. Due to the abundance of retailers available, it is simple for shoppers to visit a store and make a purchase. Most consumers want natural and herbal products, which lush genuinely provides, making this one of the best opportunities (Borges et al., 2019). The main competition from other cosmetic products is a danger to Lush. One risk associated with this product is how challenging it is to draw in customers. This is because there are so many cosmetic products on the market, making it challenging to persuade customers to buy this product. Another is the store's accessibility to customers for the company. If a customer can easily access a store that sells a product, they are more likely to favour it (OZHOGINA et al., 2013).

The company's inability to handle the supply chain effectively is one of its main problems. This has had a significant negative impact on the company's annual sales and profits. The financial statement of the company shows a decline in the annual sales turnover from the year 2017 (Lassila, 2018). The consumers do not receive enough of the company's manufactured goods as a result of an ineffective supply chain. Within the allotted time, the company's cosmetic products are not getting to the targeted customers. This has had a negative impact on the company's brand reputation. The company's share of the market has steadily decreased over time. The company's share of the market has steadily decreased over time. This has greatly irritated the customers. Because of this, customers do not favour the company's products.

Knowledge Management Plan

There are many supply chain management models that could be used within the company. The company's production division must employ a pull-based SCM model. This will aid the organisation in improving the supply chain management's insufficient efficiency. The application of this supply chain model will assist in connecting a consumer's order directly to the supplier chain (Aronczyk, 2016). The production division will be able to identify the quantity that customers are requesting based on this information. This will assist the production team in producing the proper number of goods that the market requires. Any error or delay that has happened in the production process can be found with the aid of SCM software. The head of the production department will then be able to take the necessary steps to mitigate the delay or error that has happened throughout the production process. The adoption of the SCM model will contribute to raising the standard of the company's manufactured cosmetic goods. This is the reason the organisation has been advised to establish a suitable supply chain management model. This will assist the business in resolving all of the problems (Karamchandani et al., 2020).

A few adjustments within the firm are necessary for the SCM on model implementation. The SCM model's necessity for changes in the workplace is one of its implementation challenges. The job pressure on firm employees will rise as the working environment changes. The level of discomfort that the company's employees will experience will rise. This is one of the implementation difficulties the company will experience with the SCM model (Bom et al., 2019). Employing the right change management model is necessary for the implementation of changes in the workplace. For company leaders and managers, choosing an appropriate and suitable change management model could be a challenge. Some employees would have a variety of problems while working for the organisation since they would be aware of the modifications that would be made to the working environment. As a result, the employees' resistance level may rise to a certain degree. When the SCM model is implemented in the company's production process, another implementation challenge will arise. Some employees might not be able to comprehend the changes that the organisation needs to make. This will have an impact on how well the employees perform at work while producing cosmetic products.

The company's management is obligated to do a thorough analysis of the workplace. The management must choose one of the most appropriate models of change management based on analysis. All of the organization's personnel must be informed of the necessity of applying the SCM model in the business. This will encourage the staff to adopt the changes the business is undergoing. The head of manufacturing must explain to every person in the department the aims and objectives behind why applying the SCM model is necessary. The head of the production team is expected to provide clear instructions. This will benefit the workers in the production (Dang, 2018). This will assist the staff members of the production department in determining the steps and actions necessary to implement the SCM model in the production process.

The company's leader is obliged to apply some of the motivating reasons. For the purpose of motivating the workforce, the organisation must design a good reward system. The leader is expected to keep a close eye on and exercise proper supervision over the task that each employee completes. Employees who work effectively should receive rewards in the form of incentives and praise (Oh et al., 2015). By using the SCM model in the production process, some employee recommendations and comments must be gathered. As a result, the company's employees will grow to feel a sense of community. The employees' motivation and enthusiasm will be effectively raised in this way. This will make it easier to implement the SCM model in the production process in the right way.

Decision Support System (DSS) is one of the Knowledge Management Systems which is required to be adopted in the company. This will help the company to make appropriate decisions within the business. Based on this factor, the business operations of the company will be improved to a certain extent. Electronic Document Management System is also required to be adopted within the organization. An "EDMS," or electronic document management system, is a piece of software used to categorise and store different kinds of documents. This kind of system can be used by the company to organise and store paper or digital documents. A more general type of storage system as well as a more specialised document management system are both included in this system. However, EDMS specifically refers to software systems that process digital documents rather than paper documents. In some cases, these systems can also process digitally scanned copies of original paper documents.

Conclusion

The company's goal is to produce high-quality vegan and organic beauty products for consumers. As a result, the company's production department has carried out the necessary study and analysis before releasing a new product on the market. In this way, the company is able to draw in a sizable number of customers for the enterprise. The company's main objective is to expand the range of skin care products available to customers.

References

BMP4006 People and Performance Assignment Sample

Assessment Brief:

Using the following case study – write a 2000-word report to answer the questions concerning the case study

Case Study: BUNI Travel

Crystal Travel is a local Travel agent based in London; it has a relatively small workforce which has been working with a traditional Personnel department. The senior management have identified the need to improve organisational performance for the company to expand and have recently discovered the difference Human Resource Management tools and techniques can make. They have employed a new Human Resources Manager and given them the opportunity to re shape the People function of the business concentrating on improving staff performance and motivation.

In your role as the new Human Resources manager; the senior management at Crystal Travel have asked for a report focusing on the following issues including possible external factors that could impact the organisations future progress:

1. What tools and techniques will help improve organisational performance?
2. The role of employee wellbeing in improving motivation and performance
3. Include a PESTLE analysis for the organisation as an appendix for your report

Solution

Introduction

Organizations need to manage their people and workforce effectively for enhancing their performance. In this regard, progressive human resource practices have a significant influence on employee performance, which further improves the overall organizational performance. These practices mainly include job redesign, extensive employee training and development, employee empowerment and participation, performance-based incentive systems, team-based production systems and others (Whittington, et al., 2017). Such HRM practices have been identified to improve the performance of the organizations. This is because these strategies help in enhancing employee skills and motivate them to put in extra effort and work hard in achieving the desired objectives. The purpose of the report for assignment help is to understand how external factors can influence the future progress of Crystal Travel. Crystal Travel is a London-based local travel agent aiming to expand and improve its performance. In this regard, various tools and techniques have been identified for improving the organizational performance. The report has also explored the role of employee wellbeing in enhancing motivation and individual or group performance of the employees, which consequently impacts the organizational performance. For this purpose, PESTEL analysis of Crystal Travel has also been provided in the Appendix section to recognize other external factors affecting its performance.

What tools and techniques will help improve organizational performance?

Crystal Travel can undertake various HRM tools, techniques and practices for improving organizational performance by enhancing individual and group performance of the employees. Human resource (HR) practices are essential for the growth and development of organizations. These practices generally include staff recruitment, selection methods, performance improvement, exchange system, market-oriented training, planned strategic needs and social security appraisals (Sattar, Ahmad and Hassan, 2015). Along with these HR practices, there are other external factors that help in enhancing employee engagement, thereby improving their job satisfaction and performance. This is because such engagement shows workers’ connection and effort towards performing the organizational work. As pointed out by Nor (2018), organizational performance depends largely on the performance of individual employees and teams. This makes it essential for Crystal Travel to understand the factors of human resource management that can help in contributing towards improved performance. In this regard, some of the recognized HRM practices that can be enhanced in the travel agency are recruitment and selection of talented employees, proper career planning and development, training programs, compensation packages, rewards and recognition, performance appraisal, work-life balance and employees’ participation in organizational decision-making (Nor, 2018). Thus, focusing on these HRM practices can be beneficial for the travel company in enhancing its organizational performance with improved workforce.

Furthermore, effective leadership strategies, perceived organizational support and harmonious work environment have positive effects on employee performance (Al Banin, Eliyana and Latifiyah, 2020). Crystal Travel can focus on leadership for achieving organizational goals with the help of proper employee performance. Here, an appropriate and proper work environment is also beneficial for making employees feel comfortable at work. Besides, perceived organizational support displays appreciation of the organization about employee contribution and further shows concern and care for them (Al Banin, Eliyana and Latifiyah, 2020). Thus, these are other effective strategies for ensuring improved organizational performance through enhancing employee performance. Effective HR practices come in various forms, such as, skill-enhancing practices, motivation-enhancing practices and opportunity enhancing practices (Gabriel, et al., 2016). Skill-enhancing practices include recruitment, training and selection for enabling employees in developing knowledge, abilities and skills. Motivation-enhancing practices include compensation, performance management and incentives that help employees to perform better in their job (Gabriel, et al., 2016). Opportunity-enhancing practices include employee involvement and job design that empower employees in achieving high performance in the organization. In this regard, it has been observed that these effective HRM practices provide socio-emotional and economic benefits to the employees, which encourage them to display positive attitudes, behaviours and improved performance in the organization. They also help in improving employee wellbeing, higher trust in management, enhanced organizational commitment, employee engagement, citizenship behaviour and positive work-related outcomes (Lee, et al., 2019). Thus, these positive effects further help in improving overall organizational performance.

Crystal Travel can undertake performance management as a HR device for maintaining harmony and instilling organizational progress. This practice focuses on better managing of employee performance, which consequently improves overall organizational performance and effectiveness (Nazir and Islam, 2017). Here, employee engagement is also enhanced, where employees display productive behaviours. These positive behaviours further increase synergistic team efforts that help in achieving the organizational goals. They also result in better employee performance (Nazir and Islam, 2017). Thus, highly engaged employees become emotionally and cognitively connected with their efforts alongside pursuing role-related objectives. Training and development programs are effective HRM practices that help in enhancing on-job employee performance, thereby improving organizational performance (Misra and Mohanty, 2021). These programs help in enhancing capability, skills and core competencies of the workers, which further enable them to fulfil corporate goals. Training and development also help in covering various performance issues of the employees by reducing performance gap. This gap between organizational standard and actual performance minimizes with effective training intervention, thus, improving the employee performance (Misra and Mohanty, 2021). Thus, Crystal Travel can conduct effective training programs that will enable employees in efficiently achieving organizational objectives, thereby leading to improved organizational performance.

The travel company can also undertake various performance-enhancing compensation practices for increasing employee performance. These mainly include individual pay-for-performance plans, effective performance appraisals and employee monitoring (Samnani and Singh, 2014). Performance-enhancing compensation practices are implemented for generating higher performance levels of the employees by enhancing expectations about their performance. These practices are also beneficial for increasing employee accountability and motivation in their performance (Samnani and Singh, 2014). With this, employee productivity increases, which consequently enhances organizational performance. Besides, incentives are also considered as important tools for encouraging workers in putting extra efforts and working efficiently for achieving organizational goals (Alfandi and Alkahsawneh, 2014). This is because a proper reward system and incentives enhance workers capabilities, thereby enabling them to work effectively. It is essential for travel and tourism companies like Crystal Travel in providing incentives for motivating the employees. These incentives are expected to become a significant factor in encouraging employees, enhancing their enthusiasm and generate improved performance of the employees through their increased productivity (Alfandi and Alkahsawneh, 2014). They can also help in enhancing employee job satisfaction, thereby motivating them to achieve organizational goals. Here, rewards help in enhancing extrinsic motivation of the employees in performing the work activities (Malik, Butt and Choi, 2015). These include both financial and non-financial incentives being provided to the employees. Financial incentives are bonuses and pay while non-financial incentives include recognition, better career prospects, appreciation and future promotion opportunities (Malik, Butt and Choi, 2015). These extrinsic rewards are helpful for enhancing creativity and employee performance through self-efficacy of the employees. Thus, Crystal Travel can use this tool for enhancing organizational performance through improved employee performance. Moreover, Crystal Travel can use advanced technologies in HRM for checking and evaluating employees’ outputs or performance. Leveraging of emerging technologies can enable the HRM department in driving both productivity and management of workforce. This technology needs to be combined with various other resources for achieving organizational objectives through increased productivity or improved performance of the employees. Thus, use of technology in human resource is another technique that the travel company can consider for enhancing its performance.

The role of employee wellbeing in improving motivation and performance

Employee performance is considered as a significant factor for any organization. This employee efficiency and performance have become a major concern for managers and employers in the recent years. This is because excellent employee performance helps in contributing positively towards overall organizational performance with respect to growth and productivity (Yan, et al., 2020). Here, organizational success is based on the job performance level of the employees. This makes it essential for Crystal Travel to ensure employee wellbeing and motivation in the organization to ensure improved performance. Employee wellbeing consists of individual valued experience of the employees where they become more efficacious in their organizational work and activities (Huang, et al., 2016). It has now been closely associated with positive emotion, job satisfaction, quality of work-life and life satisfaction. It also indicates the overall quality of employees’ experiences and functioning in the organization including both life satisfaction and positive effects influencing their individual performance (Huang, et al., 2016). Crystal Travel needs to focus on enhancing employee wellbeing as it has been observed that happier and healthier employees are more efficient in performing their jobs and increasing their efforts, productivity and contributions in the organization.

Furthermore, Crystal Travel should focus on employee wellbeing for improving the overall quality of both employee experience and functioning at work that helps in achieving organizational objectives. This effective functioning can take place when employees experience satisfaction and positive situation in the workplace (Johari, et al., 2018). This will help in boosting their level of wellbeing, thereby resulting in excellent job performance. Crystal Travel can enhance employee wellbeing through external and internal attributes (Johari, et al., 2018). The external attributes involve physical security, money and valued social position and the internal attributes include contact with others, personal control and opportunities of using skill. In this regard, there are other workplace resources that the travel company can offer to its employees for resulting in their higher wellbeing (Nielsen, et al., 2017). Resources through intrinsic motivation fulfil basic needs of the employees including autonomy, relatedness and competence. On the other hand, extrinsic motivation is provided through resources help in achieving work goals and displaying better performance. These include instrumental support from leaders and colleagues enhancing employees’ individual capacity and resulting in their greater job satisfaction and performance (Nielsen, et al., 2017). Thus, Crystal Travel can provide these workplace resources for motivating employees and ensuring their wellbeing, thereby improving performance.

Besides, Crystal Travel can undertake employee engagement policies in the organization. These are helpful in making employees understand that the company cares for their issues and concerns related to personal welfare and congenial workplace environment (Saxena and Srivastava, 2015). This further enhances mental and physical wellbeing of the employees, thereby making them more loyal and committed to the organization. It is an emotional relationship between the organization and employees that improves retention and enhances overall organizational performance through increased profitability and productivity (Saxena and Srivastava, 2015). This shows that improved employee engagement helps in inducing loyalty amongst the employees, thereby enhancing their performance in the organization. Moreover, Crystal Travel can focus on using organizational justice as a means of enhancing employee wellbeing in the organization (Huong, Zheng and Fujimoto, 2016). Organizational justice ensures fairness in treatment of all employees in the workplace that consequently plays a significant role in employee health and mental wellbeing. This is because employees then perceive fairness and justice existing in the workplace environment, organizational processes, decision-making and other operational procedures (Huong, Zheng and Fujimoto, 2016). Organizational justice leads to positive job outcomes, increased job satisfaction and job autonomy of the employees. Thus, this helps in enhancing their performance, thereby improving organizational productivity.

Conclusion

The purpose of the report was to understand how various external factors can influence the future progress of Crystal Travel. In this regard, the main aim of the organization is to expand its operations and improve its performance by focusing on improving the human resources. Here, the report pointed out the importance of managing human resources with effective strategies and practices to ensure improved individual and team performance as they result in better organizational performance. Various tools and techniques related to HRM were pointed out in the report that can help in improving organizational performance with the help of enhancing employee performance. These include training and development, rewards and incentives, technology use, leadership and organizational support, skill-enhancing, motivation-enhancing and opportunity-enhancing practices, performance management, performance-enhancing compensation practices and financial and non-financial incentives. These are various HRM practices that help in enhancing employee performance by providing them with different opportunities and developing required skills and knowledge. Furthermore, the report also pointed out how Crystal Travel can use employee wellbeing as a means for improving motivation and employee performance. Here, external and internal attributes, workplace resources, employee engagement policies and organizational justice were recognized as important tools or techniques for enhancing motivation and performance.
 

References

MGT616 Global Management Assignment Sample

Learning Outcomes The Subject Learning Outcomes demonstrated by successful completion of the task below include:

a) Critically analyse the responsibilities of directors of multinational enterprises with respect to business ethics and CSR.
b) Critically evaluate the legal and corporate governance structures in multinational organisations.

Task Instructions

You need to prepare for and approach this task by studying the following modules:

• Module 5: Principles of business ethics and international business responsibilities

• Module 6: Managing business ethics internationally

• Module 7: Principles and characteristics of CSR

• Module 8: Responsibilities of directors of multinational enterprises with respect to business ethics and CSR

In addition to these learning materials, it is necessary to research widely including in academic, government, and business sources for appropriate additional material.

Your facilitator will provide you with the name of the country for this assessment. To complete this assessment, you need to carry out the following tasks:

Task 1.

Choose one of the business ethics and CSR issues from a list provided. This could include bribery/corruption, Geneva convention, sustainability and environment, modern slavery.

Task 2.

Research the business ethics and CSR practices of the nominated country. Analyse the responsibilities of directors of multinational companies with respect to your chosen business ethics and CSR issue.

Task 3.

Research and analyse the impact of non-compliance with a director’s responsibilities.

Below is a guide to structuring the report:

1. Introduction/Background: Summarise background information on the nominated country and issue chosen; then, describe the objective of the assessment.

2. Analysis:
a) Research and analysis of the responsibilities of directors in your nominated country related to your chosen issue
b) Research and analysis of the consequences to directors of not complying with their responsibilities in the nominated country

3. Key findings: outline the main differences and similarities, and their implications on
doing business.

4. Conclusion: discuss whether your report has been able to achieve its aim.

5. Reference list: use the APA 7.0 referencing system.

6. Appendices: for any additional but not mandatory information.

Solution

Introduction

The two issues which are enlisted for the chosen country Argentina in this report for assignment help are Modern Slavery and sustainability and environment. There have been observed few instances in the country related to modern slavery due to which the country faced problematic issuers in making development in the international domain. The report would discuss in the analysis section the two primary issues concerning Argentina in detail focusing on the necessary roles and responsibilities of the directors. Furthermore, in the key findings, the part focus will be given to showcasing similarities and differences of the issues with necessary implications for doing business activities.

Analysis

Modern SlaveryDiscussions

The visualization representing modern slavery is entwined with several social issues a large portion of economically underpowered people suffers from. It includes domestic servitude, forced labour, debt bondage or bonded labour, forced child labour, forced marriage, slavery as well as human trafficking. An act was initially introduced by the Australian Government in 2018 to propose some amendments to overcome these miseries. The same act is implied upon Argentina to fight against the problematic attributes associated with modern slavery. Being an underprivileged nation, it is surrounded by enormous problem employment issues for which the poor people are left with no choices but to accept slavery to earn bread for their families. According to the laws of the constitution, slavery was partially abolished from Argentinian boundaries in 1853 however, the law wasn't much impactful.The Australian Modern Slavery Act was the first to put forth the required and detailed steps to fight such discrimination and inhumanity (Dean & Marshall, 2020). These legislations can be further implemented in countries that are below the poverty line and faces tremendous problems concerning modern slavery.

Modern Slavery Imposed upon Argentinian People

• Workers are not provided with the convenience to deny performing assigned tasks on basis of deception and coercion as they were never treated as an equal by their supervisors or managers.

• Workers mostly suffer from deprivation of freedom as they were mostly treated like vermin.

• Workers will receive detrimental aftereffects if they intend to protest against ongoing custom.

• Workers aren’t paid with justified remuneration and promised entitlement.

• Workers are forced to work extra hours without excess wages and that too within unsafe working environments such as workers in mines (Chandrasena, 2022).

Responsibilities of Directors of Argentina to Fight off Modern Slavery

Steps to be taken by the Argentinian Government

• It should introduce laws that will help to set forth equal working standards for everyone.

• Introducing legislation is impactful on a global scale to receive a positive response in terms of preventing modern slavery.
Steps to be taken by Civil Society

• The civil commissions of Argentina should raise awareness campaigns against modern slavery and keep the facts transparent.

• Civil societies can promote effective practices through rallies, official announcements and open forums to fight against these illegal actions (Ford & Nolan, 2020).

Steps to be taken by Businesses

• The human rights of workers should be imposed with foremost importance.

• Globally expanding businesses should opt for critical decision-making and make changes in rules to fight the slavery custom.
Steps to be taken by Investors

• Investors are asked to integrate the risk factors of modern slavery through risk assessments and state clear norms for their investment process that would cover the rights of workers.

• Investors should establish an engagement with investees and formulate a firm knowledge about their approach to workers' handling and oppose any unequal behaviour entertained by the companies.

Sustainability and Environmental Discussions

Mankind has stepped into the 21st century with the baggage of biased issues mostly faced by the mediocre as well as people below the poverty line. Besides the third-world countries, several first and second-world countries remotely face similar issues in terms of business sustainability. However, being economically and socially equipped leverages the above two, hence the troublesome consequences are mostly faced by third world countries such as Argentina, Finland, Malaysia and many more. Over the years, numerous corporate issues of business organizations have scratched the peace global civilization was promised to be provided (Kise?áková et al., 2019).

Sustainability and Environmental Issues of Business in Argentina

• Argentina is low on youth employment as capitalism is not much promoted by the country, hence youths are mostly forced into slavery.

• The Argentinian Government doesn't impose enough exposure upon the advantages of workers and prefers to stall the opportunities for critical decision-making.

• The jurisdiction system is weak on business regulations and tends to interfere in less amount.
Steps to be Taken by Business

• Authorities need to connect with the core demand of employees to have some clear ideas.

• Authorities need to perform effective behaviours to gain the trust of employees
Steps to be taken by Investors

• They should perform prior research on companies they are going to invest in and retrain themselves if there are any issues regarding employee inequality in the organization.

• Investors should change their core principles and indulge in more factors that would support the sustainability of businesses (Tur-Porcar, Roig-Tierno&Llorca Mestre, 2018).

Steps to be taken by the Government

• The government authorities should come up with laws to support the constant improvement of working stability and the environment of organizations.

• Government should narrate the required leadership type for individual industries to let them have a clear overview regarding behaviours in the working place.

Consequences of directors not complying with the responsibilities

The government of Argentina must comply with necessary aspects related to modern slavery as stated earlier which will help the country to abolish the slavery system prevailing in the country. In this regard, the role of the government will be vital to fighting against modern slavery in the country which would assist in developing a discrimination-less society. Otherwise, Argentina will observe a work culture embedded with discrimination which will turn out to be a negative aspect for the country (Crane et al., 2021). At the same time, it would prove to be detrimental to society in terms of economic development.

Civil society

If civil society does not show its willingness in complying with necessary legal aspects related to modern slavery then business risks will be aggravated in Argentina which will, in turn, hamper functional activities. More importantly, there would not be any comprehensive policy without which organizations cannot be able to continue their activities accordingly in the country. At the same time, there would not be any suitable measures based on which society, as well as a business operating here, will be able to perform accordingly (Esquilar, 2021). People living in society would need to understand the necessity of abolishing the aspect of modern slavery in Argentina would make an eventful contribution to improving the living standard of the people. Simultaneously, it would bring change in the mindset of people.

Business

Employees working in business organizations will not learn the aspect of paying respect to each other, as a result of which dissatisfaction would crop up in organizations. It would harm operational activities thereby creating hindrances in the progression activities of business firms. Modern slavery often is perceived as a transnational crime that if not abolished would create severe difficulties for pee living in Argentina. Since Argentina is not that stable economically therefore any kind of modern slavery would be harmful to society. Consequently, businesses operating there would not get the prolific scope of establishing a suitable work culture within firms based on which they would be able to make a rapid progression in their activities.

Consumers

The existence of modern slavery would influence the purchasing decisions of the customers if not obeyed the necessary rules to prevent it. In this respect, it would be necessary for the government of Argentina to give education to the people who have the conventional mindset of having modern slavery. It would be helpful for them to understand the relevance as well as necessity to change the mindset based on which it would obtain the advantage of being propelled in a significant manner (Christ & Burritt, 2021). The act of not complying with modern slavery would increase the change of raising the lack of awareness among the public regarding the aspect thereby considerably harming social development.

Investors

Last but not the least, if investors do not comply with their duties and responsibilities regarding modern slavery then it would create necessary risks related to business activities in the country (Willert, 2021). It would generate dissatisfaction among the workers of Argentina which would once again be a negative aspect for the country in terms of growth and prosperity.

The above discussion has clearly shown the necessary consequences related to not abiding by the responsibilities of directors (Richards, 2022). Therefore, the government of the country needs to come up with effective measures based on which society would get the scoop of advancing effectively.

Key findings

Main differences and similarities between modern slavery and sustainability and environment and implications in doing business in Argentina

Modern slavery is considered to be a movement, recruitment and harbouring and receiving of the children of men and women with the usage of force and coercion. The following leads to the purpose of exploitation. The concept of human trafficking is considered to be illegal in many parts of Argentina and is considered an illegal trade. The purpose of the same is related to reproductive slavery, forced labor and any kind of modern slavery. Human traffickers are considered to be exploiting foreign and domestic victims that are there in Argentina (Rioux, LeBaron&Verovšek, 2020). Regarding that sustainability and the environment in Argentina, the main issue regarding the samein Argentina leads to pollution and the loss of agricultural land. The soil of Argentina is said to be threatened by deforestation and erosion. The country is seen to be endorsing the Framework of the Coalition that is committed to supporting short-lived climate pollutants.

Regarding the similarities, it can be said that modern slavery is said to be included in the sustainable developmental goal and the following promotes sustained sustainable economic growth and inclusive, full and productive employment. Modern slavery and sustainability and the environment do go hand in hand. The following is considered to be an encouraging combination that makes effort in eradicating the global woes that are much easier to focus on and succeed (Fresán et al., 2019). Enforcing laws regarding modern slavery is considered to be an issue that could reduce carbon dioxide emissions. Modern slavery is one of the important issues that are related to the same. The local livelihoods of Argentina seem to be destroyed as a result of the various environmental and sustainability. The same could have rendered the people less vulnerable to falling victim to modern slavery.

Implications

The different implications of modern slavery in doing business in Argentina are related to the workers having fewer protections from the inadequate laws and regulations. It is also related to the weak or the non-existent enforcement and is also related to poor business and government accountability. Additionally, it has been observed that the organization's diverse worker types are subject to widespread discrimination.Argentine workers are seen to have fewer safeguards due to insufficient laws and regulations (Crane et al., 2021). The following therefore can lead to an organized crime that seeks in exploiting the crimes of vulnerable people.

Sustainability in business refers to conducting operations with minimal negative effects on the environment, local community, and society at large. The following generally addresses the categories such as the effect of the environment in the business and the effect of the society in the business. Sustainability in the business helps in leading a business to its success. The environment in business helps in making responsible decisions in the business that leads to reducing the business income and is considered a negative impact on the environment (Obisesan&Olayide, 2021). Business in Argentina, therefore, needs to use sustainable materials in case they are related to any kind of manufacturing process. Furthermore, the companies need to rely more on using renewable energy sources.

Conclusion

The above study focused on the issues such as modern slavery and the sustainability and the environment and the country that is focused on in the following study in Argentina. The first section of the study focused on the background information that is related to the following issues mentioned. In the analysis section of the study, the researcher discussed the responsibilities of the directors related to the chosen issue in Argentina. Followed by, the next section of the study discussed the consequences to the directors that do not comply with the issues undertaken. Furthermore, in the analysis section of the study, the researcher discussed the differences and the similarities of the issues mentioned. Moreover, the implications that are related to the issues in doing business in Argentina were also discussed in the last section of the study.

Reference list

BUSN3003 Entrepreneurship and Innovation Assignment Sample

Assignment Brief

All students are required to submit their assignments via the BUSN3003 SCU Blackboard learning site. Hard copies and email submissions will NOT be accepted and late submission penalties will apply to assignments that are not submitted on time via the specified Blackboard site.

Note that this is a guide only. Students may create a different structure or add particular sub- headings which they think are more appropriate for their entrepreneurial venture. Details of each individual section can be found in the text book. The marking criteria will also identify specific content that should be featured.

• Cover page
• Table of contents

1. Executive Summary
2. Introduction (what is the purpose of your report?)
3. Description of the Entrepreneurial Venture (in most cases this is based on the early sections of your PP presentation).
4. Management (style and structure)
5. Marketing (to be covered only very briefly. This is not a marketing unit).
6. Competitor analysis (most importantly, address how your venture will be positioned in relation to direct and indirect competitors).
7. Financial Analysis
8. Key risks and challenges
9. Reference list
10. Appendix

The Unit Information Guide indicates that the report should be no more than 2,000 words.
Given the range of topics to be covered, this is going to be extremely difficult to achieve but like Assignment 1, you need to get your information across quickly and succinctly. Do not include the executive summary, bibliography and appendix in the word count.

Solution

1. Introduction

The purpose of this report is to develop a business idea that will create an information system to enhance the safety of a car. “Adelaide Engineering Solutions” will design and sell the car to the customers where the customers will be able to execute a full checkup of their cars. Besides that, this information system will help the car user to detect internal faults and send notifications to the mobile phone of the user. Therefore, through the mobile application, the user of the car can book a mechanic to repair the car. “Adelaide Engineering Solutions” had decided to introduce this concept in Australia due to the increasing number of car accidents. Today, in Australia, travel by car has become extremely important for the citizens and they need to remind themselves to repair their car in spite of being in a busy schedule. The mechanics have to detect the faults in the vehicle in a traditional or manual way but now the time has come to do smart work and that is why this business idea is significant to make people’s lives better. It will be efficient for the engineering company to install an “Automated Intelligent System” into the cars.

2. Venture Description

2.1 Background to the Venture

Figure 1: Road Deaths in Australia
(Source: bitre.gov.au, 2021)

According to figure 1, it can be stated that Australian drivers went through major fatal accidents and even death by car. It was estimated that over 600 car drivers meet fatal accidents by road over 12 months. The number of fatal accidents in the year 2019 was 1187 and 2010 was measured as the highest number of accidents. These accidents occur due to the on-road negligence and malfunctioning of car parts (bitre.gov.au, 2021). The venture was created by “Adelaide Engineering Solutions” to deal with the accident issues and keep the drivers safe. This system will work only when a user will start the car. After the car starts, the entire system will run a diagnosis of the car parts and find any issues. After finding any issues, SMS or email will be sent to the user's phone.

2.2 Description of the Venture

Figure 2: The Program Flowchart Design of the Information System
(Source: Obodoeze et al., 2018)

Figure 2 represents a flowchart diagram of the information system that is displaying the basic working of the system. As per the flowchart, after the starting of the car, the system will automatically search for any faulty car parts. If found, then a notification will be sent to the user's mobile phone through the application the user is using for detecting faulty car parts (Obodoeze et al., 2018). If no faults are found, then the entire system will stop and display a message that the car is ready to go. This venture will bring safety and security to the car users of Australia.

3. Management

3.1 Legal Structure Implemented

“Adelaide Engineering Solutions” have to follow some legal regulations of the Australian automobile industry to carry out the business concept. In Australia, the engineering company has to implement an "Automated Vehicle Program". The “Automated Vehicle Program Approach” in Australia outlines the current automated vehicle reform program that incorporates the purpose, deadline of the project, and further planned interactions & reforms with other agencies (ntc.gov.au, 2022). Moreover, the current reforms of this legal structure consist of on-road enforcement for automated cars, key accident injury insurance & automated car, and government access to vehicle-generated data. This legal framework will help “Adelaide Engineering Solutions” to get a safety assurance tagline for this information system on the car from the Australian government.

3.2 Strategic Planning Approach

The strategic planning approach of an automobile manufacturing company is different from a normal consumer product manufacturing company. The strategic plan is made as per the business idea of “Adelaide Engineering Solutions.” The strategic plans are discussed below:

? The engineering company has to develop the information system without any errors and connect it with the mechanical parts of the car. With the development of this complex process in today's complex & fast-changing market, technology, and competitive forces becomes a major challenge to organizations (King & Zmud, 2022).

? Once, the information system is developed, the entire system will be sent for testing purposes. If the testing fails then the developers have to find faults in the system and then repair them before the launch date.

? The automated information system will be launched in the Australian automobile market after complete testing of the system for assignment help.

4. Marketing Plan

4.1 Target Audience

The initial target market is car users from South Australia. Besides that, this specific product will be marketed towards people of legal ages that are owners of the car. The product will be marketed towards people of high & medium social wealth and status. The South Australians have been selected as the initial target market for the organization for retailing the information system because of the increased fatalities in the south region of Australia due to road accidents in recent years. Moreover, the distributors and dealers of the Australian South region are also targeted. The dealers will be provided with inbuilt safety features that will help the company to improve its public reputation.

4.2 Brief Description of Communication Strategy and its link to the target audience.

Communication strategy can be referred to as the plan through which an organization can accomplish the objectives of communication. Besides that, this strategy consists of different components like the setting of objectives for communication, selection of the target market, and finally formulation of the plan. This strategy will empower “Adelaide Engineering Solutions” to have a scheme of planning to share information efficiently (Bhasin, 2021). The engineering company has to use social media platforms to communicate with the target audiences. The organization has to upload posts of preliminary promotion regarding the business concept on Facebook or Instagram pages and promote all over the world. In this way, the company can reach its target audiences and gain the competitive advantage of executing this unique idea in the automobile business.

5. Competitive Analysis

5.1 Brief Analysis of the Australian Automobile Market

Figure 3: Sales Analysis of Australian New Vehicles
(Source: Richter, 2020)

Figure 3 represents the sales analysis of Australian new cars. According to figure 3, the sales of Australian new vehicles had started to reduce from the year 2017 and it continued to reduce upto the year 2019. It has been found from the above graph, that the new vehicles had experienced a loss of ten percent in the year 2017. The new vehicles are unable to generate profits throughout the year due to the Covid-19 issue or lack of safety systems in the vehicles. Therefore, it is a big opportunity for “Adelaide Engineering Solutions” to penetrate the market with a unique concept of securing the passengers and the drivers through an automated repairing system (Richter, 2020). According to the research, Toyota was the market leader with a market share of 19.4%. From 2019, the market share of Toyota fell by 5.2%.

5.2 Uniqueness of the Venture from the Competitors

The competitors like Toyota or Hyundai will use HUD or “Head-Up Display”, ABS or “Anti-Lock Braking System”, TPMS or “The Pressure Monitoring System” and ACC or “Adaptive Cruise Control” as a safety system in their manufactured cars. The competitor vehicle manufacturing companies implement VST or “Vehicle Safety Technology” in their cars to ensure the security and safety of automobiles. On the other hand, “Adelaide Engineering Solutions” will execute AI or “Artificial Intelligence” to facilitate the testing procedure. Besides that, the information system in the car will include a “Collision Warning Systems” that will help the car user to detect obstacles in the road. Moreover, the company will use “Touchsceen Graphical Interface” to display any faulty parts in the screen to be repaired. The execution of this unique information system will help the engineering company to decrease the number of mishaps on South Australian roads.

6. Financial Analysis

6.1 Type of Funding Implemented

“Adelaide Engineering Solutions” will need funding to carry out the project. The type of funding available to carry out a specific project is crowdfunding, bootstrapping, venture capital, and business angels. The appropriate funding model for this project is venture capital. VC or “Venture Capital” can be referred to as the form of private equity & a type of financing system that the investors provide to the entrepreneur companies & small organizations that are believed to have long-term development potential (HAYES, 2021). Besides that, the engineering company can collect venture capital from investment banks, well-off investors, and other financial institutions. The execution of venture capital will ring expertise and wealth to the organization and a large amount of equity finance. On the other hand, the implementation of venture capital will provide valuable information, technical assistance, and resources to make this project successful.

6.2 Financial Statements

Cash flow statement

Table 1: Predicted Cash Flow Statement of “Adelaide Engineering Solutions”
(Source: As Developed by the Author)

Table 1 represents a predicted cash flow statement of the company. The venture had developed a cash flow statement for the project. The use of a cash flow statement will help the company to manage its cash position and gain an understanding of how an organization produces cash to pay its debt obligations & provide funding as operating expenses. Moreover, the CFS will allow the investors to understand the operating position of the company (MURPHY, 2022). The implementation of this financial statement in the company is significant as it will help the investors to determine whether the engineering organization is on a strong financial footing.

7. Risks & Challenges

The execution of a fault detection project from “Adelaide Engineering Solutions” involves risks and challenges. The risks and challenges are based on the Australian automotive industry. The risks associated with the manufacture of an information system are discussed below:

? During the development of the information system inside the car, the company may experience security threats from hackers. A hacker may hack the system of the user who is using the modified car and create accidents. On the other hand, the information system can become exposed to malware or virus (business.qld.gov.au, 2022).

? “Adelaide Engineering Solutions" can experience human resource supply issues from the automation field. Research says that automation is taking over the vehicle manufacturing industry. When the organization will grow, it will need more human resources but the increase in demand for human resources in the automation field may give rise to the lack of human resources in the automation field. Besides that, most of the manufacturing jobs are in the automotive industry, thus, the car manufacturers should be concerned about how automation can impact plant closures and worker layoffs.

? Technical failures like computer crash, software bugs, and the complete failure of the computer components is considered other IT risks associated with the new concept of information system (Nibusinessinfo.co.uk, 2022). However, a technical failure can be disastrous if the organization cannot retrieve information on a corrupted hard drive & no backup was being taken by the management.
 

8. References

INPB605 Industry Placement Assignment Sample

Learning Outcomes

The Subject Learning Outcomes demonstrated by successful completion of the task below include:

a. Engage with industry employability trends and processes to secure opportunities for industry placement.
b. Apply knowledge, skill and abilities developed at the School to the work environment.
c. Contribute to the organisational workplace through appropriate responses to projects and/or tasks as a constructive member of a team.
d. Critically reflect upon experiences within the specialisation sector.
e. Critically reflect upon and apply key performance competencies for building a career in an employment environment.
f. Evaluate the operations from a management perspective.

Instructions

Part A: Progressive Learning Portfolio

Students will negotiate with their Learning Facilitator how they wish to showcase the development and competency of at least three (3) employability skills during their placement activity. The employability skills you choose should be directly relevant and applicable to your chosen career.
Some options to choose from include:

1. Learning, self-development and reflection
2. Agility, adaptability and flexibility
3. Emotional resilience
4. Productivity
5. Coaching and mentoring
6. Working well with others
7. Organisational awareness
8. Social and cultural awareness, responsibility and inclusivity

Please refer to the, “TUA SmartSkills Framework” located on the Assessments section on Blackboard for further detail about the above skills. The evidence students choose to showcase can include video demonstrations, a presentation, a written submission, or other activities of the student’s choice. The showcase should be collated in a manner that could be shown to future employers demonstrating:

1. How they have applied their course learning to professional development practice.

2. How they have addressed skills development identified in the diagnostic in Assessment 1 for INPA605– Industry Placement INP605.

3. Evidence of their development and competency in a professional context.

Solution

Introduction

There have been several barriers for higher education graduates in acquiring jobs because of the gap existing between their job skills and the ones required in the modern workplace. In the 21st century, graduate students should not only possess high academic qualifications or technical knowledge about the subject, but they should also be equipped with other skills and attributes (Nisha & Rajasekaran, 2018). They need to have additional set of skills apart from occupation-specific skills and subject knowledge for meeting the needs of different jobs after graduation. It has become essential for graduates to develop these certain skills for improving their employability profile (Jackson, 2013). Employability skills that have become important include communication, decision making, problem solving, conflict resolution, team working, critical thinking, self-management, analysis and others. They help in work readiness of the students by reducing the skill gaps between the abilities they possess and the skills required in the job market (Jackson, 2013). The purpose of the report is to analyse the importance of developing three employability skills for the profession of a housekeeper or room attendant. These three selected skills are working well with others, emotional resilience and adaptability, agility and flexibility.

Skill 1: Working Well with Others

Working well with others have emerged as one of the crucial skills in graduates belonging to all disciplines entering the job market. The ability to interact and communicate effectively in a culturally diverse workforce has become essential with the rapid growth in globalization (Jackson et al., 2014). Teamwork is considered as one of the most important skills to be possessed by candidates working in the hospitality sector. This is because it helps in building and enhancing relationships with managers and peers and coping up with the increased demand of customers, thereby enhancing their satisfaction level (Robinson et al., 2016). In addition, teamwork helps in improving positive relationships with the job satisfaction of the employees in this sector.

Different course learning activities for assignment help have enabled in improving the ability of working well with others, thereby contributing towards professional development. The group projects and activities have been of immense help in enhancing the ability of working well with others (Rudawska, 2017). This is because each of the individual formed teams of four or five to complete those projects where they were required to work with each other. The team members worked together for accomplishing the common goals or objectives. It helped in improving collaboration and coordination between the members (Riebe et al., 2016). Conflicts were also addressed in a positive manner, which further improved the ability of working well with others. This helped in contributing towards the professional development, which later have been applied in the real-life scenario of working as a room attendant in the Melbourne hotel. Thus, the ability of working well with others could be acquired from the course learning, which has been useful for the professional job requirement.

Room attendants have various responsibilities that require them to work well with others. They maintain cleanliness, completeness and tidiness of the rooms in the hotels (Saragi et al., 2022). Alongside performing efficient work in the hotel rooms, these attendants should also possess good appearance and attitude. Room attendants have various duties and responsibilities for cleaning the guest rooms, maintaining cleanliness standards and handling guests’ complaints and requests for enhancing their satisfaction. For performing such duties or responsibilities, they also require the help from other members in the department (Saragi et al., 2022). In this regard, effective communication, collaboration and interaction with the departmental members is of utmost importance. Thus, this shows the importance of working well with others while performing the job as a room attendant.

Furthermore, hotel housekeeping personnel should possess high level of professionalism for effectively carrying out their duties and responsibilities. They must display passion, open-mindedness, interpersonal skills, competence and ability, team-oriented attitude, professional ethics, leadership abilities and working with others (Sulaiman & Limbing, 2019). Often hotels prioritize teamwork for developing best housekeepers in the workforce as they are able to work harmoniously in teams or groups working towards satisfying the hotel guests. This ability is essential as room attendants or housekeepers show solidarity in finishing the work of other personnel in the work in case of any unfinished work (Sulaiman & Limbing, 2019). Here, room attendants help each other in cleaning the other unfinished rooms. This also helps in effective communication not only with guests but also colleagues both within and outside the department. Thus, this team-oriented attitude helps in enhancing the spirit of cooperation and solidarity in the housekeeping department.

Recruiters of hospitality industry focus on teamworking capabilities of individuals while filling up the positions of housekeepers and room attendants. This has been experienced while working in the Melbourne hotel as a room attendant. Few colleagues were asked to help their peers after they finished their work as some rooms were still left to clean (Losekoot et al., 2018). Furthermore, the managers often asked to help other team members if they were stuck with some other work or enabling them to have their lunch. Each of the interns were also asked to share their experience of working as a room attendant in the hotel. Here, individuals gave speeches on how they received support from their colleagues and consequently, how they also provided their help to them, which helped in enhancing the ability of working well with others (Pai et al., 2020). Thus, this shows the importance of acquiring and improving this employability skill for enhancing professional development as a

Skill 2: Social and cultural awareness, responsibility and inclusivity

Social and cultural responsibilities are generally described as the duty of the organisation, for example, the people in any organisation, looking after the behaviours of the people and taking care of the sensitivity of the people in terms of social and cultural aspects (Khodi et al., 2020). The social and cultural awareness of a room attendant is a must-known skill as they have to take care of the situation of the guest. I am working as a room attendant in the Melbourne Hotel which is providing me with education on the culture of the different communities and their social needs. This factor is very advantageous for me as I am able to supply huge support to the hotel for the development of the economic and environmental factors of the hotel. The introduction to the different cultures helps me in understanding the needs of the different cultures and taking care of the guests with their cultural aspects. On the other hand, it is also very effective that I have made a huge impact in supporting the people with their social needs and providing the service properly to those guests.

As, I am currently working with Melbourne hotel, the guest comes to visit in great number. They mostly belong from various backgrounds which led to various cultures. The main job here that I have to conduct is to beware with all the culture and act accordingly. The work of the room attendant is to go from room to room and attend the guest as per the need. Thus, my main job role is to meet the demands of the guest as per their culture.

I am very much aware of the responsibilities of employees working in the housekeeping department of the room. I am very much effective in making a proper impact on the hotel as I have maintained my duties during my working time at the time of the different aspects of the hotel. The responsibilities generally depend on the behaviour of the housekeeping department and I have maintained the responsibilities properly. The responsibilities that are provided for the housekeeping are greeting the guest, replacing the beds and towels, and reporting room vacancy status for the different sectors. These responsibilities are very much known to me and I have maintained the duty properly throughout my time in the hotel. There are no complaints against me for the different times and I have to develop the idea for the improvement of the in this section for getting a better position in future.

The responsibility that I have to conduct often comes from differently cultured people. The guest needs to be well served so that they do not stand a chance to rise complain regarding the goods and services. It will be my responsibility as an attendant to check that the room is well maintained, the bathrooms are clean and hygienic, and the bed and closet are well organised. As I am well aware of my responsibilities and culture of the guest, this will act as a benefit for me to provide proper service to the guest even in the rush hours.

Inclusivity in a workplace
(Source: Bartman, 2021)

The inclusivity of the team is very much dependent on the system where the working environment is very much effective in various aspects. Valuing all the people and taking care of all the person is the most prominent factor that the housekeeping department has taken care of. In this scenario, I know the processes of valuing the guest properly and making an impact on the guests (Poitevien, 2021). The main factor of inclusivity is not making any discrimination against the guests and taking care of the each guest properly is an important factor for growing the sensible duties in the organizations. Guests of mixed cultures will come to stay in the hotel and also people of many cultures will work in the hotel. I have created a situation where I was able to make a huge impact on the growth of the system that is very effective in treating all the people properly and in the same way.

The management has divided us into teams to look after the various aspects of the hotel. Thus, we have to work together to provide the best result. It will be my responsibility to communicate with the team for my portions so that the things do not get overlapped. Through this the discrimination in the workplace can be controlled. And as a member of the team my other responsibility is to prevent my team members from disrespecting our guest on the basis of their appearance and culture.

Skill 3: Agility, adaptability, and flexibility

In the hotel industry cleanliness, communication skills, and flexibility are required for better handling of the guests or people who visit there. As I am a room attendant at the” Melbourne Hotel” therefore, in my opinion, the main skill that provides help to me is agility. As room attendants, we have to be quick enough to respond to our clients or guest. The ability to move quickly and easily effectively helps me in providing better services to our guests or clients. Therefore, with the help of agility, one can accelerate faster and their coordination and balance skills get developed (Rohaeni et al., 2022). Whereas, on the other hand, being flexible enough helps me in available for more jobs and shows my potential towards my work. The room attendant has to be flexible enough to quickly adapt to the various changes and apply new circumstances whenever they arrived. Flexibility increases my plans to navigate and overcome my unanticipated obstacles.

Agility, adaptability, and flexibility at workplace
(Source: Medium, 2022)

In more instances, skills like adaptability are essential skills required for the attendants to easily adjust to the changing circumstances (Fraser, 2020). There are various kinds of clients and guests who visit our hotels, and everyone has their nature and behaviour. Therefore, it becomes necessary for a room attendant to act smartly and adapt to the possible changes required to handle the clients or guests. Mainly, we have provided various kinds of training to handle our clients based on their behaviours. Therefore, having the adaptability to sense the overall atmosphere and behaviour of our clients makes our work easy and comfortable (Singh and Fan, 2021). Adaptability skills develop me to be more updated and make the room thoroughly spotless.

Mainly, we should be reliable and dedicated to our work, which later provides effective help in creating excellent jobs. Adaptability further increases our capacity to handle required changes, no matter how serious it might be to satisfy our guests or clients (Everett et al., 2020). I believe that the more adaptable we are, the better suited for a leadership role. Adaptability provides effective help to me in taking prior responsibilities and shifting my job role according to the behaviour of our clients and guests.

As an employee of the hotel I need to be fast adaptable with the circumstances so that I can deal with the situations in the peak time, when the rush is at the extreme. I have to be flexible in my work and with its timing so that I can provide better services from my side. The work of the hotel is not bound or limited thus, flexibility is very important to adapt with the situations accordingly. This will help me to be more efficient in my work and deal situations with ease.

Conclusion

The study has discussed the skills of the person who wants to work as a room attendant in the housekeeping department for the growth of the career. In an interview, the skills that are required for working in the housekeeping department are very much effective in the development of the service that is required. With the discussion, it can be concluded that the three skills that have been discussed in the study are very important to get any chance to work in the housekeeping department of any hotel. Another major skill that is the mandatory for better work environment is the ability to work together. This ensures that the team building efforts of workplace are enhanced and better productivity is ensured from the team.

References

MCR002B Organisational Behaviour Assignment Sample

This task is designed to develop your ability to contribute fruitfully to a group task; assess an organisational issue or problem as objectively as possible; appreciate the potential of theory in managerial decision making and problem solving; apply theory to ‘real life’; take managerial responsibility by designing a practical course of action.

Task description:

1. This is a group assignment, and the lecturer will create and finalize assignment groups in week 3/4. (4-5 members in each group).

2. Identify a problem (only one problem relating to OB) in an organisation that you have access to (preferably an organisation where at least one group member works or has worked recently. Do not focus on a problem that has already been solved and do not choose an organisation that is no longer in business (cease to exist).

3. Provide a brief introduction to the organisation (it is acceptable to withhold the name of the
organisation).

4. Describe the problem, as much as possible in terms of the observable or measurable symptoms it manifests, for example: low levels of motivation; high employee turnover; deterioration of service quality; increased customer complaints; dysfunctional groups; loss of profit; negative/ unhelpful organisational culture etc.

5. The issue/problem should then be considered and analysed in terms of concepts/ models/ theories drawn from any topic studied as part of this subject. Try to choose the topics that seem to offer the most useful insights into the problem. Do not try to deal with many models or concepts. Topics outside the OB subject coverage must not be selected.

6. Design an intervention (a change program or set of activities and procedures) utilising some aspect or aspects of your analysis. The intervention should be intended to solve or improve the situation. Please note you are not merely being asked for a list of recommendations.

7. Prepare a report of 1500 words (cover page, summary and the reference list is not included in the word count). There are penalties for exceeding the word limit (1 mark). Late submission without prior permission shall attract penalty @ 10% per day. Submit the report via Moodle on or before the due date (only one report from each group). Your report must be correctly and adequately referenced using APA/Harvard style. Please aim for a balanced range of research from academic journal articles and popular media (such as podcasts, company websites, practitioner publications, news items etc.). Use at least 8 academic references of which 5 must be from peer-reviewed journal.

Solution

Identification of the problem

By considering the scenario, it can be stated that the issue that the business is currently facing is employee turnover. Employees including the management are leaving the organization and are leaving frequently and it can be regarded as a considerable issue here. A company invests a lot after hiring an employee from the recruitment agency in regards to their training and other formalities and when an employee suddenly leaves the organization then the organization needs to start from the beginning which is an ongoing issue.

A brief introduction to the organization

A local employment agency is an important part of the employment scene across the country. These agencies specialize in temporary and contract positions, but also offer full-time employment. Local Recruitment Agency is nowadays considered the first choice for an organization in regards to hiring candidates because hiring a Local Recruitment agency is much cheaper and more effective than sourcing candidates by any organization. This is because an agency has a large database of candidates. Furthermore, they will be able to fill any gaps that may arise during the recruitment process. Hiring a Local Recruitment agency is a great way to avoid backlogs in the organizational staffing requirements. Moreover, they are able to attract the right candidates for the organizational vacancy. A Local Recruitment agency is the ability to filter out bad candidates. These agencies can give an organization a positive perspective of the selection process, and delineate potential salary coverage. Because recruiters have strong networking networks, they know where to find the applicant that matches the job requirements. This is especially important because employees are usually not in a position to apply for jobs themselves. In addition to their professional network, they also have an extensive database of local candidates. This can help you avoid costly relocation costs and language barriers.

In Sydney, Anamica is a local employment firm that any big organization can count on. The provision of temporary and permanent staff placement services to clients is one of Anamica's most well-known specialities. The fact that they have been operating in this industry for close to 20 years and have consistently provided high-quality services to their customers is the reason why their customers put their faith in them. Because of their high level of quality and effectiveness, the majority of their clientele have been working with them for an extremely extended period of time. After beginning with nothing, Anamica is currently a medium-sized organization that has more than 120 employees and also has 11 managers who are responsible for regulating the employees and also keeping the quality for the customers. It was discovered at the annual meeting that the company has had an increase of thirty per cent in the amount of employee turnover, which demonstrates the general expansion of the organization.

Describe the problem

As a result of the growing level of competition in the region, the administration of Anamika is finding itself under a significant amount of pressure to keep the quality of its services and its reputation. Individuals have different opportunities in different industries, so individuals used to switch companies frequently; consequently. As a result of it, Anamica is facing issues related to a high turnover rate of employees. This is the primary challenge that Anamica is confronting in recent times. Individuals or people have different opportunities in different sectors. It is a considerable issue as employees can be regarded as the key to organizational success (Priyadharshini et al., 2021). If employees cannot be retailed in the proper manner, then the maintenance of the operational effectiveness becomes challenging. High turnover rates can cause businesses to face productivity issues (Hu et al., 2019). As per the scenario, the company is losing its managers too, and it can affect the overall operational process of Anamica and it can result in the failure of the business in the nearest future. This is the reason why the problem has to be solved in an immediate manner. It is important for Anamica to select the individuals in such a way that they can provide long-term service for the company and also maintain the company's reputation and quality for the clients, which will ensure the overall growth of the company. This is important for Anamica to do so in order to keep the quality consistent.

Theory

Employee turnover is the issue to be considered here and this issue is associated with the topic of employee motivation. Employees are not getting the adequate motivation to work in the organization and the theory that is related to it is Maslow's hierarchy of needs theory. Based on the theory, people have five types of needs that include physical needs, safety, love and belongingness, self-esteem, and self-actualization (Hopper, 2020). The employee turnover problem can be resolved by applying Maslow's theory of human needs if the organization would try to help employees to meet these needs while adopting extrinsic and intrinsic motivational factors, then it is for sure that the problem would be resolved and the turnover number of employees would be reduced. This is the reason why this theory has been chosen here.

This theory for assignment help outlines a hierarchy of human needs, from lower-level physical needs to higher-level psychological ones (?tefan et al., 2020). If these basic needs are met, an employee will be more likely to continue on their career path. By meeting their basic needs, companies will give employees the opportunity to meet their higher-level needs as well. A higher level of satisfaction is necessary to maintain employee loyalty (Paais & Pattiruhu, 2020). Often, employees are unhappy with their current positions, causing a turnover. In addition to a high turnover rate, many organizations also experience a high cost associated with the replacement of an employee McCleskey & Ruddell, 2020). In order to keep employees, business owners must address the causes of employee dissatisfaction. The underlying causes of employee turnover include a poor work environment, a lack of commitment, and a lack of recognition (van der Kolk et al., 2018). However, pay doesn't always play a large role in turnover. The employee will experience psychological withdrawal when they can't leave their job. In addition, if they are unable to leave their job, they will feel disengaged and begin to develop a set of behaviour designed to avoid that situation. This psychological withdrawal can be costly to an organization (Abyad, 2018). By using Maslow's theory of human needs, managers of the concerned organization can meet the key needs and improve retention rates. Many employees in the organization may quit their jobs because they don't feel valued (Sosteric & Raktovic, 2020). Once they feel that their basic needs have been met, they may want to work in the organization for a long. In addition to the basic needs, employees will want to feel appreciated and valued (Paais & Pattiruhu, 2020). Therefore, the psychological factors that cause an employee to leave their job can be addressed and prevented by adjusting the company's culture to meet the needs related to Maslow’s hierarchy of needs. This, in turn, will improve employee morale and retention.

Intervention

It is essential to make certain that the fundamental requirements of the personnel are satisfied in order to effectively manage the situation at hand. In this regard, it is important to make certain that adequate communication with employees is maintained and that the organization is updating the employee management process based on the feedback of employees. Communication can be regarded as the easiest way to solve any problem (Radovic Markovic et al., 2018)). In addition, it is important to ensure that adequate communication with employees is maintained.

In order to retain employees, Anamica can consider conducting a meeting with all employees once a week where all employees can make them know about their experience in the organization. Proper and flexible communication with higher authorities can help employees to be motivated (Hitka, 2021). Apart from that, the organization can communicate with former employees and the management team in order to know about the reasons why they have left the job. Employees can leave a job for a number of reasons and by communicating with employees, the most effective reasons for their turnover have to be written down, and the organization has to implement steps by considering these factors.

The organization has to evaluate the facilities that they are providing to employees by considering the hierarchy of needs. The theory is effective employee motivational theory Ozkeser, 2019), and the organization has to change their strategy of employee motivation based on it. They have to pay attention to extrinsic and intrinsic motivation processes to keep employees motivated. Motivated employees are least expected to leave a job (Hitka et al., 2018) and the intervention can result in reduced turnover rates.

Conclusion

In this paper, a detailed discussion regarding an issue relating to organizational behaviour has been elaborated on, and proper intervention related to the issue has been highlighted. It has also been seen how the local recruitment agency is facing quality issues in regards to the employees they are providing to the organization, and it has been seen how proper intervention related to the issue can be highlighted. It has also been mentioned in the paper how Maslow's theory can be used to resolve a particular problem with the ultimate goal of providing quality employees to the organization and how the organization can change the work culture in order to retain the employees. This was done with the intention of providing quality employees to the organization.

References

HI6006 Competitive Strategy Assignment Sample

Purpose of the assessment - Students are required to explain in report format, with reference to case studies that relate to each of the strategy models of your choice, how at least any two of the following strategy models are applied, i.e. one from each column here:

NB: Use a different case for each. Be sure to base your answer on the models studied in class and quote all academic sources. This is strictly required to be your own original work. Most of the facts you need to apply your 2 models should be drawn from the tutorial cases you choose. You may also introduce some additional case material, correctly referenced, but at least 50% of your content must come from the cases provided in Blackboard Tutorial Materials.

This assignment aims at ensuring that students are knowledgeable and can apply at least two models to two different case studies (select from those in the tutorials) and are able to apply the strategic management process using relevant strategy development models that are applicable to the selected case.

Details

Select any two mini-cases from those in our first 9 weeks of tutorials and select at least two strategy models/theories to apply to the facts of the relevant case. See Tutorial Materials in BB for selected cases. In this report, the use of sub-headings is essential. Be sure to use paragraphing. Be sure to reference your sources in-text and provide a list of references at the end, all.

Solution

Introduction

Competitive strategy is defined as the approach to which the organisation focuses on the use of competitive advantage in the market in order to achieve sustainable growth and enhance their brand value in the international market. For the successful growth of the organisation, it is important for them to focus on the use of competitive advantages and acknowledge the use of different strategies in order to gain success and focus on their successful development of objectives. The following study for assignment help is based on the competitive strategy and it aims to provide an analysis of the two different models that are implemented by different organisations in order to achieve a competitive advantage in the market. Two case studies that are selected for the following study are the case study of Starbucks and case study of TikTok. On the other hand, the study will also provide an analysis of the use of two different models that is Porter’s international diamond model and cross impact analysis of TikTok along with its SWOT analysis.

The first case study that is selected for the following study is based on the Starbucks organisation and use of Porter’s international diamond model. Starbucks is a USA-based coffee house organisation that has its business operations in the international market and is considered to be one of the most famous organisations regarding generation of coffee in the worldwide market. To organisation had more than 33833 stores in 80 countries, and because of this, they are considered to be one of the most profitable organisation in the food and beverage industry. On the other hand, it is a highly revenue generation organisation that has chain of its coffee houses in the international market. Another case study that is selected is of tick-tock organisation and it aims to provide and cross impact analysis of the organisation along with its SWOT analysis. It is a Chinese-based video streaming organisation that provides variety of short form user videos for different genres in order to engage in fun activities. It is a mobile application that can be installed in the android as well as in iOS version.

Strategic issues

Starbucks

The present global economic crisis has forced Starbucks to close several outlets globally. Starbucks also faces competition. There are many coffee shops across the globe, thus standing out is crucial to attract consumers. US rivals include Dunkin Donuts, McDonald's, and Nestle, while UK competitors include Costa Coffee and Caffè Nero. Starbucks must be aware of their rivals' actions. Also, Starbucks coffees are more expensive than rivals since they only buy the finest grade coffee beans, therefore providing competitors a cost edge. Starbucks' lack of a marketing plan also limits company development. They prefer to promote the beverages cup-by-cup to clients. That means less likelihood of attracting lucrative clients.

TikTok

However, with different investigations and considerations in play that threaten to halt the platform in its tracks, and send it to the history books alongside many other short-term blockbusters, it is becoming more impossible to predict what the future holds for the app. However, with global tensions growing, and states seeking for methods to retaliate against economic sanctions and even military intrusions, TikTok has once again found itself in the firing line. The UK Government has prohibited Huawei from creating its 5G network, igniting a fresh trade fight. That led TikTok to rethink its objectives in the country. TikTok apparently has been in talks with the UK government for months about expanding its business there. That TikTok's future is linked to global tensions is not new. For instance, TikTok was recently banned in China owing to border conflicts, and TikTok itself just left Hong Kong due to escalating tensions generated by Chinese meddling in the territory.

First model

Porters International Diamond model of Starbucks

Because certain sectors in a nation are more globally competitive than others, the Diamond Model, established by Michael Porter, explains why some sectors are more globally competitive than others. The Porter's Diamond Model is made up of five distinct components:

• Factor Endowments
• Demand Conditions
• Related and Supporting Industries
• Strategy Structure and Rivalry
• Government and Chance

The models demonstrate that the structure of an organization's home base is crucial to the success of the business in its pursuit of global opportunities. The Porter's Diamond Model, which will be applied to Starbucks, will be used to analyse the company's international competitive advantage in this study (Afonso and Zemsky, 2021, p42(11)).

Factor Endowments

People and economic resources, as well as physical and scientific infrastructure, as well as a plethora of scientific and technological know-how, are all part of nature's gift to mankind. The production of a corporation is influenced by a number of elements. Starbucks' headquarters are in Seattle, Washington, and they employ over 5,000 people. For the corporation, there are six roasting and distribution facilities spread around the United States. Starbucks purchased a Costa Rican coffee farm in 2013 and developed it. Starbucks is well-positioned to address the requirements of its consumers both locally and internationally. Starbucks has also made investments in innovative technology in order to keep its items moving and selling swiftly. It is possible to do anything from keeping track of customers' reward points to making online purchases with the Starbucks mobile application. In 2017, their digital flywheel was responsible for about three-quarters of their total income.

Starbucks made an investment in a digital startup named Easta, which was eventually rebranded as Brightloom, in recent years (Fredrick et al., 2021, p30(7)). Starbucks unveiled its growth strategy in March 2018, focusing on the development of its mobile app and online ordering capabilities, among other things. According to reports, the company is investigating and developing "digital relationships with the customer" as a goal.”

Demand Conditions

Starbucks has 14,300 locations in 2018, an increase from 11,000 locations in 2017. The rise in the number of outlets in the United States suggests that the company is capable of expansion and can compete on a worldwide basis. Starbucks has identified the natural resources that will be used to provide items to its retail locations. Because Starbucks has simplified its customer service, consumers can expect to have their orders completed within three to five minutes when they visit one of its outlets. Starbucks also offers items that are both fresh and of high quality. Coffee is replaced every thirty minutes; there is also a designated time for iced teas, iced coffees, and meals; everything is fresh and not left hanging about for long periods of time (Hakaki et al., 2021, p55(4)).

In addition to the quality of its coffee, Starbucks' most notable feature is its coffee house setting, which enables customers to enjoy their beverage in a comfortable environment. This is something that not all coffee shops provide, which distinguishes Starbucks from the competition.

Related & Supporting Industries

Starbucks depends on obtaining its primary commodity, coffee, from sites all over the globe, rather than from local suppliers. It can process the coffee beans at its six roasting and distribution plants in the United States, but it would have to import the coffee beans from other countries. Starbucks sources its coffee from countries such as Brazil, Columbia, Costa Rica, and Guatemala in the United States. Starbucks has invested $70 million in projects that will benefit coffee farmers throughout the world. This will assure that there will be no violation of the law on the acquisition of coffee beans. Starbucks also has a coffee farm in Costa Rica, which was created in 2013. Starbucks has a coffee plantation in Costa Rica (Keskin et al., 2021, p38(6)).

In addition to manufacturing, technology is another supporting sector that is required for Starbucks' development. Starbucks has already made significant investments in this sector and has established a solid position against other rivals in this market. Starbucks has made an investment in its mobile application, which is important in order to remain competitive.

Strategy Structure and Rivalry

Starbucks has fierce competition from other fast-food and coffee-house franchises, as well as from independent coffee shops. Starbucks has managed to maintain its competitiveness in part by developing new offerings. Starbucks has introduced new latte tastes, and the company is pushing into the food industry (Kishimoto, 2022, p4(3)). Starbucks will need to expand into the food sector in order to compete with other firms in the industry who are now producing coffee items that are equivalent to Starbucks but at a lower price. Competitive businesses in the sector, such as McDonald's and Dunkin Donuts, offer a variety of coffee-related items and foods. During the previous three years, the proportion of food sales has climbed significantly. Starbucks also pays close attention to the desires of its customers.

The firm has transitioned from selling just dairy products to now offering both dairy and nondairy items. Starbucks conducted customer preference research and came to the conclusion that a significant proportion of consumers preferred nondairy items. Starbucks is increasing the number of drive-through locations in suburban regions. The organisation is concentrating on delivering orders to customers as quickly and effectively as possible. Starbucks must deliver quick and efficient service in order to maintain its competitive advantage. Starbucks' competitive advantage is the quality of its service and the high quality of its goods. The firm must think about what the customers in the target market would want before expanding to other parts of the country. Consumers in China and Asia may choose tea items over coffee products, which is advantageous for business growth (Kuznetsova et al., 2021, p27(6)).

Government and Chance

Local groups are now benefiting from tax reductions provided by the government. Since Starbucks has grown to different geographical locations outside of the United States, it has become necessary to take political concerns into consideration. Depending on the outcome of the ongoing political tariff battles with China, Starbucks' earnings in that nation might fall. The political atmosphere of the country has an impact on the earnings of the businesses in the region, as well. Starbucks has established itself as one of the world's finest coffee establishments. After reviewing the firm's history, it seems that the corporation identified a market niche that was underserved and created an atmosphere that allowed the company to develop to the size it is now. Starbucks has conducted market research and has listened to its customers' desires. Starbucks competes with other firms that provide comparable goods, yet the company continues to grow.

It cannot be said that the company's development and expansion have occurred by coincidence, but rather as a result of hard effort and creativity. The firm as it exists now is not the same as it was when it was founded. A company's growth is dependent on its ability to evolve and not stay static (Lin et al., 2021, p27(6)).

Second model

Cross Impact Analysis (CIA, in combination with SWOT) of TikTok

Cross impact analysis of TikTok:

National investigations into TikTok and its potential negative impacts on teenage users' emotional stability have been begun by state attorneys general throughout the country, increasing official scrutiny of the massively popular video-sharing network. The TikTok app has been attacked by politicians and federal authorities in the United States, who point to practices and computer-driven marketing of material that they claim may jeopardise the emotional wellbeing of millennials. Estimates suggest that the network has 1 billion monthly users, and that it is particularly popular with teenagers and younger children. TikTok has said that company aims on providing users with maturity level interactions, emphasising that certain capabilities, such as instant messenger, are not accessible to anyone under 18.

The firm claims that it has put in place measures, such as screen-time management, to assist younger generation and their parents in controlling how long their kids spend on the application and what they view while doing so (Liu et al., 2021, p55(2)). Increasingly popular among consumers and parliamentarians of both political parties, TikTok has come under fire from government agencies as well as consumer activists and politicians from both stakeholders. Republicans have focused their attention on the company's links to China in particular. Byte Dance, located in Beijing, is the company that owns TikTok. The app's detractors refer to incidences around the nation that began to emerge last autumn in which kids destroyed school restrooms and other infrastructure and misappropriated resources all in answer to a widespread TikTok challenge dubbed "devious licks," according to the app's detractors.

Doctors believe that films on Tourette syndrome posted on TikTok might be a contributing cause to adolescent females seeking medical attention for the development of tics, such as spastic movements and vocal eruptions, in the autumn of last year (Pustokhina et al., 2021, p58(6)).

SWOT analysis of TikTok:

Strengths:

TikTok is a smartphone application and online platforms that is designed to be user-friendly. Non-technical people will have no trouble understanding how to run the programme and modify the video. Its UI is really straightforward; all you have to do is scroll up and keep viewing the brief films. As well as the health and confidentiality of its users, TikTok worries about them. It only enables followers to submit a private clear signal they're following, not to any other people. Non-followers, on the other hand, will not be able to send a personalized message. To compensate for this, however, the platform allows for individual customization of the settings. More than two billion people from all around the world have flocked to TikTok because of its user-friendliness feature.

The company has been able to gain new clients via word-of-mouth marketing because to its large user database. In contrast, the vast number of people assures the safety and security of the users on the site. TikTok has created an atmosphere that encourages fun team activities like dancing and comedy (Samples, 2021, p67(11)). The process of capturing this delightful pastime on video brings people closer together. Because of this, it is possible to say that TikTok has introduced a new viewpoint to traditional technological platforms. An estimated 154 nations are now supported by the service, according to TikTok. About 1.1 billion monthly active users are predicted for the video-sharing platform in 2021. Generation Z is anticipated to make about 60% of the users.

Weakness:

Unquestionably, it's an easy application to work with. Some aspects, however, are so technologically complicated that it takes a long time for a novice to learn about them. It may be difficult for a beginner to apply many effects at once, such as filters and substantial delays on the same video. TikTok does not screen some of the offensive audio tracks and background snippets that may be found on the site. Social media opponents claim that the video-sharing site promotes drug use and voyeurism, as well as depicting violent war fantasies (Sun and Lin, 2021, p55(4)).

A big issue is raised regarding the platform's suitability for youngsters as a consequence. Thus, when young people spend hours on the internet watching videos, it encourages them to make their own movies in the extra time they have. Most TikTok users (83 percent, according to estimates) post their videos to the app. Additionally; they may be spending their time and effort into mastering some fundamental abilities. Those that make it to the top of the leaderboard and start making money from the site are few and far between.

Opportunities:

TikTok is an excellent platform for building own personal brand, selling business goods and services, and expanding the business. Many businesses use the services of prominent influencers with millions of followers to advertise their goods and services on social media. Many people's livelihoods are reliant on the platform's availability. TikTok makes it possible to make relationships with individuals who share their interests (Zhang et al., 2021, p20(5)).

Whenever people share their opinions and suggestions, it is possible that something useful will come out of it. TikTok has cultivated a tech-savvy culture among many of its users by requiring them to utilise sophisticated features on a regular basis. Several youthful users have been acquainted with video editing abilities as a result of the video-sharing network YouTube.

Threats:

To put an end to TikTok's reign in the United States, President Trump signed two executive orders to that end that ordered the proceedings to be postponed by the Federal Court. India's government limited access to more than 223 Chinese applications in June 2020 as both nations battled over their shared border, including the popular TikTok app. In October 2020, Pakistani law restricts the use of TikTok, claiming immorality and obscenity as grounds for the prohibition, but 10 days later, it reversed its decision for the same reasons (Durugbo et al., 2021, p32(15)).

Users give TikTok authorization to view their individual data when they register for an account with the site. In addition to having access to billions of personally identifiable information via significant involvement, the Chinese government doesn't disclose confidential through other means. It has the potential to utilise the information for a number of reasons without the users' knowledge or permission (Eymas and Bensebaa, 2021, p49(8)).

Conclusion

From the analysis of the above discussion, it is concluded that Starbucks and TikTok both adopt the use of different competitive strategies in order to ensure a competitive advantage in the market. With the help of Porter’s international diamond model, Starbucks focuses on the use of different activities in order to enhance their business in the international market. On the other hand, TikTok also had to face certain activities and the study had provided SWOT analysis of the organisation. It is concluded that competitive strategy is important for the business.

References

BUGEN5930 Business, Society and The Planet Assignment Sample

As an individual, you are required to consider and submit your own responses to the following questions :

i. Identify and describe the two companies you have researched; their core business activities and the countries and/or industries in which they operate.

ii. What differences are evident between the two companies in terms of the range of issues dealt with in their social reports and the depth of coverage on specific issues? Please note – this question does not ask for a description or summary of the content of each company’s reports. Instead, you need to analyse the types of information, the major themes, the presentation, formatting and tone of each report – and explain the ways in which the reports are similar to each other and the ways in which they are different.

iii. Discuss which of the Sustainable Development Goals you believe are most relevant to these companies, their industries and the countries in which they operate. Discuss the extent to which these SDGs were addressed, explicitly or implicitly, in the CSR/Sustainability reports of your companies?

iv. Based on your analyses of your companies’ sustainability/CSR reporting, identify in which Sustainability Phase/s (Dunphy, Griffiths & Benn) each of your companies sit. Explain your reasons for these assessments.

v. Discuss the extent to which the social reports provided by these companies reflect their stated values.

vi. Briefly reflect on your group’s discussions of these companies. In what ways did the ideas presented by your group confirm your own conclusions, influence your thinking and/or present another perspective to you? Please note: this question does not ask for a summary of what your group decided or who said what. This requires reflection on how your thinking, understandings and perceptions developed through your engagement with your group.

Solution

Introduction

This report consists of two companies from different countries that determine their business sustainability and development. The companies considered are NESTLE and TATA Consumer products, processing changes in the business management system in terms of sustainability. The report for assignment help overviews the business activities, performance issues, social report, strengths and weaknesses of the companies, range of issues, depth of issues, sustainable development goals, and more. It also involves the social, environmental, and economic impacts of the business. It analyzes the changes and improvements required in the business management system. It results in a better understanding and development of the business management system.

Identification of the Companies

The two companies that serve the most sustainable development are Nestle and TATA Consumers Products. Nestle and TATA consumer products both fall in the category of Food and Beverage industry. The food and beverage industry is the topmost platform that reflects the most sustainable development than other industries. Nestle is an Australian brand whereas TATA Consumer Products is a UK-based company. Environmental impacts are the relevant social report or performance issues similar for both the companies.

Core Business Activities

The core business activities of food and beverage companies such as Nestle and TATA Consumers Products are production, distribution, procession, conversion, preservation, preparation, transportation, certification, and packaging.

Operational Activities

The operational activities of Food and Beverage companies such as Nestle and TATA Consumer Products are maintained by providing quality food and beverages, a friendly and welcoming atmosphere, professional, hygienic, and attentive service, value for money items, retaining existing customers, and bringing new ones (BOAKYE et al., 2019).

Social Reporting or Performance Issues

The social or performance issue of Nestle and TATA consumer products is to maintain the environmental impacts and precaution issues.

• The main aim of the food and beverage industry is to deliver nutritionally superior products and efficient communication with the consumer in terms of nutrition, health, and wellness.

• In terms of environmental facts, the companies are also focusing on the availability and accessibility of the water and the impacts of the climatic changes.

• The organizational approach in terms of agricultural sources and supplier development.

• Operations in terms of employees’ efficiency.

Similarities and Differences in two Companies

In terms of similarities between Nestle and TATA Consumer Products, they both provide an efficient collaborating team for appropriate business development and sustainability. Both the companies have an appropriate business planning and management system. The stakeholders within the companies are pursued with efficient communication and leadership skills that support the employees in elaborating and understanding the requirement and needs of the project leading to better organizational development. Moreover, they do not follow the decision-making processes but deliver a proper working environment and balance within the organization.

The differences between the two companies are, that Nestle relies on long-term development and short-term profit whereas TATA consumer products depend on long-term investment and development.

Social Report

Both the companies have presented their social reports considerably. They have categorized the report in terms of social, environmental, and economic impacts. The section completely visualizes the importance and necessity of the social report in the Food and Beverage industry. It results in a better understanding of the organizational benefits by the consumers and leads to better productivity of the companies which eventually improves the sustainability of the company.

In case of Nestle, they have categorized the impacts in terms of headings and further subheadings. As a result, it is difficult to study, analyze and understand. The organization requires presenting the report in terms of the level of consumer understanding (Hamann et al., 2014). Nestle has covered the social performance issues in detail. The report is informative and consists of all the impacts required.

In the case of TATA Consumer Product, it is supplied in the form of appropriate arrangements. It is visualized with graphs, diagrams, and efficient structural form. TATA Consumer Products completely visualizes the depth of the coverage in a basic form. It gradually results in it in better understanding of the requirement provided by the organization (Bennett et al., 2017). The arrangement will lead to better consumer satisfaction and experience.

Critical Analysis of the Companies

Strengths of Nestle

• Provides large distribution and supplier system.
• Efficient R&D system.

Weakness of Nestle

• Inappropriate control and organizational culture
• Unhealthy products

Strengths of TATA Consumers Products

• High Piotrowski Score
• Increase in Net Cash Flow and Operating activities

Weakness of TATA Consumers Products

• Labour intensive company and associated with issues
• Concentration risks in every product

Range of Issues Covered and Depth of the Coverage

The range of issues covered in terms of social, environmental, and economic impacts serves the organizations in terms of sustainable growth and development.

Social Impacts

Table 1: Social Impacts on NESTLE and TATA Consumer Products
(Source: Developed by Author)

Environmental Impacts

Table 2: Environmental Impacts on NESTLE and TATA Consumer Products
(Source: Developed by Author)

Economic impacts

Table 3: Economic Impacts of NESTLE and TATA Consumer Products
(Source: Developed by Author)

Sustainable Development Goals
CSR/ Sustainability Report

In terms of Nestle, the main aim is to focus on enhancing the quality and providing a healthier future for long-term success. In terms of sustainable development goals, the organization also focuses on improving the supply chain management system in terms of manufacturing, packaging, and carbon-neutral brand. It leads the organization to better organizational growth and development.

In terms of TATA Consumer Products, the organization is associated with initiatives and programs based on sustainable sourcing, waste management, natural source management, community development, circular economy, and climatic leadership (Singh et al., 2016).

The goals are relevant in terms of business development, sustainability and growth (Vartiak, 2016). Nestle and TATA Consumer Products are the Food and Beverage industries and have operated their service and products in several countries. NESTLE has exported its contribution of products to Africa, Asia, Argentina, Asia, Oceania, Australia, Europe, and Austria (Wolf, 2014). On the other hand, TATA Consumer Products has contributed its resources to UK, America, Canada, India, Australia, the Middle East, and Poland. The distribution of sectors in different countries results in raising the productivity of the company and its sustainability.

Identification of key SDG’s

The key SDGs of both the companies, NESTLE and TATA Consumer Products is

• To meet the social, environmental, and economic impacts.
• Customers’ satisfaction and experience.
• Employee training and stakeholders’ engagement
• No compromise in terms of the quality of the product.
• Appropriate business planning and development.

Explanation

The organizations, Nestle and TATA Consumers Products require efficient project planning and management systems to meet the demands. In terms of meeting the social, environmental, and economic impacts, the organization requires investments and the elimination of products. For further sustainable development of the companies, they should have an effective organizational culture.

Extent of Addressing SDG’s

The organizations, Nestle and TATA Consumer Products have explicitly demonstrated their SDGs. They have visualized the needs and necessity of the impacts in business management and real-life scenario (Miah et al., 2015). Moreover, it evaluates the purpose of introducing the impacts on the environment and how it is supporting the environment. On the other hand, it also demonstrates the reasons for terms of sustainable growth of the organization (Das, 2018).

Identification of the Sustainability Phases

NESTLE and TATA Consumer Products both focuses on sustaining the business. The organization must focus on the environmental, social and economic impacts in terms of customers’ satisfaction and maintaining healthy and safety guidelines for employees. Moreover, the sustainable phase’s model determines the step wise processes in terms of business sustainability. It consists of rejection, non-response, compliance, efficiency, proactivity and sustaining organization.

Figure 1: Sustainability Phase Model
(Source: Benn et al., 2014)

Reflection on Companies Stated Values

The report reviewed and analyzes that in what position, the shareholders of the company wants to their firm in the upcoming generation. In terms of TATA Consumer Products, it is visualized that development of environmental products with the use of renewable energy sources has highlighted the organization in terms of modernization. The report reflects the values in terms of the products and media releases are environmental. It further leads to further customer’s satisfaction and sustainable growth.

On the basis of NESTLE, with a highly competitive oligopoly is focusing on manufacturing environmental friendly products. The report further highlights the values around social sustainability. The organization also focuses on the strategies that may respond the social trends and an environmental issue further emerges in future.

Approaches to Social Responsibilities and Sustainability

Nestle promotes the Corporate Social Responsibilities (CSR) policy to create better livelihood opportunities. It improves nutrition awareness and focuses on the education of the girl’s child. NESTLE in terms of sustainable development goals is to prevent poverty, inequality, pollution, and the indignation of climate change.
TATA Consumer products in terms of social responsibilities promote education, livelihoods, water and sanitation, skill development, healthcare and strengthening services, and rural development (Mokhtar et al., 2016). In terms of sustainability, it provides better sourcing, the planet, communities, and nutrition.

Personal Reflection and Understanding

In this report, I have analyzed and discussed about the impacts of environment. In this research, I have also identified the sustainable phases that help the organization in improving the management system and promote sustainable growth. Moreover, I have also learned the overview and application of sustainable development goals that helps me in identifying the organizational goals for sustainable growth and development. However, the overall report has helped me in determining personal development plan that includes critical thinking, and primary research.

Social Reporting

The organizations NESTLE and TATA Consumers Products focus on measuring and reporting the shared values, sustainability, and compliances. They provide efficient communication within the organization to provide efficient organizational growth and development. They are based on precautionary principles such as climate change and waste management and community development.

Conclusion

The report provides the change in the business management system in terms of environmental, social, and economic impacts. It overviews the social report of two companies such as NESTLE and TATA Consumer Products. A perfect demonstration of the organization, its requirements, and demands for the changes are also visualized. The organization provides proper planning in terms of growth and development.

References

HRMT20024 Human Resource Management Assignment Sample

This assessment requires you to write a report on current human resource management challenges in the Australian context in any one of the two sectors (Retail or Financial sector). Your report structure is provided in a template, and includes:

Executive summary
Table of contents
Introduction
Sector context
Current human resource management challenges for the sector in Australia
Conclusion
References

You can reuse journal articles you used in Assessment 2, as well as current news stories, and develop an argument applying that literature to your selected sector. You must cite at least ten (10) relevant peer-reviewed journal articles. You can cite other academic references such as books and conference papers, and book chapters but these will NOT be counted as part of the 10 journal articles.

Solution

Introduction

The success of any business is significantly based on human resource management. It is referred to as the organizational function that could be effective in the context of responding to the problems connected with an individual like recruiting, performance management, administration, training and development. It is also regarded as a wide-ranging and strategic mechanism for handling employees at the workplace. In this aspect, the present study is based on an analysis of the current human resource management challenge in the retail sector of Australia, which normally involves the strategic management and arrangement of the workers for the formation of produce and encouraged employees. In this aspect, the present study would contain an overview of the retail industry of Australia, and the existing human resource management challenge confronted by the industry. In addition to this, recommendations are also provided by which such challenges could be addressed by the industry.

Sector context

The retail industry of Australia demonstrates a significant range through the size of business, state, retail format, rivalry within sector and nature of the product sold. It should be noted that the existing trading situation, as well as longer term trend in the industry, are challenging. Over the previous half-decade the sales growth of the retail industry has trended down as individuals save higher of their increasing income and their spending is normally guided in the direction of a range of non-retail services.

The retail industry of Australia is one of the prime contributors to the economy of the country and was on a growth route from the year 2004 to 2019. In Australia, there are around 140000 retail businesses, contributing to 4.1% of GDP and 10.7% of employment. In the year 2019, the total turnover from the retail sector was AUD 329.6bn which was approximately AUD 9bn higher than the value documented in the prior year (Mordor Intelligence, 2021). Though, the unexpected hit of the Covid-19 pandemic created an adverse impact in early 2020 has carried numerous issues to the retail industry in Australia, where it recorded a reduction in the total sales in the course of the first and second quarters of 2020. Apart from this, it has been identified that the workforce market in the country could be regarded to be greatly isolated by the retail sector and the occupation that has persisted in the previous few decades. In Australia, the retail industry is generally the male-dominated sector and distinct forms of employment portfolio in the cited sector involved the role played by the assistant manager, regional manager, as well as some other connected positions (Bailey, 2020). Further, it has been evaluated by some experts that, currently Australian retail industry is significantly influenced because of the rent expenses, discounting, and the confidence of customers which creates numerous challenges for the companies.

Existing human resource management for assignment help challenges for the selected sector in Australia

The performance of the retail sector has not been impressive in Australia over the years. It has been noticed that cited sector has been witnessing an extraordinary rivalry among numerous players such as Woolworths, Coles, and some others. This has also been producing a range of HRM problems in the sector creating an impact on the engagement of employees and effectiveness among the workers. Since 2005, the retail industry of Australia has viewed an incredible structural transformation, including the invention of online shopping and the entrance of numerous multinational players in the sector (Collings, Nyberg, Wright, & McMackin, 2021).

Increasing employee engagement: Notwithstanding the e-commerce rebellion, the retail industry is manifest through the special discussion among workers and employees. Though, there are numerous claims with respect to the role of the human interface in the area of digitalization. In addition to this, in the environment of social media, the perception of consumers regarding goods and services has immediate and actual effects. This shows the aspect that participating in the labour is significant in relation to the retention of workers for a longer-term period (Campbell, & Burgess, 2018). Though, the inadequacy of engagement of employees in an effective manner has been assisting insignificant rate of attrition in the retail industry of the country.

Fascination and enrollment of employees: To attract and recruit employees in a company, human resource management significantly face the issue of retention of employee and minimization of the employee turnover. The reason behind the same is that the significant turnover of employees is detrimental when it is connected with training and development plans (Davidescu, Apostu, Paul, & Casuneanu, 2020). In the retail industry, adequate remuneration is not paid by the companies according to their work and skill, and therefore the cited sector confronts a shortage of skill and workforce. In addition to this, it has been identified that the payment mechanism in the retail sector is not open and transparent and so it leads to the failure to develop a higher sense of justice among workers. There is not any existence of transparency connected to horizontal pay dispersion in the Australian retail sector. Though, there is not any particle qualification needed by the individual for entering into this industry as they could involve in the industry after completion of education or professional degree for getting the position of managers (Farooq, Zhang, Talwar, & Dhir, 2022).

In addition to the above aspects, during the period of Covid-19 issues, there has been a spike in the recruitment procedure in the retail sector because of the variation and alteration in the demand of consumers. It can be said that with abrupt variations in the hours of working and the significant burden of the restricted workforce in the course of the pandemic, the HRM division of the Australian retail sector is confronting issues in attraction and retention of the employees. Moreover, because of the reduction in the demand for labour, it has been observed that human resource management should rethink the procedure of recruitment by which the hiring process can be carried out in a smooth manner (Gallardo-Gallardo, Thunnissen, & Scullion, 2020). Along with this, another challenge confronted by the human resource division involves the failure to the recruitment of employees because of the non-accessibility of training programs due to the Covid-19 pandemic. Such type of issues assists in the difficulty for HRM to hire new workers in the retail sector.

Workforce health and safety: In this aspect, currently, HRM of the retail sector is significantly facing a challenge for the health and safety of workers. The reason behind the same is that workforce in this sector had to witness distinct forms of health hazards like trips, fire, violence, dealing with tools, and many others. In addition to this, workers also confront the issue of dealing with the secure vision and implementing and applying the responsibility to deal with the challenges of workplace health and safety in the retail sector. In addition to this, in the existing time of the pandemic, the health and safety of workers have been significantly impacted due to the immediate shifting of the work culture and working pattern. Some of the major issues such as stress, pressure, depression, anxiety, and other forms of mental health problems have influenced the workforce of the retail industry and therefore it becomes comprehensive for the human resource to deal with issues of workplace health and safety. In addition to this, it has been observed that as the store is visited by a significant number of consumers and therefore it becomes very difficult for the human resource division to offer safety to the workers from the huge crowd (Grimmer, Grimmer, & Mortimer, 2018). The protection of the workforce should also be considered by the HRM in such type of conditions and therefore this would assist in safeguarding the health and wellbeing of workers engaged in the Australian retail industry.

Retention and development challenge: In the current environment, retention and development challenge is one of the major issues confronted by the human resource management division of the retail industry of Australia. This creates it complex for the HRM division to save adequate time and therefore deal with the financial expenses of training and development, and recruitment of the new workers in the company to perform the work by improved means (Vrontis et al., 2022). The reason behind frequent employee turnover is that companies operating in the retail sector of Australia normally do not pay adequate wages and remuneration that they should be and therefore employees leave the entities in search of a hike. There is also the existence of discrimination among employees of the retail industry creating an impact on the development.

In addition to the above aspects, in the current environment of the Covid-19 pandemic, most employees are provided with the opportunity for doing work from home. But, the employees belonging to the retail sector do not possess such type of opportunity and most of the workers are not willing to perform their work therefore they quit their jobs. This forms a significant burden on the other workers who desire to perform their work in the retail industry. In such type of circumstances, it becomes very challenging for the HRM of the Australian retail industry to keep the workers under the influence of the usual functioning of the organization during the pandemic period (Maritz, Perenyi, De Waal, & Buck, 2020). Along with this, it has been also observed that, though employees placed at certain places are offered the chance to perform work from home, it becomes challenging for the HRM to make the organization of those workers performing distantly helping their mental health and well-being. Additionally, the government of the country did not provide any incentives or benefits to the retail industry to keep and advance the working during the pandemic period (Goods, Veen, & Barratt, 2019).

Issues in the management of the latest technique and remote work: In the Australian retail sector, it has been identified that HRM is witnessing issues in offering training and development courses to the workers with respect to the application of the latest technology. The reason behind the same is varying demands from consumers and the evolvement of distinct and unique technologies (Yong et al., 2020). It becomes very hard for the HRM to make the workers recognize the implementation of the distinct forms of analytical techniques such as point-of-sale systems, inventory control systems in electronic way, social media marketing, and some others. The information technology team of the company along with the collaboration of the human resource division has the responsibility to offer an improved extent of training to workers by which they could create themselves comfortable and equipped with these current techniques.

Along with the above aspects, the shifting towards remote work culture could not be regarded as seamless in the retail industry during the Covid-19 time. The reason behind the same is that it is complex to run retail businesses by carrying out the activities through work from home. Remote working planning has not been fostered in the cited industry due to the large consumer flock or the online order of the consumer. It is required workers to manage the online orders and respond to the inquiries made by customers as due to this, the opportunity to work from home in the retail industry could not be regarded to be feasible (Malik, Budhwar, Patel, & Srikanth, 2022). Further, the human resource division has confronted issues in increasing the productivity and the engagement of workers. Additionally, they also faced challenges in offering training and offering aid to workers in connection to the remote work. Moreover, because of the reduced extent of flexibility, it has been identified that HR also confronts issues in addressing the queries of employees during the Covid-19 pandemic time.

Modification in the rules and regulations of the organization: It is considered one of the most complex challenges confronted by the human resource division of the Australian retail sector in the course of pandemic time. Due to this, the human resource division of the retail sector has confronted issues in the management of the modified rules and regulations throughout the pandemic (Carnevale, & Hatak, 2020). Such changes in the rules and regulations have created an impact on the retention and recruitment procedure of the retail industry. In addition to this, the human resource division should also refer to the regulating corporate norms by which it becomes simpler for them to deal with the workers according to the modified norms of the retail industry.

Challenges in increasing productivity and flexibility: For availing of the benefits of major technical transformation and cope up with the impact of internationalization, it is significant for the Australian retail sector to determine the higher flexibility. Adaptable and flexible organizations need major support from the human resource division in the context of the implementation of organizational transition in a successful manner. Though, a flexible working environment has been forcing the workers connected with the retail industry to overwork. In addition to this, the efficiency of the workers is also impacted because of the weak wage structure, inadequate job security, and significant working hours.

Recommendations

The above analysis reflects that currently, the HRM of the retail industry is facing significant challenges. To address the above issues, it is suggested to the human resource division that they should emphasize the training and development courses for the front-line sales personnel as they are more proximately associated with the consumers as compared to other employees. In this aspect, training sessions should be organized in the company by which sales personnel could manage the activities accordingly. Further, there has been also an increment in the number of layoffs and due to this HR division should make efforts towards rationalization of the manpower in improved ways. It has been noticed that there has been the advancement of concrete succession planning in the Australian retail sector and therefore it could be asserted that by the implementation of succession planning, the human resource management could make a replacement of the workers or control the layoffs because of the downsizing. It is recommended that HRM must implement the complete activities fairly and reasonably thereby ensuring the dignity of the company (Chams, & García-Blandón, 2019).

Conclusion

Based on the above aspects, it has been asserted that in the current scenario, the human resource management department of the retail sector of Australia is facing significant issues regarding the management of employees. Since the retail sector of the country is one of the significant industries contributing to the GDP, and therefore the HRM needs to take adequate activities for ensuring the productive functioning of the company. It has been identified that some of the major challenges that are confronted by the human resource division are retention and development, fascination and recruitment, the difficulty is the management of distinct technologies, health and safety of workers, management of the remote work, and some others. It is recommended that the human resource management division should make efforts towards providing training to front-line sales personnel as they are closely connected with consumers and therefore activities can be effectively taken by them.

References

BUS3007 Organisational Development Assignment Sample

This is a Group Assessment. Students are free to select their preferred group. There can be 2-3 students in a Group. Students need to choose two case studies on areas related to organisation development and Improvement to do the comparative analysis.

Students need to work on following criteria: -

1. Students are to analyse the cases by providing an overview of the cases.

2. Discuss the current growth, business performance and profit capacity.

3. Discuss the problems and challenges confronting the organisation.

4. Provide the SWOT analysis.

5. Provide the PESTAL analysis.

6. Provide a comparison analysis with competitors

7. Recommendations proposed are to be supported with justifications on how better this organisation can do.

8. Conclusion and References.

9. Each student must have different organisations based in Australia or around the world.

10. Select Small, Medium or Large Businesses.

Write a 2000 words research report following the suggested structure/criteria provided below and submit the assessment in a single Microsoft Word document via the Assessment 1 Upload link on the Canvas system.

1. Report Structure:

2. It is suggested you use the following sections and headings to structure your research report.

3. Report preliminaries: Title page, executive summary, table of contents.

4. Introduction: Outline the nature of the industry applicable to the case study company. Provide a brief description of the case and
purpose of the report.

5. Body: Present theoretical/conceptual research justifying the need for organisations to consider their external and internal environment.

6. Conclusion: Link the arguments presented in the body to form sound and logical conclusions.

7. Recommendations: In line with conclusions, offer specific recommendations designed to aid in achievement of the selected case initiative.

Solution

Introduction

The following study for assignment help will provide a comparative analysis of two of the most popular and successful retail organisations in the United States. Walmart and Starbucks have been operating in the retail business and food and beverage market for a long time. These two organisations bring in a lot of revolutionary changes and developments which not only provides a competitive advantage for both the organisations, it also helps in making the experience of their customers better. Walmart and Starbucks are high revenue generating organisations in the United States. The innovations and technological developments that they bring in are helping to shape their respective industries better.

Comparative case study of Walmart and Starbucks

Comparative analysis of Walmart: Organisational development and improvement

Technological development: Walmart is known for the technological developments that it brings. The organisation has already automated many of its business operations which makes it easier for employees to conduct various business activities (Tikson, 2018).

Work culture: The organisation has an effective human resource department which is helping to address the issue of high employee turnover rates. The managing executives of Walmart believe that the right behaviour helps in shaping an organisation. Hence, the HRM of the organisation trains its employees and individuals to have the right attitude and behaviour while they conduct their business.

Improvement in supply chain: The main mission of the company is to save money of people so that people can lead a better life (Tikson, 2018). Hence, the organisation's supply chain also resources materials that are of low cost and good quality. This helps Walmart in selling its products at a strategic price point.
Customer service: The organisation understands that in order to gain a competitive advantage it is important to develop the customer service the organisation. Better customer service helps in retaining customers and ginning their trust of customers.

Comparative analysis of Starbucks: Organisational improvement and development

Technological developments: Technological development is the main element that helps in the development of an organisation in today's world. Starbucks has applied new-age technology in their coffee-making machines which helps in making coffee beverage faster. In addition to this, technological developments are also implemented in various other operations of the organisation.

Work Culture: Starbucks is undeniably one of the leading coffeehouses in the world. The organisation's work culture and human resource management policies help in retaining the employees as well as increasing productivity. Starbucks has been quite successful in building and maintaining a diverse work culture which also helps the organisation to gain a competitive advantage (Pandey et al., 2021).

Employee satisfaction: The company is one of the few companies that provide good benefits to its full-time and part-time workers. This factor helps in boosting the motivation of the employees which helps with the productivity of the business. The rewarding system at Starbucks is quite effective as it is helping the organisation to retain its employees.

Business ethics: The organisation also follows essential business ethics so that it can develop its working environment into a more healthy and happy space (Pandey et al., 2021). The human resource department has also framed various effective policies for the health and safety of the workers.

Background information

Background of the Walmart

Walmart is a retail organisation that is based in the United States. The organisation is a multinational retailing company that has various outlets operating in many countries across the globe (Walmart, 2022).Walmart was founded in the year 1962 on July 2nd. It belongs to the retail industry. Sam Walton is the founder of the company. The headquarters of Walmart is located in Bentonville, Arkansas, United States.

Figure 1: Walmart’s sales growth graph
Source: (Statista, 2022)

The organisation has massively grownand currently has over 10,585 stores worldwide (Courtemanche et al., 2019).The business performance of the organisation is also impressive and the organisation has already generated total revenue of US$141.569 (Macrotrends, 2022).The organisation has over 2,300,000 employees as of January 2022.

Background of Starbucks

Starbucks is an American organisation which is a multinational chain of roastery reserves and coffee houses. The headquarters of the company is located in Seattle, Washington. Starbucks is also the world's biggest and most successful coffeehouse chain (Tsai et al., 2020). The organisation belongs to the food and beverage industry.

Figure 2: Starbucks’ revenue growth graph
Source: (Statista, 2022)

Starbuck was founded in the year 1971 on 30th March. The founders of the company are Gordon Bowker, Zev Seigl and Jerry Baldwin. The organisation business has achieved effective growth and has over 33,833 stores (Starbucks Coffee Company, 2022). In the year 2021, Starbucks made a total revenue of US$7.636 billion which represents its effective business performance (Macrotrends, 2022).The company has over 384,000 employees as of 2021.

Current and future development plans of Walmart and Starbucks

Current development of Walmart: The current developments in Walmart includes technological development, Market expansion and development of its supply chain. Walmart has already automated many of its business operations so that each process can be done quickly, easily and effortlessly. The organisation is also expanding to many other foreign countries such as Germany and India and currently has over 5,100 outlets (Caraway, 2018). The company has also developed its supply chain so that it can resource better quality products at a low cost.

Future development of Walmart: Walmart plans to completely automate its business so that it has to depend less on its employees. The organisation also wants to develop a local business that is strong and will be powered by Walmart. The organisation also aims to make its business more sustainable so that it can contribute to the sustainability of the environment. This can be done by reducing carbon footprints in their production units. In addition to this, the organisation also aims to increase its product range so that Walmart can develop into a one-store shopping place where customers will get access to different product varieties (Muda, Indra and Dharsuky, 2021). Health and wellness and financial services are two development factors that Walmart will be focusing on in the upcoming days.

Figure 3: Market share of Walmart and Starbucks
Source: (Netcials, 2022)

Current development of Starbucks: Currently Starbucks is developing its outlet into drive-thru units. The organisation is also developing its traditional outlets into more takeaway units. Starbucks is currently working on developing the functioning of its coffee-making machines so that the process can be sped up and to make the job activities of the employees easier. The organisation has also developed its cash counter with new technologies which will make the payment process easier and faster (Goh et al., 2020). Customers will no longer have to wait in queue as the new cash counter will make the billing process much faster.

Future development of Starbucks: One of the main factors that Starbucks wants to focus on is developing its packaging system. As the world and the customers are becoming more environmentally conscious, the packaging that Starbucks uses to provide its coffee beverages to its customers will not work in favour of the company (Nair et al., 2021). The company should resource biodegradable or reusable cups.

PESTLE and SWOT analysis

SWOT analysis of Walmart

SWOT analysis of Starbucks

PESTLE analysis of Walmart

PESTLE analysis of Starbucks

Recommendation, justification and assumptions

Walmart: Walmart should focus on improving its reward system as the employee turnover rate is an issue that Walmart has been facing for quite a long time. In addition to this, the organisation should also aim to raise the pay of the employees. Walmart should continue to expand its business so that the business can become stronger (Prasetyo, 2022). Walmart should focus on developing employee training programs so that organisational productivity can be boosted.

Starbucks: Starbucks should focus on developing their packages using more environmentally sustainable raw materials. The package needs to be biodegradable and the plastic covering that the company uses should also be discontinued (Azriuddin et al., 2020). The organisation should focus on reducing the price of its beverages so that more people can try out their drinks and to do this the supply chain of the company will have to change its strategy.

Conclusion

It can hence be concluded from the above study that both the organisations are performing well in their respective industries. Starbucks is a worldwide leading coffeehouse, on the other hand, Walmart is a leading retailing organisation. Both the organisations have effectively improved and developed their business which has helped the organisation to achieve their organisational goals and objectives. The recommendations will further help both the organisation to improve and develop their business.
 

Reference list

EDUC9607 Preparation for Coursework Project Assignment Sample

This assignment takes the form of a draft literature review with a clear description at the beginning, of the research question(s) you think would generate the kind of literature you have included. The total number of words overall is 2200 words not including the reference list.

Research question(s)

Research questions are used to the focus the study. As a rule of thumb, coursework projects generally do not have more than four research questions. Usually three research questions are enough. The question(s) will generate themes which the literature review will elaborate on. Choose no more than 4 for the next section.

Literature Review

The coursework project is essentially a review of the literature in an attempt to answer specified research questions (above). After a brief introduction, the review should then outline and analyze the literature that helps you to answer the research questions. The literature review must be relevant to the research questions. In reviewing the literature, it is expected that you will discuss and analyze the literature. Some synthesis should also be evident. There should be a number of themes identified as broad headings. Sub- headings may also be useful.

The research design sets out the aims, rationale and salient features of the study. The abstract summarises the project succinctly. After the abstract, you have an opportunity to reflect personally on your progress in understanding what you might do for the CWP, now you are at the end of the topic. What do you now need to work on for a successful CWP?

Solution

1.1 Introduction

Video game consoles have a bad reputation among parents, who worry that their offspring's academic performance may suffer if they are allowed in the home. But playing video games may help you improve your focus, imagination, memory, language skills, and collaboration. The gaming business has been jaded for quite some time. It is now a well-established industry, respected for its technical prowess, inventive spirit, and advanced business acumen. For example, Newzoo, a market intelligence firm, predicts that the industry as a whole will bring in more than $150 billion worldwide in 2019, a 9.6 per cent increase from 2018.

1.2 Aim of the Study

The main aim of this research for assignment help is to evaluate the role of video games in the education sector. Games are a popular pastime for both kids and grownups because of their entertainment value and unique educational value (Sánchez-Mena et al. 2019). Games are a potent educational tool because they help kids learn new things, broaden their perspectives, and form positive routines and interests. Mobile and desktop, educational games are just a small part of a well-planned curriculum. Typically, an adult will explain the goals and regulations of such mobile and educational games to youngsters (Toh & Kirschner, 2020). When playing a national game, an older kid or one of the peers who are familiar with the game's content and has mastered the style of playing takes on the role of leader and organises, leads, and directs the playing.

1.3 The problem underlying the study

The most recent studies imply that students retain between 25 and 60 per cent more information while studying content online in comparison to the meagre 8–10 per cent retention rates of face-to-face learning (Shliakhovchuk & Spashchenko, 2021). E-learning may cut the amount of time it takes to learn anything by between 40 and 60 per cent when compared to conventional classroom settings (Shliakhovchuk & Spashchenko, 2021). This is mostly the result of the students having a greater degree of influence over the way they are educated.

Since the latter part of the twentieth century, video games and computer simulations have been used for a variety of reasons, including the training of soldiers for battle, the simulation of flying, and several other fields, such as medicine (Ghoman et al. 2020). To put it another way, video games have a lot to contribute to the field of e-learning. They supply their contents with a greater asynchronous component, offer an infinite learning curve ranging from the most basic to the most advanced levels, and provide a gaming experience that is both realistic and immersive 24 hours a day, seven days a week (Casañ-Pitarch, 2018). This gives students the opportunity to let their imaginations run wild while learning.

1.4 Research Questions

In the next school year, a combination of traditional classroom instruction and newer, more innovative forms of online and hybrid learning is anticipated. Game developers and publishers have stepped forward to help instructors across the globe reach their (partially) at-home pupils in ways that are sure to be very interesting. Thus, the following is the first question in this research to determine the extent of roles video games have in studying.

- What is the role of video games in studying?

As using video games in studying is a relatively new concept, there are multiple challenges associated with it, such as the development of addiction, neurological impacts or lack of communication. These challenges have not been well-explored till now. Thus, the following research question has been developed.

- What are the challenges of video games in studying?

After exploring the challenges, the researcher will want to find out if there are existing solutions available to combat the challenges found in the analysis of the research. It is obvious that an exhaustive list of solutions will not be found at this initial stage of using video games for learning. However, this research proposes to find out ways to improve the current challenges. Thus, the following question is developed.

1.5 The Background

The year 2020 has brought a lot of changes to classrooms and the workdays of educators. The rapid pace at which we adapted to new ways of thinking about education was accelerated by the worldwide pandemic's temporary closure of schools (Tokarieva et al. 2019). This new situation has put a premium on instructors' capacity to quickly adapt to untested educational technology and transform curriculum into online lessons. Even for techies, this will be a challenge (Hanghøj et al. 2018). The COVID-19 epidemic has separated children from their classmates, causing them to miss the personal connections and active learning that come from being in the same room with their peers.

Trouble also arose when students had to sit at computers for extended amounts of time. Because of quarantines and other regulations requiring students to stay indoors, the number of students playing video games online has risen dramatically (Martí-Parreño et al. 2018). During the period of physical isolation caused by the COVID-19 epidemic, they turned to virtual experiences that would help them keep in touch with loved ones and make new friends. Thus, it will be interesting to learn how these newly-developed habits of students can be used within the classroom for learning purposes.

1.6 Research Method and Methodology

In this research, the researcher will use positivist philosophy. This will be used because the hypothesis of the research will be set, and based on empirical experimentation, this hypothesis will be tested (Pandey & Pandey, 2021). The researcher will use a deductive research approach. This means that the researcher will use already existing theories in earlier research. No new theory will be derived, and the existing literature will be used by the researcher (Newman & Gough, 2020).
Moreover, the researcher will use a descriptive design. The researcher will describe the variable, i.e., the use of video games among children and evaluate the relationship between both dependent and independent variables (Pandey & Pandey, 2021). In this research, the researcher will use a non-probability sampling method. Under this method, the researcher will use the convenience sampling method. Under this, the researcher will conduct a survey on the teachers available to him. He will conduct a survey among 50 teachers who use video games within the teaching methods. The research will conduct quantitative research, which means a survey.

Significance of Study

This researcher will be significant in many ways. Firstly, the data that will be gained in this research can be used as a secondary source. Other researchers in future can use the data in this research as their secondary source and analyse the data gained by them with this data (Sánchez-Mena et al. 2019). With the help of this research, the parents of children playing video games will be able to understand the positive and negative impacts of playing video games on their learning. The interactive nature of video games makes for a novel sort of entertainment (Toh & Kirschner, 2020). Existing educational models that are having trouble making the shift to fully digital instruction may benefit from the use of video games as a supplemental tool rather than as a replacement for it. Video games are in no way capable of replacing the effectiveness of direct interaction with an instructor.

People are encouraged to interact with one another via participation in gaming, which is a social activity (Shliakhovchuk & Spashchenko, 2021). Many games include a social environment in which players may communicate with one another, establish groups, and collaborate with one another in teams to either compete against one another or work together to accomplish objectives and finish tasks (Ghoman et al. 2020). Therefore, the ability to interact with other people while gaming is an essential component of gameplay. Online gamer communities, in contrast to social networking sites, tend to be diversified, highly complex socio-technological institutions centred upon the organising, communication, and sharing of game-related topics and events(Casañ-Pitarch, 2018). This is in contrast to the social nature of social networking sites.

1.7 Positioning the Researcher

Within the context of a certain research endeavour, positionality refers to the stance that the researcher has decided to take in order to conduct their investigation. It has an effect on the methodology used to conduct research, as well as its effects and findings (Tokarieva et al. 2019). Additionally, it has a role in determining what a researcher chooses to explore in their subjects. When determining positionality, researchers often locate themselves in one of three different places. This requires a shift in focus from the research to the researcher themselves, as they come to terms with their role in the study, the questions they ask, the data they gather, and the conclusions they draw.

These include the phenomenon that is the focus of the inquiry, the individuals who are participating in the research, and the setting and procedure of the research. The researcher will attempt to gather the different ideas and perceptions of different respondents (Hanghøj et al. 2018). The researcher will be non-bias since he will focus on both the positive and negative impacts of video games on the learning of children. With the help of this, parents of children will be aware of how much they should allow their children to take from video games and what part should be avoided.

1.8 Limitations and Delimitations

This research will be limited to only those video games which are most common for educational purposes. These include the Oregon Trial, World Rescue, National Geographic, etc. The researcher will only focus on the data which will be gathered from the article within 5 years. The schools which focus on video games within their academic purpose will be limited in this research. This research will also be limited to the data that has been gained from school teachers regarding the role of video games in their teaching methods. This research will be delimited to any country. Students from schools all over the world will be considered, and teachers from schools in any country will be utilised for this research. The research will not be limited to any age, gender or ethnicity.

2.1 Abstract

Introduction: Playing age-appropriate games may be fun and beneficial, but only when done so in moderation. It is possible that playing some video games might aid in intellectual growth, problem-solving, and the improvement of hand-eye coordination. However, concerns have been raised concerning the long-term effects of video game play on young people. Teens and young adults may become addicted to video games. They can struggle to limit their gaming time. They could push back against their parents' efforts to restrict their video gaming time. This research has provided an introduction chapter which has been divided into various sections. With the help of the problem statement and background, the context of the research has been justified. Moreover, this chapter has identified three specific research questions with succinct justifications of the same.

Literature review: The next chapter of the research is the literature review. This chapter has been constructed based on a thematic pattern derived from the research questions. Under each section, the works of various past researchers have been consolidated. The works have been compared and critically analysed to synthesise the findings of the past research. This section has also underpinned the theoretical framework on which the research is based. The framework has identified the existing theories developed by researchers in this field. Finally, the researcher has provided a literature gap in this section which has justified the need for conducting this research by identifying the potential overlooks or gaps in the existing literature.

Methodology: This chapter in the research has outlined the methodological choices undertaken by the researcher. The researcher has performed a primarily quantitative study which has been discussed in this section. The section has also mentioned the selected sample size (100) and population (teachers and parents). Moreover, this section has outlined the philosophy, approach and design of the research. This research has been constructed following the positivist research philosophy, deductive approach and descriptive research design.

Analysis and discussion: In this section, the findings from the survey analysis have been developed through a descriptive analysis using charts, tables and figures. Then, the data is interpreted in accordance with the existing literature to establish a connection between primary and secondary findings.
Conclusion and recommendations: In this section, a conclusion has been drawn as to the extent to which the study has been able to answer the research questions. This section has also developed specific recommendations for the challenges identified.

2.2 Reflection

From the conception of the research topic till now, I believe that I have progressed in the correct direction. At first, I was only looking at how video games improve students' learning. However, now I have realised that there are specific roles to be played by parents, students as well as teachers. Initially, I was only considering teachers for my research participants. However, after realising the role of parents, I have also included them in my study. Moreover, I realised that to embark on this research. I will need a sound understanding of the currently available video games and how they help in learning.

For this purpose, I explored various free online learning games and noted down how they help in simple activities such as learning vocabulary, learning mathematical functions like addition and many more. This initial exploratory observational research has helped me develop more specific and directed survey questions, which I hope will further guide me in arriving at a substantial conclusion. In terms of personal growth, I can say that I have learnt to organise my work more in terms of academic writing practices. At first, I was struggling with concepts such as problem statements and what exactly to include. After going through the course materials, I could construct a succinct problem statement along with justified research questions. 

References

BUS6001 Business Strategy Management Assignment Sample

In this company each group needs to identify and explain about an issue in business strategy management and offer solutions/recommendations. For explaining the issue in business strategy management, you will need some data/information. You can investigate a real-life case from an organisation. But you need to discuss with your group members and select and collect data from the organisation. We will not assign you to an organisation. You must discuss your choice of company with your lecturer by providing a verbal or written rationale for choosing a particular company. Your lecturer needs to approve your choice of company in written format.

However, if you feel, it would be difficult to collect data/information from a real organisation, you can collect data/information from secondary sources from online, company's annual reports or related business strategy management articles and news. You need to consider a single but significant issue. Don’t consider multiple issues as it will degrade the quality of work. You need to consider yourself being a consultant helping with the issue. We are looking for creative solutions proposed by groups

Examples of issues could be:

• Strategic change

• Strategy and organization planning

• Collaborating to compete

• Competitive forces shape strategy

• Emerging technology and strategy

• Strategic positioning

Students will need to collect data from actual organisations and/or secondary sources. Valid sources for obtaining such data may include:

• Visits to the case company and interviewing key personnel (if you choose to do this, interview questions should be included in appendices).

• Secondary data from online (it should be reliable and valid online data sources such as data from other research publications, databases and so on. (WIKIPEDIA is not

a suitable one)

• Company’s annual/quarterly reports.

• Related business strategy management articles and news. 

Solution

Introduction

Strategic Positioning is known as a business-based strategy in which the organization could lead make a differentiation of itself from all its competitors which could be done by creating a better value associated with its customers. This is the one that could help in making a competitive advantage when compared to other companies of similar aspects that could lead to an increment in profits for the company. Strategic positioning could easily work with traditional sales strategies that include, making improvements to the quality of the product and hence creating processes that are time efficient. The presented report would discuss the strategic positioning of the company. One of the largest food retailers in the Unified Realm is ASDA Group Ltd. The company's retail locations offer a wide range of goods, including food, apparel, housewares, books, music, and recordings. In its arsenal, ASDA has about 259 stores with an average size of about 42,000 square feet and some with a larger footprint of 100,000 square feet. The company was acquired by Wal-Shop Stores Inc. in 1999 when it was still known as a dairy combination. As directed by its new company, ASDA has been expanding its shop locations with pharmacies, opticians, gems, and photography departments. This would help in determining all the aspects of the company and hence lead to knowing what could be done to make relevant improvements to it. Qualitative methodology is used to gather information regarding the ASDA collected which could lead to making improvements and hence lead to the growth of the organization in the end. Many research papers are analyzed that has the information of strtegic positioning and how it improves the organization services.

Literature Review

The importance of positioning is typically strongly rooted in advertising literature, particularly when the focus of the investigation is on goods as well as brand leaders. The positioning of crucial showcasing, such as division, focusing on, situating, and advertising strategy, is emphasized in readings on advertising. Effective positioning distinguishes the main brand from its competitors, caters to customer needs, and improves customer loyalty and brand value. Situating is thought to affect a company's long-term competitive edge when done properly. First, great majority of positioning techniques used in B2B settings take place at business level, and brands frequently emphasize firm-level attributes like reliability and ability. Second, in B2B marketplaces, there are a lot of more one-on-one interactions between buyers and sellers, which emphasizes the need for a deeper comprehension of positioning approaches with important capabilities. Third, most positioning typologies has developed with an emphasis on studies and public relations activities, that might not be entirely applicable in B2B markets (Fuertes, et.al., 2020).

The process by which a company generates market knowledge distributes that knowledge to key departments within an organization, and then takes actions based on that understanding is referred to as stock markets. Due to concerns regarding the responsiveness of market orientation conceptual frameworks, subsequent research suggested that proactive and adaptive development should be used to handle market trends. Brand positioning is understood to be the practice of organizing a company's product (or contributions) to have a clear place in the clientele's identities. According to author, situating involves "doing different activities from opponents or completing comparison exercises in different ways." Draw attention to the fact that the discussion of positioning has been limited to activities linked to publicity and research (Iyer, et.al., 2019).

The extent of situating ought to be considered comprehensively enough to incorporate the association-wide cycles expected to create and impart a company's personality to its clients and distinguish three degrees of conversation on situating: idea, tasks, and methodology. creator adopts an interaction-situated strategy toward creating and dealing with the association's situating practice. Taken together, these researchers comprehend brand situating as an expansive thought that includes exercises equipped for making genuine or saw benefits for brands in the personalities of expected clients. At the end of the day, situating is market-based hierarchical capacity that can furnish firms with a benefit at commercial center. As is standard in B2B trade writing, the author urges B2B enterprises to employ theoretical factors like trust and ability as a foundation for differentiation. Emphasize service quality and interconnections as the cornerstones of the public perception of contemporary help corporations (Clegg, 2019).

Four brand positioning strategies are identified for B2B administration companies that aim to create connections and capacities for high-quality administration. Additionally, the creator discusses how to create B2B brand positions while considering brand character, which revolves around implementation, sensation, and plausibility. First, a shock may have a significant impact on crucial circumstances inside a sector by differently affecting the profit from speculating on these positions, but without altering consumer segments. For instance, the surprise of a new appraisal of luxury vehicles may inspire businesses to change their fundamental stance and adopt a new one. Second, a shock, usually a growth shock, may fundamentally devalue a company's structure of capabilities, resources, and information by taking on new positions, upsetting the marketplace, and inspiring numerous competitors to reposition themselves. Our structure is made with the second, more challenging type of shock as the major priority, even though it is essential for responding to the primary shock. The scant literature on B2B situating techniques suggests that experts are currently unable to look into the origins and results of these methods from the perspective of the organization. The relationship between the association's philosophy, positioning procedures, and brand implementation has hardly ever been studied (Argyres, Mahoney, and Nickerson, 2019).

The current investigation, which is situated in a B2B environment, examines how market orientation types (PMO and RMO) are connected to Mint burg’s situating techniques and how this influences brand performance. When a company wants a proactive overall market, it will strive to identify and address unmet and latent customer needs in market. Firm will need an economy, and explorative learning culture to identify ignored needs. PMO forces the company to hunt for solutions to problems that not even the actual clients are aware of. The company will likely employ establishing approaches that are acceptable for the PMO philosophy and related skills of the organization. When important guiding principles and an organization's internal strategy align, businesses are better positioned to achieve their goals. If there is a conflict between important directives and company tasks, it could lead to serious chaos and reduced levels of unmistakably competitive advantages (Hanelt, et.al., 2021).

When a company wants a proactive overall market, it will strive to identify and address unmet and latent customer needs in market. Businesses will need an economy, and explorative learning culture to identify ignored needs. PMO forces the company to hunt for solutions to problems that not even legitimate clients are aware of. The company will likely employ establishing approaches that are acceptable for PMO philosophy and related skills of the organization. When important guiding principles and an organization's internal strategy align, businesses are better positioned to achieve their goals. If there is a conflict between important directives and company tasks, it could lead to serious chaos and reduced levels of unmistakably competitive advantages (Mölk, and Auer, 2018).

Methods

Sources of data/information

Data is known as a crucial aspect when data analysis is being done for the research process. Data is known as a collection of facts that are unorganized while associated with numbers from several present sources. The sources of data that are associated could be associated differently that depends on the needs of the research. Data analysis as well as interpreting data is known to be based on gathering data that is being done from different sources. There are several sources of data from which it could be collected and then analyzed in an effective way to yield better results. Sources of data could be physical as well as digital in which information could be stored using a table, objects as well as other formats of storage (Hock-Doepgen, et.al., 2021).

Data is associated with information that could be analyzed to make certain business-based strategies that could be done with some developing technologies that could lead to collecting various types of data. It is observed that the business in current times is being relied on the use of data and data analysis is performed. Any business could lead to derive some meaningful patterns that could be done from non-traditional data sources that have an edge over its competitor (Cohen, 2018)

Data is known as an aspect that could be gathered from basically two sources that includes, internal as well as external sources. The information that is being collected from the internal sources of data is known as primary data while the information that is gathered from outside sources is known as secondary data. When data analysis is being done it is observed that it could be done by using primary as well as secondary sources of research. A data source is associated with one that could refer to the statistical facts as well as other non-statistical facts that a researcher or the data analyst could perform work on any research. Data could be gathered while origins like statistical as well as census. The sources of data from which the data could be taken include:

• Statistical data sources: These sources of data are known as surveys or any other statistical reports that could be used for official purposes. In this people could be asked different kinds of questions that could be qualitative as well as quantitative in nature. Qualitative sources of data are the ones that do not use any numbers while quantitative data uses numbers.

• Statistical data related to ASDA corporates is as shown below:

• Asda is a British supermarket chain and subsidiary of Walmart. Asda is the second largest supermarket chain in the UK with a market share of 16.9% in 2019. In 2019, the company recorded total revenue of £21.7 billion and operating income of £527 million. Asda’s parent company, Walmart, reported total revenue of $514.4 billion and operating income of $21.8 billion for the same year.

• Census data sources: This method of data sourcing is the one that takes the data from eth census reports that were published earlier. It is known to be the opposite of statistical surveys. The census method could examine all the parts of the population when the research process is being performed. This data is being collected over a certain time which is known as a reference time while it could be analyzed at last to conclude at the end (Statistical Language - Quantitative and Qualitative Data 2015).

Data showing daily sales of a product profile in a store is as shown below:

Type of data (qualitative or quantitative)

Data is associated as a broader aspect that could be associated with qualitative as well as quantitative data. It is seen that it could simplify the process of data analysis that could be associated with two methodologies, qualitative as well as quantitative data. These data types are known to be different from each other but help in effectively analysing data.

Qualitative data is associated with a non-statistical kind of data that is known to be unstructured or semi-structured. Qualitative data is associated with one that cannot be measured or counted. It is associated as one that is descriptive while could be expressed in terms of language and not numerical values indeed. It is also the one that could lead to describing certain characteristics that could be associated with the traits of the research being conducted (Qualitative vs Quantitative Data – What’s the Difference? 2016).

The data that is being collected is not necessarily measured using hard numbers that could be used for the development of graphs and charts, but they could be categorized based on properties, certain attributes as well as other associated identifiers. Qualitative data is known to be giving answers in the research to the questions like why the research is being conducted. The generation of data that is being done from the qualitative research could be used to make theorization, make relevant interpretations as well as the development of the hypothesis in the end. Discussion of the qualitative data could help in knowing certain specific objects and characteristics associated with them. Qualitative data is associated with one that could be derived more readily by making the qualitative analysis being done on the information that is being provided (Oduwusi, 2018).

Qualitative data is associated with one that could be gathered using interviews, surveys as well as observations.

• Interviews: Interviews are associated as one of the great ways that could help to know how people feel about any kind of topic or research that is being conducted. It could lead to providing an interview transcript that could be analyzed more efficiently.

• Surveys or questionnaires: These are the ones that could be used for the gathering of qualitative data. Collection of the data that could be used for the target audience could lead to knowing about the survey in which they could select all their answers more easily.

• Observations: It is the method that leads to conducting feedback that is being left by people or knowing all their reviews about the product or research being done.

Qualitative Data related to ASDA corporates

1. Company Culture: Asda is known for its strong commitment to providing an inclusive, diverse and supportive workplace.

2. Employee Satisfaction: According to surveys, Asda has consistently ranked high in employee satisfaction.

3. Corporate Social Responsibility: Asda has an impressive corporate social responsibility program that focuses on sustainability, community engagement, and health and safety.

4. Leadership: Asda's executive team is renowned for its commitment to innovation and customer service.

5. Innovation: Asda is constantly looking for new ways to improve its services and products.

Another type of data that could be used for making a relevant kind of research is known as quantitative data. Quantitative data is associated with statistical data that is structured in nature that is it could be associated to be rigid or defined in nature. Quantitative data is associated as one that could refer to any kind of information which could easily be quantified it is the one that could easily be counted or measured while given a specific numeric value (Goyal 2021).

This type of data is associated as one that could easily be measured using values and numbers associated with it which makes it suitable for the data analysis performed. This type of data could be used for exploration purposes while it is associated to be concise as well as providing close-ended results.

Quantitative data could be generated easily by measuring or making counting the entities associated or either by performing certain calculations. The methods that could be used for quantitative data collection include:

• Surveys and questionnaires: This method is associated with one that could be used for gathering a larger quantity of data.

Various surveys including these questions were carried within company to analyze company’s culture:

1. What is Asda's corporate strategy?

2. What are Asda's core values?

3. What is Asda's approach to corporate social responsibility?

4. How does Asda measure its success in terms of corporate performance?

5. What are the key elements of Asda's corporate culture?

6. What are the key challenges facing Asda's corporate structure?

7. How does Asda ensure a successful corporate governance system?

8. What is Asda's vision for the future of its corporate operations?

9. What initiatives is Asda taking to ensure a sustainable corporate future?

10. How does Asda promote diversity and inclusion in its corporate environment?

• Analytical tools: It is observed that the data analyst could use some specific tools that could be used for gathering quantitative data from several available sources.

• Environmental sensors: A sensor is known as a device that could lead to defects in the changes that are being associated with the surrounding environment while could send all the information to another electronic device like a computer. This information could be associated with one that could easily be converted to some numbers that could provide a continuous stream of quantitative data (Goyal 2021).

• Manipulation or pre-existing quantitative data: It is being seen that researchers and analysts could easily generate some new quantitative data that is being done by performing statistical analysis or making calculations on the existing data

The usefulness of the collected data

Data collection is known as a systematic approach for best assignment help that could help in collecting the information from several sources available while lead to provide insight as well as answers that could help in the evaluation of the outcomes. Data collection is known as a process that could lead to gathering only quality information that could easily be analyzed while being used for supporting all the decisions on the provided pieces of evidence. The data that is being collected could help in the gathering of information that is being done in a measured and systematic way which could ensure accuracy and hence facilitate the data analysis method. Data that is being collected is required to be neutral, Quality as well as credible. The data analysis being done could help in giving real insight and guide it is free from any kind of errors, or loopholes present.

The data that is being collected is known to be useful as it could lead to:

• Empower to make an informed decision: It is known that data is associated with knowledge. Data that is being disposed of could lead to making a better position to make a good decision and hence advantage for the coming opportunities. The presence of good data could also lead to justification while giving evidence that could be used for making decisions that could help in moving forward indeed.

• Data could be used for identifying problems: It is being seen that data has a changing nature associated with it due to changing climate of the business and society that leads to the inefficient running of ASDA corporate. The use of good data could lead to insurance of all the significant problems early and hence take relevant actions on it.

• Data could be used for developing theories: Data could be used for identifying short-term problems while could also lead to providing some of the tools that could be used for developing theories which could then be used for making models that could be used for visualizing different things happening in the ASDA corporate (Sullivan, Thomas, and Rosano, 2018).

• Data could be used for backing up arguments: It is observed that making some of the positive changes to the ASDA corporate could be associated as challenging as all the associated people might not get agreement on the same point. The use of data could be done to make better decisions that could lead to continuing with the idea forward.

• Data could be used for making strategic approaches: the data collected could lead to an increase in efficiency that could eliminate any doubt present. Successful organizations could lead to making some short-term and long-term strategies that need some resources while prioritizing the essential aspects required to move forward.

• Data could help in finding the process: Funding is associated as crucial to achieving desired outcomes as it is data-driven while ASDA corporate must establish some practices that are based on certain evidence and hence develop some system that could collect and hence analyze data (Spyropoulou, et.al., 2018).

• Data could be used to know everything is in place: Data could be used for knowing the problems and inefficiency associated while leading to know the strength and hence implement it to the organization successfully. This could help in knowing the tools and strategies used for assisting the programs in some areas that are not being considered or seen before.

• Data could be used to save time: The presence of data collection could lead to saving a lot of time for ASDA corporate. There is no requirement of going back to back again to retrieve the same data. The use of a smart system could lead to gathering and displaying data that is easier to be accessed and hence navigate which could lead to saving a lot of time for everyone associated with the system.

• Data could be used to make returns to the assets: data could be used to make relevant strategies and hence provide the best to the organization. The use of evidence could lead to providing that making a collection of data that could lead to maintaining a schedule and hence inspection regularly that could improve the usability of assets over a while for ASDA corporate.

• Data could be used for improving the quality of life: Accessing good data could help in the improvement of the quality of life of people who are being worked in an organization and the people that are being supported by the organization. Data collection could lead to measuring all the situations in a correct measure that could help in making appropriate actions that could lead to making less amount of frustrations as well as complications for all the levels of the process and hence lead to improve the quality overall (Qualitative vs Quantitative Research 2020).

All these are associated with usefulness associated when data is being collected for the organization the data is being collected which could lead to making improvements and hence lead to the growth of the organization in the end.

Case study, findings, and analysis

The estate is configured in a variety of ways, from our largest Supercentres and Superstores to our smaller, more cosy General stores. They also have dedicated ASDA Living outlets all around the UK. Supercentres are our largest stores, offering customers broad selection of food, George, and non-food items. These stores are frequently supported by organisation offers and a long list of services, like banks, photo printing experts, and cleaners. The largest store, measuring more than 100,000 square feet, is in Milton Keynes. Superstores make up most of the stores in the network and are the most common arrangement. Superstores have a sizable new food selection that is located beside a pharmacy, an optometrist, a larger George, and non-food options. Each store aims to solve the problems of the neighbourhood it serves (Company Facts 2016).

Supermarket is associated as one of the processes that could help in making the world better. It could help in powering the solution which could be to keep the world associated with Supermarket easier and moving at a great pace. A solution that could lead to making the entire world connected is to make it efficient as well as rewarding for Supermarket as businesses to be one. The company is known to be one of the world's top companies that have a team of professionals associated with them. The mission associated with the company is to power a better journey that could use some better technologies that could be used for developing solutions for the clients. The company is known to be committed to helping global Supermarket to make a positive impact that could be associated with communities that are associated around the world.

The company is known to be using the strategic positioning that is associated with a business strategy in which an organization could easily differentiate itself from the competitors by making a better value to its customers. This could help in making a competitive advantage that is associated with other companies and hence leads to making a profit for the organization. The strategies that are being used for the same include:

• Cost leadership: This is associated with one strategy that could be used for establishing a lower price for a specific product that is part of the industry. The lowest price that is being set for the company is apart from the competitors which could lead to attracting more and more customers. It is being seen that other businesses could lead to adjust all the prices which could lead to maintaining competitive pricing more easily.

• Differentiation: This is the business strategy that is being used for premium products. This includes making effective marketing to the customers that could pay a higher amount of price that is being perceived for products or experiences. This could lead to making improvements in the quality, giving customer services, or making an increment of the social status indeed.

• Making a focus on Niche markets: This strategy is associated with one that could lead to making a market rival companies that might not sell and hence provide specialized services that could lead to the creation of a product for consumers of ASDA corporate.

Conclusion

Strategic positioning is one of the strategies that could provide a company with new direction while making differentiation from its contemporary, making a clear goal by initiating a new direction used for strategic positioning while making effective decision making. The presented report here discussed the company ASDA and the change of strategic positioning. Strategic position includes discussions it takes regarding the type of product it provides in the supermarket to compete in the market with similar companies’ products. Strategic positioning in the ASDA group pvt. result in reduce business cost and increase the revenue. For future work Another related question examines the potential effects of positioning and marking on B2B interactions, specifically the effect of positioning on the development of administrative tools. Finally, even if Mintzberg's typology is Suitable for B2B situations, there is still room for improvement in the field of emotion-based positioning types.

References

BUS2004 Human Resource Management Assignment Sample

Assessment Brief

Word count/Time provided: 2000 words

Weighting: 40%

A Case study will be provided comprising answers to three or four case study analysis questions. The business report format is required for the individual assignment. The headings and subheadings are strongly recommended to structure the business report. The Harvard Referencing Style is required. For detailed requirements, please refer to the guidelines of how to write Business Report and academic writing style. It is strongly recommended to review SLS learning Enhancement Section in APIC Canvas. The link of Business Report Guideline was provided in the assessment section of this subject in the Canvas.

ETHICAL DILEMMA – Case study

WILL ROBOTS STEAL OUR JOBS?

‘I heard on the radio today that robots are going to make many of us economically valueless,’ says Cathy O’Sullivan, HR manager for Star Industries as she takes a bite from her sandwich.

‘That’s a bit scary, but it sounds plausible. What’s going to happen to such people?’ asks Peter Vivakis, CFO.

‘I guess if you can’t earn a living wage you join the welfare queue,’ replies Chris Moore, production manager.

‘That sounds like higher taxes and more social problems to me,’ interjects Wendy Smith, IT manager.

‘I agree,’ says Peter. ‘Unequal societies are not happy ones.’

‘You know, I read somewhere that some academics reckon that almost 50 per cent of US jobs are at risk from automation,’161 says Cathy.

‘And it’s not just the unskilled,’ adds Chris. ‘The jobs of bankers, lawyers, financial advisors and the like are also under threat. Robots are going to significantly change the way we all live and work.162 Traditional career paths are going to disappear.’

‘What is more worrying is that some young people will never secure a permanent full-time job,’ interjects Cathy. ‘Their future is unemployment or at best underemployment. The division between the employed and the jobless is going to get worse.’

‘Yes, and massive youth unemployment means civil unrest,’ says Peter. ‘We need to find smarter ways of working to create growth promote investment and improve the education of our young.’

‘The question is will automation make our lives better or worse? It seems to me that there are going to be many losers,’ says Chris.

‘Automation is going to be very stressful for those who lose their jobs. I don’t know what I would do if I couldn’t work,’ says Wendy.

‘Me too,’ Peter says in agreement.

‘Perhaps we would all be better off without robots and their job destroying capabilities,’ Chris offers.

‘But not if they take on the boring, repetitive work,’ says Cathy.

‘And the dirty and dangerous jobs,’ adds Peter.

‘Automation sounds great, providing that workers can acquire new skills and are able to relocate to where the jobs are, but I remain sceptical,’ says Chris.

‘How do we know that there will be enough better quality jobs available or that new jobs will be created quickly enough to replace the jobs taken over by robots?’ Wendy asks.

‘And think of the industrial relations implications. Some unions could lose all their members,’ adds Cathy.

‘The workplace clearly is going to be revolutionised,’ says Peter. ‘Everything will be more efficient. Productivity will receive a major boost. We should all be much better off.’

‘I agree,’ says Cathy, ‘but with the qualifier that you have one of the good jobs supervising the robots.’

‘Which means you must have the required skills — without them you will be road kill? It all sounds terribly depressing,’ says Wendy.

‘You know, what really worries me is that we could become a society with more losers than winners,’ says Chris.

‘Alas, I must agree,’ sighs Peter, ‘but one can hardly be a Luddite and stop all technical progress.’

Chris nods his head in agreement and says, ‘I see the former Treasury Secretary says Australians are in denial about the risks of a fall in our standards of living and that we are ill prepared to meet future challenges or to seize the opportunities ahead.’163

‘Perhaps as the lucky country we have run out of luck?’ Peter offers.

‘More like a lack of hard work!’ Wendy says. ‘It’s obvious that our education system is failing. We need to focus on STEM subjects and not on some of the “fluffy” nonsense that passes for education today. Most of the new jobs that will be created in the next decade will require science, technology, engineering and maths. If people don’t have these skills, they will be unemployable.’

‘I agree,’ says Cathy, ‘and I’d add that our labour laws make it more difficult for investors to establish new businesses, create new jobs and want to hire more people.’164

DISCUSSION QUESTIONS

1. What ethical issues are raised in this case?
2. What are your views regarding the economic, political and social implications of automation?
3. What are some of the possible major implications of automation for HRM and HR managers?

Solution

1. Introduction

Nowadays, employees are replaced by a robot in the workplace, which also reduces their economic value. Due to advanced technology, many companies increase their productivity and economic growth by using robots in the workplace. On the other hand, it also increases unemployment in industries.

2. Ethical issues are raised in this case

From the case study, many ethical issues were found that are discussed below for assignment help

Robots are going to make many people economically valueless

In the workplace, employees are replaced by new advanced technology such as robots. In modern times technology modernises business operations to introduce the robot mechanism. Robots are more efficient rather than human workers. It helps to increase productivity in the workplace. Similarly, it helps to increase the Higher living standards of employees. In an organisation, employees get wages which help lead their life when an organisation uses the process robot, so they use fewer humans in their working process. For the same reason, an organisation reduces the economic value of thor employees.

Higher taxes and more social problems

For an organisation, higher tax is another problem in replacing workers' robots in the workplace. Robots are to lead a different type of change in labour life because it helps to increase the skill level of employees. So it helps to increase the production of an organisation with high taxes. From the same point of view, inequalities in the market also increased by using robots because many employees are left their jobs. As a result, society faces the issues of inequality and unemployees issues.

Their future is unemployment or, at best, underemployment.

In future, unemployment is the best result of using robots in working place. Robot is the key source the unemployment. It can be stated that robots replace employees, which helps increase productivity and economic growth. The organisation is less like human employees than robots because they are more efficient. Robots are working 24 hours a. They make more products rather than employees. When an organisation replaces their employees with robots, so the number unemployment increases. As a result, it helps to increase the amount of large number unemployment.

Massive youth unemployment means civil unrest.

Another ethical issue is civil unrest which is a company by the result of automation using robots in the workplace. In society, when a huge number of employees are left their job by robots. So it also increases the number of youth employment. That simply provokes civil which become feel unrest because of jobless. Most of the employees are between the age of 15 to 30, which are called youth. Replacing workers using machine or robot negatively impact the youth to increase unemployment.

Enough better quality jobs are available, or that new jobs will be created quickly enough to replace the jobs taken over by robots.

Another ethical issue is when many employees are replaced by robots or robots take away jobs, so organisations also make jobs available for jobless employees. Gradually, the number of jobless people is increasing due to the using robot in the workplace. To handle this situation, that is important to produce different places where jobs are available for others. From the same point of view, civil unrest is also created by using robots in the workplace.

Some unions could lose all their members.

Another ethical issue is losing members from the union of an organisation. By using robots in the workplace, they definitely lose their members. In the workplace, when everybody works together, they are to be a beloved friend to each other. They do their work every day to gather. When the authority replaces their member with a robot, they easily lose their team members from their group.
a society with more losers than winners

The ethical issue is that society loses more compared to winning. With the help of the technology revolution, companies go with automation possess, so they make a robot and replace it with employees. When a company uses robots in operation, they increase productivity and replace employees. In different sectors, robots play different roles, and their impact also is several, and that depends on the situation.

3. Implications of automation in different sectors

The economic implication of automation:

Increased productivity

Gradually, the organisation implicates automation, which helps in various ways. In addition, improving the process of operation also increases economic growth. In any organisation, automation helps to increase productivity and increase the scale of income and profit level in a firm (Macrorie et al. 2021). Another function of using automation is that it helps to lead to more tax revenue spend on public goods.

Lower costs of production

In an organisation or sector, automation reduces the costs of production. Through automation, an organisation is reduced costs because it needs fewer employees to make products or services for the public (Lowenberg-DeBoer et al. 2020). In addition, automation helps to increase the efficiency of workers. As a result, they increase productivity with the help of increasing their efficiency. On the other hand, automation also reduces labour costs to reduce the workload and save time (Fernández-Macías, 2018). It means lower prices for consumers or the public and more disposable money for an organisation to spend on businesses.

Greater choice

In the business sector, automation is the best choice to increase economic growth in the market. In addition, it also helps to produce a wide range of goods and services. In the same context, it also helps to increase convenient options for consumers or the public (Ivanov, 2020). From the same point of view, automation is used in the workplace as an ATM, producing many options for the public or consumers. For example, it can be used as ATM while tellers are unavailable. In the same context, it also works as a chatbot while customer service reps are busy (Fernández-Macías, 2018).

New kinds of jobs created.

Automation is not taking itself based on repetitive tasks. From the same point of view, it also creates new jobs for the public in the industry. An organisation is providing new job opportunities which are also more flexible and creative (Fernández-Macías, 2018). Automation can also support economic growth in the market.

The political implication of automation

Automation plays various roles that help increase profit levels and economic growth. On the other hand, automation is also breaking some political challenges in the job market. It also steals jobs from employees in many sectors. Through automation, many organisation is also introducing robot in the workplace to replace workers (Andrejevic, 2019). As a result, it negatively impacts the political aspects. In the same context, technology also introduces workplace automation, which is often the result of corporate investment. On the other hand, some cases found that automation needs to happen faster and produces dismal productivity (Milakis, 2019).

Today's technology shifts the process compared to the previous time of technology. So it makes changes in the sector of political and economic sectors. Automation technology also produces unemployment, creating a political imbalance in the market (Anelli et al. 209). It also disrupts trade and technological improvement. In the same context, trade continues with the help of political opportunities, which restore based on problems solved and policies (Andrejevic, 2019).

On the other hand, technology introduces the most advanced machines, which help to increase the automation process in the workplace. The concept of robotics and Ai systems gradually placed its function through its function and design (Milakis, 2019). With the help of this automation process introduces unemployment for countless workers and requires a small amount of human oversight. In the future, it negatively impacts the job market (Andrejevic, 2019).

The automated system in an organisation also introduces itself in a large number of job descriptions. According to the political aspects, it also increases inequalities. When automation is introduced in the job sector, many workers leave their job, and without work, it also produces inequalities (Milakis, 2019).

The social implication of automation

In society, The social implications of automation are diverse and many. From the same point of view, automation plays its function in the different sectors of society, including that also help to increase the level of standards of life more varied or longer life (Raisch and Krakowski, 2021). The market also introduces an efficient, more efficient use of materials and goods. From the same point of view, it also improves the understanding of the world where people live for some people (De Stefano, 2019). In the same context, automation has also put out its works, repetitive jobs, providing them with dullness, and repealing it with the help of being a part of natural existence. It can not be stated that automation is uniformly unacceptably bad or good for society (S.K. and Barnard, 2020).

In other words, automation is continuing its process with the help of computing, communication, and control and has developed possible, some heretofore impossible, functions and programmes (De Stefano, 2019). For example, in the previous time, man's trip to the moon and colour television worldwide. With the automation process, using mechanisation of physical work possible the revolution. The first aim of automation is to introduce an increase the productivity in the workplace (S.K. and Barnard, 2020). At first, its impacts the service sector, such as banks. From the same point of view, it also plays a role in the mechanism of information handling and operating the skill of employees in the workplace (De Stefano, 2019).

4. Major implications of automation for HRM and HR managers

Human resources automation uses different software technology to automate laborious tasks, streamline repetitive tasks, and aid an HR department in managing personnel in the workplace (Vrontis et al. 2022). An organisation also increases productivity with the help of HR teams. It also adds value to a company by working on more complex tasks, such as decision-making and strategising. in the workplace, Automating HR tasks is used t save time with the help of freeing up employees or workers for complex tasks or more valuable (Bhardwaj et al. 2020). On the other hand, it also introduces improved security, reduces the chances of human error and raises work efficiency.

Less waste

The major implication of using HRM through automation is that when an organisation uses the automation process in the workplace, it helps to reduce waste. After applying the process of automation in an organisation's operations (Al-Harazneh et al. 2021). In the workplace, the HR departments have enough experience with the help of decreasing a wide range of paperwork. From the same point of view, it also helps reduce manual and materials workflow costs (Puhovichova and Jankelova, 2020).

Data-driven decision-making

Another major implication is data-driven decision-making. In an organisation, the HR function is tracking data which allow companies to analyse the different type of process with the help of their effectiveness. Collecting data helps to run the business, report, and measure its activities (Al-Harazneh et al. 2021). Collecting data or information is analysing employee experience, measuring actionable items, and finding out patterns or designs with the help of using this data or information. This information or data is used to produce the best workplace practices, which help increase productivity and efficiency (Puhovichova and Jankelova, 2020).

Transparency and consistency

Transparency and consistency is the other major implication in a working sector. In the workplace, it helps o increase transparency with the help of automation workflows and produces a clear role between employees and staff (Al-Harazneh et al. 2021). In the workplace, Employees or workers easily change their benefits or profit or submit expense reports with h help of processing based on automation. In the same context, business is spread in a different locations, so automation helps to continue the operation (Puhovichova and Jankelova, 2020). A company continue its operation with the help of HR practices by automated processes.

Increased productivity and better resource allocation

The automation process is not only simple but also tedious; HR departments of an organisation spend time completing complex tasks (Al-Harazneh et al. 2021). On the other hand, Employees or workers spend less time based on HR processes, such as choosing benefits or requesting time off.

5. Conclusion

The report explained the ethical issues which identity from the case study. Moreover, it can be identified the implication of automatons in different sectors, such as political, economic, and social. It also described the implications of automation for HRM and HR managers, which help reduce waste and increase productivity.

References

BUMGT5920 Management in a Global Business Environment Assignment Sample

1. Assessment Description

In this course, students are required to consider the environment in which global businesses operates. This assessment task requires students to engage with the key themes and issues discussed in the workshops, and reflect on how these issues intersect with the world of business. These reflections are to be presented in a reflective journal.

The themes (including issues, challenges, concepts and approaches) MUST be discussed in terms of their relevance or implications for global business and MUST be drawn from those raised in class presentations, discussions, activities, and with reference to resources and readings provided on the course Moodle page. Suitable themes for reflection may include:

- Global trends and priorities
- Sustainable Development Goals – challenges and opportunities for business
- Climate Change
- Globalisation and its impacts
- Impacts of technological change

Students are required to demonstrate not only their understandings of the themes but also their consideration of the implications for the business sector and the student’s current/future role or engagement with global business.

Please note:

- This task DOES NOT require a research essay or a description or summary of the course content – instead, students should provide their thoughts, feelings, responses, reactions, opinions and ideas on the material explored. Critical thinking and analysis MUST be demonstrated in these reflections.

- A Reflective Journal records on your own thoughts and reflections ‘in conversation’ with the published ideas of others. This means that you will need to reference, cite and acknowledge content you use from other sources, according to Federation University rules on academic integrity.

- This task must be submitted via the assessment submission link provided in the course Moodle page.

2. Criteria used to grade this task:

This assessment task will be marked out of 100 and is worth 25% of your total mark for the BUMGT5920 course. The key criteria on which this assessment will be marked are:

- Critically analyse key issues from the course that impact on the global business environment.
- Reflect on key factors that contribute to sustainable and responsible international management.
- Follow APA referencing conventions to accurately cite and reference relevant course resources and readings.
- Use clear concise English language expression.
- Use an appropriate critical reflection structure and layout

Please refer to the marking guide/rubric in Appendix.

Solution

Businesses have been spending extensively since the past two years for surviving in the uncertain global environment. In my opinion, it has become essential for individuals, businesses and society to seek for various innovative ways of shaping their future to survive in the long run. It is expected that the firms will be experiencing a consumer rebound in the coming years alongside bringing back leisure travel more than business travel (Sneader & Singhal, 2021). The recent economic crisis has sparked a wave of innovation in the global business environment, thereby launching numerous entrepreneurs. Here, I feel that firms are also going to experience the rapid growth in the use of technology, new forms or working and increased digitization. Here, productivity gains from digital revolution are expected to further accelerate the Fourth Industrial Revolution. This helped me to realize that there are expected to be various uncertainties in the global business environment. Businesses need to become aware about various upcoming trends in the global environment (Marr, 2021). I think that they are required to shift towards more sustainable options, use global economic and political power structures for solving climate crisis and growing divergence in the recent years. They are also facing shifting demographics alongside social, cultural and workplace shifts. Thus, these trends are expected to impact the business operations of firms for best assignment help.

Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) of the United Nations provides a global framework that enables companies to ensure their global development by balancing economic, social and environmental sustainability. It can be referred to as a plan of action for benefitting people, planet and prosperity (Mio, et al., 2020). I feel that these goals have become essential for firms operating in the global business environment for addressing a wide range of social, environmental and economic issues.

Firms can use SDGs for responding to various issues like climate change, biodiversity, water stewardship, sustainable consumption and production, poverty, economic growth, energy, marine conservation and economic growth. The growing concerns about the negative consequences of business operations have led to the establishment of these goals that firms need to follow (Mio, et al., 2020). Companies gain various market opportunities form SDGs of developing energy efficient technologies, meeting needs of untapped markets, reducing greenhouse gas emissions and wastage and communicating products or services in lesser developed countries. They can further create value for themselves by integrating these goals into the value chain (Jones, et al., 2016). In my opinion, firms can ensure these values by making their brands more sustainable, improving operational efficiency, enhancing sales, improving employee loyalty, expanding into new markets and decreasing staff turnover. They can also gain trust with the different stakeholder groups, reduce their regulatory and legal risks and further enhance resilience for future cost increment by working to advance these SDGs (Jones, et al., 2016). I have realized that integrating SDGs into the business value chain can provide various opportunities to the companies. On the contrary, I have also found out how companies also face several challenges in achieving SDGs because of absence of effective leadership, lack of coordination in partnerships, inadequate investments, improper implementation and ineffective data collection (Singh, 2016). Lack of leadership strategies in the firms makes it difficult in achieving progress associated with changes in policies, legislation, investment, advocacy, implementation and representation. In my opinion, leadership is an essential component for dealing with the challenges of integrating SDGs into the value chain of businesses. Moreover, I feel that firms also face challenges of regional disparities, social inclusion and gender inequality in their organizational culture, thereby reducing their ability to include sustainability in their practices and operations (Singh, 2016). Thus, I think that various external factors present in the global business environment might create challenges in SDGs for the firms.

I have found out that climate change is one of the significant challenges facing humanity. With rapid industrial development, I feel that businesses have been contributing extensively towards global warming, which accelerates this issue of climate change. I think that this has made it even more essential for the companies to address this climate change issue by shifting towards more environmental-friendly business practices. Firms have always been at the centre of this challenge by contributing towards the production of greenhouse gas emissions (Schlosberg & Collins, 2014). However, they have the capability of undertaking innovative ways of decarbonizing the economies. In my opinion, firms undertake effective environmental strategies and practices because of increased pressure from governments and regulators. I have realized that they are trying to reduce their negative environmental impact for competing with rival firms and meet the increased demand of sustainable business practices of its customers. Businesses have also started to respond to climate change issue by seeking a balance between the market demand and environmental concerns through the strategy of corporate environmentalism (Wright & Nyberg, 2017). However, I understand that firms are still far from progress in reducing significant amount of carbon emissions as they continue to struggle in responding to this issue of climate change. Thus, I think that climate change has forced firms to incorporate environmental and sustainable practices in its business operations.

Furthermore, global firms are also majorly affected with the increasing globalization observed in the past few decades. I have come to know that this generates significant impact on business life, society, economy and environment in numerous ways, thereby affecting corporations operating in the global business environment. Global firms have been facing changes such as increased competition, information transfer and rapid technological advancements (Holton, 2017). Globalization results in increased competition related to products, services, prices, technological adaptation, target market, quick response or rapid production. I have found out entrepreneurial and internationally oriented firms are further able to leverage new business opportunities by the use of new technologies that come from increased globalization. In my opinion, globalization also leads to knowledge or information transfer by adapting to the changes occurring in the global business environment. This makes me realize that globalization can create both advantages or disadvantages for the firms. Firms can gain access to new markets, utilize new and improved innovation and technology, ensure lower product costs, access to new talent and acquire new customers (Holton, 2017). However, I feel that they can also face several challenges like difficulty of international recruitment, managing employee immigration, increased tariffs and expenses, certain payroll and compliance challenges, loss of cultural identity and allegations of foreign worker exploitation. Thus, I think that globalization can lead to both benefits and challenges for the firms operating in the global business environment.

In my opinion, firms are facing the trend of technological changes occurring in the global business environment. There has been a rapid growth in advanced technologies in business operations, such as, artificial intelligence, Big Data, e-commerce, analytics, blockchain, virtual reality, augmented reality, machine learning and others.

I have seen that such technological changes have been transforming various business practices, operations and business models, thereby making it essential for firms to get upgraded with them. I think that it might become difficult for the firms to survive in the global competitive business environment without responding and leveraging these technological changes. Technological changes have been helping firms to gain competitive advantage in the market by exceeding customer satisfaction level, enhancing customer experience, improving production and supply chain operations and increasing productivity and performance (Dodgson, 2018). In my opinion, these technological advances can be exploited by firms for reducing their operating costs, securing sensitive information, improving their communication processes, ensuring collaboration and outsourcing and expanding customer base. I think that firms must realize that technological change is inevitable that will affect internal and external environments, managerial functions and organizational values. Thus, I also think that it is essential for the firms to plan for the future to respond effectively to these changes instead of getting bogged down from the pressure. 

References

EVN301 Events Policy and Strategy Assignment Sample

Instructions

You are tasked with writing a persuasive and compelling argument to the local council as to why they should approve or support your event and detailing what that support would look like.

You need to succinctly address in your report the following:

- Where there is alignment between your event and the local council’s strategic objectives

- The positive impacts your event will have on the local community and how this will be measured

- Use an Ishikawa Diagram to identify any negatives and include how you will mitigate any potential negative impacts of the event

- What type of event support you are seeking and why

Your response should be detailed and provide specific examples of how your event is aligned with the local council / governing body’s strategic objectives for their community. Where you give examples of positive impacts draw upon related events to show the extent of these, likewise provide supporting evidence that risks can be mitigated.

Solution

Strategic Analysis

Alignment between own event and the local council’s strategic objectives

Strategic alignment of the business plays an influential role in developing the event management process. As per the event management concept, health events are a crucial factor for many people, and in this respect, local Council strategic objectives must be helpful to align the process. Support from the local authorities and event management process can better results, and strategic market segmentation helps to achieve the event establishment (Hemmonsbey & Tichaawa 2019). On the other hand, stakeholders play an essential role in the evening Management process. As per the health event in management, community development among the people is the main motto of the event management process. In this respect, the local Council's strategic objective is the same, which helps to control the event management and maintenance throughout the process. Local council takes some strategic objectives in event management planning that benefit the human body. Besides that, event management observes how to communicate with the people, better human life, execute the event and target the same audience.

The primary purpose of event management for assignment help has to focus on the targeted audience, interested participants, and other stakeholders. During the event management process, health and safety, land images, noise pollution, traffic control, safety consumer, IoT and AI, Protection right and maintaining the environmental process is the main objective (Khan et al., 2021). Using diversity and a different population as the primary target of the event management and a large number of people attending the event must be the primary objective in this process. The local Council assisted the project because developing mental health, and well-being is necessary to enhance the community and standard of life. The same purpose will be focused on by the own event management, where the target audience must be a gathered number of people.

Positive impacts own event on the local community

Impact on the event must be a direct impact on the community, which enhances their sociocultural development, environmental development, skill and opportunity to provide participation (Malchrowicz-Mosko & Poczta 2018). After arranging the event, the local community will be more likely to participate in this program. As per the report, lots of people in Australia are now facing mental stress and physical and mental situation. Stress and physical well-being is the main factor in people. On the other hand, promoting better health and life development must be catchy for most of the target audience and expected together with a large number of people in the arrangement place. In the health event, taking some initiative programs such as health awareness tips, improving health life, checking the health condition and other initiative programs will be organised in the health management event.

The positive impact of the event is to enrich their lives in a better way. The fact, lots of employees who suffer in daily life balance must have an impact on their mental and physical condition. They need a proper life after taking health tips from the medical team. The health event will keep a chance to improve mental and Physical health and productivity, boosting their mind to tackle daily burdens (Keeley 2021). Taking the right strategies in event management must gather lots of people, especially those who need a perfect medical check-up for better well-being. Staying healthy and fit is the primary need of human bodies because regular activities and financial gain must go ahead in mental tracing and other health-related challenging situations. Target advertising and social media are impacted the target audience. Analysing the recent scenario, most employees cannot concentrate on their work and daily, people cannot give priority to leading life in another way to mental suffering and the highest stressed conditions. On the other hand, event management will be published on the social media platform where lots of customers can understand the purpose of the event and gather in a particular place at a specific time and date. As health is the primary issue for people, arranging health events must boost positive development.

Using an Ishikawa Diagram to identify any negatives

The Fishbone diagram shows the major problem in the head of the diagram, and the major factor is the source in the backbone indicates the success or failure of the process attached to the measure backbone. As the fishbone analysis simply identifies the gaps for a negative in any process so the technique is simply huge to identify the event management gaps which will be organised to attract the customers (Cms.gov, 202). Success for the event strategic objective needs by the project management, but any failure cannot be analysed easily without any diagram or chart. In this respect, fishbone analysis is a visual technique that highlights the primary factor that influences the performance and provides the cause-and-effect relationship, which will be helpful to mitigate the gap in the lettering phase.

Identifying the wrong measurement, methods, target customer, and environment are crucial factors in any event process. Fishbone analysis selection of the wrong environment where the target audience does not need any kind of mental and physical well-being (Statsenko et al., 2021). In this respect, it will be a significant loss for them to implement the project. Using the diagram, it has been identified that the selection medical team and the particular place have not been clearly mentioned. On the other hand, the manpower and implementation process is not clearly mentioned. Participation of stakeholders in the event management is feasible and impacts the Event management process. But only the advertisement process is not helpful as per the technological concern. Promoting any event needs a large number of people to improve the whole process, but in this event, there is no mention of any specific organisation or volunteer participation.

Analysis of the Fishbone diagrams, defining the problem and brainstorming process can be useful to analyse the problem solving (accelerate.uofuhealth.utah.edu, 2022). Moreover, technical staff, Human Resource Management can build a strong team to handle the process. It must be possible to assemble a lot of people in the event, so it is very tough to handle without technical support or a team development process. A corporation with a project management and technical team can be a major initiative for a successful program.

Figure1: Ishikawa Diagram
(Source: Created by author)

Type of event support

Promotion of events requires specific plans which can be suitable for all targeted customers and non-targeted customers. Moreover, completing the event requires stakeholders participation, Government support, peoples spontaneous response, and all the technical staff joining the effort needed to succeed in the event. Technical, transportation, health and safety, telecommunication, security, and a large number of places where people can fully enjoy the event process. To be a successful event above mentioned are necessary to achieve the goal and objectives.

Financial support is mandatory to fulfil the event because it is expected that a large number of people must participate in the event, so managing the technical staff, high-security system, and advertisement process need power planning and budget. In any event, there must be a high chance of risks so project management with IT knowledge can build up a high-security system for the special guest.Last but not least, promoting the key content about the health program and posting brand awareness will definitely hit the programme.

References

IND301A Industry Consulting Project Assignment Sample

Career planning is an ongoing exercise and in a rapidly changing environment, it requires frequent adjustments. Digitalisation, robotics and automation, globalisation and even the recent pandemic have impacted the way we work and how our organisations or industries operate. The days where we could pick a dream career, enrol into a course that would get us where we wanted are gone. The new working life of many employees will include a portfolio of various jobs in quite a few careers, meaning you will be going through a recruitment process several times in your professional life and lifelong learning will play an important role in that process.

In this subject, you are working as a consultant to our live brief client (your practicum). The aim of this assessment is for you to be your own consultant. You would need to identify your current capabilities as well as future skills, competencies and behaviors that will be required of you in a role you would like to apply for in the future. You will then assess the gap in competencies and formulate a plan that will realistically enable you to get to your next/dream job. In your plan, you will account for various factors that may impact your successful transition.

You are required to:

- Find online or create yourself a job description of a role you would like to apply for in the future. It can be a role that exists within your current organisation or a completely new role, the role you see yourself in. Ensure the job description includes hard and soft/smart skills required. A copy of the job description should be attached in the appendix.

- Assess your current capabilities and your current role. Please attach a copy of your current role in the appendix. If you are not currently employed, please provide an evaluation of your skills and attributes you believe you possess as a student. Remember to include a copy in the appendix.

- Identify the gap between the current role and your desired role.

- Create a professional development plan

- Identify factors (promotors and barriers) influencing your successful job transition. Provide a mitigation plan.

- Include all your planned actions and milestones in a Gantt chart or similar (i.e. what concrete tasks you will undertake to close the gaps and in what timeframes that these tasks be undertaken to achieve your goal of securing your selected job)

- Include justification of how your plan, when completed will enhance your employability in the future.

- Your introduction should include a clear statement of the purpose of the paper and how it proceeds (i.e. provide the structure of the paper).

- Use headings and subheadings to address different assessment requirements. You are encouraged to use infographics in your report

Solution

Introduction

The paper will share its concern for career planning in the context of hotel management in a reputed multinational hotel. In order to conduct an organized structure throughout the project, the paper will first offer the job description with all details to cultivate present capabilities for the present role through SWOT analysis for assignment help to understand strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and threats in the characteristic to better analyze the gap between the desired role and the present scenario. Accordingly, the personal development plan will be justified by a self-directed learning cycle where promotion and barrier factors to mitigate weaknesses and threats. Proper milestones would be justified by the Gnatt chart and justification would finally be conducted to confirm that the career planning is successful to justify its role and objectives.

Discussion

Job description

The person would be responsible to play the function of strategic business leader with enough responsibility for engineering or maintenance, culinary expertise, food and beverage, housekeeping, front office, etc. The position will directly report to the department head to implement and develop departmental strategies to ensure initiated brand image. It is important to meet the standards, target customer needs, and employee satisfaction as per the brand standards to have a clear focus for maximized financial performance and growing revenue with the developed positive relationship in the culture.

Core work activities

- Demonstrating and communicating with key drivers to confirm great satisfaction
- Analysis of service issues and identification of trends.
- Making and executing necessary decisions for the betterment
- Perfect collaboration with the hotel management team
- Monitoring hotel operations
- Sales performance as per budget
- Reviewing financial statements and reports to determine hotel operation performance as per budget
- Supports and coaches operation team for better management
- Developing a system for enabling the customer to accommodate guest satisfaction
- Reviews guest feedback to align it with the leadership team
- Implementation of more and more creative solutions to overcome the obstacle to improve guest satisfaction
- Fair treatment to the employees with equitability justified employee feedback system

Education and experience: 2 years degree certificate from an accredited university in restaurant management, hotel management, business administration, or the same. Four years experience in management operation sales and marketing, housekeeping, front desk service, or related.

Present capabilities in the present role through SWOT

Strengths - My self-evaluation confirms that I have enough potential to be a successful professional in the management field. As per my evaluation and offered feedback by my friends and teachers I found that my communication skill is quite effective to impress and motivate anyone and everyone. I personally think that communication skill is the most important skill for any field specifically for the hotel industry. Due to effective communication skills, my interpersonal skill is even satisfactory which helps me to create a positive and productive environment surrounding me to make everyone happy. I can even better handle stress factors in situational crises with understanding and patience showing all my integrity. Such type of personal characteristics helps me to better accommodate or co-operate with different types of people where effective communication is another plus point.

Weaknesses - However I found that sometimes I lack in keeping my eye for details as I am not so detail-oriented. For management positions being detail oriented is very important. Hence, it can be a great weakness for my employability. As I do not have much experience in the professional field thereby I think I do not possess enough operational knowledge.

Opportunities - Though I have some drawbacks in my personal characteristics to possess the role of hotel manager; still I think my communication and interpersonal skills can offer me enough opportunity to attract better leadership quality and team building skills which I think can be a great opportunity for me in the field of hotel management.

Threats - Due to lacking knowledge of operational management, financial management can be a big threat to being successful in the role of the hotel manager. It would even restrict my flexibility in that particular role to be successful.

Gap analysis between current and desired through grow

Gap analysis can best help to understand the current scenario or present characteristics of my role and the gap which I need to cover to be potential enough for my desired role. Gap analysis can best be done through GROW model as it can help to address each significant aspect of gap analysis. The GROW model has four distinct sections - goal, reality, options, and will. As per my present characteristics with all its strength, weakness, opportunity, and threat the most important thing or goal for me is to acquire enough operational knowledge (Aring, 2022). The operational knowledge can help me to better handle daily responsibilities with better financial management to confirm flexibility in my role. In the real scenario, I do not have enough operational knowledge which further maximizes the difficulty for me to get a hold over financial management having flexibility. In order to address such weaknesses or threats in my characteristics I can opt for generating more awareness to have operational knowledge (Yount et al. 2018). I personally think that operational knowledge can best be acquired by joining in work culture. Thereby I will definitely go for a part-time job to have enough knowledge about the operational process in the hotel. Furthermore, by that time I will even generate theoretical knowledge to align the theoretical knowledge with my practical experience to be more effective as an option. To confirm my willingness for this particular desired position, I will thereby try to follow some of the most successful hotel managers to understand their positive and negative to better address the role and responsibilities (Stoner, 2020).

PDP through the self-directed learning cycle

Understanding the gap in my characteristics for the desired position and having my options to take care of it is time to plan for a personal development plan. A self-directed learning cycle can better help me to articulate the personal development plan in a better way. The self-directed lining cycle has five distinct features to address (Gabreviciene, Petrosiene, & sidlauskiene, 2019). The features are connected with each other to complete the circle of learning. For me, the established learning goals are to have enough practical knowledge about the operational process of a hotel as well as better theoretical knowledge regarding the same. To address the second cycle I have already evaluated my strengths and weakness through which I found that following professional journals, and reading blogs written by successful hotel managers can be really effective resources to be taken care of. Direct communication with some successful professionals from the same field even would be helpful to be more enriched by the help of human resources. In order to plan my activity for removing the weakness and threats I will try to divide my learning goals through SMART.

As I have already planned for joining a part-time job thereby I will try to monitor my performance through the practical scenario to understand if I successfully aligned the practical experience with my political knowledge and improving myself with the passing days (Gorbatov, Khapova, Oostrom, & Lysova, 2021). Finally, as per the performance evaluation and my reflection, I will further try to design my learning strategy. If I would have satisfactory results through the referred strategy then I will focus more on these strategies and if I would not get satisfactory results through the same then I will try to acquire learning from my practical experience through my seniors by their offered suggestions and guidelines to follow.

Promotion and barrier factors

My effective communication and adequate interpersonal skill would be the triggering or promotional factors to make me more effective for the desired job role. Effective communication and interpersonal skill can help me to have better co-operation and collaboration with my seniors and colleagues which eventually help me to accommodate self-learning in an accelerated manner (Johnston, 2021). As I have often failed to offer concentrated undivided attention to the activity hence which can be a great barrier to my learning process. Inattentive nature can make the scenario complex and crucial as well as it would even make it difficult for me to trigger my learning process. Time management can be another barrier to my learning as I need to perfectly align all my otherwise activities to the work schedule.

Mitigation plan

Thereby, it is very important for me to be detail-oriented as much as possible to be a potential candidate for my desired job. In order to do so I will try to engage myself only in those activities which directly or indirectly are associated with the job role to be more focused on the same. By exercising my strengths like communication and interpersonal skill, I will try to make the organizational culture always positive and productive which eventually help me to be more connected leading to detail-oriented (Lupsa-Tataru Dana Adriana. 2019). I will try to put all my focus on giving the task to confirm concentration. I would even avoid multitasking as that help me to not to share my concentration in several factors and make me detail-oriented.

GNATT Chart

Conclusion

The career planning for the job role of a hotel manager is done in an organized manner to address each significant aspect. A proper, detailed description of the job role clearly conveys the required skills and responsibilities. A SWOT analysis further evaluates my strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and threats in me to better identify the gap. Grow model helps to have proper goals in a real context to decide several options and willingness for that particular job role. The self-directed learning cycle through its distinct phases has assured the main goals and objectives through PDP to directly convey the main strategies where the Gantt chart finally justifies the time frame for the entire development. Such an organized structure of career planning definitely can help me to acquire all the required skills in me to be a successful or potential hotel manager accomplishing desired job roles and enhancing employability.

References

BUS2001 Project Management Fundamental and Practices Assignment Sample

Assignment Details:
Word count/Time provided: 2000 words
Weighting: 25%

This assessment is a continuation of Assessment 2 (Unit Project- Part A). Students should work on the same selected project and prepare report covering the following requirements.

1) Provide an introduction or a summary

2) Analyse project schedule using critical path and Program Evaluation and Review Technique (PERT).

3) Develop Project Budget and Cost Management Plan

4) Assess project health of the case project using Earned Value Analysis (EVA), once the project started for 3 months.

5) Provide critical assessment of contemporary project management practices.

The report (2000 words, fully referenced in Harvard style) must be submitted on the due date. The report must have a completed signed cover page.

Solution

Introduction

The report represents the project management process and, for a project, represents the project management practices that help to understand the project management process more effectively. There are different stages in project management, and for completing the project, it is essential to create a project schedule and cost project planning. The report focuses on the three major practices of the project management process: project scheduling, project cost estimation, earned value analysis, and human resource management for the project management. The report takes the IoT in the healthcare sector as a project continuous from assessment two and further represents the project management process for the same project for assignment help.

Project description

Information technology is increasing the scope and becoming the most valuable and usable asset for humans. The Internet of things is a network that provides connectivity between the different devices to operate according to human needs and instructions. For this purpose, IoT networks are developed that helps human interact with different devices simultaneously. Different fields are using this technology for human comfort. Still, with the scope of the IoT in the healthcare sector, this technology is more valuable and usable for the healthcare sector. As per the project defined in assessment 2, the IoT in the healthcare sector in this report focuses on the patient monitoring process with the help of the IoT network.

Project schedule

Project schedule represents the time consumed by all the activities of the project. The IoT implementation project for Royal Melbourne hospital in the healthcare industry in Australia is big, and there are different activities associated with the project. The complete project is divided into five different stages. These stages represent the complete project in the different parts, and all the activities of the project are divided into these 5 parts of the project. Following are the 5 main activities of the project.

- Project initiation and planning
- Project implementation
- Managing speed and accuracy
- Testing
- Go live

Different sub-activities are also associated with the project's main activities, which are represented in the table diagram below. The total time estimated for implementing the IoT in the hospital is 138 days. The schedule also represents the estimated and planned time for each activity, and the actors are also represented in the below table. The project schedule is essential for project completion and controlling cost and time. The table represents the Gantt chart of the project schedule that represents the start and end date of all the project activities, as the project is related to the IoT implementation in the Healthcare industry. There will be involvement of many stakeholders. It is essential for the project management that it should be known which actor in the project is performing which operation. There are some tasks that will be completed by different actors that are also represented in the project's schedule so that the availability of the responsible person can also be scheduled as per the requirement of the project. The payment of the different positions is different so it is essential to schedule the actors as per their needs so that the payment of the actor can also be calculated and tracked during the project (Ba'Its et al. 2020),

Figure 1: Gantt chart
(Source: Author)

Critical path

As represented in the above table of the Gantt chart, there are different activities, and the activities are represented in the table below. All the activities are essential and performed to complete the project. If the duration of all the activities is added, then the project's time will be high, but there are many activities in the project that are performed in parallel to each other, which reduces the project's time. This time is estimated to be the critical time of the project that will be taken by the project to complete all the activities of the project.

Pert analysis

Pert analysis is basically the method which stands for the program evaluation and review technique. In this method the proper critical path is needed to form for all the activities.

The below table represents all the activities in the form of numbers like 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, etc.

Table 1: Activity table
(Source-Author)

The below diagram represents the critical path analysis of the complete project. As per the diagram, The red blocks represent the project's critical path. The critical path calculated in the below diagram is represented in the above table. The critical path represents the remaining activity that is not part of the critical path and will not take a particular time for the execution but is completed with the associated activity.

Figure 2: Critical part analysis
(Source-Author)

PERT analysis

Table 2: PERT analysis
(Source: Author)

Project Budget and Cost Management Plan

Project cost and budget is the essential part of the project management process. The project manager needs to follow the project schedule and complete the project within the planned budget. For effective project budget management, the project schedule plays a significant role. If the project schedule is followed effectively, all the project expenses will happen as per the project schedule. The project budget and cost management plan are also associated with the schedules (Kumar et al. 2020). Talking about the expenses the project requires, the resources may be the products and devices or the human resources. The materialistic resources are fixed, and there is no variance in the project cost because of that resources, but the controllable resources are human resources. The project budget may increase because of the less effective human resource management. All the human resources needed for the project and their per hour estimated cost for the project work are represented in the table below (Cynthia 2020).

Table 3: Resources table
(Source-Author)

As per the analysis of the project plan, the total project time remaining for the project if the project's initial planning is completed as the schedule and the human resources plan is created represented in the below image; this represents that around 96% of work is remaining after the project planning.

Figure 3: Work overview

The working hours of all the Human resource asper the standard and optimum performance from all the resources are represented in the below graph/ as the IoT project is a kind of network project, the network engineer working hours are considered maximum in the project. Some of the human resources don't reflect cost because they will work with or in the place of other resources as per the requirement.

Figure 4: Resources graph

According to the per hour cost of the human resources and the working are estimated for the project completion, the below graph represents the cost that will be paid to all the human resources for their contribution to the project (Sharma & Nair 2019). The cost calculation is done based on the defined cost per hour in the above table. Multiple human resources are represented in the below image according to the condition and delay in the project to recover the issues and loss in the project execution. Other resources will be utilized (Al-Sheikh & Ameen 2020)

Figure 5: Cost variance

Earned Value Analysis

One of the practical project management tools used for estimating the project completion time and the cost and monitoring the progress of the project at different times is earned value analysis. The earn value analysis is used in the project management process to evaluate the project performance and analyse the cost and time effectiveness during the project (Dautov et al. 2019). The below diagram represents the cost status of the project. Has represented in the image, the total cost estimated for the project is 46792 dollars. The current state of the graph represents the completion of the project is 6% because it represents the plan of the project. As per the project plan's further implementation, the remaining cost of the project will also be utilized (Azimi et al. 2019).

Figure 6: Project cost status

The image represents the cost overview of the complete project as per do define human resources and their per hour cost for the project. The cost overview is represented in the graph. This cost overview also represents the start and end date of the project. The cost overview is an auto-generated graphical representation of the post overview of the project. As per the completion of the project, the graph auto represents the remaining cost of the project. This helps the project manager manage the project's costs with the project schedule so that the overrun of the cost can be controlled. This helps in the cost monitoring process for the manager ( et al. 2016).

Figure 7: Cost overview

Critical assessment of contemporary project management practices

Project management process contains different processes, including the project plan organizing the project and human resources, and providing maximum productivity with efficient teams. The project management strategy focuses on the completion of the project on time with the effective utilization of resources under the estimated cost budget. by utilizing the contemporary project management practice, the IoT implementation in the healthcare sector project can also be effectively managed. As per the defined information in the above report, the human resources are represented, and their role and responsibility in the different project activities are also defined in the Gantt chart (Usak et al. 2020). The project plan is also represented in assessment 2 which can be followed effectively. Following the contemporary project management practices makes the project management easy to handle and complete on time under the estimated project cost. It is essential to implement these practices for the project management process as they help the project manager analyse all the aspects of the project (Hussain et al. 2019).

Conclusion

The report concludes that the project management process involves the different stages and the practices that are used for effective project management. A project management process contains various activities, and human resource management, cost estimation, and the project schedule are essential parts of the project management process. The report has represented the cost analysis and the project's human resource management. The report concludes that it is essential to focus on resource management according to the project schedule to maintain the project effectiveness and complete the project under the estimated project cost.

Finding and Recommendations

The findings of this research are as follows:

- Project management helps in completing the project with proper outcomes and success.
- The IoT helps in providing better solutions without any kind of difficulty to the patients.
- IoT improves the level of productivity and services in the healthcare.

When it comes to the recommendation, there are few recommendations’ which will help in future research,

- Proper implementation of IoT service in healthcare with best project management approach.
- Improve the designing and development of the devices which will help in the improvement of the healthcare services to the patients.

 
References

MMW226465 International Management Governance and Sustainability Assignment Sample

DETAILS OF THE ASSIGNMENT

1. Adopt one Sustainable Development Goal (SDG) that underpins your work, and critically justify the rationale from a professional practice or academic paradigm focused on an international business organisation (not necessarily UK-based). Students are at liberty to choose the SDG that underpinned the group presentation or another one entirely.

2. Critical analysis of the international management environment relevant to a chosen business organisation, and how the chosen international business organisation has adapted to changes in the international business environment over the past 5 years. This is an opportunity for the student to reflect on relevant theories and concepts on the uncontrollability of the international business environment. The chosen international business organisation may or may not be the same as the one applied as a case study in the group presentation.

3. Critical analysis of the corporate governance system demonstrated the chosen international business organisation. This is an opportunity to reflect on the UK Corporate Governance Code or any other National or International Code, as well as relevant ethical theories and concepts.

4. Critically analyse of how the business is addressing the focused SDG in (1) above. This is an opportunity to reflect on the latest progress report and UN Global Compact recommendations as well as the latest relevant academic reports.

5. Discuss actionable recommendations based on your findings and analyses.

Solution

Introduction

The term "corporate governance" is used to describe the norms by which organisations are expected to run their operations. Companies may promote corporate sustainability by adopting governance practises that have a favourable effect on environmental, social, and economic development (Mallin, 2016). The quality of corporate governance for assignment help has a direct bearing on the longevity of a company. A company's governance and long-term viability may be gauged by its global management practises. Market dominance may be greatly aided by focusing on sustainable development. Sustainable development is a game-changing shift that will trigger major shifts in the marketplace. The report uses the Tesco's social responsibility to examine the corporation and show how worldwide governance and management may lead to more ethical business.

One sustainable goal

The worldwide management practises developed by Tesco thanks to its CR strategy are in line with the UN's sustainable development objective. The company's management is built on a commitment to doing well for the society at large, purchasing and selling goods in an ethical manner, protecting the environment, providing consumers with access to nutritious option with accomplishing SDG 12: Responsible production and consumption. The corporation may have built its worldwide operations on these principles, but it still didn't do enough to contribute to a more sustainable world.

The firm also offers community outreach programmes. It recruited 250 "community champions" at retail establishments throughout countries including China, Malaysia, and South Korea (Kim et al., 2019).

By introducing its community pledges, the corporation demonstrated to its workers how to make a difference. As a result of the company's efforts, the Marie Curie Cancer Care Foundation in the United Kingdom will receive 6.2 million pounds sterling(Kim et al., 2019).

The company's activities demonstrate how it incorporates sustainable development into its spending and business practises.

Corporate governance of Tesco

Tesco is a global corporation that specialises in groceries and general product retail. The corporation is the world's third-largest retailer in terms of total revenue. As of the 28th of February 2009, eight executive directors made up Tesco's board of trustees. In addition to David Reid, who serves as the nonexecutive chairman, there are seven other directors, all of whom are independent and not involved in running the company. The company's shareholders must vote on any newly appointed directors within one year of their appointment, as stated in the company's articles of association (Corporate governance Tesco, 2022). When other methods of communicating with the company's leadership have failed, the company's senior independent director steps in to assist the shareholders in finding solutions to their problems and evaluate the chairman's performance. The board serves as a communication channel between the company's top management and its shareholders (Ismail, 2017).

There is a good distribution of executive and non-executive roles at Tesco. When it comes to serving the best interests of all stakeholders, the organisation in question fulfils the unified code. According to the code, the board must include at least 50% non-executive directors, and Tesco satisfies this requirement as well as the combined code (Chen, 2022). Tesco suggests that no one individual should hold both the CEO and the chairman positions at the same time. Many business failures may be traced back to a failure to divide responsibilities between the chairman and CEO. The chairman of Tesco's board of directors is a separate individual from the company's chief executive officer, who is responsible for running day-to-day business (Ismail, 2017).

Codes of practice

The unified code offers guidelines for the proper management of businesses, therefore increasing confidence in their direction. Companies trading on the London Stock Exchange must inform investors of their corporate structure and how it relates to Section 1 of the Combined Code. There is now a disparity between the number of executives and non-executives at Tesco after the departure of two non-executives owing to a conflict of interest (Brannen et al., 2013). The firm needed to have this taken care of quickly so that it would be in line with the UK combined code. The process of selecting new board members is managed by the company's nominating committee.

If a director is a member of the board, they are expected to attend every meeting unless they have a legitimate excuse. When scheduling issues prohibit them from participating, they provide their feedback in advance (Codes of Corporate Governance, 2022). According to IR, Tesco has the worst corporate governance of any major corporation. The purpose of report is to demonstrate the importance of knowledge business, democracy, and sustainability by assessing the management techniques used by Tesco and comparing them to an external standard.

Tesco in International business environment

The UN Global Compact is the international norm used in this assessment. The United Nations Global Compact is an informal group that promotes environmentally and socially responsible business practises and requires companies to report on their progress. The UN Global Compact promotes honest and trustworthy business practises (Rasche et al., 2013). A company's participation in the United Nations global agreement demands unwavering support from the top executives. An annual report or other form of communication demonstrating the organization's commitment to responsible business practises and social support is required in order to maintain the organization's foundation of responsibility (Fussler and Van, 2017). There are ten pillars upon which the UN global compact's initiatives rest.

Human rights, fair trade, environmental protection, and fighting corruption are the four pillars upon which the ten principles rest (Rasche et al., 2013). There are two guiding ideas that fall under the umbrella of human rights. A company's first responsibility is to uphold and respect human rights as they have been declared worldwide, while a company's second responsibility is to refrain from engaging in any action that violates human rights. There are four fundamentals that apply to working conditions. Some examples include companies that support and recognise workers' rights to organise and bargain collectively, as well as those that have phased out such practises as child labour and forced labour. There are three rules to follow while discussing the environment (G20/OECD Principles of Corporate Governance, 2022).

Technology development is guaranteed to maintain a cautious attitude to environmental concerns, take activities that promote better environmental responsibility, and encourage environment friendliness. Business organisations, according to the last tenet, should actively combat bribery, extortion, and other forms of corruption.

Business is addressing the focused SDG

Consumers and investors today are more aware than ever before, and they want companies to do their part to ease the strain on Earth's resources and population (Orzes et al., 2018). The general public is becoming more aware that companies must also think long-term if they want to succeed. Various factors, including climate change, societal upheaval, and economic inequality, might have a negative impact on the final tally. Those companies who recognise this and take corrective measures will gain an advantage. On January 1, 2016, the United Nations' 2030 Sustainable Development Agenda entered into effect, along with its 17 sustainable development objectives (Sethi and Schepers, 2014).

The UN Global Compact website states that the global objectives must be converted into enterprises in order to realise the success that the sustainable development agenda promises to bring to firms all around the globe. Under the UN Global Compact, businesses must disclose their financial, social, and environmental risks to investors in order to get significant funding, with the goal of preventing future global financial crises like the one in 2008 (Rasche et al., 2013). Investors are increasingly considering a company's impact on the environment, society, and governance when making investment decisions, as stated on the United Nations Global Compact website.

Firm valuations may be influenced by policies addressing climate change, water scarcity, human rights, and anti-corruption. Organizations that successfully manage their environmental, social, and governance (ESG) risks often have strong long-term financial results. The United Nations Global Compact works to ensure that all groups contribute to sustainable (Sethi and Schepers, 2014). With regards to the first category, firms, it aids them in analysing and managing with ESG risks by pushing them to incorporate them into their operations and investments. The second category consists of investors who are provided guidance on how to deal with the ESG risks inherent in their portfolios. The stock exchange market, which developed environmentally responsible stock market efforts, comes in last. Several frameworks have been created by the United Nations Global Compact that businesses may use to incorporate sustainability into their overall approach to business (Orzes et al., 2018).

As part of their dedication to environmental conservation, Tesco carbon labelled 100 of its own-brand goods in Ireland and the UK in 2009 and devised a plan to roll out the practise to other nations. The company intended to expand by constructing other stores that also used these carbon footprint-reducing strategies. Instead of doing nothing, Tesco consulted the Sustainable Production and Consumption Institute in Manchester and began using biofuel in its petrol stations (Jones and Comfort, 2021). Organizational efforts have been undertaken to lessen plastic packaging materials. It is disappointing that despite the company's efforts to promote sustainable growth, no steps were taken to address the issue of water usage by employees in the workplace as a whole (Kim et al., 2019). The firm is working toward sustainable development by measuring its actions against the principles of the United Nations Global Compact and the sustainable development agenda. The case study presents an in-depth analysis of Tesco's global environmental management policies.

When it comes to doing business in an honest and transparent manner, Tesco is not lagging behind. The firm engaged 726 competent auditors from 11 audit organisations to examine its worldwide distribution network. According to the case study, over 90% of Tesco's international suppliers feel valued. It seems from the case study that Tesco is making an attempt to adhere to the principles of the United Nations Global Compact. In other words, the business does not work with those that abuse human rights. The case study suggests the organisation cares about its clients (Jones and Comfort, 2021).

Recommendations

In spite of the company's efforts, there is room for improvement in its approach to sustainable development. Activities promoting healthy eating inside the workplace are one option.

Tesco has to reduce the amount of salt and sugar in their products and increase the amount of healthy ingredients they use. Sustainable development will be advanced, and health will be improved, thanks to this activity. Concerning global warming, the business may provide clients access to goods and services with little carbon output. By learning about a product's carbon footprint, a corporation may cut down on emissions throughout the manufacturing process. There should be an effort to lessen the company's impact on the environment as it grows. Grocery store giant Tesco has to follow the government's lead in promoting renewable energy and the Kyoto Protocol. Even if the company's governance seems sound, it has a track of of poor disclosure and internal control. The firm must take action to counteract them. Sustainable development and moral business practises can't be attained with bad corporate governance.

Conclusion

A company's fortunes are affected by two distinct variables. Honesty and right conduct in business dealings. Research, comparison, and analysis all point to Tesco having a solid corporate governance system. Transparency with investors is a priority for the organisation, which helps assure its success. Tesco's progress toward a more sustainable future is thanks in part to the company's exemplary corporate governance. Recently, Tesco has launched several initiatives to guarantee compliance with the United Nations' universal compatible criteria. Since effective corporate governance has a beneficial effect on sustainability development, Tesco's adoption of these policies has helped the firm become more responsible in its operations and has facilitated further progress in this area. Tesco's annual report to the UN global compact provides a comprehensive account of the company's contributions.

Business Research Project Report Sample

Purpose:

Assignment 4 - the Individual Reflective Journal - is designed to ensure each student is able to document a critical reflection of their personal learning process, as experienced during this unit. Inpreparation for this final submission, it is suggested that you write down your thoughts each week, by making notes each week, so that by the end of the trimester those notes will serve as a reminder of which sections you were challenged by, what you learnt, and how you experienced the learning process.

A significant aspect of the learning journal will be your reflections at each phase of the Business Research Project, i.e. Topic Development, Literature Review, and Methodology BUT your emphasis should be on what you experienced, what challenged you personally, how you dealt with that and what you gained from it. It is NOT enough to objectively summarise what was done. This assignment must reflect and describe your own personal deep learning AND be convincing to the reader

Assignment Structure should be as the following:

1. Based on my personal contribution to the topic selection, problem definition, research question, writing of topic development submission (including team charter, if applicable), how I experienced this, what challenges I faced, and what I learnt from that.

2. Based on my personal contribution to the literature review report, i.e. search process, summarising of relevant articles, designing the outline/argument/structure of the literature review, writing up the literature review, how I experienced this, what challenges I faced, and what I learnt from that.

3. Based on my personal contribution to the research methodology report, i.e. my role in discussions about methods, sampling, questionnaire design, data collection and analysis, how I experienced this, what challenges I faced, and what I learnt from that.

4. Based on my reflections of the total research process, the insights I gained and any issues, struggles, challenges, synergies I experienced, both individually and in the teamwork, how I experienced this, what challenges I faced, and what I learnt from that. 

Solution

Introduction

In this reflective journal, I have reflected on my contribution and learning experience with the development of the business research project. For Assignment Help, The business research project was a group project and we have done the project on the topic “Increasing Demand for online marketing in Retail-Industry of Sydney”. My individual learning experience and contribution in each of the sections and in the overall conduction of the project is discussed in the following four sections.

1. Reflections about Topic identification, Problem definition, Research question

- Learning experience and my contribution

Topic identification is one of the most basic as well as most important tasks for the conduction of any research project; as the direction of the entire project is depend upon a topic that has been selected (Qingsong and Fuhai, 2014, p39(2)). In terms of selection of the topic, our team arranged a team meeting, where it has been decided that every team member will conduct their individual research and come up with a topic along with background research in the next meeting and among all the presented topics by the individual team members, the most valid and feasible topic will be selected for the business project. After selection of the project, every team member makes an effort to conduct the background research on the topic so that the research problem can be identified and the research questions can be formulated as these aspects are necessary for the conduction of any research project. I play a significant role in formulating the research questions based on the identified research problem by the team which is the problems faced by the retail industry of Sydney due to the Covid-19 pandemic and the scope of online marketing in solving the problem.

After the finalisation of the topic, identification of the research problem and formulation of the research questions, the team charter has been developed, where I contribute in the objective segment, and the topic has been approved due to the combined effort of the team.

- Challenges Faced

Selecting a particular topic for the research from a vast range of options was a real challenge I faced. Selecting from alternatives was quite time consuming as well as confusing for me.

- Lesson Learned

In terms of topic selection I have learned that the selection of a research must be stood on certain criterions such as the relevance of the topic in the current situation, the feasibility of conducting research on the topic and the validity of the topic. Considering the present business environment scenario regarding problems in the retail sector of Sydney due to the Covid-19 pandemic and the increasing demand in online marketing, I have done my research and suggested the topic “Increasing Demand for online marketing in Retail-Industry of Sydney” and after evaluating every other presented topic, the team selected this topic for the project.

2. Reflections about Literature Review

- Learning experience and my contribution

The literature review is the section that summarises and synthesises the ideas and arguments of the existing study on the focused research context. An efficient literature review allows the researchers to turn the wheels of the topic and gain as well as provide an in-depth insight of the topic and the overall research context (Hart, 2018, p56(3)). I felt this section of the research quite a tricky task for me, as it requires presenting in such a manner, where the augments of different literature are presented in a continued and consistent manner, which allow the readers to gain interest as well as helps the research to construct a theoretical framework for the undertaken research work.

- Challenges faced

After searching the literature, shorting the relevant ones was felt quite challenging for me, as a large number of articles have been searched by the entire team and I find it quite difficult to shortlist among the search literature. The next process of summarisation of the shortlisted articles was found even more complicated task by me as it requires a complete read of the pieces of literature and summarises the entire thing using few sentences. The next process of summarisation of the shortlisted articles was found even more complicated task by me as it requires a complete read of the pieces of literature and summarises the entire thing using few sentences.

- Lesson learned

From the conduction of the literature review section, I have learnt that the conduction of an efficient literature review requires a systematic approach where tasks needed to be performed in a step by step manner. Firstly relevant literature needed to search focusing on the identified keyword of the research, e.g. for the search process for our research, the most used keywords are, online marketing, online marketing during a pandemic, theories of marketing and so on. Searching the relevant literature is very crucial for an efficient literature review and in turn providing proper direction to the research. Then the shortlisted articles needed to be summarised with patience and finally arrange the main argument of the articles in a continued and synchronised manner.

3. Reflections About Methodology

- Learning Experience and My Contribution

Research methodology is about the selection of the appropriate methodological tools and techniques for the conduction of the research work in such a manner that, the research could able find the answers to the derived research questions (Willmott, 2020, p2(2)). In our project, I was highly involved with the development of the methodology segment and directly make a contribution in the formulation of the survey questionnaire and indirectly helping my team members in the selection of the appropriate tools and techniques for the research. For our project, the mixed method has been used under which the qualitative and quantitative, both type of data is being used for conduction of the research.

- Challenges Faced

For this project, I particularly found the selection of the sampling method a bit complicated as I was unable to determine the best sampling approach for the research. Finally, with the help of my team member, I understand the convenience sampling method and it is suitable for the research, as the research has been conducted among the retail business owner and employees and the respondents are selected based on their availability and willingness to participate in the research.

- Lesson Learned

By involving with the methodology section of the project, I learnt that the selection of the research design must be well-aligned with the research objectives, research problem and research questions so that a systemic and synchronised research work can be conducted which able to generate a reliable result and allow the research to make a vivid conclusion.

4. Reflections About The Research Experience

- Learning Experience and My Contribution

From the research, I gain an in-depth insight regarding the aspect of increasing demand in online marketing in the retail industry of Sydney. I realised the role of external events like Covid-19 in shaping the business environment such the enlarging the scope of online marketing and give a major boost to the transition of demand from off to online mediums. In terms of the teamwork experience, I can say that there were issues regarding coordination, leadership, team roles and many others overall the experience gained from the research is quite satisfactory and it will help me to improve my performance further in future research works.

- Challenges Faced

In terms of team work at the initial day I experience some challenges such as communicating and coordinating the team members, following the leadership, finding the connection with the team and so on.

- Lesson Learned

The entire research project was a huge learning experience for I not only learn the various aspects about the conduction of a research project but also learn to effectively work with a team and maintaining individuality in the team. From the project, I learned the importance of teamwork and effective communication strategy. In the initial days I faced adjustment issues with the other team members but the team effectively solve the problems with the strategy of active communication through offline as well as online meetings which allow the team to focus on its goal and resolve the issues.

Conclusion

In conclusion, it can be said that the research project allow me to gain in-depth knowledge only about the research topic but also about the various aspects of conduction of research from identification of research topic to conduction of the literature review, selection of the research methodology, collection and interpretation of the collected data and deriving the conclusion. 

Reference List

HI6008 Business Research Project Report Sample

Assignment 4 Specifications

Purpose:

This unit aims to give you an opportunity to combine many facets of your acquired MBA skills into the production of a high-quality research project.

Assignment 4 - the Individual Reflective Journal - is to ensure each student is able to contribute to document a critical reflection of their personal learning process, as experienced during this unit. It will be best to build your journal progressively, by making notes each week, starting at week 1 and going through to week 12.

Your notes will serve as a reminder of which sections you personally contributed to, what you learnt, and how you experienced the learning process. A significant aspect of the learning journal will be your reflections on how well you co-operated with your team in the various phases of the Business Research Project, i.e. Topic Approval, Literature Review, and Methodology BUT your emphasis should be on what you experienced, what challenged you personally, how you dealt with that and what you gained as a result. It is NOT enough to objectively summarise what was done. This assignment must reflect and describe your own personal deep learning AND be convincing to the reader that you were integrally engaged throughout the learning process.

Assignment Structure should be as the following:

1. Based on my personal contribution to the topic selection, problem definition, research question, writing of topic approval submission, and team charter, how I experienced this, what challenges I faced, and what I learnt from that.

2. Based on my personal contribution to the literature review report, i.e. search process, summarising of relevant articles, designing the outline/argument/structure of the literature review, writing up the literature review, how I experienced this, what challenges I faced, and what I learnt from that.

3. Based on my personal contribution to the research methodology report, i.e. my role in discussions about methods, sampling, questionnaire design, data collection, analysis and interpretation, how I experienced this, what challenges I faced, and what I learnt from that.

4. Based on my reflections of the total research process, the insights I gained and any issues, struggles, challenges, synergies I experienced, both individually and in the teamwork, how I experienced this, what challenges I faced, and what I learnt from that.

Solution

Reflections about Topic Identification

While doing the assignment, I came to understand and learn a lot of things that were quite interesting to my knowledge. For Assignment Help, However, not only was it limited to learning and knowing new things, but also I faced several challenges in commencing different tasks of the assignment. This particular report will deliver a thorough understanding of the thing that I have learnt while doing the assignments and will also provide an in-depth understanding of the challenges that I have faced along with the ways by which I overcame those challenges to generate a complete and illustrative research assignment.

The selection of the topic, i.e., the role of Artificial Intelligence in the healthcare department of Australia for commencing the task was not at all challenging due to the fact that there are several types of research already going on the Artificial Intelligence (AI) and its areas of implications. The utilization of AI has the potential to develop the existing infrastructure and performance of various sectors (Panch et al. 2019, p.2(1)). Therefore, AI technology is perhaps the most researched topic as of the current time. Researchers and other top minds in the field are busy discovering new possibilities of the utilisation of AI in various sectors; one of them is the healthcare sector. Several developmental processes are going on in the field of healthcare and the global healthcare sector is witnessing something that they have never witnessed before (Panesar, 2019). With the utilization of AI in the existing healthcare systems, there have been numerous possibilities that have come into the light in recent years.

Modern-day healthcare systems are using AI in almost every process starting from diagnosis of a disease to the prevention of it. The process of the development of treatment protocol has also been facilitated by AI. Moreover, I have also learnt that the utilization of AI is not only limited to that, but also it has the potential to manage large datasets and records of any healthcare facility regardless of its size (Davenport & Kalakota, 2019, p.94(2)). AI has also given new dimensions to critical patient care, customised medicines, developing drugs and healthcare monitoring systems. Therefore, cumulatively I have learnt that the contribution or role of the modern-day AI systems in developing the existing health care setups is unparalleled, given that it is implemented and explored in the best possible manner.
In the case of Australian healthcare systems, it came to my knowledge that several pieces of research are going on to effectively implement AI within the healthcare facilities to ensure the best possible outcomes and optimize its performance (Yu, Beam & Kohane, 2018, p.720(1)). But, due to the lack of proper infrastructure, training or other reasons the development of healthcare facilities in Australia is limited or in some cases not yet started. Therefore, I could say that I faced some issues while developing the research questions as I was not able to understand the exact problem. There were many questions attached to the topic which I found to have some connection with my research topic, however, they were not answering the exact dimensions of the research.

In my response, I analysed the topic and its various dimensions in an illustrative manner and tried to find out the exact reason/reasons that limited or obstructed the implementation of AI within the healthcare systems of Australia. After careful consideration, I was able to sort out the most relevant questions that would suffice the reasons for doing my research. Other than these I did not face any significant difficulty in commencing with the research, the team members of my research were also very cooperative and did the assigned tasks in the best possible manner. Moreover, there was proper coordination and discussions between all the team members regarding the best way to conduct the research.

I have also portrayed the team charter that consists of the individual works that have been conducted by the team members. In order to complete this study, we have worked together and distributed our tasks evenly so that the required goal can be met. Eventually we have gained sufficient knowledge and skills about the topic and increased our efficiency in performing a research in an appropriate manner.

Reflections about Literature Review

While doing the literature review segment I faced various challenges regarding the different processes. In the initial step i.e. the search process I was unable to get hold of the precise and accurate data and information that I was quenching for. The fact that AI has not yet been implying in the majority of the Australian healthcare systems created the insufficiency for available data. The process for implementation is under rigorous research and it will be implemented in the not so distant future (Reddy et al. 2019, p.23(2)). However, I managed to find some scholarly articles that have the same dimensions, unlike my research. All of those articles were largely related to the type of reach outcomes that I wished for. Therefore, I utilised those articles to derive relevant information from them and commerce my research. While summarizing the articles that I found I looked into two important things, one is its aim and the other is its outcomes. I went for the articles that had major similarities to my research aims and outcomes so that I could address the pre-set aims and objectives in an efficient manner and by achieving the desired results.

As for the design of the literature, first I identified the gaps left by the previous literature and then explored those particular areas. The primary gap that I identified was that previous literature was not able to underpin the exact functions and possibilities that the AI systems behold in the context of health care systems. So naturally, I underpin those areas and commenced any research. I found out that there were several implications of AI within the modern healthcare systems, especially when it comes to Australia. AI technology can be utilised and is proved to be efficient in the healthcare department for the well-being of humans (Jiang et al. 2017). AI performs various tasks like presenting, analysing, and comprehending complex data of medical and healthcare, for this purpose it uses software and algorithms capable of machine learning or artificial intelligence. Moreover, in the latter part of the literature review, I wrote down the ways by which Australian healthcare systems could use AI and improve their performance by minimising or eliminating the possible complications.

Reflection About Methodology

Using the appropriate methodological tools is imperative for deriving accurate outcomes for any research. Therefore, while conducting my research I was very cautious and selective while identifying the best suitable methodological tools. The team members and I had thorough discussions regarding the selection of the best suitable methodological tools for the research. It was finalised that we will commence the research by using the SLR or Systematic Literature Review method. The primary reason for opting for this particular method is that it enables students to study both qualitative and quantitative variables for addressing the different dimensions of the research topic (Larasati & DeLiddo, 2019). Moreover, it is a widely used method in business and management areas and at the same time, it is also effective for research related to Healthcare. The next step in the methodology of this research was to identify a strong method for analysing the acquired data and information. I played an important role in commencing with this particular step as I suggested to my other team members to take assistance from the PRISMA statement methodological article. This particular model helps in reporting systematic reviews and also helps in performing meta-analysis which evaluates the positives as well as the negatives of different healthcare interventions. Finally, we analysed the accumulated data by assessing particular search strings or keywords such as artificial intelligence, healthcare etc. There were challenges in this area such as collecting appropriate data and getting adequate sources. Problems were experienced while getting such data that could be helpful in obtaining expected result and increase the efficiency of the study as well.

Reflection About Research Experience

In this research, I was assigned the task of doing the literature review section. It was a relatively new experience for me so at the same time, I faced challenges as well as learnt a lot. The primary challenges that I faced in doing the literature review are problems to depict proper data sources, identifying the appropriate gap/gaps in the literature, aligning them with my research and collecting all the elements together and writing them down by showing their inter-relation. Implementation of AI in healthcare systems is an entirely new frontier and therefore, the availability of information and data is limited. However, I managed to do the literature review by finding relevant scholarly articles and the gaps that were left.

I also learnt many new things from this research. The main thing that I have learnt is that the areas for applications of AI in the modern-day are neigh limitless. The possibilities and benefits that it beholds are unparalleled to any other price of technology. I also learnt that AI could give healthcare systems the much-needed spark so that they could improve and optimise their performance. Several pieces of research are being done by humans to determine and implement AI in modern healthcare and we hope to get the best of both worlds in the not so distant future.

Reference List

MGT602 Business Decision Analytics Research Report 3 Sample

Context:

Workplaces today are changing rapidly in parallel with rapid advances in technology and means of communication with teams separated by distance and time. We need to take into account not only time and space, but other elements of diversity to collaborate effectively for organisational outcomes. In such complex environments much can be learned by observing and analysing the decision-making process of business managers. This task requires you to select a decision you have observed in the work place and using MGT602 theory gained from Modules 1-6 on Blackboard, undertake a comprehensive critical analysis and evaluation of the decision maker and the decision-making process.

This assessment has been designed to:

Critically reflect on the application of key concepts and theories of MGT602 in the analysis of a decision from your current or previous workplace. In doing so, you MUST consider a meaningful work challenge that you observed another person or persons make. If you do not have previous workplace management experience, then you must analyse the group decision-making processes undertaken by your team in Assessment task 2.

In successfully completing this assessment task you are to:

- Evaluate the sources of data, and the use of data analytics to identify trends/ patterns that form the evidence for the decision-maker.

- Show visualisation of the decision-making process, and analytics to support the decision making;

- Select between three decision-making theories and concepts from within the subject modules and show their application in analyzing the decision. Evaluate how the decision would be the same/ different by using different theories or concepts.

- Present the findings of your results in a business style report that includes clear headings to guide the reader and visualisation of the data sources/trends/ patterns, and is underpinned with evidence from relevant contemporary literature.

- Reference according to the APA reference style guide

PLEASE NOTE: It is highly recommended that you discuss the selected decision with your learning facilitator to ensure efficacy of the assessment task.

Solution

Introduction

Ethics refers to standards of behavior which represents the manner one should act in various situations in which they do have to play role of professional or in person. They are set by social system and do evolve slowly as changes are adapted in society (Jurkiewicz & Giacalone, 2017). For Assignment Help, in absence of ethical standard it is not possible to make appropriate and effective decision in different situations faced as a professionally. A variety of approaches including virtue approach, common good approach, and fairness of justice approach could be applied in order to make effective decision.

Organization / Area of Emphasis

Present report provides assessment of decision relating to adaption of virtual leaning in pandemic scenario which I observed as my personal experience along with analysis of different theories relating to decision making. Even the ethical challenges which I assessed during my learning period have been also included in reflective assessment. The report does represents the manner learning and acknowledgments have changed my perceptions relating to decision making and significance of ethical principals while making decisions whether professionally or personally.

Research Question

“Evaluating significance of ethics in decision making in scenario such as change in management or organization structure”

Analysis and Evaluation

Learning’s and Acknowledgement

In existing high-tech era, major disruptions could be witnessed due to technology, negative impact on work, community and environment. However through incorporating moral values and ethical dimension in decision making procedure, it is possible to reduce same to significant extent (Schaltegger & Burritt, 2018). Moral refers to internal values and judgment which are applied in order to make decision or the manner one should act. Further, ethical values are theoretical construct which represents group behavior and decision i.e. the manner in which an individual should behave (Vinnari, Vinnari & Kupsala, 2017). I acknowledged that it is the reason code of practice in organization is developed along with standards of behavior so that one could comply with operational ethical standards while accomplishing organizational obligations. I also assessed that various aspects of ethical dimension not only assist in making effective decision but do provide support making decision that which decision theory is to be applied.

During my learning period I got opportunity to learn about value of ethics for an organization and its impact on performance. I assessed that through complying with ethical values an organization does follows laws as well as regulations and does not have to deal with issues such as corruptions, conflicts within management etc. As ethical standards of entities does increase scrutiny by emphasizing of triple bottom line measures which include economical performance, environmental and social measures; it eventually leads towards success as it enhances firms performance (Fichter, 2018.). On the contrary in absence of ethical standards not only negatively affect reputation and financial performance but also affects internal management adversely. Further, I also analyzed the manner in which decision differentiate in case different model has been taken as base. For instance in case decision has been made on basis of Utilitarian Approach than emphasis would be made on good or least harm i.e. balance of good over harm; however in case of right approach emphasis is made on moral rights which are being affected in the situation. Previously I was not aware about the manner in which different approaches of decision making same but after being enlightened in same context I assessed their value in context with decision making. These sources are Utilitarian Approach, Rights Approach, Fairness Justice Approach, Common Good Approach and Virtue Approach. From specified approaches, virtue approach has influenced me to significant extent. Even though it is ancient approach but it does have adequate significance in present modern era. As, it emphasizes on being consistent with ideal virtues which leads to development of our humanity. I personally believe that through complying with specified approach it is possible to develop characteristics such as honesty, compassion, generosity, tolerance, friendly, self control, fairness etc which are necessary for making prominent decision being a professional. As far as I have assessed each of ethical approach does assists in ascertaining which standards of behavior can be considered ethical. However, each individual does not agree with similar human and civil rights; thus is possible to ascertain ethical course of action through ascertain the facts of the case, determining ethical principles, exploring the options and acting accordingly (Schiavo, Villafiorita & Zancanaro, 2019). The learning relating to specific approach of ascertaining course of action does changed by my perception relating to making decision. I learned that on the basis of important variant in different situation specific decision approach is being selected for making prominent decision. As previously I do make decision in accordance with emotions or by assessing perception of one side which is available. However, after being aware regarding the appropriate course of making action I assessed that it is necessary that one should assess the whole situation and determine the principles on the basis of which decision could be taken. Even learning’s relating to difference decision styles such as Vroom and Yetton Decision Model does assisted me acknowledging the way through which it is possible to solve decision problem through attainment of available information on time.

Figure 1: Decision Making Styles
(Jurkiewicz & Giacalone, 2017)

In present modern era, escalation in rate of connectivity has eventually increased increasing demand of information processing within organization and entities. In order to attain exponential growth in sped it is necessary for management to make decision which are high quality and does result in positive outcome for enterprise (Vinnari, Vinnari & Kupsala, 2017). I acknowledged during my learning period that one could make appropriate decision through application of rational decision model. The specified model is base of reasoning between observed data but not emphasizing on emotions to significant extent. It is possible to convert same decision into prominent through complying ethical approach. Thus, I learned the significance of ethical approaches in decision making whether relating to organization or in personal life. It is true that decision model which does accomplish need of fast, high quality decision which yield positive outcome could only be applied in 21st century (Kolev et al, 2019) Thus, dual process model can be specified appropriate for same as it does applies two approaches in order to make effective decisions within organization. Lastly, learning’s related to Simon’s bounded rationality model assisted me in gaining knowledge relating to management decision behaviour i.e. making decision in a way which could be good enough through satisfying rather than focusing on maximizing. In specified approach decision in made prior assessing all the alternatives available in order to gain main goal of satisfying the need of organization or project (Rozenwig, 2013).

Personal experience in context with ethical challenges

Good ethical decision could be made only through gaining experience and training in context with ethical issues and practicing ethical aspects (Rendtorff, 2019). Through complying same it is possible to explore different aspects which require significant considerations and does influence choice or course of action. During my learning period I got opportunity to do same while working on assignment where our team has to assess the manner in which concept of online study has affected higher education and ethical challenges assessed with its context. I was learning and challenging experience for me because the idea was to be implemented without making children ready for same.

I assessed that change management process in education is equally important like all other industries. Thus, it is necessary that ethical decision approach such as Common Good Approach and Fairness Approach should be complied while making dynamic changes tend to revolutionize the entire process of education and bring forth the growth of the students (Jurkiewicz & Giacalone, 2017). The fact cannot be denied that educational growth of the students will need to be undertaken so the COVID19 does not entangle the growth. As the challenging effect might diminishing of the capacity of the government and the investment is based on higher education. Thus, the ethical challenge which I assessed during this assignment was acceptance of virtual learning approach for those students who are not comfortable in e-learning as they could understand things only through live education system (Rozenwig, 2013). Thus, I assessed that same has been resolved through application of Dual processing decision making model. The cited model does have significant relevance as its attempts to explain two system applied in order to process information (Marchesseault, 2019). The initial system processes intuitive i.e. on the basis of unconscious and experiences and another system process on the basis of consequences i.e. making decision by being rational. As the pandemic situation has enforced to reframe the structure of the education system has been developed and it clearly states the impact of the reorganization of the workforce and universities.

Figure 2: Procedure of identifying ethical course of action
(Porter, 2017)

As far as I have assessed that the cited model assists in making dual decision within one single framework i.e. fast and automatic thinking as well as slow and deliberate thinking in context with issue or decision making. Another ethical dilemma was to evaluate the adaptability of students and continuance of learning through virtual learning approach. As students are habitual to understand or focus while their mentor or teacher is there and even for teacher it is a tough job to review whole class virtually and to assess the one who is facing issues in understanding. During this learning period I got opportunity to assess ethical challenges relating to educational industry in context with online learning approach. The insights and acknowledgement gained in similar context made in understand the manner in which different approaches of decision making i.e. virtual approach, fairness approach etc could be applied (Morales-Sa´nchez & Cabello-Medina, 2013). I analysed the manner in which one could deal with ethical challenges in order to make adequate decision for making adequate changes in structure or management. It is not an easy job to convince for such a major change but in order to ensure that learning and knowledge of students in not restricted in present pandemic era, education system has to look out for appropriate alternative. Thus, through fairness approach it could be dealt as defensible standard would be applied for resolving same (Fernandes, 2008).
Even I got opportunity to assess difficulties relating to dealing with information which is base of ideological biases and resolving issues relating to organisational subculture. As my main goal is to be manager of big corporate; thus I need to access knowledge in context with different scenario which could be faced in future. Another instance during my project where I have to resolve conflict between team, I applied fairness approach so that the final decision could be accepted by whole team. Thus, through learning and acknowledgement attained during this course I assessed the manner in which one could use relevant data which is complex to access in competitive environment of organization. It is possible that I do have to experience transformational change or strong competition in future being a manager. Thus, I have gained knowledge in similar context through which I can access information resources in order to collaborate between functional areas of entity. On the basis of learning and experience I gained during my learning period, it would be appropriate to state the manager does play vital role in supporting and developing collaborative environments. It is possible only through complying which ethical decision making approaches so that one could align team and organizational members for not only to share information but also to collaborate in order to make positive decision making (Eisenbess, Knippenberg & Fahrbach, 2015). Thus, through complying with same it is possible to gain overall growth and sustainability.

Conclusion

In nut shell it can be concluded that ethical principals does play vital role in making prominent decision by a manager. Further, the learning and acknowledgement gained from this course would not only assist me in taking appropriate decision but would also assist me in dealing with different ethical dilemmas in future while playing role of manager or executive of an organization. It can be analyzed that one could make good ethical decision only through gaining experience and training in context with ethical issues and practicing ethical aspects. As through assessing appropriate knowledge of ethical models and approaches one gets aware regarding the principles which are required to be complied while making decision whether professionally or personally. In context with dual process model it would be appropriate that is effective model which does assists in making effective decision as it considers both the perspective i.e. rational and intuitive. Further, as the model assess two perspectives in order to make final decision it is more appropriate comparatively. Lastly, as far as learning and experience of my journey is concerned; I would state that it was like a roller coaster ride as I got opportunity to analyze variety of new aspects including decision making approaches as well as models within it. Thus, in future when I will be part of a corporate or organization; I would be able to make appropriate decision even in case when adequate changes are to be made within management or to deal with relevant ethical dilemmas effectively.

References

PRJ5106 Research Methodology and Data Analysis Research Report 3 Sample

Assessment 3:

Research Design

Identifying appropriate research design and methods to achieve the research objectives.

Assessment 3 Detail

Students need to identify appropriate research design and methods to achieve the research objectives. Provide adequate references to the research studies which used or discussed the proposed research design, using Harvard Referencing. Please note, websites are not acceptable resources for the purpose of the assignment.

Solution

Research Design

Introduction

Within a dissertation or research proposal, the application of a proper research methodology plays a critical role. According to Pandey and Pandey (2021), research methodology describes proper methods, approaches as well as designs while detailing the highlighting throughout the study. For Assignment Help, by including suitable research methodology, the respective authors can be able to justify the choices of each approach taking into account along with their practical applicability.

Research Philosophy

Research philosophy is generally represented as a vast topic, associated with the assumption of the given research topic. As per Abu-Alhaija (2019.), research philosophy idealizes the nature of the study as it deals with developing knowledge. In order to idealize or shape the assumptions of research in a specific way, the learner needs to address research philosophy accordingly. Since there are three types of research philosophy including positivism, pragmatism and realism, however, in this particular research design plan, realism research philosophy shall be taken into consideration. Following that, realism research philosophy is dealing with the assumption while developing knowledge through a scientific approach (Bianchi, 2021). Since the chosen topic is reciprocated human experiences as well as contributions of social media and hence, the study needs to capture the potential respectively.

Research approach

According to Snyder (2019), the inclusion of a research approach primarily deals with the aspect of relevance of hypotheses within a particular research study. The research approach is segmented into a few aspects including deductive, inductive and lastly, and abductive approaches respectively. In this study, the deductive research approach shall be taken into consideration. This is because the inclusion of the deductive approach helps the learners and /or authors to develop a concerning the existing theory, followed by designing a research strategy to test the hypothesis accordingly (Patel and Patel, 2019). Since the present study reciprocates the proposed relationships between the mentioned aspects including social media contribution and business performance, hence, the deductive approach will imply methods of data collection as well as data analysis concerning qualitative and quantitative concerns in particular.

Research Design

Within a research methodology, the research design is often classified as a framework to make the right choice between quantitative and qualitative research methods respectively (Al-Ababneh, 2020). Hence, the research design is called a master plan to conduct a research project along with the most authentic explanation. In this given study, conclusive research design shall be taken into account to idealize the findings, used for decision-making. In addition to this, since the study evaluates the contribution of social media on business performance and hence, a conclusive research design shall be able to test the hypothesis and relationships of variables accordingly.

Research Strategy

In order to conduct the present study, the inclusion of a random probabilistic sampling strategy seeks much attention. According to Patel and Patel (2019), a random probabilistic sampling strategy helps the learners and /or authors select the samples or members randomly. Following that, this significant approach, in turn, can strengthen the concerns of subjective participation, especially in the data collection process. Apart from this, to gain flexibility throughout the data collection process, the learner also shall consider the multistage sampling method. This type of sampling method will help the study to generate greater flexibility, especially at various levels respectively.

Data Collection Method and Tool

The chosen process is known as one of the most significant ones as it helps the respective study with properly collected data from all the relevant sources. Following that, the data collection method is divided into two segments including primary and secondary. The primary data reciprocates the responses, especially from live respondents whereas the secondary data includes already published information (Greening, 2019). Since the chosen study is reciprocated human experience as well as contributions of social media and hence, the study needs to capture the potential through both primary and secondary data. Hence, in this regard, the primary qualitative and secondary thematic analysis will be taken into consideration accordingly.

Sample Size

In order to collect the data, especially from the respective resources, it requires authentic sources accordingly. Since the chosen study includes primary qualitative data and hence, in this regard, 5 to 7 organizational managers shall be considered as participants, especially during the interview sessions. On the other hand, the study also gives much focus on the secondary data and hence, peer-reviewed journals, authentic magazines, books, and reliable online sources will be involved respectively.

Data Analysis

The inclusion of proper data analysis helps the learners and /or the authors to achieve the research objectives respectively. Since the chosen research is dealing with the primary qualitative research approach, hence, in this regard, the learner will be able to identify the common patterns of the involved variables within the responses. In this regard, the learner shall ink research findings to hypotheses with the help of analyzed qualitative data respectively. On the other hand, the study also involves secondary data and hence, in this regard, the thematic analysis shall be the ideal one. By incorporating thematic analysis, the research study can generate greater flexibility while testing the hypothesis and relationships of variables accordingly.

Ethical Consideration

In this regard, the learner will be maintained a few ethical considerations which are discussed in the following section

- The research participants should be voluntary participants while proceeding with the interview sessions
- In this regard, there should be the maintenance of mutual respect for research participants for dignity.
- The participants shall perform the interview by signing the consent form accordingly.
- The study will also be ensuring the viewpoints of every participant

- An adequate level of confidentiality shall be prioritized in the given research
- The anonymity of individual participants shall be ensured in the study
- The study will also include the Data Protection Act (2018) to maintain transparency accordingly.

Summary

Since the chosen topic is reciprocated human experiences as well as contributions of social media and hence, the study needs to capture the potential respectively. Hence, a conclusive research design shall be able to test the hypothesis and relationships of variables accordingly. In order to gain flexibility throughout the data collection process, the learner also shall consider the multistage sampling method. Furthermore, the chosen study is reciprocated human experiences as well as contributions of social media and hence, the study needs to capture the potential through both primary and secondary data.

Reference list

HI6008 Business Research Project Report Sample

Purpose:

This unit aims to give you an opportunity to combine many facets of your acquired MBA skills into the production of a high-quality research Literature Review. Your tutor’s main role will be to FACILITATE you through the process, week by week. You will need to be watching to the weekly video lectures as well as attending tutorials and engaging in discussion with your tutor during the interactive tutorials and drop-in sessions.

Literature Review

Your Literature Review research must and include a mix of academic articles from relevant English language peer- reviewed journals that are current (post 2018) and may also include some industry / company-specific information obtained from published online open-access sources. You will form a group with three other students (i.e. the specified size of an assignment group in this unit is 4 persons). Please follow the instructions in the Blackboard site of this unit regarding assignment group formation.

Assignment 1 – Literature Review – Required Structure

Your Literature Review Report should be in accordance with the following structure:

1. Page 1: Official Group Assignment Cover Sheet (from Blackboard site)

2. Page 2 and main body of report: Use a new sub-heading for each of the 4 RQs you selected. For each RQ, discuss relevant literature and demonstrate how it has provided you with a good contextual understanding of each of the Research Questions (RQs).

3. Append your Team Charter

Team Charter Appendix

Your ‘Team Charter’ must be included as an appendix within your Literature Review submission. The Team Charter appendix must indicate what roles were undertaken by each member of the team.. [note: If you are working SOLO, the team charter appendix is NOT required.]

1. Explain the team’s agreed goals and timeline for completion (Due dates, meetings, milestones, deliverables)

2. Who will be responsible for each activity? and/or What particular team-roles will each member contribute to the team?

3. How will your team ensure that members contribute as expected to the team and that the team performs as expected, including: What are your team’s expectations regarding meeting attendance (being on time, leaving early, missing meetings, etc.) and what process will team members follow if they have an emergency and cannot attend a team meeting or complete their individual work promised to the team (deliverable)?

Solution

1.0 Introduction

In this analysis of relevant literature, Kiana's successful "Dragons' Den" business proposal is dissected, along with the endorsement of her idea by the show's titular investors. It delves into the ways in which the concepts of good negotiation and communication played a major part in her proposal, which in turn piqued the interest of the Dragons.

2.0 Literature Review

2.1 Kiana’s Pitch to the Dragons and their Validation

Kiana's pitch to the dragons on the TV programme "Dragons' Den" is an excellent example of numerous principles of good negotiation and communication. For Assignment Help, She explains how those factors made the dragons' validation and investment possible in her pitch.

Clarity and Conciseness: Kiana begins her pitch with a clear and concise introduction. She introduces herself, reveals her hometown of Montreal, and lays out her exact request: $200,000 for a 10% ownership in her business (Yellow TV, 2022). Her presentation starts on the right foot, and the dragons can grasp the fundamentals without any misunderstandings because of her crystal-clear explanations. The theory of effective communication stresses the need for a brief message to attract and hold the target audience's attention (David & Quang, 2015, p73(3)).

Engaging Storytelling: Kiana expertly engages the dragons with storytelling. She discusses how the pandemic caused her to lose her job at a soap shop. This story helps to humanise her and connect with the investors on a more personal level. According to negotiation theory, sharing a story is a great way to create rapport and trust with the other party (David & Quang, 2015, p73(2)).

Product presentation: Kiana's decision to include the dragons in a live product presentation was inspired. She gives them a once-in-a-lifetime experience by having them help her set off her cocktail bombs (Yellow TV, 2022). According to negotiation theory, this is similar to establishing a common ground, which may lead to more cooperation and confidence (David & Quang, 2015, p73(6)).

Visual and Sensory Appeal: The fizz and effervescence of the cocktail bomb not only appeal to the sense of taste but also to the senses of sight and sound. Capturing the dragons' attention requires appealing to all of their senses. The communication theory indicates that using more than one sense might increase the message's effect and longevity (Van Ruler, 2020, p43(4)).

Market Validation: Strong proof of market validation is provided by Kiana. Within a year of her product's release, she reports a staggering $1.5 million sales (Yellow TV, 2022). This proves that people want to buy her stuff, and her business model is sound. Data and facts may help you seem more credible and reinforce your position in a negotiation.

Problem-Solution Approach: Kiana draws attention to a widespread issue in the industry—the unavoidable messiness of liquid cocktails. She then pitches her wares as the answer, demonstrating the many uses for which her cocktail bombs may be used. This problem-solution framework is a tried-and-true method of communication that wins over investors because it addresses a real issue and proposes a workable solution (Budiyono et al. 2021, p76(2)).

Scalability and Growth: Kiana made a smart move by admitting that her business is expanding quickly and needs assistance. One of the major tenets of negotiation theory is that of open communication (Ashcraft, 2021, p584(4)). She positions herself favourably in the negotiation by acknowledging the need for strategic partners.

Handling Multiple Offers: Kiana expertly handles the situation when presented with multiple offers from dragons (Yellow TV, 2022). She stops to think things over, not wanting to make a snap decision. The theory of successful negotiations suggests that careful consideration of an offer is a wise tactic. Kiana's hesitation shows that she intends to choose carefully.

Leveraging Competitive Bidding: Kiana makes the most of her negotiation advantage by enabling a group of dragons to make a single, combined bid. Commonly utilised in negotiations, this strategy forces the dragons to make their best offer as a group (Van Ruler, 2020, p43(4)).. This helps Kiana get a better bargain than she would have gotten alone.

Closing the Deal: Kiana's decision to accept the combined offer from Robert, Vincenzo, Michele, and Manjit demonstrates her negotiation abilities. She attracted the $400,000 investment in exchange for a 20% equity stake, a positive development. In the theory of negotiations, this highlights the significance of a successful deal close and the satisfaction of both parties (Yellow TV, 2022).

Kiana's pitch to the "Dragons' Den" investors is a model of persuasive communication and negotiation. She has been successful in getting investment due to her clarity, narrative, product presentation, and market validation. Her negotiation skills are on display in her skill with various proposals and taking advantage of competitive bidding (Budiyono et al. 2021, p76(2)). Kiana's pitch is a wonderful example of how a well-crafted presentation, anchored in negotiation and communication theory, may lead to a mutually beneficial conclusion in the business world.

2.2 Future opportunities for this business

The reasons why the "Dragons' Den" investors were so enamoured with Kiana and her cocktail bomb business are grounded in entrepreneurship theory. These factors clarify their enthusiasm and explain why they think her enterprise has such promising prospects.

Innovative Product: Kiana's cocktail bombs are a cutting-edge offering in the alcoholic beverage market. Entrepreneurship theory places a premium on creative problem-solving when starting and growing a business (Baker & Welter, 2020, p188(1)). Her cocktail bombs are a creative take on the classic drink, and the dragons see this as a selling point for her business as customers seek new and exciting ways to enjoy cocktails.

Market Demand: Identifying market demand and satisfying unfulfilled wants are central to the entrepreneurship theory. Kiana's invention solves a widespread problem: the time and effort required to mix cocktails. Consumers looking for convenience, quality, and pleasure in their beverage options have the dragons convinced of the market potential (Rauch, 2020, p852(3)).

Scalability: The capacity to expand a business to a larger scale is key to entrepreneurship success. Kiana's business has already reached remarkable success in a very short period, demonstrating the scalability of her offering. According to entrepreneurship theory, Scalable enterprises may increase their market share and income significantly (Porfírio et al. 2020, p256(5)). This potential piques the interest of the dragons.

Diverse Product Line: Kiana's product line has 15 distinct flavours, providing customers with various options (Yellow TV, 2022). The entrepreneurship theory emphasises the need for diversification and meeting the needs of a wide range of consumers. The dragons see this variety as a strength, allowing the company to appeal to a wide range of customers and respond quickly to shifting consumer preferences.

Strong Sales Performance: Kiana's business has reportedly generated $1.5 million in sales since its inception (Yellow TV, 2022). Financial results and future development opportunities are typically examples of why entrepreneurship theory is important. The dragons are optimistic about the company's prospects because of the proven sales success.

Retail Presence: Kiana's goods are already accessible at 500 distribution points throughout Canada, including retail locations and online platforms (Yellow TV, 2022). This is consistent with the entrepreneurship theory's emphasis on market penetration and distribution tactics. The dragons see this storefront as groundwork for future development and market penetration.

Consumer Engagement: Kiana's interactive product presentation, which included the dragons in the fizzing process of her cocktail bombs, demonstrates her ability to engage customers. The theory of entrepreneurship stresses the significance of consumer participation and satisfaction (Mehmood et al. 2019, p7(4)). The 'dragons' believe this exciting strategy will increase consumer retention and popularity.

Adaptability: The entrepreneurship theory stresses adjusting to a rapidly changing business environment (Porfírio et al. 2020, p256(5)). Kiana's ability to switch gears during the pandemic and make cocktail bombs instead of hot chocolate bombs indicates her flexibility and fortitude. The dragons admire this trait because they know it will serve them well when they face new chances and overcome new obstacles in the future.

Strategic Business Partnerships: Kiana's desire to seek help growing the business and her openness to strategic partnerships are consistent with the entrepreneurship theory. Growth and expansion are both possible outcomes of cooperative efforts (Mehmood et al. 2019, p7(4)). The dragons respect her as an innovative businesswoman who is open to bringing in outside help.

Global Expansion: Although Kiana has launched her company in Canada, worldwide growth is often explored in the literature on entrepreneurship. The dragons should see a chance to capitalise on their worldwide connections and knowledge to help Kiana's revolutionary cocktail bombs break into new markets worldwide.

Entrepreneurship theory lies at the heart of the dragons' optimism for Kiana's cocktail bomb business (Rauch, 2020, p852(3)). They have an optimistic outlook because of their novel product, high market demand, capacity to scale, impressive sales success, and flexibility. Kiana's proven customer engagement, interest in exploring strategic collaborations, and potential for global expansion are all consistent with the principles of entrepreneurship, which prioritise development, flexibility, and invention.

2.3 Mentoring issues

Beyond the funding infusion of $400,000 from Kiana's four investor-mentors on "Dragons Den," there are positive and negative mentoring aspects to consider in this multi-investor arrangement (Yellow TV, 2022). Mentorship from several people may be a great boon regarding knowledge and connections, but it can also lead to complications and tensions.

2.3.1 Advantages of Multiple Investor-Mentors

The four investor-mentors in this venture each contribute something special to the table regarding expertise. Kiana may learn from a wider variety of perspectives and perspectives than she would from a single mentor due to this diversity. One investor could have a knack for product design, while another might be great at e-commerce (Alaba, 2020, p.15(5)). Kiana benefits from having numerous investor mentors because she can tap into their combined spheres of influence. Partnerships, distribution channels, and new suppliers are some of the many opportunities that may present themselves via these networks (SOUTHEAST, 2021, p45(2)). The business's development and market penetration may be sped up considerably by the combined influence of the four mentors. Business decision risks may be reduced by increasing the diversity of mentors.

Kiana may consult her other mentors for guidance and perspective if the advice or approach she receives from one of them runs into problems (Alaba, 2020, p.15(5)). The partners' willingness to share risk may bolster the venture's robustness. With four role models to draw from, Kiana can gain a more well-rounded perspective in her decision-making. The chance of making biased or one-sided conclusions is decreased when other perspectives and areas of knowledge are considered (SOUTHEAST, 2021, p45(2)). The investor-mentors can distribute tasks and duties under their respective skill sets and areas of expertise. One mentor could deal with issues of promotion and branding, while another would handle money management. This division of labour may help establish a systematic approach to mentoring.

2.3.2 Challenges of Multiple Investor-Mentors

There is a higher chance of disagreements and tensions arising when four investor-mentors are involved. Kiana may get confused if she receives advice or techniques at odds with one another. The success of the enterprise depends on how well these tensions are managed. Maintaining open lines of communication among a group of mentors may be difficult (Burns, 2019, p52(7)). Kiana has to ensure that all of the business's mentors are on the same page, communicating effectively, and working towards the same goals. Misunderstandings and inefficiency may result from sloppy communication. There may be a wide range of expectations for how much time and focus Kiana devotes to each investor-mentee. When the priorities and deadlines of various commitments conflict, it may be difficult to strike a balance between them. Kiana may need to establish firm limits and guidelines in order to deal with this problem (Alaba, 2020, p.15(5)).

When faced with conflicting advice and feedback from several mentors, indecision makes it easy to get paralysed. When Kiana hears two opinions contradicting one other, she may feel paralysed by indecision. It may also reduce the speed at which decisions are made and the flexibility with which the business can respond to changing conditions. Dealing with numerous investor-mentors and determining how much ownership each should get may be tricky (Burns, 2019, p52(7)). Kiana may want to consider how the distribution of shares would affect her stake in the business and her ability to make decisions. A mentor-entrepreneur relationship's success depends on accommodating both parties' needs. Getting all of the business' investor mentors on the same page might be difficult regarding the company's long-term vision and objectives (Alaba, 2020, p.15(5)). Conflict may arise when people have divergent goals or expectations. To promote harmony, Kiana must actively participate in honest and open dialogue.

2.4 Ethical Dilemmas and Mitigations

The presence of alcohol in Kiana's product and its possible effect on customers raises several ethical questions about its advertising and selling. Maintaining honesty and openness in business practices requires discussing these ethical issues and considering solutions (Citeseerx.ist.psu.edu, 2023).

a) Responsible Alcohol Consumption

- Marketing a product that can be mixed with alcohol raises ethical questions about encouraging responsible drinking. The cocktail bombs might be abused by customers, resulting in drunkenness or underage drinking (Dumbili et al. 2022, p.103646 (3)).

- Kiana can solve this problem by adopting ethical marketing policies. There must be prominent warnings on the packaging stating the product is only meant for those of legal drinking age. Ethical drinking may be encouraged by educating customers on how to drink responsibly and connecting them with relevant resources (Delobelle, 2019, p.727(6)).

b) Misleading Advertising

- Ethical problems arise when advertising exaggerates the product's advantages or uses other deceptive techniques. Disappointment and scepticism on the part of consumers might result from overpromising or otherwise misleading advertising (Fayazi et al. 2021, p.40(7)).

- Kiana has to make sure that the product's attributes and advantages are fairly presented in all marketing materials. Having no secrets is essential. Potential purchasers may get honest opinions through reviews and testimonies. Ethical standards require adherence to advertising rules and laws (Cheah & Shimul, 2021, p.690(4)).

c) Health and Safety Concerns

- Concerns about the product's possible impacts on one's health or the lack of clear instructions on using the product safely are reasonable.

- Kiana has to identify all ingredients, allergies, and possible adverse effects of their products on their packaging and promotional materials. It is also important to provide directions for proper storage and usage. The product's security may be guaranteed by means of constant testing and inspection (Matzopoulos et al. 2020, p.486(5)).

d) Environmental Impact

- Waste and carbon emissions may be produced during the manufacturing and packing of the cocktail bombs.

- Kiana could look into sustainable packaging and manufacturing practices to ease environmental worries. The environmental impact of a product may be minimised via waste reduction and the use of sustainably sourced components (Matzopoulos et al. 2020, p.486(5)). She should share the eco-friendly initiatives openly with customers.

e) Product Quality and Consistency

- As a company expands, it might be difficult to keep product quality constant. Quality changes that negatively affect customers raise ethical considerations.

- Rigorous quality control techniques and constant monitoring of manufacturing operations may achieve consistent quality. In addition, showing concern for the customers' happiness and doing business ethically by responding quickly to quality complaints and replacing or refunding their purchases when appropriate (Akanmu et al. 2023, p.337(2)).

f) Pricing and Accessibility

- The issues of cost and availability might raise ethical concerns. Concerns regarding social equality may arise if the product is priced so high that only a select group of people can afford it (Wirtz et al. 2021, p46(8)).

- Kiana should provide flexible price tiers to solve this problem and attract a wider audience. These moral issues may be addressed by investigating collaboration opportunities or programmes that expand service to underprivileged groups (Hecht et al. 2020, p.7381(8)).

g) Impact on Local Businesses

- Local businesses like bars and restaurants may feel the effects of the cocktail bomb industry's potential growth as consumers seek for at-home drink experiences.

- Kiana can ease this worry by working together with established companies in the area. She may, for instance, team up with local watering holes to develop innovative cocktail menus using her wares (Björklund et al. 2020, p.56(7)).

h) Ethical Sourcing and Labor Practices

- Ethical standards can only be maintained if every supply chain step is conducted with integrity, from selecting ingredients to treating workers.

- These issues may be resolved by the practice of due diligence in selecting vendors and in acquiring ingredients. Additional confidence may be gained via certifications or collaborations with groups that advocate for ethical practices in the food and beverage sector (Erhun et al. 2021, p645(9)).
3.0 Summary

Kiana's pitch supported negotiation and communication theories by emphasising clear communication, compelling narrative, product presentation, and market validation. Inspired by entrepreneurial theory, the Dragons are excited by her business's creative product, market demand, scalability, wide product range, and great sales success. A multi-investor mentorship model has pros and cons, and product marketing ethics must be addressed openly. Kiana's business's profitability and ethics depend on these factors. 

References